10,000 Matching Annotations
  1. Sep 2025
    1. I'm doing a depo in a faraway county. Multiple parties are present including the defendant. The defendant's attorney is bilingual and since I walked in she had a dismissive attitude towards me. Nothing new. I’m not impressed nor intimidated so we started the depo. 1.5 hours into it, she objects to the translation over something silly. The attorney doing the deposition is also bilingual and hears the objection. She tells the 2nd bilingual attorney that nothing is wrong with the translation. They go back and forth. I asked to be heard. I said on the record that a bilingual attorney is not a certified interpreter and it is not their job to monitor the interpretation but they could have ordered a check interpreter to avoid interruptions and unnecessary stress. I also announced that if the challenges to the interpretation continues, I will leave and they can call someone else. Now, both of them came after me, saying the have the right to object because that’s their job. The depo attorney told me, we are paying you $600 per hour and you can’t leave. Can you believe what the agency is CHARGING? WTFfffffff! lol Now I’m MAD that I’m charging too little! Messy, messy. Raise your price you guys!

      吸血鬼般的口譯經紀公司收費,不能只有我看到:

      經紀公司實收口譯費可能高得驚人。除非你意外得知這個數字,否則會糊塗以為他們從你身上抽25%佣金已經算很多了。

      幾年前我自己也意外得知,一場法律口譯,經紀公司給我每小時 X,實際則向律師客戶收 2.5X。

      這裡,這位西班牙語法律口譯所得時薪 Y,我猜不可能超過150(美元),甚至可能是 120,所以那個倍數不只是 250%,很可能是 400%-500%。

    1. Newton: Yo tampoco entiendo mucho. Me limito a formular una teoría basada en observaciones empíricas, la transcribo en lenguaje matemático y obtengo varias fórmulas. Luego vienen los técnicos, que sólo se interesan por las fórmulas. Tratan la electricidad como un rufián a sus prostitutas. Las explotan. Construyen máquinas, y una máquina solamente es utilizable cuando se independiza de los postulados teóricos que condujeron a su invención.

      -

    1. Hay cosas que preferimos olvidar, por dolorosas (Acteal, Chiapas, diciembre de 1997); otras que no podemos olvidar, por vergonzantes (Acteal, Chiapas, diciembre de 1997); y otras que no deberíamos olvidar, para que no vuelvan a ocurrir (Acteal, Chiapas, diciembre de 1997).

      -

    1. Document d'information : Enjeux et Défis de la Santé Mentale en France

      Synthèse

      L'audition devant la commission d'enquête de l'Assemblée nationale met en lumière une crise profonde et multidimensionnelle du système de santé mentale en France.

      Les analyses des experts révèlent un fardeau économique et social colossal, estimé à 163 milliards d'euros, plaçant les maladies mentales au premier rang des dépenses de l'Assurance Maladie.

      Ce coût est principalement tiré par les hospitalisations, qui représentent jusqu'à 85 % des dépenses directes pour des pathologies comme la schizophrénie, tandis que les coûts des médicaments, majoritairement génériqués, restent faibles.

      Le système de soins psychiatriques est caractérisé par des défaillances systémiques majeures. La prévention est quasi inexistante, entraînant des retards de diagnostic dramatiques (plus de 10 ans pour les troubles bipolaires).

      L'organisation des soins, jugée obsolète, reste hospitalo-centrée, inégalitaire sur le territoire et cloisonnée, notamment entre les soins somatiques et psychiatriques.

      Ce cloisonnement a des conséquences mortelles, réduisant l'espérance de vie des patients de 15 à 20 ans, principalement à cause de maladies cardiovasculaires et de cancers non ou mal soignés.

      Malgré ce tableau sombre, des innovations organisationnelles et technologiques ont prouvé leur efficacité.

      Les "Centres Experts", par des bilans complets, réduisent significativement les hospitalisations et améliorent le pronostic des patients.

      De même, des projets pilotes utilisant des outils numériques (expérimentation "Article 51") ont divisé par deux les tentatives de suicide et généré des économies substantielles.

      Cependant, ces innovations peinent à être déployées à grande échelle en raison de freins structurels, d'un manque de vision stratégique et d'un sous-investissement chronique dans la recherche et le développement.

      La psychiatrie souffre en parallèle d'une grave crise d'attractivité, exacerbant les pénuries de personnel et la saturation du système.

      Enfin, la recherche et le pilotage des politiques publiques sont handicapés par un manque criant de données structurées, notamment sur le volet du handicap.

      1. Le Fardeau Économique et Social des Maladies Mentales

      L'analyse économique présentée par Isabelle Duranzaleski, professeur de médecine et docteur en économie, révèle l'empreinte considérable des pathologies psychiatriques sur la société française.

      L'étude, qui reproduit des méthodologies internationales pour permettre les comparaisons, agrège plusieurs types de coûts pour obtenir un chiffre global.

      1.1. Une Estimation Globale de 163 Milliards d'Euros

      En combinant l'ensemble des coûts, l'étude arrive à un total de 163 milliards d'euros.

      Ce chiffre, bien que sujet à des risques de double compte, a pour objectif principal d'alerter les décideurs publics sur l'ampleur du fardeau.

      Il se décompose en quatre catégories principales :

      1. Dépenses de l'Assurance Maladie : Les coûts directs des soins médicaux, qui placent les maladies mentales comme le premier ou deuxième poste de dépense avec le cancer.

      2. Dépenses du secteur médico-social : Les coûts réels engagés pour l'accompagnement.

      3. Pertes de production : Le "manque à gagner" pour la société lié à la morbidité et à la mortalité prématurée.

      4. Perte de santé valorisée : Une estimation monétaire de la perte d'années de vie en bonne santé, calculée selon des standards internationaux.

      1.2. La Prépondérance des Coûts d'Hospitalisation

      Une analyse détaillée des dépenses directes pour les patients atteints de schizophrénie et de troubles bipolaires, menée via les Centres Experts, démontre que l'hospitalisation constitue la source principale des coûts.

      Pour la schizophrénie, 85 % des coûts directs sont liés aux hospitalisations.

      Pour les troubles bipolaires, ce chiffre s'élève à 78 %.

      En comparaison, la part des médicaments est très faible, en raison de l'accès quasi-exclusif à des traitements génériqués et du manque d'accès aux innovations thérapeutiques.

      Pathologie

      Part des Hospitalisations

      Part des Médicaments

      Part des Consultations

      Schizophrénie

      85 %

      9 %

      6-7 %

      Troubles Bipolaires

      78 %

      18 %

      6-7 %

      1.3. Le Coût Spécifique du Suicide

      Une étude distincte, utilisant la même méthodologie, a évalué le coût du suicide et des tentatives de suicide, en incluant les coûts directs des soins, la perte de production et la perte d'années de vie valorisée.

      Coût du suicide : 18 milliards d'euros.

      Coût des tentatives de suicide : 5 milliards d'euros.

      2. Défaillances Systémiques et Organisation des Soins

      Les experts s'accordent sur un constat sévère : l'organisation actuelle des soins psychiatriques en France est en échec. Elle est marquée par un retard structurel, une inégalité d'accès et un cloisonnement préjudiciable.

      2.1. L'Échec de la Prévention

      Selon Marion Leboyer, professeur de psychiatrie, et Coralie Gandré, maîtresse de recherche à l'IRDES, le système de soins français présente des défaillances majeures aux trois niveaux de la prévention.

      Prévention primaire : Elle est quasi-inexistante, marquée par une méconnaissance profonde des maladies mentales dans la société et une méfiance envers la psychiatrie, ce qui entraîne une perte de chance considérable.

      La France accuse un retard de 20 ans par rapport aux pays anglo-saxons dans la mise en place de mesures de prévention et de lutte contre la stigmatisation.

      Prévention secondaire : Elle se traduit par un retard au diagnostic catastrophique.

      Troubles bipolaires : Plus de 10 ans en moyenne entre les premiers symptômes et le diagnostic.    ◦ Schizophrénie : Une "durée de psychose non traitée" de 2 à 5 ans, alors que les cinq premières années sont cruciales pour la réponse au traitement.

      Ce retard est attribué à un déficit de formation des médecins de première ligne et à un manque d'information du grand public.

      Prévention tertiaire : L'arrivée tardive dans le soin se fait majoritairement par les urgences, qui sont engorgées par des patients de plus en plus sévères, chroniques et polypathologiques.

      Un patient sur quatre hospitalisé en psychiatrie y entre via les urgences, un indicateur international de mauvaise qualité de l'accès aux soins.

      2.2. Un Modèle de Soins Obsolète, Inégal et Cloisonné

      Le système français est décrit comme :

      Hospitalo-centré : L'approche reste centrée sur l'hôpital, malgré un virage ambulatoire précoce (80 % des prises en charge).

      Un quart des lits en psychiatrie est occupé au long cours sans indication thérapeutique, souvent par défaut d'offre d'hébergement non médicalisé.

      Inégalitaire sur le territoire : L'accès aux soins varie considérablement d'une région à l'autre.

      La prévalence de la schizophrénie et des troubles bipolaires est deux fois plus élevée dans les villes, suggérant la nécessité de politiques de soins adaptées aux facteurs de risque environnementaux (urbanicité, pollution, stress).

      Peu lisible et insuffisamment spécialisé : L'offre de soins est confuse pour les usagers et manque de spécialisation par pathologie, contrairement aux pratiques internationales.

      Manquant de vision stratégique : Les experts déplorent une absence de stratégie claire et de politique d'évaluation de l'organisation des soins.

      2.3. La Fracture entre Soins Somatiques et Psychiatriques

      Un des points les plus critiques soulevés est le cloisonnement total entre la psychiatrie et les autres spécialités médicales.

      Les conséquences pour les patients sont dramatiques :

      Surmortalité massive : La première cause de mortalité n'est pas le suicide, mais les maladies cardiovasculaires et les cancers.

      L'espérance de vie est réduite de 20 ans pour les femmes et 15 ans pour les hommes (données de M. Leboyer) ou de 13 ans pour les femmes et 16 ans pour les hommes (étude IRDES).

      Le taux de mortalité est 2 à 3 fois supérieur à celui de la population générale.

      Sous-dépistage des comorbidités : Des pathologies comme le syndrome métabolique (hypertension, obésité, etc.) sont très fréquentes (24 % pour la schizophrénie, 38 % pour la dépression résistante, contre 10 % en population générale), mais 70 % à 90 % des patients ne sont ni dépistés, ni soignés.

      Moindre recours aux soins préventifs : Les patients ont moins accès au dépistage des cancers, à la vaccination, aux dentistes, ophtalmologues ou gynécologues.

      Retard au diagnostic pour le cancer : Les patients atteints de troubles psychiques sont diagnostiqués plus tardivement pour les cancers, reçoivent des prises en charge plus invasives mais moins intensives, ce qui augmente les pertes de chance.

      3. Innovations et Levier d'Amélioration : Un Potentiel Sous-exploité

      Face à ces défaillances, des innovations organisationnelles, numériques et thérapeutiques ont démontré leur efficacité, mais leur déploiement reste limité par de nombreux freins.

      3.1. Les Centres Experts : Un Modèle d'Évaluation Efficace

      Inspirés des modèles existants pour le cancer ou les maladies rares, les Centres Experts proposent un bilan complet (psychiatrique, cognitif, social, somatique) sur une journée en hôpital de jour.

      Impact démontré : Les études menées avant et après passage dans ces centres montrent une diminution significative du nombre de journées d'hospitalisation, une amélioration du pronostic, une meilleure adhérence au traitement et un meilleur dépistage des comorbidités somatiques.

      Objectif : L'objectif est de déployer ce dispositif sur tout le territoire national et de l'inscrire dans la liste des activités spécifiques nationales pour garantir un accès équitable à tous les patients.

      3.2. Le Numérique au Service du Suivi (Expérimentation Article 51)

      Un projet pilote a testé une innovation organisationnelle combinant un suivi par une infirmière de pratique avancée ("case manager") et des outils digitaux pour des patients bipolaires.

      Résultats positifs : L'évaluation par le ministère de la Santé a montré :

      • Tentatives de suicide divisées par deux (de 7,6 % à 3,9 %).  
      • Journées d'hospitalisation réduites (de 42 % à 24 %).  
      • Impact économique démontré : un gain estimé à 3 500 € par patient et par an, grâce à la baisse des hospitalisations.

      Déploiement en attente : Malgré ces résultats, la décision de généraliser le dispositif est toujours en attente, suscitant l'inquiétude des patients et des soignants.

      3.3. Freins à l'Innovation et à la Recherche

      Plusieurs obstacles entravent la modernisation de la psychiatrie :

      Sous-investissement dans la recherche : La France ne consacre que 2 à 4 % de son budget de recherche biomédicale à la psychiatrie, l'un des taux les plus faibles des pays développés.

      Faible translation des découvertes : De nombreuses innovations (biomarqueurs sanguins, imagerie cérébrale, outils numériques) issues de la recherche peinent à être appliquées dans les soins courants.

      Accès limité aux nouvelles thérapies : Les patients français ont un accès moindre aux innovations thérapeutiques, qu'elles soient médicamenteuses (ex: antipsychotiques de 2e génération disponibles ailleurs en Europe mais pas en France) ou psychosociales.

      4. Enjeux Transversaux et Difficultés Spécifiques

      4.1. Crise d'Attractivité et Pénurie de Personnel

      La psychiatrie fait face à une crise d'attractivité majeure, constituant un frein structurel à toute amélioration.

      Désaffection des jeunes médecins : La psychiatrie est choisie parmi les dernières disciplines par les internes, contrairement à des pays comme le Canada où elle est devenue un premier choix suite à des investissements massifs.

      Pénurie de personnel : La FHF (Fédération Hospitalière de France) estime qu'un quart des postes de psychiatres sont vacants dans plus de la moitié des établissements publics.

      Conséquences directes : Cette pénurie entraîne une fermeture massive de lits d'hospitalisation et une saturation de l'ensemble du système de soins (CMP surchargés, urgences engorgées).

      4.2. Les Pratiques Coercitives et les Droits des Patients

      La France se distingue par un recours élevé à des pratiques restrictives de liberté, avec des variations très importantes entre établissements qui interrogent l'équité des prises en charge.

      Soins sans consentement : Près de 100 000 personnes par an (soit 5% de la file active).

      Isolement : Près de 30 000 personnes par an.

      Contention mécanique : Près de 10 000 personnes par an. Ces chiffres placent la France dans une situation défavorable par rapport aux autres pays développés, avec une tendance à l'augmentation.

      4.3. Le Manque Crucial de Données sur le Handicap

      Maude Espagiac, spécialiste du handicap, souligne une difficulté majeure pour la recherche et le pilotage des politiques : l'accès aux données.

      Cloisonnement des données : Les systèmes d'information des secteurs médical, social et médico-social ne communiquent pas, ce qui empêche d'avoir une vision complète des parcours et des coûts.

      Identification des personnes : Il est très difficile d'identifier les personnes en situation de handicap dans les bases de données de santé existantes, et de mesurer les coûts non publics (reste à charge pour les familles, les aidants).

      Perspective d'amélioration : L'intégration annoncée des données des MDPH (Maisons Départementales des Personnes Handicapées) dans le Système National des Données de Santé (SNDS) d'ici 2026 est une avancée attendue depuis une décennie.

    1. Author response:

      Joint Public Review

      This manuscript puts forward the provocative idea that a posttranslational feedback loop regulates daily and ultradian rhythms in neuronal excitability. The authors used in vivo long-term tip recordings of the long trichoid sensilla of male hawkmoths to analyze spontaneous spiking activity indicative of the ORNs' endogenous membrane potential oscillations. This firing pattern was disrupted by pharmacological blockade of the Orco receptor. They then use these recordings together with computational modeling to predict that Orco receptor neuron (ORN) activity is required for circadian, not ultradian, firing patterns. Orco did not show a circadian expression pattern in a qPCR experiment, and its conductance was proposed to be regulated by cyclic nucleotide levels. This evidence led the authors to conclude that a post-translational feedback loop (PTFL) clockwork, associated with the ORN plasma membrane, allows for temporal control of pheromone detection via the generation of multi-scale endogenous membrane potential oscillations. The findings will interest researchers in neurophysiology, circadian rhythms, and sensory biology. However, the manuscript has limited experimental evidence to support its central hypothesis and is undermined by several questionable assumptions that underlie their data analysis and model builds, as well as insufficient biological data, including critical controls to validate and/or fully justify the model the authors are proposing.

      We thank the reviewers for their thorough and thoughtful comments and believe that the manuscript will be much stronger once we incorporate the requested changes.

      Please note that we used ORN as acronym for “olfactory receptor neuron” throughout the manuscript. ORNs contain odorant receptors (ORs), and in insects these ORs have to associate with the olfactory receptor co-receptor (Orco) in the cilium of the neuron to form functional OR-Orco complexes for odorant detection. Besides this chaperone function, Orco can form homomers with the potential to act as ionic pacemaker channels; a role which we explore in this study.

      Strengths:

      The study is notable for its combination of long-term in vivo tip recordings with computational modeling, which is technically challenging and adds weight to the authors' claims. The link between Orco, cyclic nucleotides, and circadian regulation is potentially important for sensory neuroscience, and the modeling framework itself - a stochastic Hodgkin-Huxley formulation that explicitly incorporates channel noise - is a solid and forward-looking contribution. Together, these elements make the study conceptually bold and of clear interest to circadian and olfactory biologists.

      Major weaknesses:

      At the same time, several limitations temper the conclusions. The pharmacological evidence relies on a single antagonist and concentration, without key controls. The circadian analysis is based on relatively small numbers of neurons, with rhythms detected only in subsets, and the alignment procedure used in constant darkness raises concerns of bias. The molecular evidence is sparse, with only three qPCR timepoints, and the model, while creative, rests on assumptions that are not yet fully supported by in vivo data.

      Please see our responses to the detailed comments.

      Detailed comments are provided below:

      (1) The role for Orco proposed in the authors' model largely stems from the effects seen following the administration of (a single dose) of the Orco antagonist, OLC15. However, this hypothesis is undercut by the lack of adequate pharmacological controls, including a basic multipoint OLC15 dose-response series in addition to the administration of blockers for the other channels that are embedded in their model, but which were ruled out as being involved in the modulation of biological rhythms. In addition, these studies would (ideally) also benefit from the inclusion of the same concentration (series) of an inactive OLC15 analog to better control for off-target effects.

      The Orco agonist VUAA1 (Jones et al., 2011) binds directly to Orco and increases the channel open time probability. In M. sexta hawkmoths, we have already published that VUAA 1 increases the low spontaneous activity of ORNs in a dose-dependent fashion (Nolte et al., 2016). Chen and Luetje (2012) systematically varied the chemical structure of VUAA1 to identify new Orco ligands and discovered 22 Orco Ligand Candidates (OLC) that either activated or inhibited Orco. In their heterologous expression system, Orco was most sensitive to inhibition by OLC15. Based on these results, we published a dose-response curve of OLC15 inhibition (1-100 µM) using in vivo tip recordings of pheromone-sensitive long trichoid sensilla of M. sexta (Nolte et al., 2016). In that study, we could also demonstrate that OLC15 antagonizes the VUAA1 activation of Orco.

      Furthermore, we tested other published Orco antagonists in in vivo assays in intact hawkmoths, focusing on amiloride-derived antagonists, because we previously identified an amiloride-sensitive cation channel in hawkmoth ORNs. We found that, in contrast to OLC15, the amilorides HMA and MIA were not Orco-specific but instead affected different targets depending on time-of-day (Nolte et al., 2016). Based on those experiments and the dose-response curves we determined that the Orco agonist VUAA1 (Jones et al., 2011) and the Orco antagonist OLC15 (Chen and Luetje, 2012) worked best in hawkmoth ORNs to target Orco pharmacologically. Based on comparative tests with other published Orco antagonists we settled since then in all further experiments on a dose of 50 µM OLC15.

      We will clarify the Methods section accordingly.

      (2) The expression pattern of Orco was assessed using qPCR at only three timepoints. Rhythmic transcripts can easily be missed with such sparse sampling (Hughes et al., 2017). A minimum of six evenly spaced timepoints across a 24-hour cycle would be required to confidently rule out circadian transcriptional regulation. In addition, the use of the timeless mRNA control from another study is not acceptable. Furthermore, qPCR analysis measures transcript abundance, not transcription, as the authors repeatedly state. Transcriptional studies would require nuclear run-off or, more recently, can be done with snRNAseq analysis. Taken together, these concerns undermine the authors' desire to rule out TTFL-based control that directly led them to implicate a PTTF-based model.

      We agree with the referees that more time points and a direct comparison between timeless and Orco mRNA levels should be included in this manuscript. We will include these additional qPCR experiments and edit the manuscript to make clear that we measure transcript abundance, but we will not perform snRNAseq analysis due to time- and financial constraints. We are currently working on the transcriptional control of Orco, both during ontogeny and throughout the day but this work in progress is beyond the scope of this manuscript.

      (3) The modelling presented is based on Orco as a ZT-dependent conductance tied to the cAMP oscillations that were reported by this group in the cockroach and from the presence and functionality in Manduca of homomeric Orco complexes that are devoid of tuning ORs. While these complexes have been generated in cell culture and other heterologous expression systems, as well as presumably exist in vivo in the Drosophila empty neuron and other tuning OR mutants, there is no evidence that these complexes exist in wild-type Manduca ORNs. While this doesn't necessarily undermine every aspect of their models, the authors should note the presence of Orco/OR complexes rather than Orco homomeric complexes.

      Our ELISAs found circadian oscillations in cAMP levels not only in antennae of the Madeira cockroach (Schendzielorz et al., 2014, 2012), but also in hawkmoth antennae (Schendzielorz et al., 2015). We will add the 2015 citation to the Modeling chapter in the Methods section to clarify this.

      We agree with the referees that we cannot distinguish between Orco homo- and heteromers in the different compartments of our hawkmoth ORNs. Thus, as the referee suggests, we will add text regarding the presence and localization of OR-Orco heteromers. However, we have indications that Orco homomers could indeed be present in the hawkmoth ORNs. In a heterologous expression system, MsexOrco expression alone was sufficient to increase intracellular Ca<sup>2+</sup> levels in response to VUAA1 application (Nolte et al., 2013). In differentiating primary cell cultures of hawkmoth antennae, Orco expression started during a developmental time window where ORNs did not yet express pheromone receptors, and Orco affected spontaneous activity (Nolte et al., 2016). Thus, Orco homomers are present in developing hawkmoth ORNs during a time window where ORNs already express spontaneous activity but cannot heteromerize with pheromone receptors. However, we do not know whether and in what ratio homo- and heteromers of Orco and ORs are present in the respective sensillum compartments of adult hawkmoths (Nolte et al., 2013; Stengl, 1994; Stengl and Hildebrand, 1990).

      We will clarify our manuscript accordingly.

      (4) Some aspects of the authors' models, most notably the decision to phase align/optimize their DD and OLC15 recordings, are likely to bias their interpretations.

      It is consensus that insects display daily and circadian rhythms in pheromone-dependent mating, odor-gated feeding, and egg-laying behavior that phase-locks to environmental rhythms, corresponding with daily/circadian rhythms of sensory neuron physiology (e.g., Merlin et al., 2007; Rymer et al., 2007; Schendzielorz et al., 2015, 2012). However, circadian rhythms can be easily masked by stress, like the disturbances during a very challenging long-term recording experiment over several days. In addition, we observed in our animal raising facility that in LD 17:7 light-dark cycles the originally nocturnal hawkmoths M. sexta distribute their activity patterns over the course of the day, finding nocturnal as well as diurnal hawkmoths. Thus, light-dark cycles were not enough to ensure phase-synchronized behavioral rhythms, and it is very likely that the nocturnal hawkmoths rely heavily on pheromone/odor dependent synchronization as also found in other moth species (Ghosh et al., 2024). Here, we used isolated males that were never exposed to the female pheromones so that their circadian activity patterns readily disperse. Therefore, it became necessary in free-running conditions to first determine the respective behavioral rhythm for each animal, and then to phase-align their activity patterns to allow for statistical analysis. Otherwise, circadian differences would average out in a free-running population. As requested by the referees in point (7), we will use additional tests for rhythmicity in each of our recordings and revise the manuscript accordingly.

      Assuming that hawkmoths need pheromone presence as additional Zeitgeber, we are currently working on a new set of experiments where we attempt to improve synchronization by exposure to LD cycles and pheromone before DD and OLC15 recordings. We will add these experiments to the manuscript.

      (5) The tip recordings from long trichoid sensilla are critical aspects of this study. These recordings were carried out on upper sensillar tips located on the distal-most second annulus. Since there are approximately 80 annuli on the Manduca antennae, it is unclear whether the recordings are representative of the antennal response.

      We think the reviewers might have misinterpreted our description of the recording site. In the Methods, we state that we clip off the 20 most distal annuli (leaving a stump of about 60 annuli) and insert the reference electrode into the flagellum up to the second annulus from the cut end, i.e., the recording site is located at 2/3 – 3/4 of the antenna length as seen from the head of the animal. We will make this more clear in the Methods section.

      In addition, our lab did show with antibody stainings against Orco that apparently all ORNs that innervate long and short trichoid sensilla along the whole flagellum express the same staining pattern (Nolte et al., 2016). Furthermore, our patch clamp recordings of primary cell cultures of whole male antennae found largely overlapping ion channel populations across ORNs. This would indicate that all ORNs, whether they express pheromone- or general odorant receptors, could potentially share the same Orco-dependent spontaneous activity rhythms. In our lab, different experimenters from different years that recorded from long trichoid sensilla on different annuli did not detect obvious differences in neither the spontaneous activity nor the pheromone responses (c.f., Dolzer et al., 2003; Gawalek and Stengl, 2018; Schneider et al., 2025). Thus, it is very likely that we are reporting a general encoding mechanism that is not locally restricted along the antennal flagellum.

      (5.1) The authors do not provide any data in support of their cAMP/cGMP-based Orco gating…

      There are publications supporting cyclic nucleotide gating of Orco in Drosophila, but only after previous phosphorylation via protein kinase C (PKC; review: (Wicher and Miazzi, 2021)). Since Orco is very conserved among insect species, it is likely that these PKC and cGMP/cAMP-dependent regulations are present in other insect species. We are currently running thorough tip-recording experiments on the regulation of Orco gating, which are beyond the scope of this manuscript. However, we will add a set of experiments to this manuscript that demonstrates cAMP gating of Orco.

      (5.2)… and the PTTF model proposed is somewhat disappointing.

      For a detailed introduction of our PTFL membrane clock hypothesis please see our opinion paper (Stengl and Schneider, 2024).

      (5.3) The model seems to be influenced by their long-held proposal that insect olfactory signaling has a critical metabotropic component involving cyclic nucleotides, PKC, etc, a view that may be influenced by the use of Orco homomeric complexes generated in HEK cells.

      Indeed, we propose a metabotropic pheromone-transduction cascade, which in moths and cockroaches is based on G-protein-mediated activation of phospholipase C but not on adenylyl cyclase activation. Our hypothesis is not influenced by HEK cell heterologous expression studies of Orco but is supported by our own work comparing in vivo tip recordings of intact hawkmoths with patch clamp experiments on hawkmoth primary cell cultures of olfactory receptor neurons, which are able to respond to their species-specific pheromones in vitro ((Schneider et al., 2025; Stengl, 2010; Stengl and Funk, 2013; Wicher and Miazzi, 2021). In addition, a multitude of publications by other laboratories with in vivo and in vitro studies using physiological, genetic, and immunocytochemical assays all support a metabotropic signal transduction cascade in insect olfaction (reviews: Stengl, 2010; Stengl and Funk, 2013; Wicher and Miazzi, 2021). In contrast, the hypothesis suggesting a solely ionotropic pheromone- and general odor-dependent transduction cascade for all insect species is based on very sparse experimental evidence, based primarily on heterologous expression studies such as HEK cells that lack the insect’s WT molecular surroundings, and thus, cannot predict OR-Orco function in vivo. Furthermore, the ionotropic hypothesis is heavily based upon the argument that an inverse 7TM receptor cannot couple to G-proteins, which lacks careful backup via biochemical and structural studies. In addition, the ionotropic hypothesis lacks support via carefully performed physiological in vivo studies in different insect species that paid attention to analysis of the distinct kinetic components of ORN´s odor/pheromone responses and that employ physiological concentrations and durations of odor/pheromone stimuli (please see our most recent publication by Schneider et al. (2025)).

      (5.4) Nevertheless, structural studies on Orco do not support a cyclic nucleotide binding site, although PKC-based phosphorylation has been implicated in the fine-tuning/adaptation of olfactory signaling.

      While structural studies did not find evidence for conserved known cyclic nucleotide binding sites on Orco, this does not exclude the presence of so far unknown binding sites, or via sites that fold out only after a specific sequence of previous phosphorylations of the many phosphorylation sites on Orco. Indeed, physiological studies in Drosophila presented evidence for cyclic nucleotide dependence of Orco after previous PKC-dependent phosphorylation (Getahun et al., 2013). Our ongoing in vivo experiments in hawkmoths further corroborate a PKC- and cAMP-dependent modulation of Orco. These studies will be published in a follow-up publication.

      (6) Because only 5/11 LD and 7/10 DD animals showed daily rhythms, with averages lacking clear daily modulation, the methods are not sufficiently reliable enough to reveal novel underlying mechanisms of circadian rhythm generation. The reported results are therefore not yet reliable or quantifiable. To quantify their results, the authors should apply tests for circadian rhythmicity using methods such as RAIN, JTK CYCLE, MetaCycle, or Echo. The use of FFT and Wavelet is applauded, but these methods do not have tests of significance for rhythms and can be biased when analyzing data in which there could only be 1-3 circadian cycles. Because the conclusions appear to be based on 11-12 neurons that were recorded for 2-4 days, the reader is concerned that the methods are not yet perfected to provide strong evidence for circadian regulation of spontaneous firing of ORNs. The average data (e.g., Figure 3Bii and 3Cii) highlight the apparent lack of daily rhythms. In summary, the results would be more compelling if more than 50% of the recordings had significant circadian amplitudes and with similar periods and phases.

      The long-term tip-recordings of intact hawkmoths are very challenging and take a very long time to accomplish, thus, we are very happy that we succeeded in obtaining so many of them (N=34). Since 5/11 LD recordings and 7/10 DD recordings revealed daily/circadian rhythmicity and since many other physiological recordings at different ZTs of different members of our laboratory all revealed ZT-dependent pheromone-transduction we can be certain that the physiology of hawkmoth antennae is under strict circadian control. Please see also our response to (4) above commenting the phase-dispersal of activity rhythms observed in our experiments, as well as in the behavior of hawkmoth males in the mating cage.

      Nevertheless, we will follow the advice of the referees to apply additional tests for significance of rhythms in spontaneous activity, and we are thankful for the tests suggested that we were not aware of.

      (7) The statement that circadian patterns of ORN firing are lost with the Orco antagonist (OLC15) is not strongly supported. The manuscript should be revised to quantify how Orco changed circadian amplitude in the 12 recorded neurons. Measures of circadian amplitude can avoid confusing/vague statements like Line 394 “low and high frequency bands appeared to merge during the activity phase around ZT 0 in the animals that showed clear circadian rhythms (N = 5 of 11 in LD)”. The conclusion that Orco blocks circadian firing appears to be contradicted by Figure 6, which indicates that ~6 of these neurons had circadian periods detected by wavelet. The manuscript would be strengthened with details about the specificity and reproducibility of the Orco antagonist. The authors quantify the gradual decrease in firing with the slope of a linear fit to estimate how the “effectiveness [of OLC15] increased over time.” They conclude that the drug “obliterated circadian rhythms and attenuated the spontaneous activity in several, but not all experiments (N = 8 of 12).” The report would be greatly strengthened with corroborating data from additional Orco antagonists and additional doses of OLC15 (the authors use only 50 uM OLC15).

      We will revise our data analysis, according to the valuable suggestions of the referees.

      However, based upon our previous studies with other Orco antagonists and different doses of OLC15 (Nolte et al., 2016) we found that 50 µM OLC15 is the best Orco antagonist dose in M. sexta to target Orco-dependent modulation of spontaneous action potential activity of hawkmoth olfactory receptor neurons. Please see also our response to (1).

      (8) The manuscript includes several statements that are more speculation than conclusion. For example, there is no evidence for tuning or plasticity in this report. Statements like the following should be removed or addressed with experiments that show changes in odor response specificity or sensitivity: "ORN signalosomes are highly plastic endogenous PTFL clocks comprising receptors for circadian and ultradian Zeitgebers that allow to tune into internal physiological and external environmental rhythms as basis for active sensing." (Discussion Line 622). The paper concludes that (line 380) "mean frequency of spontaneous spiking and the frequency of bursting expressed daily modulation, and are both most likely controlled via a circadian clock that targets the leak channel Orco." This is too bold given the available results.

      We will revise the discussion accordingly and clarify which statements are supported via published evidence and which are predictions based upon our novel hypothesis published in our opinion paper (Stengl and Schneider, 2024).

      (9.1) Because Orco conductance is modulated by cyclic nucleotides, it remains highly plausible that circadian regulation occurs upstream at the level of signaling pathways (e.g., calcium, calcium-binding proteins, GPCRs, cyclases, phosphodiesterases).

      We agree with the referees that it is very likely that there are multiple layers of interconnected feedback cycles that control Orco localization and activity. Our novel hypothesis suggests interlocked TTFL and PTFL control of physiological circadian rhythms, not strictly hierarchical TTFL control, which would require a daily turnover of membrane proteins and transcriptional control via the established TTFL clock in insect ORNs. We currently search for TTFL control at all levels of odor/pheromone transduction using ZT-dependent transcriptomics in combination with qPCR and single nuclear transcriptomics, involving also all the molecules suggested by the referees. These studies are ongoing, are very time- and money-consuming, and are beyond the scope of this manuscript.

      (9.2) The possibility that circadian oscillations of cyclic nucleotides are generated by the canonical TTFL mechanism has not been excluded. In fact, extensive work in Drosophila has demonstrated that the TTFL-based molecular clock proteins are required for circadian rhythms in olfaction.

      Our experiments that test circadian TTFL control at different levels of the cAMP transduction cascade in hawkmoth antennae are on the way and are part of another publication. We will revise our discussion accordingly.

      The experiments published for TTFL dependent control of Drosophila olfaction that we are aware of (Krishnan et al., 1999; Tanoue et al., 2004) do not exclude interlinked PTFL and TTFL clocks. Krishnan et al. (1999) demonstrate that the TTFL clock in antennal olfactory receptor neurons correlates with circadian rhythms in odor responses measured in electroantennogram (EAG) recordings, not in single sensillum recordings as in our experiments. EAG recordings comprise not only voltage responses of the olfactory sensory neurons but also voltage changes generated in non-neuronal antennal cells such as trichogen and tormogen cells that built the transepithelial potential gradient via vATPases that generates the high K<sup>+</sup> concentration in the sensillum lymph (Jain et al., 2024; Klein, 1992; Thurm and Küppers, 1980). In addition, EAG recordings most likely contain responses of afferent neurons originating from somata in the brain that maintain central control of the antennae. Thus, EAG recordings are difficult to interpret.

      (11) A defining feature of circadian oscillators is the feedback mechanism that generates a time delay (e.g., PERIOD/TIMELESS repressing their own transcription). While the authors describe how cyclic nucleotides can regulate Orco conductance, they do not provide a convincing explanation of how Orco activity could, in turn, feed back into the proposed PTFL to sustain oscillations. For these reasons, the authors should consider:

      a) Providing a broader discussion of non-TTFL models of circadian rhythms (e.g., redox cycles, post-translational modifications).

      We will revise the discussion accordingly.

      b) Reassessing Orco expression using a higher-resolution temporal sampling ({greater than or equal to}6 timepoints per 24 h).

      We will add those experiments to the revised version of the manuscript (see our response to (2)).

      c) Clarifying or revising the PTFL model to explicitly address how feedback would be achieved. Alternatively, the data may be more consistent with Orco conductance rhythms being regulated by post-translational mechanisms downstream of the canonical TTFL oscillator, as suggested by the Drosophila olfactory system literature.

      We will revise the manuscript accordingly.

      Minor weaknesses:

      (1) The authors should compare the firing patterns of ORN neurons to the bursts, clusters, and packets of retinal efferent spikes reported in Liu JS and Passaglia CL (2011; JBR). By comparing measures in moths to measures in Limulus, the authors might be able to address the question: Is the daily firing pattern of ORN neurons likely a conserved feature of circadian control of sensory sensitivity?

      We will revise the discussion accordingly.

      (2) The methods need further details. For example, it is unclear if or how single neuron activity was discriminated and whether the results were compromised by the relatively large environmental fluctuations in temperature (21-27oC), humidity (35-60%), or other cues known to modulate spontaneous firing.

      We will clarify the Methods section.

      References

      Chen S, Luetje CW. 2012. Identification of New Agonists and Antagonists of the Insect Odorant Receptor Co-Receptor Subunit. PLOS ONE 7:e36784. doi:10.1371/journal.pone.0036784

      Dolzer J, Fischer K, Stengl M. 2003. Adaptation in pheromone-sensitive trichoid sensilla of the hawkmoth Manduca sexta. J Exp Biol 206:1575–1588. doi:10.1242/jeb.00302

      Gawalek P, Stengl M. 2018. The Diacylglycerol Analogs OAG and DOG Differentially Affect Primary Events of Pheromone Transduction in the Hawkmoth Manduca sexta in a Zeitgebertime-Dependent Manner Apparently Targeting TRP Channels. Front Cell Neurosci 12:218. doi:10.3389/fncel.2018.00218

      Getahun MN, Olsson SB, Lavista-Llanos S, Hansson BS, Wicher D. 2013. Insect Odorant Response Sensitivity Is Tuned by Metabotropically Autoregulated Olfactory Receptors. PLOS ONE 8:e58889. doi:10.1371/journal.pone.0058889

      Ghosh S, Suray C, Bozzolan F, Palazzo A, Monsempès C, Lecouvreur F, Chatterjee A. 2024. Pheromone-mediated command from the female to male clock induces and synchronizes circadian rhythms of the moth Spodoptera littoralis. Curr Biol 34:1414-1425.e5. doi:10.1016/j.cub.2024.02.042

      Jain K, Prelic S, Hansson BS, Wicher D. 2024. Expression of Drosophila melanogaster V-ATPases in Olfactory Sensillum Support Cells. Insects 15:1016. doi:10.3390/insects15121016

      Jones PL, Pask GM, Rinker DC, Zwiebel LJ. 2011. Functional agonism of insect odorant receptor ion channels. Proc Natl Acad Sci 108:8821–8825. doi:10.1073/pnas.1102425108

      Klein U. 1992. The insect V-ATPase, a plasma membrane proton pump energizing secondary active transport: immunological evidence for the occurrence of a V-ATPase in insect ion-transporting epithelia. J Exp Biol 172:345–354. doi:10.1242/jeb.172.1.345

      Krishnan B, Dryer SE, Hardin PE. 1999. Circadian rhythms in olfactory responses of Drosophila melanogaster. Nature 400:375–378. doi:10.1038/22566

      Merlin C, Lucas P, Rochat D, François M-C, Maïbèche-Coisne M, Jacquin-Joly E. 2007. An Antennal Circadian Clock and Circadian Rhythms in Peripheral Pheromone Reception in the Moth Spodoptera littoralis. J Biol Rhythms 22:502–514. doi:10.1177/0748730407307737

      Nolte A, Funk NW, Mukunda L, Gawalek P, Werckenthin A, Hansson BS, Wicher D, Stengl M. 2013. In situ Tip-Recordings Found No Evidence for an Orco-Based Ionotropic Mechanism of Pheromone-Transduction in Manduca sexta. PLOS ONE 8:e62648. doi:10.1371/journal.pone.0062648

      Nolte A, Gawalek P, Koerte S, Wei H, Schumann R, Werckenthin A, Krieger J, Stengl M. 2016. No Evidence for Ionotropic Pheromone Transduction in the Hawkmoth Manduca sexta. PLOS ONE 11:e0166060. doi:10.1371/journal.pone.0166060

      Rymer J, Bauernfeind AL, Brown S, Page TL. 2007. Circadian rhythms in the mating behavior of the cockroach, Leucophaea maderae. J Biol Rhythms 22:43–57. doi:10.1177/0748730406295462

      Schendzielorz J, Schendzielorz T, Arendt A, Stengl M. 2014. Bimodal Oscillations of Cyclic Nucleotide Concentrations in the Circadian System of the Madeira Cockroach Rhyparobia maderae. J Biol Rhythms 29:318–331. doi:10.1177/0748730414546133

      Schendzielorz T, Peters W, Boekhoff I, Stengl M. 2012. Time of Day Changes in Cyclic Nucleotides Are Modified via Octopamine and Pheromone in Antennae of the Madeira Cockroach. J Biol Rhythms 27:388–397. doi:10.1177/0748730412456265

      Schendzielorz T, Schirmer K, Stolte P, Stengl M. 2015. Octopamine Regulates Antennal Sensory Neurons via Daytime-Dependent Changes in cAMP and IP3 Levels in the Hawkmoth Manduca sexta. PLOS ONE 10:e0121230. doi:10.1371/journal.pone.0121230

      Schneider AC, Schröder K, Chang Y, Nolte A, Gawalek P, Stengl M. 2025. Hawkmoth Pheromone Transduction Involves G-Protein–Dependent Phospholipase Cβ Signaling. eNeuro 12:ENEURO.0376-24.2024. doi:10.1523/ENEURO.0376-24.2024

      Stengl M. 2010. Pheromone Transduction in Moths. Front Cell Neurosci 4:133. doi:10.3389/fncel.2010.00133

      Stengl M. 1994. Inositol-trisphosphate-dependent calcium currents precede cation currents in insect olfactory receptor neurons in vitro. J Comp Physiol A 174:187–194. doi:10.1007/BF00193785

      Stengl M, Funk NW. 2013. The role of the coreceptor Orco in insect olfactory transduction. J Comp Physiol A 199:897–909. doi:10.1007/s00359-013-0837-3

      Stengl M, Hildebrand JG. 1990. Insect olfactory neurons in vitro: morphological and immunocytochemical characterization of male-specific antennal receptor cells from developing antennae of male Manduca sexta. J Neurosci 10:837–847. doi:10.1523/JNEUROSCI.10-03-00837.1990

      Stengl M, Schneider AC. 2024. Contribution of membrane-associated oscillators to biological timing at different timescales. Front Physiol 14:1243455. doi:10.3389/fphys.2023.1243455

      Tanoue S, Krishnan P, Krishnan B, Dryer SE, Hardin PE. 2004. Circadian Clocks in Antennal Neurons Are Necessary and Sufficient for Olfaction Rhythms in Drosophila. Curr Biol 14:638–649. doi:10.1016/j.cub.2004.04.009

      Thurm U, Küppers J. 1980. Epithelial physiology of insect sensilla In: Locke M, Smith DS, editors. Insect Biology in the Future. Academic Press. pp. 735–763. doi:10.1016/B978-0-12-454340-9.50039-2

      Wicher D, Miazzi F. 2021. Functional properties of insect olfactory receptors: ionotropic receptors and odorant receptors. Cell Tissue Res 383:7–19. doi:10.1007/s00441-020-03363-x

    1. Synthèse de l'Audition sur l'État de la Santé Mentale en France

      Résuméf

      L'audition à la commission d'enquête de l'Assemblée nationale a mis en lumière un consensus alarmant sur l'état désastreux de la psychiatrie en France, particulièrement en pédopsychiatrie, qualifiée de "désastre absolu".

      Les experts, un pédopsychiatre-épidémiologiste et un psychanalyste-chercheur, s'accordent sur plusieurs points critiques : une dégradation continue du bien-être psychique de la population depuis 20 ans, une inversion préoccupante de la tendance à la baisse des suicides chez les jeunes depuis 2017, et une offre de soins totalement inadaptée face à une demande croissante, créant un "effet ciseau" dévastateur.

      Les défaillances du système sont jugées systémiques et profondes, impliquant une responsabilité partagée entre les psychiatres (pour leurs certitudes passées), les administrations ("il nous flingue"), les directeurs d'hôpitaux (gestion par "tableau Excel") et des politiques publiques inadaptées.

      La critique vise particulièrement le "New Public Management", qui applique des logiques de rentabilité au soin, et l'hégémonie d'une approche "scientiste" de l'Evidence-Based Medicine, jugée inefficace et inconsistante dans le champ de la santé mentale de l'enfant.

      Des dispositifs comme "Mon Soutien Psy" sont cités comme des exemples de "leviers qu'il ne fallait pas activer".

      Face à ce constat, les experts appellent à une réorientation radicale. Les leviers d'action prioritaires incluent la prévention, notamment la lutte contre la maltraitance infantile qui explique 50% des troubles futurs, et le renforcement des dispositifs institutionnels existants (CMP, CMPP, hôpitaux) plutôt que la création de nouvelles structures complexes.

      La formation de thérapeutes qualifiés et la revalorisation des pratiques cliniques pluridisciplinaires sont essentielles.

      Enfin, bien que le coût de l'inaction se chiffre en milliards d'euros, les experts soulignent que la solution n'est pas uniquement budgétaire mais réside dans une meilleure organisation des ressources existantes et dans des choix politiques courageux qui replacent la relation humaine et la complexité clinique au cœur du système de soin.

      1. État des Lieux : Un Constat Alarmant

      Les deux intervenants dressent un tableau extrêmement sombre de la situation psychiatrique en France, soulignant la nécessité de distinguer le "vécu anxio-dépressif" des pathologies cliniques et de se méfier des chiffres de prévalence bruts qui, pour des troubles dimensionnels comme la dépression, "ne veulent rien dire".

      1.1. Tendances Épidémiologiques Inquiétantes

      Le professeur Falissard, épidémiologiste, identifie une "quadruple interaction entre le temps, l'âge, le genre et la pathologie".

      Suicide et tentatives de suicide : Si la tendance globale sur 30 ans est à l'amélioration, une rupture nette est observée depuis 2017 chez les jeunes.

      • ◦ L'amélioration s'est stoppée pour les suicides chez les jeunes.  
      • ◦ Les suicides augmentent légèrement chez les jeunes filles.  
      • ◦ Les tentatives de suicide montent de "façon spectaculaire" chez les jeunes filles depuis 2017.

      Vécu anxio-dépressif : Le ressenti subclinique mesuré par Santé publique France se dégrade "de façon homogène" depuis 20 ans, touchant toutes les tranches d'âge et tous les genres.

      Pédopsychiatrie : La situation est décrite comme un "désastre absolu". Certains départements n'ont plus de pédopsychiatres, rendant la permanence des soins impossible.

      1.2. L'Effet Ciseau : Une Offre de Soins Débordée

      M. Tonou met en évidence l'écart croissant entre l'augmentation de la demande et le déficit de l'offre de soins, créant un "effet ciseau" aux conséquences désastreuses.

      Délais d'attente : Les délais pour une consultation spécialisée sont "insupportables", allant de 6 à 18 mois.

      À l'échelle d'un enfant de 3 à 6 ans, cela équivaut à un délai de 5 à 10 ans pour un adulte.

      Conséquences cliniques :

      ◦ Augmentation des hospitalisations en urgence.    ◦ Augmentation des passages à l'acte suicidaire.     ◦ Consommation accrue de psychotropes en pédiatrie, souvent hors autorisation de mise sur le marché (AMM).     ◦ Substitution des psychothérapies recommandées par le seul médicament, faute de moyens.

      Selon les estimations, 13% de la population française serait concernée par un trouble mental, soit 1,5 million d'enfants et 9 millions de personnes au total.

      2. Défaillances Systémiques et Critiques de la Gouvernance

      Les experts s'accordent sur le fait que la crise actuelle est le résultat d'une série de défaillances à tous les niveaux du système. La responsabilité est "partagée" et les erreurs stratégiques des pouvoirs publics sont pointées du doigt.

      2.1. Une Responsabilité Partagée

      Le professeur Falissard insiste : "tout le monde est responsable du fait qu'aujourd'hui c'est une catastrophe".

      Acteur

      Critique

      Les psychiatres

      Ont eu le tort au 20e siècle de croire détenir une vérité unique (la psychanalyse), ce qui a nui aux patients, notamment dans l'autisme. Ce n'est plus le cas pour 90% des praticiens aujourd'hui.

      L'Administration et la Tutelle

      "Il ne nous aide pas, il nous flingue". Des réglementations absurdes (ex: conventions pour les orthophonistes en CMP) bloquent concrètement la prise en charge des enfants.

      Le Délégué Interministériel (TND)

      Est qualifié d'"antipsychiatre", accusé d'empêcher la construction de soins avec une "lubie scientiste" et une recherche de solutions simplistes à des problèmes complexes.

      Les Directeurs d'Hôpitaux

      Privilégient une gestion comptable ("Le tableau Excel il est bien rempli") au détriment de la qualité des soins, menant à des catastrophes (ex: aide-soignant d'orthopédie remplaçant une infirmière psy, conduisant à des abus sexuels).

      Les Parents

      Sont souvent "partie du problème", plaçant les soignants dans une situation complexe entre le devoir de protection de l'enfant et l'impératif d'inclure les parents dans le soin.

      2.2. Erreurs Stratégiques de Gouvernance

      M. Tonou identifie deux phénomènes majeurs qui ont sapé les fondements du soin psychique :

      1. Le New Public Management : La gestion des structures publiques comme des entreprises, substituant "la rentabilité et le profit au principe fondateur des missions de services publics".

      2. L'Evidence-Based Medicine (EBM) : Son déploiement pour évaluer la psychiatrie s'est révélé "tout à fait inconsistant dans le domaine de la santé mentale de l'enfant", avec "aucune avancée en terme de diagnostic, aucune avancée en terme de traitement".

      Plusieurs initiatives sont citées comme des "archétypes de ce qu'il ne faudrait pas faire" :

      • Le dispositif Mon Soutien Psy.

      • La stratégie TND 2023-2027.

      • Le cas des centres experts et de la Fondation FondaMental, critiqués pour leur approche qui dissocie le diagnostic du soin, leur absence de résultats concrets (zéro marqueur biologique trouvé) et les biais scientifiques de leurs études d'efficacité.

      3. Prévention et Pistes d'Amélioration

      Plutôt que de chercher des solutions simplistes, les experts appellent à revenir aux fondamentaux du soin, de la prévention et à mieux organiser les ressources existantes.

      3.1. La Prévention comme Levier Principal

      Lutte contre la maltraitance : La prévention primaire, c'est "éviter les abus sur les enfants".

      Cela "explique 50 % de la variance des problèmes psychiatriques des adolescents et des adultes après".

      L'Aide Sociale à l'Enfance (ASE), qui devrait être le bras armé de cette prévention, est elle-même "un désastre absolu".

      Facteurs de risque sociaux : La lutte contre la pauvreté, la précarité et l'exclusion est une politique de prévention en santé mentale.

      "Lorsque je propose une aide sociale à une famille en difficulté [...] je préviens aussi un risque de santé mentale".

      Milieu scolaire : Réduire le nombre d'élèves par classe (le seuil de 17 élèves est cité comme optimal pour l'apprentissage de la lecture) est un levier puissant pour la santé mentale des enfants.

      3.2. Renforcer l'Existant et Former les Acteurs

      La priorité n'est pas de créer de nouveaux dispositifs, mais de soutenir les institutions et les pratiques qui ont fait leurs preuves.

      Soutenir les institutions : "S'il y avait qu'une chose à retenir, c'est celle-là".

      Il faut "rouvrir des places, des lits à l'hôpital, dans les services spécialisés, les CMP, les CMPP". Il faut cesser de "déshabiller le CMP" pour "abonder les centres experts".

      Repenser la formation :

      ◦ La question centrale n'est pas "quelle est la bonne thérapie ?" mais "qui est un bon thérapeute ?".

      L'effet du clinicien est largement supérieur à l'effet spécifique de la thérapie.    *   ◦ Il n'existe pas de formation universitaire pour les psychothérapies en France.    *  ◦ Il faut recréer des formations intermédiaires pour les infirmiers, sur le modèle d'une spécialisation locale d'un an ("infirmiers plus un"), car le modèle des Infirmières en Pratique Avancée (IPA) est trop lourd et coûteux.

      Valoriser la diversité des approches : La spécificité française réside dans une grande diversité de pratiques (psychanalyse, thérapies familiales, psychothérapie institutionnelle) qui "font leur preuve dans la clinique". Toute tentative de réduire cette diversité "va se payer par du moins de soins".

      4. Enjeux Économiques et Budgétaires

      Le débat sur les moyens financiers révèle une tension entre la nécessité de prouver l'efficacité économique des investissements et la conviction que le soin aux plus vulnérables relève d'un "pacte démocratique" non quantifiable.

      4.1. Le Coût de l'Inaction

      M. Tonou propose une méthode pour chiffrer le "coût de l'inaction", qui se calculerait en milliards d'euros.

      Exemple de calcul : Pour un coût moyen estimé de 10 000 € par an et par patient, une meilleure prise en charge permettant de réduire ces coûts de 20% générerait une économie de 3,9 milliards d'euros en population pédiatrique et de 18 milliards d'euros en population générale.

      Finalité : Démontrer que "le coût de l'inaction est beaucoup plus élevé que des politiques volontaires et cohérentes".

      4.2. Une Question d'Organisation plus que de Moyens ?

      Le professeur Falissard adopte une posture provocatrice : "Ça n'est pas une question de moyen".

      Gains d'efficience : "Nous pourrions faire beaucoup mieux avec la même quantité d'argent". Il pointe l'argent alloué à des dispositifs coûteux et peu efficaces (ex: hospitalisations de semaine pour bilans TDAH) alors que les urgences ne sont pas financées.

      Inefficacité des études médico-économiques : Il affirme que les études prouvant le sous-financement de la psychiatrie "n'ont servi à rien".

      Injustice de l'allocation des ressources : Il dénonce une inégalité fondamentale : "On n'a pas le même argent selon les maladies qu'on a en France".

      Des traitements à 2 millions d'euros sont remboursés pour certaines maladies rares, tandis qu'il n'y a "pas 3000 € pour une tentative de suicide chez une adolescente".

      La rationalité économique ne s'applique pas à la psychiatrie en France.

      La conclusion partagée est que la priorité absolue est de mieux organiser le système, en se basant sur les acteurs de terrain ("pas des gens en costard-cravate") pour redéfinir les priorités et optimiser les dépenses.

    1. Synthèse de l'Audition sur la Santé Mentale des Jeunes

      Résumé Exécutif

      L'audition met en lumière une crise sans précédent dans la prise en charge de la santé mentale des jeunes en France, une situation préexistante mais exacerbée de manière exponentielle par la pandémie de COVID-19.

      Les experts s'accordent sur un diagnostic alarmant marqué par une pénurie critique de personnels soignants, des délais d'attente pour les soins qui engendrent des "pertes de chance" dramatiques, et une fragmentation systémique qui handicape la continuité des parcours.

      Les défaillances identifiées ont des coûts individuels, familiaux et sociétaux massifs. Sur le plan individuel, elles se traduisent par une augmentation du risque suicidaire et une péjoration de la santé physique.

      Pour les familles, elles représentent un fardeau émotionnel et financier considérable. À l'échelle de la société, l'absence de prise en charge précoce compromet l'avenir d'une génération et engendre des coûts à long terme bien supérieurs à ceux d'un investissement préventif.

      Un goulot d'étranglement majeur est identifié entre les structures sanitaires et le secteur médico-social, où un manque criant de places d'aval conduit à une saturation des lits d'hospitalisation psychiatrique.

      Face à ce constat, plusieurs axes stratégiques émergent : la nécessité absolue * d'investir dans la détection et l'intervention précoces, notamment en périnatalité et en milieu scolaire ; * l'urgence de former massivement tous les professionnels (médecins généralistes, personnels paramédicaux) et de * décloisonner les pratiques entre santé somatique et psychiatrique ; * et l'impératif d'instaurer une culture de l'évaluation systématique des dispositifs de soins pour allouer les ressources de manière plus efficiente et ciblée.

      I. Diagnostic d'une Crise Systémique et Humaine

      Les experts auditionnés décrivent unanimement une situation de crise aiguë dans le secteur de la psychiatrie et de la pédopsychiatrie, caractérisée par une inadéquation profonde entre les besoins de la population jeune et l'offre de soins disponible.

      A. Une Pénurie Critique de Personnels Soignants

      Un problème central et quotidien est le "manque criant de soignant". Il ne s'agit pas seulement d'un manque de postes budgétés, mais d'une incapacité à pourvoir les postes existants en raison d'un défaut d'attractivité majeur de l'hôpital public.

      Postes Vacants : Un service de psychiatrie adulte parisien rapporte 50 postes d'infirmiers vacants sur 200, conduisant à des unités d'hospitalisation fonctionnant avec un ou deux infirmiers titulaires, ce qui "altère de façon dramatique la qualité des soins".

      Crise des Vocations : Ce manque d'attractivité, observé dans tous les pays occidentaux, touche les infirmiers comme les médecins, y compris dans des régions autrefois préservées comme Paris intra-muros. Les écoles d'infirmières sont décrites comme "vides".

      Hétérogénéité des Ressources : Si certains services manquent de personnel pour remplir les postes, d'autres, notamment en pédopsychiatrie, manquent de postes autorisés, illustrant une rigidité dans l'allocation des ressources par les Agences Régionales de Santé (ARS).

      B. Des Délais de Prise en Charge aux Conséquences Lourdes

      La pénurie de soignants et la désorganisation des filières entraînent des retards de prise en charge aux conséquences graves pour les jeunes.

      Retards au Diagnostic : L'allongement des délais de consultation retarde le diagnostic.

      Or, la "durée de maladie non traitée" est le facteur pronostique majeur : plus ce temps est long, plus le handicap généré sera important et la maladie difficile à soigner.

      Perte de Chance : Des jeunes en situation de risque vital, comme ceux souffrant d'anorexie mentale, peuvent attendre de trois à six mois pour une hospitalisation.

      Ce retard constitue une "perte de chance" majeure, compromettant leur santé physique, psychique et leur avenir scolaire et social.

      Impact sur le Développement : Pour les enfants et adolescents, qui sont des "êtres en développement", une prise en charge tardive a des conséquences non seulement sur leur souffrance immédiate mais aussi sur leur trajectoire de vie future en tant qu'adulte.

      C. L'Impact du COVID-19 comme Révélateur et Accélérateur

      Bien que les difficultés soient antérieures à 2020, la crise sanitaire a agi comme un puissant accélérateur, provoquant une "décompensation" du système et une augmentation exponentielle des demandes de soins. Les experts affirment n'avoir "jamais vécu une situation comme celle-ci".

      Les conséquences de cette période, notamment la perturbation du lien social et scolaire, se font encore sentir aujourd'hui sur la santé mentale de la jeune génération.

      II. Les Coûts Multiples des Défaillances du Système

      L'incapacité du système à répondre aux besoins génère des coûts importants et mesurables à trois niveaux : individuel, familial et sociétal.

      L'objet de la commission d'enquête est précisément de démontrer que les "coûts évités" par une meilleure prise en charge sont insuffisamment appréhendés.

      Niveau d'Impact

      Description des Coûts

      Individuel

        • Risque suicidaire augmenté et suicides effectifs. <br>
        • Santé physique menacée : les troubles mentaux péjorent la santé globale et l'espérance de vie. <br>
        • Désinsertion sociale et scolaire à un âge clé du développement.

      Familial

        • Fardeau émotionnel et temporel pour les parents et la fratrie. <br>
        • Coût financier direct pour les soins non pris en charge par l'Assurance Maladie. <br>
        • Impact sur la santé et l'insertion professionnelle des parents, contraints d'accompagner leur enfant.

      Sociétal

      • - Perte de potentiel humain et économique pour la société. <br>
        • Augmentation des coûts à long terme liés aux complications et au handicap. <br>
        • Saturation du système de soins : des études montrent que les troubles mentaux représentent l'une des principales causes de coût pour les sociétés (mesuré par les indicateurs DALYs).

      La Saturation du Système par le "Défaut d'Aval"

      Une défaillance structurelle majeure est le lien entre les structures sanitaires et médico-sociales.

      Occupation Inadéquate des Lits : Il est estimé que 20 à 30 % des lits en hôpital psychiatrique sont occupés par des patients qui n'y ont "rien à faire" et devraient être dans des structures d'aval (Foyers d'Accueil Médicalisés, Maisons d'Accueil Spécialisées).

      Pénurie de Places : Le nombre de places dans ces structures est "bien trop insuffisant". Ces patients, qui ont besoin d'un accompagnement au long cours, bloquent des lits de soins aigus.

      Échec des Politiques Publiques : La décision de fermer l'accès aux structures en Belgique pour les patients français n'a pas été suivie de la création de places équivalentes en France. Aucun chantier de FAM ou de MAS n'aurait été lancé en Île-de-France depuis cinq ans.

      III. Axes Stratégiques pour une Réponse Efficace

      Face à ce diagnostic, les experts proposent des solutions articulées autour de la prévention, de la formation, de la coordination et de l'évaluation.

      A. La Prévention et la Détection Précoce : Une Priorité Absolue

      Il est crucial d'intervenir le plus tôt possible pour réduire la "durée de maladie non traitée".

      Périmètre d'Action :

      Prévention primaire : Agir sur les conditions de développement (bien-être familial, scolaire, lutte contre les toxiques).     ◦ Prévention secondaire : Repérer et soigner précocement les troubles émergents.     ◦ Prévention tertiaire : Éviter les rechutes par un suivi adapté et des lieux de vie protégés.

      Champs d'Intervention Clés :

      Périnatalité : Mieux détecter et traiter la dépression maternelle (qui touche jusqu'à 25 % des mères) pour le bien-être de la mère et du bébé.     ◦ Milieu Scolaire : Le milieu scolaire est un lieu central d'expression de la souffrance.

      Il est impératif de renforcer la médecine scolaire et de créer des liens structurés (cellules mixtes, lignes téléphoniques dédiées) entre l'Éducation Nationale et les services de pédopsychiatrie.

      Le Défi : Le système a progressé sur le "repérage" mais échoue souvent à assurer la "prise en charge" intensive et pluridisciplinaire qui doit suivre.

      B. Formation et Coordination : Décloisonner les Pratiques

      La complexité des situations exige un partage des compétences et un décloisonnement des institutions.

      Formation des Professionnels :

      Médecins Généralistes : Ils sont en première ligne (25-30 % de leur patientèle concerne la santé mentale) mais manquent de formation spécifique.

      La proposition d'un semestre obligatoire de psychiatrie pour les internes en médecine générale est rappelée.     *  ◦ Personnels Paramédicaux : Il est nécessaire de former plus largement à la psychiatrie (infirmiers, psychologues) et de revaloriser leurs compétences, par exemple via la supervision.   *   ◦ Pédopsychiatres : La France est en sous-dotation par rapport à ses voisins européens. Il faut créer plus de postes universitaires pour former la relève.

      Décloisonnement des Soins :

      Somatique et Psychiatrique : Développer une double culture et une approche globale de la santé, en intégrant le soin psychique dans les maladies chroniques et inversement.    ◦ Lisibilité de l'Offre : L'organisation de l'offre de soins est "complètement opaque" pour les usagers et même pour les professionnels. La création d'un répertoire accessible (par exemple, adossé à Pronote) est suggérée.

      C. L'Innovation et l'Évaluation : Piloter par la Donnée

      Le système ne pourra s'améliorer sans une culture de l'innovation et de l'évaluation rigoureuse.

      Innovation Thérapeutique : Les traitements actuels ont des limites (un tiers des patients ne répondent pas aux traitements conventionnels).

      Il est essentiel de soutenir la recherche et l'innovation (neuromodulation, nouvelles molécules).

      Réforme du Financement : Le mode de financement par "enveloppe globale" en psychiatrie est jugé "illisible", rigide et un frein à l'innovation, car il ne permet pas de financer les nouvelles thérapeutiques coûteuses et ne s'adapte pas aux évolutions démographiques des secteurs.

      Culture de l'Évaluation : C'est une lacune majeure du système français. Les dispositifs de soins, notamment les initiatives innovantes comme les "équipes mobiles", sont lancés sans que leur efficacité ne soit évaluée de manière rigoureuse.

      Il est impératif d'intégrer et de financer l'évaluation dès la conception de tout nouveau projet.

      IV. Enjeux Spécifiques et Populations Vulnérables

      Les Addictions : Les experts alertent sur l'enjeu majeur des addictions aux toxiques (cannabis, molécules de synthèse), qui inondent le pays et constituent un facteur de risque majeur pour les troubles mentaux, un sujet jugé "un peu abandonné".

      Le Milieu Carcéral : Qualifié d' "aveu d'échec monstrueux", les prisons regorgent de malades mentaux qui échappent souvent à une prise en charge adaptée.

      Les Populations Précaires : Un effort particulier doit être fait pour assurer une continuité des soins auprès des jeunes les plus défavorisés (pris en charge par l'ASE ou la PJJ, familles migrantes), qui sont souvent les plus éloignés du système de santé.

      Le Transfert vers le Privé : Une part importante des lits de psychiatrie a été transférée du secteur public vers le secteur privé.

      Or, les cliniques privées n'ont pas les mêmes missions de service public, sélectionnent leurs patients et pratiquent des tarifs qui limitent leur accessibilité.

    1. Synthèse de l'audition de Santé publique France sur la santé mentale et le handicap

      Résumé

      L'audition de Santé publique France devant la commission d'enquête met en lumière une dégradation persistante de la santé mentale de la population française depuis la pandémie de Covid-19, touchant particulièrement les jeunes de 18 à 24 ans et les femmes.

      Les données de surveillance révèlent une prévalence élevée des troubles dépressifs et anxieux, avec un décalage majeur entre les besoins et le recours effectif aux soins.

      Près de la moitié des adultes ayant connu un épisode dépressif caractérisé n'ont eu aucun recours thérapeutique.

      Les principaux freins identifiés sont le coût des consultations, la difficulté à se confier et le manque d'information.

      Concernant les personnes en situation de handicap, l'agence souligne une lacune importante dans les données de surveillance, rendant difficile la caractérisation fiable de leur état de santé et de leur prise en charge.

      L'accès aux données des Maisons Départementales des Personnes Handicapées (MDPH) est identifié comme un levier majeur d'amélioration.

      Face à ces constats, Santé publique France insiste sur l'importance cruciale de la prévention.

      Les stratégies préconisées incluent le renforcement des compétences psychosociales dès l'enfance, la lutte contre la stigmatisation via des campagnes d'information et la promotion de la santé mentale positive. Des dispositifs comme le programme "Vigilance", qui a démontré un retour sur investissement positif (€1 investi pour €2 économisés en coûts de santé), sont mis en avant comme des modèles à généraliser pour une approche économiquement vertueuse de la santé publique.

      1. Rôle et Méthodes de Surveillance de Santé publique France

      Santé publique France, agence de santé publique créée en 2016, fonde ses missions sur un triple objectif :

      1. Anticiper et répondre aux crises sanitaires, notamment par la gestion des stocks stratégiques de produits de santé et la mobilisation de la réserve sanitaire.

      2. Surveiller l'état de santé de la population sur l'ensemble du territoire, y compris ultramarin, en couvrant les maladies infectieuses, chroniques et les expositions environnementales.

      3. Développer la prévention et promouvoir la santé.

      Pour la surveillance de la santé mentale, l'agence s'appuie sur plusieurs sources de données complémentaires :

      Les enquêtes en population générale :

      • ◦ Réalisées sur des échantillons aléatoires, elles utilisent des questionnaires et des échelles de santé mentale pour évaluer l'état de la population sans poser de diagnostic individuel.  

      • ◦ Exemples notables : le Baromètre de Santé publique France (adultes), l'enquête ENABI (enfants de 3 à 11 ans, réalisée en milieu scolaire en 2022), et l'enquête EnCLASS (collégiens).   

      • ◦ Pendant la crise sanitaire, l'enquête Coviprêve a permis un suivi plus rapide, bien que moins détaillé.

      Les bases de données médico-administratives :

      ◦ Le Système National des Données de Santé (SNDS) est une source majeure d'informations.  

      ◦ Les données des services d'urgence (motifs de passage) et de SOS Médecins permettent un suivi en temps réel de certains indicateurs comme les troubles anxieux ou les tentatives de suicide.

      L'ensemble de ces données permet d'obtenir une "photographie en vie réelle" de la santé mentale des Français, contribuant à l'élaboration de stratégies de prévention et de campagnes d'information.

      2. État des Lieux de la Santé Mentale en France

      2.1. Une Dégradation Post-Covid Durable

      La surveillance épidémiologique confirme une dégradation nette de la santé mentale de la population française par rapport à la période pré-Covid.

      Populations les plus touchées : Les jeunes adultes de 18 à 24 ans, les jeunes filles et les femmes en général présentent les indicateurs les plus dégradés.

      Persistance : Les différents indicateurs de santé mentale se maintiennent à un niveau élevé, sans retour aux niveaux d'avant la crise sanitaire. Les causes sont multifactorielles (éco-anxiété, système économique, mais aussi une plus grande déclaration due à une libération de la parole).

      2.2. Données Clés sur la Prévalence des Troubles

      Les enquêtes récentes fournissent des chiffres préoccupants :

      Population Cible

      Indicateur

      Donnée Chiffrée

      Source (Année)

      Adultes (18-79 ans)

      Épisode dépressif caractérisé (12 derniers mois)

      1 adulte sur 6

      Baromètre SPF (2024)

      Adultes (18-79 ans)

      Trouble anxieux (12 derniers mois)

      6 % de la population

      Baromètre SPF (2024)

      Enfants (6-11 ans)

      Trouble probable de la santé mentale

      Plus d'1 enfant sur 10

      ENABI (2022)

      Enfants (tous âges)

      Consultation d'un professionnel pour des raisons psychologiques/d'apprentissage

      1 enfant sur 5

      ENABI (2022)

      Collégiens

      Consultation d'un psychiatre au cours de leur vie

      1 tiers des collégiens

      EnCLASS

      2.3. Le Non-Recours aux Soins : Un Enjeu Majeur

      Un décalage important est observé entre les besoins exprimés ou mesurés et le recours effectif à une prise en charge.

      Épisodes dépressifs : Près de la moitié (50 %) des personnes déclarant un épisode dépressif n'ont eu "aucun recours thérapeutique" (ni professionnel, ni traitement).

      Troubles anxieux : Cette proportion est de 1 personne sur 3.

      Profils concernés : Le non-recours aux soins est plus élevé chez les hommes que chez les femmes.

      Situations critiques : Près de 40 % des personnes déclarant une tentative de suicide ne se sont pas présentées à l'hôpital et n'ont pas consulté de professionnel de santé par la suite.

      2.4. Les Freins à la Consultation

      L'enquête Coviprêve a permis d'identifier les principaux obstacles au recours aux soins en santé mentale :

      • 1. Le prix de la consultation (cité par près de la moitié des répondants).

      • 2. La difficulté à se confier ou la peur de ce qu'ils pourraient découvrir sur eux-mêmes.

      • 3. Le manque d'information sur les professionnels et leur rôle.

      • 4. La difficulté à obtenir un rendez-vous.

      • 5. La peur que l'entourage l'apprenne (stigmatisation).

      • 3. La Situation Spécifique des Personnes en Situation de Handicap

      Santé publique France reconnaît un manque de données structurées concernant l'état de santé des personnes en situation de handicap.

      Limites de la surveillance : La surveillance de cette population n'entre pas "strictement" dans les missions de l'agence, bien qu'elle soit incluse dans les enquêtes générales.

      Difficultés de caractérisation : Il est difficile d'identifier et de caractériser de manière fiable ces personnes dans les bases de données. L'Allocation Adulte Handicapé (AAH) est le principal repère, mais elle ne couvre que les adultes en âge de travailler avec des handicaps reconnus comme sévères.

      Besoin crucial de données : L'agence attend avec impatience la remontée des données des Maisons Départementales des Personnes Handicapées (MDPH) dans le SNDS, ce qui constituerait un "saut qualitatif et quantitatif" pour mieux orienter les politiques publiques.

      Vulnérabilités observées : Les données existantes montrent que les bénéficiaires de l'AAH sont "proportionnellement plus concernés par des événements cardiovasculaires graves".

      4. Stratégies de Prévention et Pistes d'Amélioration

      Face à ces constats, Santé publique France place la prévention au cœur de sa stratégie.

      4.1. Axes de Prévention

      Prévention primaire :

      Compétences psychosociales (CPS) : Développer dès le plus jeune âge (école, associations sportives) des capacités à gérer le stress, communiquer, résoudre des problèmes.

      Cette approche, inspirée des modèles anglo-saxons, est de plus en plus acceptée et intégrée, notamment par l'Éducation Nationale.  

      Promotion de la santé mentale positive : Informer sur les comportements protecteurs (activité physique, sommeil, altruisme, pensée positive) au même titre que la santé physique.

      Lutte contre la stigmatisation :

      • ◦ Mener des campagnes d'information pour dédramatiser les troubles psychiques.  

      • ◦ Mettre à disposition des ressources grand public comme le site santémentaleinfoservice.fr.

      Prévention tertiaire (prévention de la récidive) :

      ◦ Le dispositif Vigilance, qui consiste à rappeler les personnes ayant fait une tentative de suicide six mois après leur passage aux urgences, a fait l'objet d'une évaluation médico-économique très positive. Il est en cours de déploiement dans toutes les régions.

      4.2. Pistes d'Amélioration

      Santé publique France identifie plusieurs axes pour améliorer la connaissance et l'action :

      • Mieux caractériser les personnes en situation de handicap dans les bases médico-administratives et médico-sociales.

      • Mieux documenter la santé et le rôle des aidants.

      • Poursuivre et développer les enquêtes en milieu scolaire pour un dépistage précoce.

      • Renforcer l'information sur les signes de souffrance psychique et les parcours de soins gradués.

      5. Enjeux Économiques et Décisionnels

      L'audition a souligné la dimension économique de la santé mentale et l'importance de convaincre les décideurs publics d'investir dans la prévention.

      Coût des troubles psychiques : Estimé à 109 milliards d'euros pour la société française, dont près de la moitié en perte de productivité.

      Retour sur investissement de la prévention :

      • ◦ L'évaluation du dispositif Vigilance montre que 1 € investi permet d'économiser 2 € de coûts de santé, avec un coût moyen évité de 248 € par patient.  
      • ◦ Santé publique France s'engage à évaluer de plus en plus le retour sur investissement de ses actions.

      Nécessité d'un plaidoyer : L'agence travaille au développement d'indicateurs sur le "fardeau de la maladie" (Global Burden of Disease) pour objectiver le poids des troubles sur la société et justifier les investissements en prévention.

      Le manque de données fiables, notamment à un niveau territorial fin, reste un obstacle pour convaincre les acteurs locaux.

    1. Document d'Information : Prise en Charge de la Santé Mentale et du Handicap par l'Assurance Maladie

      Résumé

      Ce document synthétise les stratégies, les actions et les défis de l'Assurance Maladie (CNAM) concernant la prise en charge de la santé mentale et du handicap, tels que présentés lors d'une audition devant une commission d'enquête de l'Assemblée nationale.

      La santé mentale représente le premier poste de dépenses de l'Assurance Maladie, avec près de 28 milliards d'euros annuels, dans un contexte de dégradation des indicateurs, notamment une augmentation de plus de 60 % de la consommation d'antidépresseurs chez les jeunes entre 2019 et 2023.

      Face à cet enjeu, la CNAM déploie une stratégie axée sur la prévention, la détection précoce et l'organisation de nouvelles filières de soins, incarnée par le dispositif "Mon Soutien Psy" qui a déjà bénéficié à plus de 900 000 assurés.

      Concernant le handicap, l'action se concentre sur l'amélioration de l'accès aux soins, une difficulté majeure confirmée par le baromètre Handifaction qui révèle que près de 30 % des personnes concernées rencontrent des obstacles (refus de soins, renoncement).

      Les leviers mobilisés incluent l'intégration de mesures spécifiques dans les conventions avec les professionnels de santé (ex: "consultations blanches") et le soutien à des modèles innovants comme les centres "Handiconsulte".

      Deux enjeux transversaux majeurs émergent : la conviction que l'investissement dans la prévention génère un retour médico-économique significatif (un euro investi en prévention en santé mentale en rapporterait quatre) et la nécessité de développer des modèles de remboursement pour des professionnels non conventionnés au niveau national (psychomotriciens, ergothérapeutes), ce que la CNAM se dit prête à mettre en œuvre.

      Enfin, une alerte forte est lancée sur les pénuries de médicaments, dont certaines sont attribuées non pas à des difficultés d'approvisionnement, mais à des stratégies commerciales de laboratoires qui cessent de livrer la France suite à des négociations sur les prix, qualifiées de "chantage".

      Axe 1 : Amélioration de l'Accès aux Soins pour les Personnes en Situation de Handicap

      Diagnostic : Difficultés d'Accès et Manque de Données

      L'Assurance Maladie identifie l'accès aux soins des personnes en situation de handicap comme un axe prioritaire.

      Le diagnostic s'appuie notamment sur le baromètre Handifaction, dont la gestion a été internalisée par la CNAM pour lui donner une plus grande ampleur.

      Les résultats de ce baromètre sont clairs :

      Près de 30 % des personnes interrogées déclarent des difficultés d'accès aux soins.

      • Ces difficultés incluent des situations de refus de soins, de renoncement ou la nécessité de contacter plusieurs professionnels avant d'obtenir une prise en charge.

      Un défi technique majeur demeure : les systèmes d'information de l'Assurance Maladie ne permettent pas d'identifier une personne par sa situation de handicap.

      Pour pallier ce manque, la CNAM utilise des indicateurs indirects, comme le statut d'Affection de Longue Durée (ALD) ou le bénéfice de la Complémentaire Santé Solidaire (C2S), considérant qu'une part importante de ces populations est également en situation de handicap.

      Leviers d'Action de l'Assurance Maladie

      Pour répondre à ces enjeux, la CNAM mobilise plusieurs leviers d'action structurés, notamment dans le cadre de la Charte Romain Jacob, signée et déployée sur l'ensemble du réseau.

      Levier d'Action

      Description

      Engagements Conventionnels

      Intégration systématique du handicap dans les négociations avec les professionnels de santé (médecins, dentistes, masseurs-kinésithérapeutes).

      Mise en place de mesures spécifiques comme les "consultations blanches" (consultations préparatoires non soignantes pour familiariser le patient et le praticien) qui bénéficient d'une rémunération dédiée.

      Offre de Soins Propre

      La CNAM gère un réseau de plus de 200 établissements de soins non lucratifs (15 000 salariés) fortement orienté vers la prise en charge du handicap et engagé dans le "virage inclusif".

      Accessibilité des Services

      Travail systématique sur l'accessibilité physique, téléphonique et numérique des services de l'Assurance Maladie (site ameli.fr, compte Ameli, Mon Espace Santé).

      Innovation Organisationnelle

      Soutien aux expérimentations (via l'article 51) comme Handiconsulte, qui propose un modèle de rémunération au forfait pour des centres dédiés à la prise en charge somatique (gynécologie, dentaire, radiologie) des personnes handicapées. Un déploiement plus large est à l'étude.

      Coordination (PCO)

      Participation active au déploiement des Plateformes de Coordination et d'Orientation (PCO), notamment pour les troubles du neurodéveloppement (TND) et l'autisme, qui visent à organiser et solvabiliser une réponse rapide pour les enfants et leurs familles.

      Axe 2 : La Santé Mentale, Priorité de Santé Publique et Enjeu Financier Majeur

      Constat : Des Indicateurs Alarmants et un Coût Élevé

      La santé mentale est un enjeu de santé publique majeur, comme en témoignent les chiffres clés partagés par la CNAM.

      Indicateur

      Donnée Clé

      Dépenses Annuelles

      Près de 28 milliards d'euros, ce qui en fait le premier poste de dépenses de l'Assurance Maladie.

      Population Affectée

      1 Français sur 5 est concerné par des difficultés de santé mentale.

      Médication chez les Jeunes

      +60 % d'augmentation des prescriptions d'antidépresseurs chez les jeunes entre 2019 et 2023.

      Arrêts de Travail

      Un tiers des journées d'arrêt de travail sont liées à des troubles de santé mentale.

      La tendance épidémiologique générale est jugée "pas bonne", soulignant l'urgence d'agir contre une dégradation continue de la santé mentale de la population, particulièrement depuis la crise du Covid.

      Stratégie de l'Assurance Maladie : Prévention et Organisation des Soins

      La réponse de la CNAM s'articule autour de deux axes principaux : la prévention et la structuration d'une offre de soins graduée pour éviter le recours systématique au médicament ou à l'hospitalisation.

      1. Prévention et Détection Précoce :

      Soutien au programme "Premier Secours en Santé Mentale", notamment auprès des jeunes (universités, missions locales) et en cours de déploiement dans le monde de l'entreprise.

      Relai des campagnes de prévention sur les facteurs de risque, comme l'exposition aux écrans chez les jeunes enfants.

      Détection précoce des troubles du langage à l'école avec des programmes impliquant des orthophonistes pour organiser un "fast track" vers la prise en charge.

      2. Organisation du Système de Soins :

      Équiper le médecin généraliste : Reconnu comme la porte d'entrée du système, la CNAM développe des outils et un accompagnement pour aider les généralistes, souvent démunis, à aller au-delà de la prescription de médicaments ou d'arrêts de travail.

      Favoriser la coopération : Soutien aux binômes médecin-infirmier (notamment via l'expérimentation "Sésame") et aux Infirmiers en Pratique Avancée (IPA).

      Structurer des équipes de soins spécialisées de psychiatres pour organiser une offre de téléconsultation coordonnée avec les médecins traitants.

      Éviter l'hospitalisation en renforçant la prise en charge en ville et en structurant des filières d'accès aux soins psychiatriques pour prévenir les hospitalisations non maîtrisées.

      Le Dispositif "Mon Soutien Psy" : Bilan et Perspectives

      Lancé après une expérimentation en 2018, le dispositif de remboursement des séances de psychologues est considéré comme un levier majeur et un succès par l'Assurance Maladie.

      Montée en charge rapide : Plus de 6 500 psychologues cliniciens (sur environ 20 000) ont rejoint le dispositif, couvrant l'ensemble des départements.

      Impact sur les patients : Plus de 900 000 assurés ont déjà bénéficié de séances remboursées.

      Appropriation par les médecins : Le dispositif a été très rapidement adopté par les médecins traitants, qui y ont vu une réponse concrète à un besoin non satisfait. Cette rapidité d'adoption est qualifiée d'"inédite".

      Évolutions : Les tarifs ont été augmentés et l'accès est désormais direct, sans obligation de passer par un médecin, bien que l'interface avec ce dernier reste encouragée.

      Malgré les critiques de certains professionnels, la CNAM estime que le "pari de cette prise en charge est en train d'être réussi" et que le dispositif constitue un progrès majeur.

      Thèmes Transversaux et Enjeux Stratégiques

      La Prévention comme Investissement à Rendement Élevé

      L'Assurance Maladie se dit "absolument convaincue" que l'investissement dans la prévention a un impact médico-économique positif massif.

      Cet argument est au cœur de sa stratégie.

      • Le principe des "coûts évités" est central : une action précoce permet d'éviter des prises en charge plus lourdes et plus coûteuses à long terme.

      • Un chiffre illustre cette conviction : "vous investissez 1 € dans la prévention de maladie en terme de santé mentale, vous en récoltez quatre".

      • Cette logique justifie le déploiement de programmes de détection précoce et l'objectif de ne pas aggraver les dépenses de santé malgré la tendance épidémiologique défavorable.

      L'Enjeu du Remboursement des Professionnels Non Conventionnés

      Un point de friction majeur est la prise en charge de professionnels comme les psychomotriciens ou les ergothérapeutes, dont l'apport est reconnu mais dont le remboursement n'est pas généralisé.

      Le frein réglementaire : Beaucoup de ces professions ne sont pas reconnues comme "professions de santé", ce qui empêche un conventionnement national classique.

      La solution : le conventionnement localisé par parcours : Le modèle développé dans les PCO pour les TND, où des professionnels sont financés dans le cadre d'un parcours spécifique, est vu comme une voie d'avenir.

      Les futurs Parcours Coordonnés Renforcés (PCR) permettront de généraliser cette approche.

      Position de la CNAM : L'Assurance Maladie se déclare "prête" sur le plan opérationnel à intégrer et rembourser ces professionnels dès que le législateur ouvrira ces nouvelles possibilités de prise en charge, affirmant ne mettre "aucun frein sur cette dépense".

      La Problématique des Pénuries de Médicaments : Au-delà des Difficultés d'Approvisionnement

      La CNAM exprime une vive préoccupation concernant les pénuries de médicaments, en distinguant clairement deux phénomènes.

      Si des difficultés d'approvisionnement existent, une partie des pénuries relèverait de stratégies commerciales délibérées.

      L'accusation : Certains laboratoires, après avoir atteint leur objectif de population cible dans le cadre de négociations sur les prix avec les autorités françaises, choisiraient de ne plus livrer le marché français.

      Une forme de chantage : Cette pratique est qualifiée de "chantage à la négociation de prix", où l'arrêt des livraisons est utilisé comme un levier pour obtenir des tarifs plus élevés. Les patients sont ainsi "pris en otage".

      La responsabilité des acteurs : La CNAM souligne que dans ces cas, la responsabilité incombe directement au laboratoire qui ne respecte pas sa part du contrat, et non aux autorités publiques qui négocient les prix pour préserver le système de santé.

      Citations Clés

      Sur l'ampleur de la santé mentale : "Nous sommes aujourd'hui à près de 28 milliards d'euros de dépenses qui sont consacrées à des pathologies en lien avec des thématiques de de santé mentale [...] ça montre quelque part aussi l'investissement d'assurance maladie."

      Sur la hiérarchie des soins : "Le premier traitement d'un trouble psychique mineur, c'est la psychothérapie. [...] il n'y a pas d'indication médicamenteuse au départ. Donc les pratiques sont très très loin de ça." - Dr. Catherine Grenier

      Sur l'adoption du dispositif "Mon Soutien Psy" : "Honnêtement, on a été [...] surpris [...] on a vu la vitesse à laquelle ce dispositif a été appréhendé par les médecins traitants. [...] Là en l'espèce, ça a été extrêmement rapide, inédit, et ça traduit ce besoin." - Thomas Fatôme, Directeur Général

      Sur le rôle des industriels dans les pénuries : "Si un laboratoire dit 'bah en fait si vous payez pas le prix je vous livre pas', ça s'appelle aussi du chantage à la négociation de prix. [...] c'est un peu prendre les patients en otage d'une négociation de prix." - Marguerite Cazeneuve

      Sur la logique de la Commission d'enquête : "Cette commission d'enquête, c'est presque une demande d'aide pour nous faire la démonstration qu'il y a une plus-value et que ça dépasse le seul horizon de l'annualité budgétaire." - Sébastien Saint-Pasteur, Rapporteur

    1. Briefing : Prise en Charge de la Santé Mentale et du Handicap en France

      Résumé

      Ce document de synthèse analyse les enjeux majeurs de la prise en charge de la santé mentale en France, en se basant sur les échanges tenus à l'Assemblée nationale.

      Il en ressort un paradoxe central : malgré des efforts budgétaires significatifs et le déploiement de dispositifs structurants, le secteur de la psychiatrie est en proie à une crise profonde, principalement due à une pénurie critique de ressources humaines.

      Les points à retenir sont les suivants :

      1. Crise d'Attractivité Sévère : La psychiatrie souffre d'un déficit majeur d'attractivité, avec plus de 23 % de postes de praticiens hospitaliers vacants dans le secteur public et 30 % des postes d'internes non pourvus.

      Cette pénurie, qualifiée de "cercle vicieux", entrave la capacité du système à répondre à la demande croissante.

      2. Dissonance entre Investissements et Réalité de Terrain : Des financements conséquents ont été alloués via des programmes comme le Fonds d'Innovation Organisationnelle en Psychiatrie (FIOP) et des appels à projets pour la pédopsychiatrie.

      Le dispositif "Mon Soutien Psy" a également permis de réaliser plus de 2,5 millions de séances.

      Cependant, ces efforts se heurtent à une réalité marquée par des délais d'attente, des défauts de prise en charge et un manque de diagnostics.

      3. Impératif du Repérage Précoce : Un consensus se dégage sur la nécessité de basculer d'une approche majoritairement curative vers une stratégie axée sur la prévention et le repérage précoce des troubles.

      Les médecins généralistes, la santé scolaire et les maisons des adolescents sont identifiés comme des acteurs clés de cette stratégie, qui est perçue comme un levier de "coûts évités" majeur.

      4. Angle Mort sur les Données et l'Évaluation :

      Il existe un manque critique de données médico-économiques sur l'impact du non-dépistage précoce et des hospitalisations évitées.

      Ce déficit de modélisation affaiblit les plaidoyers pour un investissement accru dans la prévention et le suivi post-hospitalisation.

      5. Structuration des Parcours et Coordination Territoriale :

      Les Projets Territoriaux de Santé Mentale (PTSM) sont considérés comme un outil essentiel pour améliorer la coordination des acteurs.

      Leur renforcement et leur évaluation sont des priorités, tout comme le développement de pratiques innovantes pour fluidifier les parcours entre la ville et l'hôpital.

      Analyse Détaillée des Thématiques

      1. La Crise d'Attractivité des Métiers en Psychiatrie

      Le principal frein à l'amélioration de l'offre de soins en santé mentale est la pénurie de personnel qualifié, en particulier de psychiatres.

      Constat d'une Pénurie Sévère :

      • ◦ La ressource humaine en psychiatrie est qualifiée de "denrée rare".   
      • Postes vacants : Plus de 23 % des postes de psychiatres dans les hôpitaux publics ne sont pas pourvus.  
      • Déficit de formation : Chaque année, 30 % des postes d'internes en psychiatrie restent vacants.  
      • Recours aux praticiens étrangers (Padu) : Même en doublant les postes offerts aux praticiens à diplôme hors Union européenne, le taux de vacance reste extrêmement élevé, atteignant 30 % à 50 % selon les régions.

      Un Cercle Vicieux : Cette crise d'attractivité crée un "cercle vicieux" : les étudiants en médecine réalisant leurs stages dans des services en sous-effectif sont peu enclins à choisir cette spécialité, ce qui perpétue la pénurie.

      Pistes de Solution Évoquées :

      Valoriser les stages : Mettre l'accent sur la qualité de l'encadrement des stagiaires pour améliorer l'image de la profession.  

      Flexibiliser l'exercice : Encourager et faciliter l'exercice mixte (ville-hôpital, public-privé) et le temps partagé, qui correspondent aux aspirations des jeunes médecins ne souhaitant plus un exercice unique et à temps plein.

      Des verrous réglementaires ont été levés depuis 2020 pour faciliter l'exercice mixte ville-hôpital.  

      Formation des paramédicaux : La réforme du métier d'infirmier intègre une obligation de stage en psychiatrie d'une durée minimale.

      Par ailleurs, plus de 540 infirmiers en pratique avancée (IPA) en santé mentale ont déjà été formés.

      2. Dissonance entre Efforts Budgétaires et Réalité de Terrain

      Des investissements financiers importants ont été réalisés, mais leurs effets sont encore insuffisants pour répondre à l'ampleur des besoins.

      Investissements Financiers Conséquents :

      • Fonds d'Innovation Organisationnelle en Psychiatrie (FIOP) : Depuis 2019, 288 millions d'euros ont été mobilisés pour accompagner 268 projets innovants. Le fonds a été reconduit en 2025.  
      • Pédopsychiatrie et Psychiatrie Périnatale : Un appel à projets a permis de financer 435 projets, avec des crédits annuels compris entre 20 et 35 millions d'euros. 
      • Dispositif "Mon Soutien Psy" : Fin 2024, le dispositif comptait plus de 4 100 psychologues conventionnés et avait bénéficié à près de 480 000 patients (dont 26 % de mineurs), pour un total de 2,5 millions de séances réalisées.

      Difficultés Persistantes sur le Terrain :

      ◦ Malgré ces chiffres, une "dissonance" est constatée entre les efforts budgétaires et la réalité vécue par les usagers et les professionnels : délais d'attente prolongés, défauts de prise en charge et manque de diagnostics.  

      ◦ Il est souligné que le système reste trop focalisé sur le "curatif" au détriment du "préventif".

      3. L'Impératif de la Prévention et du Repérage Précoce

      Le repérage précoce est identifié comme un axe stratégique majeur pour éviter l'aggravation des troubles et les conséquences sociales et familiales associées.

      Un Axe Prioritaire : Le dépistage est considéré comme "un des axes forts qu'il nous faut développer". Une mission a été confiée à trois personnalités qualifiées pour formuler des recommandations sur ce sujet.

      Les Acteurs Clés du Repérage :

      Médecins généralistes : Ils sont en première ligne, assurant 76 % des premières consultations pour troubles psychiatriques et traitant 73 % des dépressions.

      L'enjeu est de mieux les "outiller" et de renforcer le lien avec les spécialistes.  

      Santé scolaire : Une circulaire conjointe (Santé/Éducation Nationale) est en cours de rédaction pour formaliser des "circuits courts" entre les établissements scolaires et les Centres Médico-Psychologiques (CMP).  

      Maisons des Adolescents : Leur cahier des charges est en cours de rénovation pour y intégrer pleinement la dimension de repérage. Leurs moyens financiers seront renforcés de façon "considérable".

      L'Enjeu des "Coûts Évités" : L'investissement dans la prévention et le diagnostic précoce est présenté non seulement comme une plus-value pour les personnes concernées, mais aussi comme une source d'économies "majeures" pour la collectivité en évitant des prises en charge plus lourdes à long terme.

      4. Structuration de l'Offre et Coordination des Parcours

      L'organisation des soins sur les territoires et la fluidité des parcours patients sont des défis centraux.

      Projets Territoriaux de Santé Mentale (PTSM) :

      ◦ Considérés comme un "outil intéressant", ils mobilisent les acteurs du sanitaire, du social et du médico-social.  

      ◦ Chaque PTSM bénéficie d'un poste de coordinateur financé.  

      ◦ Une "deuxième génération" de PTSM est en préparation pour aller plus loin dans la structuration des parcours.  

      ◦ Une carte interactive des PTSM sera mise en ligne sur le site du ministère pour améliorer la lisibilité et le partage de bonnes pratiques.

      Défis de la Coordination :

      Post-hospitalisation : L'organisation des sorties d'hospitalisation psychiatrique présente des "vraies difficultés", entraînant des réhospitalisations au coût "relativement conséquent", un point déjà soulevé par la Cour des comptes en 2021. 

      Innovation organisationnelle : Le FIOP vise précisément à soutenir des projets qui testent de nouvelles organisations pour améliorer la coordination ville-hôpital et la graduation des soins.

      5. Manque de Données et Nécessité d'Évaluation

      Un "angle mort" important subsiste concernant les données chiffrées, ce qui freine l'optimisation de l'allocation des ressources.

      Absence de Modélisation Médico-Économique :

      ◦ Il y a un manque de données sur le "coût médico-économique du non-dépistage précoce" et sur les hospitalisations potentiellement évitées.  

      ◦ L'approche culturelle française est perçue comme moins avancée que dans les pays anglo-saxons sur l'utilisation d'outils comme les QALY/DALY pour prioriser les investissements.

      Évaluation des Politiques Publiques :

      Le FIOP comme modèle : Ce fonds est cité en exemple pour son processus d'évaluation "extrêmement rigoureuse", menée par des experts indépendants après trois ans de financement, pouvant mener à la pérennisation, la généralisation ou l'arrêt du projet.  

      L'évaluation des PTSM : Si une évaluation qualitative a été menée (le "Tour de France" de Franck Bélivier), un besoin d'évaluation plus systématique et comparative des performances est exprimé pour mieux identifier et diffuser les bonnes pratiques.

      6. Enjeux Spécifiques à Certaines Populations

      Pédopsychiatrie :

      ◦ Le secteur est "assez dépourvu" en lits, ce qui conduit à des hospitalisations d'enfants dans des services pour adultes.  

      ◦ Une inquiétude est soulevée quant au risque de "surdiagnostic", en référence à un rapport de la Cour des comptes, appelant à une vision plus globale de l'accompagnement.

      Santé Mentale en Milieu Carcéral :

      Prévalence élevée : Environ 30 % des détenus présentent des troubles psychiatriques.

      Pour beaucoup, l'incarcération représente le "premier contact avec le soin". 

      Crise d'attractivité aggravée : Les difficultés de recrutement sont "probablement pires" dans ce milieu. L'exemple du centre pénitentiaire de Fresnes, passé de 19 à 6 psychiatres, est emblématique. 

      Solutions : Le développement de postes à temps partagé est crucial pour attirer des praticiens. Une "feuille de route santé des personnes placées sous main de justice" co-pilotée par les ministères de la Santé et de la Justice vise à travailler sur cet enjeu.

    1. AbstractBackground Food contamination by pathogens poses a global health threat, affecting an estimated 600 million people annually. During a foodborne outbreak investigation, microbiological analysis of food vehicles detects responsible pathogens and traces contamination sources. Metagenomic approaches offer a comprehensive view of the genomic composition of microbial communities, facilitating the detection of potential pathogens in samples. Combined with sequencing techniques like Oxford Nanopore sequencing, such metagenomic approaches become faster and easier to apply. A key limitation of these approaches is the lack of accessible, easy-to-use, and openly available pipelines for pathogen identification and tracking from (meta)genomic data.Findings PathoGFAIR is a collection of Galaxy-based FAIR workflows employing state-of-the-art tools to detect and track pathogens from metagenomic Nanopore sequencing. Although initially developed to detect pathogens in food datasets, the workflows can be applied to other metagenomic Nanopore pathogenic data. PathoGFAIR incorporates visualisations and reports for comprehensive results. We tested PathoGFAIR on 130 samples containing different pathogens from multiple hosts under various experimental conditions. For all but one sample, workflows have successfully detected expected pathogens at least at the species rank. Further taxonomic ranks are detected for samples with sufficiently high Colony-forming unit (CFU) and low Cycle Threshold (Ct) values.Conclusions PathoGFAIR detects the pathogens at species and subspecies taxonomic ranks in all but one tested sample, regardless of whether the pathogen is isolated or the sample is incubated before sequencing. Importantly, PathoGFAIR is easy to use and can be straightforwardly adapted and extended for other types of analysis and sequencing techniques, making it usable in various pathogen detection scenarios. PathoGFAIR homepage: https://usegalaxy-eu.github.io/PathoGFAIR/

      This work has been peer reviewed in GigaScience (see https://doi.org/10.1093/gigascience/giaf017), which carries out open, named peer-review. These reviews are published under a CC-BY 4.0 license and were as follows:

      Reviewer 2: Ann-Katrin Llarena

      Nasr and colleagues present an, at times, well-written manuscript with an interesting and robust pipeline that includes well-known softwares (you must make sure to cite the authors of these). However, the manuscript is, quote "...a collection of Galaxy-based FAIR workflows employing state-of-the-art tools to detect and track pathogens from metagenomic Nanopore sequencing". Its repeated how well it works, they even compare it to other software in table 1 (without proper benchmark). These initial statements are however not supported by the findings. The Salmonelal from the spiked samples are, as expected from food matrix present in low quantity), difficult to do more than state that the genus is present, and only a fraction of the samples can actually "complete" the entire pipeline. Also, the benchmarking is not really benchmarking (compare and measure this software against other competing software). No such comparison is done, and even though the intention of PathoGFAIR as stated throughout the paper, is detection and analysis of metagenomic samples, the benchmarking is done on isolate based wgs. It is also evident that the authors are not microbiologists as the manuscript is riddled with taxonomical misunderstandings about the vast genus Salmonella and when to use capital letters and italics. I am also lacking a proper discussion here on the results found in the spiking experiment in light of current EU legislation on Salmonella. Can this pipeline help in this regard? Sensitivity and specificity metrics are also lacking.

      Abstract: "foodborne pathogen data" / "metagenomic Nanopore pathogenic data" - suggest to rewrite, as what I think you are trying to say is " initially developed to detect foodborne pathogens from metagenomic nanopore data, the workflow can be used to detect any pathogen." "Colony-forming unit and Cycle Threshold values." rewrite sentence, I do not completely understand what you are trying to say. what is "sufficient colony forming units?" It will vary as well between pathogens (infection dose varies). You could rather state your sensitivity of the pipeline here - even though i think that sampling prep, library prep and seq influences that more than the bioinformatics. "In any sample": did you test all matrixes? "sample is isolated or incubated before seq" you cannot isolate a sample, but you isolate a bacteria from a sample. unprecise language.

      Introduction: In general, its well written, but a bit unprecise here and there. The authors also rely a lot on the following words: "rapid" "accurate". "outbreaks and epidemics" - rewrite, these are the same. "efforts to mitigate their spread and ensure food safety" again, complementary terms - rewrite. "global public health authorities" we do have everything from local to global food safety and public health authorities, I think one should highlight this. There is a difference between for instance EFSA and ECDC. "isolation can be complex"? do you mean complicated or work intensive? "The utilisation of Nanopore sequencing data, as exemplified in studies like [7]," citing practices like this is not really reader friendly. Suggest to write what they actually did in seven (as for instance the detection of blah in blah as shown in 7). "Once (meta)genomics data has been generated, bioinformatics approaches enable the rapid and accurate detection"; repetition of chapter above. You write in the former chapter that "the utilisation of nanopore data" which also includes bioinformatics of course. SURPI and Sunbeam is freely available? https://microbiomejournal.biomedcentral.com/articles/10.1186/s40168-019-0658-x https://chiulab.ucsf.edu/surpi/

      "PathoGFAIR: pathogen identification and tracking from metagenomics". Im not convinced that it can perform tracing in an outbreak where only a few SNPs are allowed. PathoGFAIR does not really speed up the process of sampling, does it. Actually, it takes more time to extract crude dna from a sample than to place it in a enrichment broth or do a dilution series, so the presteps are not really a part of this. "Tracking pathogens" - again, if species level is the lowest rank it can go to, its not enough to perform tracking.

      Overview chapter "input data is seq data generated w nanopore" basecalling is not included in the workflow? How is this performed? It affects the quality of the reads, so its nice to know what you did. The chapter is very wordy, and contains a lot of fill-words with salespitches almost. I would recommend rewriting it, for instance: Chapter that starts with subsequently and describes the different workflows and how they work together can be compressed. And the last three sections are salespitching.

      WF1: Preprocessing: How stringent filtering and quality control are implemented in the workflow? How good quality do you need for the wp2-4 to work sufficiently well? Did you test? Food vehicle animal? What is that - do you mean that if you extract dna from bovine meat, you map to bovine genome? "a tool ten times faster etc etc." is discussion and should be removed from what I think is materials and methods even though the title of the section is workflow 1. What is a food host? Kalamari database includes many foodborne pathogens, such as Shigella, E. coli, Campylobacter etc etc. how can you just remove all reads that match to this database? Table 1: Innuendo is based on isolate WGS, and not intended for WGS. Also, it has its own built in wgMLST schema employed using chewbbacca, so it definitely has allele-abased pathogen identification. Its intended for illumina data. Victors are strictly a platform to analyse virulence factors and not intended even for taxonomic profiling, and its webinterface doesn't work. IDseq has step-by-step guides available on their webpage, so I think that qualifies as a tutorial. You can also contact them (user support). I guess the same is true for OneCodex, as you actually pay for that one. So the table is unprecise at best and should be corrected (I didn't go through Submeam, SURPI or PAIPline specs to try to check if you got it correctly). Rewrite this. Further, I think you should only include systems / pipelines that are intended for metagenomics. You have a footnote * that I cannot see in the table as well.

      WF2 taxonomy profiling: The first sentence needs rewriting. Two sentences from "Although Kraken2 is a tool design…….." belongs in discussion. WF3: Medaka consensus pipeline : "This task is performed using neural networks applied from a pileup of individual sequencing reads against a draft assembly. " what draft assembly did you use here to create a consensus sequence? Actually, its not polishing contigs, its assemblying them? Again, there is some descriptions of the software which belongs in the discussion, say the perks one gets from using this tool over the other. I do not however get how screening for virulence genes = pathogen identification. The thing is that in a complex food matrix or faecal samples from animals, things like stx phages will also be present. These are not stec pathogens unless the phage is inside an e.coli. How do you make sure of the host for such mobile genetic elements as these virulence and amr genes often are located on? Seeing as this is the basis of your pathogen detection?

      WF4: A bit again on choosing software over the other that is discussion food. Wf4/wf5: I am worried about the reliance on snp based technics for nanopore reads. Is the quality good enough to achieve sufficiently robust results? Easily adaptable workflows Last section is repetition (about each wf operating independently) Use cases: Data generation: Please revise how to write Salmonella names correctly. They should be in italics for genus, species and subspecies names, while the serovar/serotype is non italic and capital letter. So the correct term would be: * Salmonella enterica subsp. enterica serovar Houtenae, or in short; Salmonella Houtenae. * The strain DSM554 is of serovar Typhimurium, and this should referenced like this: Salmonella enterica subsp. enterica serovar Typhimurium strain DSM 554 First two sentences are contradictory to eachother? Sentence starting "15 samples were incubated"; don't start sentence with number, it looks like 33.15 How much meat did you use? What CFU/g does these ct values translate too? Its important to know the sensitivity relative to legislation. The limit is zero in 100grams, but I don't assume you tested 100g? What does adaptive sampling mean? To exclude chicken DNA? The point v sentence under description of supplementary table t1 is a bit weird punctuation Gene-based pathogen identification: Working with meat to detect low abundance pathogenic bacteria is challenging without enrichment of the expected pathogen with selective methods. Just incubating it a x temperature might work for some bacteria, but others need special atmosphere (campylobacter, clostridia) and nutrients. How do you accommodate this? Figure 2 B: The grey bares samples ? why are they collapsed in the left corner? And shy are sdhA and mucD highlighted? Also, please put genes in italics. the grey bars on the right (y-axis) are not annotated? To which reference genome are the barplot in d referring to? I can see for instance in f that there is a number of snps or variants for the Houtenae and Typhimurium, but not Salamae, was the latter used as reference? "an AIDA autotransporter-like protein, only found in Enterica strain samples but not in samples spiked with Houtenae or Salamae strains." All these strains are of the subspecies enterica Figure 3: punctuations a bit off here and there. Why do you operate with cfu/ml? You added it to meat? It should be cfu/g? It would be nice with a presentation of the resistance panel of the three spiked strains before presenting the amr genes. "Similar but inverse relations are observed for CFU/mL value (Figure 3 C & D), with a threshold for VF and AMR gene detection at 106 ." cfu/ml of what? The rinse? Added ml? I don't even know how much meat were included in the dna extractions. "The further the samples are from these thresholds, the higher the number of VF genes and AMR genes identified. Indeed, the three top scattered dots with identified VF genes between 250 and 300 (Figure 3 A, C, E) are the samples with the highest number of reads, higher CFU/mL value, and a relatively lower Ct value compared to other samples." The tendency is ok, but not all. For instance, you have several exceptions here for both amr genes and vf genes. Maybe mark the dots after say spiked strain/enrichment or not?

      Discussion bit here : "enerally, allowing samples to incubate for a short period before se quencing enhances microbial growth, resulting in higher CFU/mL values and lower Ct values. This increase in microbial concentra tion improves the efficiency of direct sequencing by providing more genetic material for analysis, facilitating faster and more accurate pathogen detection. "

      Allele-based pathogen identification: "Salmonella enterica subspecies enterica serovar typhimarium (NC_003197.2)": see earlier comment on writing correct taxonomically for Salmonella. "However, given the diversity among Salmonella subspecies in the samples, a high number of complex variants and SNPs were anticipated. " You only operate with ONE subspecies of Salmonella - S. enterica subsp. enterica. That's the relevant subspecies, and contains over 2500 serovariants. I don't understand this process; in an outbreak setting you are dependent on tracing, i.e. showing that you isolates are clonal. Pathogfair relies on mapping to a reference genome, but that again relies on isolation of suspected isolate and building a high quality assembly for the allel-based pathogen identification to work. Its not enough to just show that you have that or that serotype, you will have to show that they are clonal (i.e. separated by a limited number of SNPs, say max 20 snps over the full length of the chromosome). This method cannot do this. Samples with prior pathogen isolation: Do understand you correctly that you now exstract dna from isolates? Not whole samples matrix? If so, how is this benchmarking a pipeline intended for metagenomics sequencing? If you were to extract dna from feces/ food and then use your pipeline, that would be benchmarking. However, this doesn't prove that your pipeline works as you intend it to/or claim that it does. How were the samples prepared? If isolates, extraction method and sequencing techniques? Species name is written non-capitalized first letter, so Campylobacter jejuni. All gene names should be italicized. Suggest rewriting sentence: The wet lab procedures performed to isolate and prepare these samples for sequencing adhered to standard microbiological techniques, including cultivation, enrich ment, and isolation steps" to reflect actual sequel; enrichment, cultivation and isolation and verification." Conclusion: If for use for solely isolates, I think assemblies are a better way to go than this pipeline; its more reliable for clonality analysis needed in outbreaks. "We further supported the scientific community by introducing new 46 benchmark samples, making them publicly available. This demonstrates our significant investment of time and resources, providing valuable assets for future research." There are now 82000 c. jejuni just on ncbi, of which 600 are complete. Salmonella genomes are clocking on 524500 assemblies on enterobase. The contribution of these strains are not because they are new samples, but because your isolates represent data from an underrepresented region of the world, namely Palestine.

      Supplmentary figure s4 is cropped so that x-line annotation is not visible. SFigure 5 Midpoint root amr phylogenetic tree? Supplementary table 1: its unclear for me if you added this amount of bacteria or it was the result of after 1h or 24h enrichment. Also, I don't understand how much meat you used for the dna extraction. Same goes for ct values.

    1. Synthèse de l'Audition de la CNAF sur la Santé Mentale et le Handicap

      Résumé

      L'audition de la Caisse Nationale des Allocations Familiales (CNAF) devant la commission d'enquête a mis en lumière son rôle substantiel, bien que souvent discret, dans la prise en charge du handicap et de la santé mentale en France.

      L'intervention de la CNAF s'articule autour de deux axes majeurs : le versement de prestations financières (légales et pour le compte de tiers) et le financement de services aux familles via sa politique d'action sociale.

      Les points critiques à retenir sont les suivants :

      1. Gestion de Prestations Financières Clés : La CNAF gère des allocations majeures telles que l'Allocation aux Adultes Handicapés (AAH), représentant 13,8 milliards d'euros pour 1,3 million de bénéficiaires en 2024, et l'Allocation d'Éducation de l'Enfant Handicapé (AEEH), s'élevant à 1,6 milliard d'euros pour 500 000 bénéficiaires.

      2. Impact de la Déconjugalisation de l'AAH : La réforme de la déconjugalisation, effective depuis novembre 2023, est un succès opérationnel.

      Elle a bénéficié à 66 000 allocataires avec une hausse moyenne de 400 € par mois, incluant 22 300 nouveaux bénéficiaires. Un système parallèle est maintenu pour 31 000 personnes afin d'éviter toute perte de droits.

      3. Promotion de l'Inclusion en Milieu Ordinaire : La CNAF promeut activement l'inclusion des enfants en situation de handicap dans les structures de droit commun (crèches, accueils de loisirs) via des "bonus inclusion handicap".

      Le succès de ce dispositif pour les accueils de loisirs est notable, avec des dépenses en 2024 ( 53 millions d'euros) dépassant déjà plus du double de l'objectif initial pour 2027.

      4. Santé Mentale des Jeunes : La CNAF finance 200 Points Accueil Écoute Jeunes (PAEJ), des structures de première ligne pour les adolescents en difficulté, et travaille à un accord-cadre avec le ministère de la Santé pour mieux articuler ces dispositifs au sein de l'écosystème de santé mentale.

      5. Relation avec les MDPH : Bien que des progrès significatifs aient été réalisés grâce à la dématérialisation des flux, les délais de traitement des dossiers par les Maisons Départementales des Personnes Handicapées (MDPH) demeurent un enjeu majeur, obligeant les CAF à mettre en place des procédures de prolongation de droits pour éviter les ruptures de versement.

      6. Complexité de l'AAH : Un axe d'amélioration majeur identifié est la simplification de l'AAH. Sa complexité actuelle, notamment pour les bénéficiaires qui travaillent, peut créer des freins à l'emploi et générer des situations d'incompréhension.

      La CNAF suggère d'intégrer cette prestation dans le mouvement global de modernisation et de simplification des aides sociales.

      Interventions de la CNAF : Un Double Axe d'Action

      La CNAF structure son action en faveur des personnes en situation de handicap et de leurs familles autour de deux piliers fondamentaux, inscrits dans sa Convention d'Objectifs et de Gestion (COG) 2023-2027 avec l'État.

      1. Versement de Prestations Légales

      La CNAF est l'opérateur de versement pour plusieurs prestations essentielles, certaines financées par la branche Famille, d'autres gérées pour le compte de l'État ou de la branche Autonomie. Ce rôle s'effectue en partenariat étroit avec les MDPH, qui sont en charge de l'évaluation médicale et de la détermination des taux d'incapacité.

      Prestation

      Description

      Chiffres Clés (2024)

      Allocation aux Adultes Handicapés (AAH)

      Assurer un revenu minimal aux personnes en situation de handicap de plus de 20 ans.

      13,8 milliards € versés à 1,3 million de bénéficiaires.

      Allocation d'Éducation de l'Enfant Handicapé (AEEH)

      Compenser les dépenses liées au handicap d'un enfant de moins de 20 ans.

      1,6 milliard € versés à 500 000 bénéficiaires.

      Allocation Journalière de Présence Parentale (AJPP)

      Compenser la perte de revenus pour un parent cessant son activité pour s'occuper d'un enfant malade ou handicapé.

      2 848 bénéficiaires (au 30 juin), coût de 261 millions €.

      Allocation Journalière du Proche Aidant (AJPA)

      Compenser la perte de revenus pour un proche aidant cessant son activité ponctuellement.

      1 652 bénéficiaires (au 30 juin), coût de 11 millions €.

      2. Financement de Services aux Familles via l'Action Sociale

      Le second pilier est financé par le Fonds National d'Action Sociale (FNAS) et vise à rendre les services de droit commun accessibles aux familles concernées par le handicap, promouvant ainsi une politique d'inclusion active.

      Inclusion dans la Petite Enfance (Crèches) :

      • ◦ Un bonus "inclusion handicap" majore le financement des crèches qui accueillent des enfants en situation de handicap.   
      • ◦ En 2023, 25 millions d'euros ont été dépensés à ce titre.  
      • ◦ Près de 50 % des crèches en France bénéficient de ce bonus, témoignant de son adoption massive.

      L'objectif est de favoriser une inclusion précoce pour fluidifier le parcours ultérieur, notamment la scolarisation.

      Inclusion dans les Accueils de Loisirs (Périscolaire et Extrascolaire) :

      • ◦ Généralisé en 2024, un bonus similaire existe pour les Accueils de Loisirs Sans Hébergement (ALSH).  
      • ◦ Le dispositif a rencontré un succès immédiat et supérieur aux prévisions : 53 millions d'euros ont été engagés en 2024, soit plus du double de l'estimation pour toute la durée de la COG (jusqu'en 2027).  
      • ◦ Cela indique une forte mobilisation des collectivités pour adapter leurs offres et garantir une continuité de prise en charge après l'école.

      Soutien au Répit Familial et aux Vacances :

      ◦ Les CAF mènent une politique active de soutien au départ en vacances, avec des dispositifs et financements spécifiques pour les familles concernées par le handicap (enfants ou parents).    ◦ Le dispositif VACAF permet de faire partir environ 500 000 personnes chaque année.    ◦ Des offres spécifiques (séjours passerelles) existent pour les familles nécessitant un accompagnement renforcé.

      Pôles de Ressources Handicap :

      ◦ La CNAF finance, à l'échelle départementale, des pôles de ressources visant à faciliter la connexion entre les familles et les structures d'accueil de droit commun (crèches, ALSH), levant ainsi les obstacles pratiques et informationnels.

      Enjeux et Réformes Clés

      La Déconjugalisation de l'Allocation aux Adultes Handicapés (AAH)

      Mise en œuvre le 1er novembre 2023, cette réforme très attendue visait à individualiser l'AAH sans tenir compte des revenus du conjoint.

      Un bilan quantitatif significatif :

      • 66 000 allocataires ont bénéficié de la réforme, avec une hausse moyenne de 400 € par mois.   
      • ◦ Parmi eux, 44 000 étaient déjà allocataires et ont vu leur AAH augmenter de 327 €/mois en moyenne. 
      • 22 300 nouvelles personnes, auparavant inéligibles à cause des revenus de leur conjoint, sont entrées dans le dispositif avec un gain mensuel moyen de 554 €.

      Une réforme "sans perdant" :

      • ◦ Pour les 31 000 personnes pour qui le nouveau mode de calcul aurait été désavantageux, l'ancien système est maintenu.  
      • ◦ Cela conduit à la coexistence de deux systèmes de calcul de l'AAH, qui perdurera plusieurs décennies.

      Articulation avec les MDPH : Fluidité et Prévention des Ruptures

      La qualité des échanges d'information avec les MDPH est cruciale pour le versement des prestations.

      Progrès et défis : La dématérialisation des flux a considérablement amélioré et sécurisé les échanges par rapport à la situation d'il y a cinq ans, où les flux papier étaient encore nombreux.

      Gestion des délais : Les délais d'instruction longs au sein des MDPH restent une difficulté majeure.

      Pour éviter les ruptures de droits, notamment lors des renouvellements, les CAF pratiquent la prolongation des droits en attendant la décision de la MDPH.

      Cette pratique, bien que créant un risque financier (génération d'indus si le droit n'est pas renouvelé), est jugée préférable pour ne pas précariser les familles.

      La Santé Mentale des Jeunes : Le Rôle des Points Accueil Écoute Jeunes (PAEJ)

      La CNAF a repris le financement des PAEJ, qui constituent une offre de première ligne pour les jeunes en difficulté psychologique.

      Un maillage territorial : 200 structures ont été financées en 2023 sur tout le territoire.

      Un rôle de pivot : Les PAEJ travaillent en réseau, en amont avec le milieu scolaire pour le repérage, et en aval en orientant vers des structures de soin (CMP, Maisons des Adolescents) lorsque nécessaire.

      Vers un cadre national : Des discussions sont en cours avec le ministère de la Santé pour établir un accord-cadre national afin de clarifier les rôles et d'assurer la complémentarité des dispositifs, notamment face au risque de désengagement de certains co-financeurs comme les Agences Régionales de Santé (ARS).

      Lutte contre les Erreurs et Gestion des Indûs

      La CNAF utilise un algorithme de "datamining" depuis 2011 pour cibler ses contrôles, non pas sur des populations, mais sur des risques d'erreur pouvant générer des versements indus.

      Logique du ciblage : Le système identifie les situations où le risque d'erreur déclarative est le plus élevé.

      Il s'agit principalement des prestations sensibles aux variations de revenus déclarées trimestriellement (RSA, Prime d'activité).

      Cas de l'AAH : Les bénéficiaires de l'AAH ne sont pas plus contrôlés en tant que tels. Le risque est plus élevé pour la population spécifique des bénéficiaires de l'AAH qui travaillent, en raison de la complexité des règles de cumul et de la variabilité des revenus à déclarer.

      Solution à la source : La réforme de la "solidarité à la source" est présentée comme la solution principale.

      En instaurant des déclarations pré-remplies pour le RSA et la Prime d'activité, elle vise à réduire drastiquement les erreurs à la base et, par conséquent, les contrôles a posteriori et les indus.

      L'extension de ce principe à la partie "activité" de l'AAH est une piste de réflexion.

      Perspectives et Axes d'Amélioration

      Interrogée sur les pistes d'amélioration du système, la CNAF a souligné plusieurs points :

      1. Moderniser et Simplifier l'AAH : L'AAH est décrite comme une prestation d'une "grande complexité", qui s'est "hybridée" avec la déconjugalisation (à la fois minimum social et prestation plus large).

      Cette complexité peut être un frein à l'emploi et fragiliser les bénéficiaires.

      La CNAF plaide pour que l'AAH soit intégrée au mouvement global de simplification des prestations sociales, afin d'améliorer la lisibilité et de ne pas décourager le travail.

      2. Reconnaître les Coûts de l'Inclusion : Une étude financée par la CNAF a mis en évidence les "coûts très importants de l'inclusion" scolaire, largement portés par les mères, avec des conséquences parfois lourdes sur leur vie professionnelle (jusqu'à l'arrêt de l'activité).

      Cet enjeu justifie les efforts financiers importants des CAF pour soutenir la prise en charge périscolaire.

      3. Renforcer le Soutien sur les Temps Périscolaires : La CNAF a intensifié son soutien financier aux ALSH et a étendu depuis 2024 son financement à la pause méridienne.

      L'effort financier est considérable : un enfant en situation de handicap en ALSH est financé par la CAF à hauteur de 4,50 € de l'heure, contre 0,60 € pour un autre enfant.

      Ce soutien est essentiel pour permettre le maintien dans l'emploi des parents.

    1. Synthèse du webinaire : Le programme EVARS, un outil indispensable pour la protection des enfants

      Résumé

      Ce document de synthèse résume les points clés du webinaire organisé par la FCPE nationale le 23 septembre 2025, consacré au programme d'Éducation à la Vie Affective, Relationnelle et à la Sexualité (EVARS).

      Entré en vigueur à la rentrée 2025, ce programme vise à garantir l'application effective de la loi Aubry de 2001, qui rendait obligatoire trois séances annuelles d'éducation à la sexualité, mais qui n'était appliquée que pour 15 % des élèves en 2024.

      Les intervenants — Marc Pelletier du Ministère de l'Éducation nationale, Sarah Durocher du Planning familial et l'animateur Didier Valentin — ont unanimement présenté le programme comme un enjeu nécessaire et indispensable pour la protection de l'enfance.

      Il répond aux missions fondamentales de l'École : promouvoir l'égalité, lutter contre les discriminations, enseigner le consentement et prévenir toutes les formes de violence.

      Le programme est également une réponse directe aux défis contemporains auxquels la jeunesse est confrontée, notamment l'exposition précoce à la pornographie, le harcèlement et les violences sexistes et sexuelles.

      Élaboré suite à un vaste processus consultatif et validé par le Conseil d'État, le programme repose sur trois principes directeurs : l'unité thématique, la progressivité stricte des contenus adaptés à l'âge, et la complémentarité avec les autres enseignements. Il est obligatoire et les parents ne peuvent y soustraire leurs enfants.

      La mise en œuvre s'appuie sur une formation massive des personnels de l'Éducation nationale et, dans le second degré, sur des interventions complémentaires d'associations agréées, toujours dans le cadre de projets co-construits avec les équipes pédagogiques.

      Face aux campagnes de désinformation, les intervenants ont insisté sur la nécessité d'une communication claire auprès des familles pour dissiper les malentendus et réaffirmer que l'objectif n'est pas d'enseigner des pratiques sexuelles, mais de construire une culture du respect, de l'égalité et du bien-être.

      Contexte et Justification du Programme EVARS

      Un Impératif Légal et une Nécessité Sociale

      Le programme EVARS a été conçu pour répondre à un déficit majeur dans l'application de la législation française.

      Bien que la loi Aubry de 2001 ait rendu l'éducation à la sexualité obligatoire à raison de trois séances par an, un constat alarmant a été dressé en 2024 : seuls 15 % des élèves en avaient réellement bénéficié.

      L'objectif principal du nouveau programme est donc de garantir l'effectivité de cette loi sur tout le territoire.

      Marc Pelletier, de la Direction générale de l'enseignement scolaire (DGESCO), a souligné que l'EVARS s'inscrit pleinement dans les missions fondamentales que la Nation confie à l'École, telles que définies dans le Code de l'éducation :

      Promouvoir l'égalité, notamment entre les femmes et les hommes.

      Lutter contre toutes les formes de discrimination, y compris celles fondées sur le sexe, l'identité de genre ou l'orientation sexuelle.

      Éduquer au principe du consentement et au respect du corps humain.

      Prévenir toutes les formes de violence, en particulier les violences sexistes et sexuelles, et contribuer au repérage des situations de violences intrafamiliales, y compris l'inceste.

      Répondre aux Enjeux Contemporains de la Jeunesse

      Le programme a été jugé indispensable pour outiller les enfants et les adolescents face aux réalités et aux risques de leur époque. Plusieurs statistiques alarmantes ont été citées pour justifier son déploiement :

      Enjeu

      Donnée Clé

      Exposition à la pornographie

      23 millions de mineurs y sont exposés chaque mois.

      Agressions sexuelles

      Un enfant est victime toutes les trois minutes en France.

      Violences sexuelles sur mineurs

      80 % des victimes sont des filles.

      Harcèlement scolaire

      Concerne 5 % des écoliers, 6 % des collégiens et 4 % des lycéens qui se trouvent dans une situation de vulnérabilité.

      Inceste

      160 000 enfants en sont victimes en France.

      Pour Sarah Durocher, présidente du Planning familial, l'un des principaux leviers pour contrer la désinformation massive à laquelle les jeunes sont exposés via Internet est une éducation structurée et fiable dispensée à l'école.

      Le Soutien des Fédérations de Parents et des Associations

      La FCPE, organisatrice du webinaire, a exprimé son soutien "avec force et convictions" au programme.

      Pour la fédération, l'EVARS est essentiel pour informer, prévenir, construire une société plus égalitaire, libérer la parole, donner des repères clairs, apprendre à dire non et comprendre la notion de consentement.

      La FCPE fait également partie du Collectif pour une véritable éducation à la sexualité, aux côtés du Planning familial et d'autres organisations, afin de parler d'une même voix et de fournir des outils concrets aux familles et aux établissements pour contrer la désinformation.

      Élaboration, Contenu et Principes Directeurs

      Un Processus de Création Consultatif et Validé

      Le programme EVARS n'a pas été créé de manière arbitraire. Son élaboration a suivi un processus rigoureux et consultatif :

      1. Groupe de travail (2023) : Mis en place pour analyser les raisons de la faible application de la loi de 2001.

      2. Saisine du Conseil Supérieur des Programmes (CSP) : Le ministre Pap Ndiaye a mandaté le CSP pour élaborer un projet de programme, avec une attention particulière à la distinction entre le premier et le second degré.

      3. Consultations : La DGESCO a mené de larges consultations sur la base du projet du CSP, incluant des professionnels de l'éducation, des organisations syndicales, des partenaires institutionnels et une consultation publique.

      4. Adoption (Janvier 2025) : Le projet a été adopté à l'unanimité des votants au sein des instances consultatives.

      5. Validation Juridique (Juin 2025) : Le Conseil d'État a rejeté deux recours administratifs demandant son annulation, confirmant ainsi sa conformité légale et son caractère "neutre et objectif".

      Trois Principes Fondamentaux

      Le programme est structuré autour de trois principes essentiels pour garantir sa cohérence et son adéquation.

      1. Unité : À tous les niveaux, l'enseignement s'articule autour de trois questions structurantes :

      • ◦ Comment se connaître, vivre et grandir ?  
      • ◦ Comment rencontrer les autres, construire avec eux des relations respectueuses et s'y épanouir ?  
      • ◦ Comment trouver sa place dans la société, y être libre et responsable ?

      2. Progressivité : Le principe le plus fondamental est l'adaptation stricte des contenus et des modalités à l'âge et à la maturité des élèves. Le nom même du programme change pour marquer cette distinction :

      • Premier degré (école) : Éducation à la Vie Affective et Relationnelle (EVAR).  
      • Second degré (collège/lycée) : Éducation à la Vie Affective, Relationnelle et à la Sexualité (EVARS).

      Le mot "sexualité" n'apparaît dans le programme qu'à partir de la classe de quatrième.

      3. Complémentarité : Les trois séances annuelles forment un parcours cohérent.

      L'EVARS est conçu pour compléter les enseignements disciplinaires (SVT, Enseignement Moral et Civique) et les actions éducatives globales de l'établissement (ex: programme de lutte contre le harcèlement).

      Une Approche Progressive et Adaptée à Chaque Âge

      Niveau

      Dénomination

      Thèmes Abordés

      Maternelle

      EVAR

      Émotions, identification des parties du corps, notion d'intimité, reconnaissance des adultes de confiance.

      Élémentaire (CP-CM2)

      EVAR

      Sentiments, stéréotypes de sexe, lutte contre les discriminations, consentement (abordé sans forcément nommer le terme), dangers d'Internet, harcèlement.

      Collège

      EVARS

      Changements liés à la puberté, vie privée, respect de l'intimité, sentiments amoureux, respect des différences, prévention des violences (sexuelles, emprise).

      Lycée

      EVARS

      Engagement dans une relation, droit d'être soi, acceptation et pression sociales, construction de relations saines à soi et aux autres.

      Il est crucial de noter que le terme "sexualité" est entendu dans un sens global, incluant les dimensions psychologiques, affectives, juridiques et sociales, et non comme un cours sur les pratiques sexuelles.

      Mise en Œuvre Pratique et Pédagogie

      Le Rôle Central des Personnels de l'Éducation Nationale

      Un effort de formation massif est en cours pour accompagner les équipes. Cela inclut des séminaires nationaux, des formateurs académiques, et des parcours de formation en ligne ("parcours magister") accessibles à tous les professeurs.

      N'importe quel professeur volontaire peut animer ces séances, pas uniquement les enseignants de SVT.

      Les personnels de santé scolaire (infirmières, psychologues) sont des acteurs clés.

      Leur connaissance des élèves permet d'adapter les séances aux problématiques locales.

      Des protocoles clairs existent pour l'accueil de la parole des enfants en cas de révélation de violences, garantissant que l'enseignant n'est jamais seul face à ces situations.

      L'Intervention des Associations Agréées

      Le recours à des partenaires extérieurs est encadré :

      Recommandé dans le second degré : Les interventions d'associations sont encouragées au collège et au lycée pour leur expertise complémentaire.

      Non prioritaire dans le premier degré : Le ministère préconise que les séances soient menées par les professeurs des écoles, intégrées au quotidien de la classe.

      Conditions strictes :

      ◦ L'association doit être agréée par le Ministère, un label garantissant son respect des valeurs de la République et la pertinence de son approche pédagogique.    ◦ L'intervention doit s'inscrire dans un projet pédagogique co-construit avec l'équipe de l'établissement.    ◦ Un professionnel de l'établissement doit toujours être présent pendant la séance.

      Le Planning familial, qui intervient auprès de 3600 établissements, a précisé refuser autant de demandes qu'il en accepte, illustrant la forte demande du terrain.

      Déroulement Type d'une Séance : L'Approche de Didier Valentin

      Didier Valentin a illustré la pédagogie active et non-jugeante utilisée lors des séances.

      Philosophie : "N'essayons pas de convaincre, tentons de faire réfléchir." L'objectif est la réduction des risques et le développement de l'esprit critique.

      Focus sur le "Relationnel" : Une grande partie du travail porte sur la manière dont les jeunes interagissent, se parlent et vivent ensemble, bien avant d'aborder la sexualité.

      Outils interactifs : Les séances ne sont pas des cours magistraux. Elles s'appuient sur des outils participatifs qui partent du vécu des jeunes :

      • Exemple 1 : Un tableau où les élèves collent des post-it sur les "avantages et inconvénients" d'être une fille, un garçon ou une personne non-binaire, pour lancer un débat sur les stéréotypes et l'empowerment.  
      • Exemple 2 : Diffusion de courtes vidéos vues sur les réseaux sociaux (TikTok) pour lancer un débat contradictoire et analyser les discours (ex: masculinistes).

      Questions des Parents et Lutte Contre la Désinformation

      Cadre Réglementaire et Communication

      Caractère obligatoire : Il a été rappelé que l'EVARS est un enseignement obligatoire. Un parent ne peut pas demander une dispense pour son enfant.

      Information des familles : Le Ministère recommande fortement que les établissements communiquent de manière transparente sur les objectifs du programme, par exemple lors des réunions de rentrée, afin de "dissiper les malentendus".

      Rôle des parents d'élèves : Les représentants des parents ont un rôle à jouer dans les instances comme le Comité d'Éducation à la Santé, à la Citoyenneté et à l'Environnement (CESCE) pour participer à l'élaboration du projet d'établissement.

      Répondre aux Inquiétudes et aux "Infox"

      Les intervenants ont reconnu l'existence d'une "panique morale" et de campagnes de désinformation actives. Sarah Durocher a mentionné que certains groupes tentent de se faire élire comme représentants de parents d'élèves dans le but de faire barrage au programme.

      Pour rassurer les familles, plusieurs points ont été martelés :

      Formation des intervenants : Les professionnels des associations sont formés (ex: 160 à 400 heures pour le Planning familial) et leur casier judiciaire est vérifié.

      Développement des compétences psycho-sociales : Le programme vise à renforcer les compétences émotionnelles, cognitives et relationnelles des élèves, qui sont des vecteurs de réussite scolaire et de bien-être.

      Une éducation féministe pour tous : Didier Valentin a résumé l'objectif comme une "éducation féministe" visant à déconstruire les stéréotypes de genre pour créer des relations plus égalitaires et, in fine, faire baisser les violences.

    1. Synthèse des Auditions de la Cour des Comptes : Enseignement Primaire et CVEC

      Résumé

      L'audition de la Cour des comptes à l'Assemblée nationale a mis en lumière des diagnostics critiques concernant deux piliers du système éducatif français : * l'enseignement primaire et * la Contribution de Vie Étudiante et de Campus (CVEC).

      Concernant l'enseignement primaire, le rapport dresse un "constat d'échec" de la politique publique.

      Malgré une dépense croissante (55 milliards d'euros en 2023, soit 2% du PIB), le niveau des élèves français est alarmant, se classant dernier de l'Union européenne en mathématiques en CM1.

      Le système aggrave les inégalités sociales et territoriales, avec une organisation du temps scolaire jugée "en décalage avec les besoins de l'enfant", notamment la semaine de 4 jours.

      La Cour préconise une refonte du modèle scolaire, incluant la systématisation des regroupements d'écoles, la réforme du statut des directeurs pour leur accorder plus d'autonomie, l'amélioration de l'attractivité du métier d'enseignant et une meilleure association des collectivités territoriales via des conventions triennales.

      Pour la CVEC, le bilan est contrasté. Depuis 2018, près de 900 millions d'euros ont été collectés, finançant des actions bénéfiques pour la vie étudiante (santé, culture, social).

      Cependant, le dispositif souffre d'un manque de transparence, d'une gestion complexe et d'une sous-utilisation notable des fonds, avec un reliquat de 100 millions d'euros. Le nombre d'étudiants assujettis n'est même pas connu précisément par le ministère.

      La Cour recommande de résorber les crédits inutilisés, de renforcer l'information et l'association des étudiants, de clarifier les règles de calcul de la contribution et d'assurer un suivi rigoureux de son utilisation, notamment par un rapport annuel au Parlement.

      I. Rapport sur l'Enseignement Primaire : Un Modèle à Réinventer

      Le rapport de la Cour des comptes sur les 6,3 millions d'élèves des 48 000 écoles françaises est le fruit d'une analyse nationale et territoriale approfondie.

      Il s'articule autour de quatre constats majeurs qui appellent à une refonte structurelle du système.

      1. Constat d'Échec : Baisse de Niveau et Aggravation des Inégalités

      La Cour qualifie sans équivoque la politique publique d'enseignement primaire d'« échec ». Les indicateurs de performance sont particulièrement préoccupants :

      Niveau Scolaire en Chute Libre : Malgré une dépense par élève en hausse, le niveau suit une tendance inverse.

      Mathématiques (CM1) : La France se classe dernière des 21 pays de l'Union européenne participant à l'enquête.    ◦ Français :

      Après une baisse continue depuis 2001, le niveau stagne, plaçant la France à l'antépénultième place des 18 pays de l'UE évalués.

      Explosion des Inégalités : L'école primaire non seulement reproduit mais "creuse les inégalités".

      Déterminisme Social : Une corrélation "très nette" existe entre les difficultés scolaires et l'origine sociale des parents.

      Les enfants de cadres améliorent leurs résultats, tandis que ceux des ouvriers voient les leurs diminuer.    ◦ Disparités Territoriales :

      Des inégalités aigües sont observées, notamment dans les académies ultramarines où, malgré un coût par écolier supérieur de 30%, le niveau des élèves est particulièrement bas.

      2. Organisation Inadaptée et Crise d'Attractivité du Métier

      L'organisation même de l'école est pointée du doigt comme étant déconnectée des besoins fondamentaux des élèves.

      Rythmes Scolaires : S'appuyant sur l'avis de l'Académie nationale de médecine, la Cour souligne que "l'organisation du temps scolaire n'apparaît pas prioritairement conçu en fonction des élèves".

      Le rapport met en évidence le "rôle néfaste de la semaine dite de 4 jours", une spécificité française au sein des pays de l'OCDE où le modèle dominant est la semaine de 5 jours.

      Crise du Recrutement des Enseignants : Le manque d'attractivité du métier est devenu structurel.

      Postes non pourvus : En 2024, 1 350 postes de professeurs des écoles n'ont pas été pourvus sur 10 270 offerts (près de 13%).

      Dans certaines académies comme Créteil et Versailles, il y a moins d'un candidat par poste.  

      Facteurs Multiples : Faible reconnaissance sociale, rémunération peu attractive en début de carrière, conditions de travail dégradées et carrières peu évolutives.

      3. Le Paradoxe d'une Dépense Croissante pour des Résultats Décevants

      Alors que les effectifs sont en forte baisse (prévision de 350 000 élèves en moins entre 2023 et 2028), la dépense publique pour l'école primaire ne cesse d'augmenter.

      Indicateur

      Données Clés

      Dépense Totale (2023)

      55 milliards d'euros (2% du PIB)

      Part de la Dépense Nationale d'Éducation

      29 %

      Croissance (2013-2022)

      +12 % (+6 milliards d'euros hors inflation)

      Répartition du Financement (hors pensions)

      État : ~20 milliards d'euros (2022)

      Collectivités territoriales : 19 milliards d'euros (2022)

      Cette augmentation continue, couplée à la dégradation des résultats, impose selon la Cour de s'interroger sur "l'efficience de la politique éducative".

      4. Recommandations pour une Refondation

      Face à ce diagnostic, la Cour formule plusieurs recommandations structurelles pour "repenser le modèle actuel de l'école" :

      Gouvernance :

      Statut du Directeur d'École : Engager une réforme pour généraliser progressivement la fonction de directeur à temps complet, en commençant par les écoles regroupées, afin de leur donner les leviers pour piloter le projet pédagogique.     ◦ Regroupement d'Écoles : Systématiser les regroupements pédagogiques dans les territoires en déclin démographique (18% des écoles comptent déjà une ou deux classes).     ◦ Partenariat avec les Collectivités : Établir des conventions triennales entre les services de l'Éducation nationale et les collectivités pour objectiver la politique éducative locale (carte scolaire, bâti, périscolaire).

      Attractivité et Formation des Enseignants :

      • Recrutement : Diversifier les viviers en ouvrant plus de postes au 3ème concours et permettre des recrutements sur contrats de moyen terme dans les académies en tension. 

      • Formation Continue : Assurer le remplacement systématique des enseignants en formation, favoriser les formations en équipe de proximité et mieux utiliser les crédits budgétaires alloués (60% non consommés en 2022).

      Pédagogie et Bien-être :

      • Centrer sur l'Élève : Faire du bien-être une priorité, en améliorant la cohérence entre les temps scolaire, périscolaire et extrascolaire.  
      • Numérique : Mieux intégrer le numérique comme outil pédagogique, en renforçant la formation des enseignants.  
      • Transition Écologique : Adapter le bâti scolaire, dont 52% présente des risques climatiques de grande ampleur (canicules, inondations).

      II. Rapport sur la Contribution de Vie Étudiante et de Campus (CVEC) : Entre Utilité et Opacité

      Issu d'une saisine citoyenne, le rapport sur la CVEC analyse l'utilisation d'une contribution qui a généré près de 900 millions d'euros depuis sa création en 2018.

      1. Un Dispositif Utile mais Perfectible

      La CVEC a permis de financer des actions diversifiées qui ont contribué à améliorer la vie étudiante : services d'écoute psychologique, épiceries solidaires, ateliers sportifs et culturels, aide à l'équipement numérique. Paradoxalement, sa création s'est accompagnée d'un gain de pouvoir d'achat pour la majorité des étudiants, car elle a remplacé la cotisation à la sécurité sociale étudiante, bien plus élevée (217 € en 2017-2018).

      2. Principaux Enseignements et Dysfonctionnements

      L'enquête de la Cour met en évidence six points critiques :

      1. Sous-utilisation des Fonds : Environ 100 millions d'euros sur les 900 millions collectés entre 2018 et 2024 n'avaient pas été dépensés à la date de l'enquête.

      2. Gestion Complexe : Le dispositif est jugé complexe, avec une redistribution par péréquation.

      De plus, une sous-évaluation des plafonds a conduit à des reversements de 14 millions d'euros au budget général de l'État.

      3. Augmentation du Montant : Le montant est passé de 90 € en 2018 à 105 € pour la rentrée 2024, soit une hausse de plus de 16%, sans que les modalités de calcul soient clairement définies pour en maîtriser la progression.

      4. Recouvrement Imprécis : Ni le ministère, ni le réseau des œuvres universitaires ne connaissent le nombre précis d'étudiants assujettis, empêchant de vérifier que tous ceux qui le doivent paient la contribution.

      5. Manque de Cadrage : Il n'existe pas de définition claire de la "vie étudiante", ce qui nuit à la cohérence des dépenses.

      Les seuils d'affectation (30% pour les projets étudiants et le social, 15% pour la médecine préventive) ne sont pas uniformément appliqués.

      6. Manque de Transparence : Les étudiants ont une connaissance "extrêmement limitée" de l'utilisation de la CVEC.

      L'information du Parlement est également jugée insuffisante.

      3. Recommandations de la Cour des Comptes

      Pour remédier à ces faiblesses, la Cour émet cinq recommandations principales :

      1. Résorber les reliquats de crédits inutilisés d'ici 2026.

      2. Préciser la méthode d'indexation de la CVEC sur l'inflation, en prévoyant un mécanisme de plafonnement de la hausse.

      3. Mettre en place des outils pour s'assurer du complet recouvrement de la taxe.

      4. Accroître le financement des projets pour les étudiants inscrits dans des établissements non bénéficiaires.

      5. Renforcer l'information des étudiants et transmettre au Parlement un rapport annuel détaillé sur l'utilisation de la CVEC.

      La Cour souligne enfin que la CVEC "ne pouvait à elle seule répondre à tous les besoins des étudiants", qui relèvent de politiques publiques de plus grande ampleur (logement, santé, précarité).

      III. Perspectives et Débats Parlementaires

      Les interventions des députés ont reflété une large adhésion aux constats de la Cour, tout en soulignant des points de divergence sur les solutions et des préoccupations politiques spécifiques.

      Sur l'enseignement primaire, un consensus s'est dégagé sur la gravité de la situation.

      Les députés ont interrogé la Cour sur les leviers prioritaires à actionner, le bien-fondé du retour à la semaine de 4,5 jours, la nécessité de se concentrer sur les savoirs fondamentaux, et le besoin d'une plus grande autonomie pour les établissements.

      Sur la CVEC, les critiques ont été vives concernant le manque de transparence, les fonds non utilisés et l'augmentation de son montant.

      Plusieurs groupes (Écologiste, LFI-NFP, GDR) ont qualifié la CVEC de "taxe injuste" et appelé à sa suppression au profit d'un financement direct par l'État.

      Le groupe RN a également dénoncé le financement présumé "d'événements à caractère politique et communautaire".

      En réponse, la Cour a insisté sur quatre pistes pour améliorer la transparence de la CVEC : une meilleure association des étudiants aux commissions de décision (en visant un quota de 50%), une communication plus large sur les projets financés (via des portails en ligne, des "ambassadeurs CVEC"), une harmonisation des bilans financiers des établissements, et une clarification des dispositifs pour éviter les doublons.

    1. Synthèse de la Mission Flash sur l'Accompagnement à l'Orientation des Élèves

      Synthèse

      Ce document de synthèse présente les conclusions de la mission flash sur l'évaluation de l'accompagnement des élèves à la découverte des métiers et à l'orientation, menée par les rapporteurs Arnaud Bonet et Laurent Croisier.

      Après quatre mois de travaux et plus de 24 auditions, le rapport dresse le constat d'un système d'orientation perçu comme un "chantier perpétuel" et un "chemin escarpé", source d'angoisse pour les élèves, les familles et les équipes éducatives, en raison de l'absence d'une stratégie nationale claire et de la succession de réformes.

      Les conclusions s'articulent autour de cinq axes majeurs :

      1. Un parcours d'orientation continu : L'orientation doit être un processus de long terme, débutant dès l'école primaire pour déconstruire les stéréotypes et s'étendant tout au long de la scolarité, en impliquant étroitement les familles.

      2. Un accompagnement individualisé : La mise en place d'un référent orientation issu du corps enseignant dans chaque établissement est jugée indispensable, tout comme la création d'un droit effectif à la réorientation et la valorisation des compétences non académiques.

      3. La lutte contre les inégalités : Le rapport souligne que l'orientation reste fortement déterminée socialement et propose des mesures pour combattre l'autocensure, revaloriser la voie professionnelle et mieux accompagner les élèves en situation de handicap et ultramarins.

      4. La mobilisation des moyens : Des investissements significatifs sont nécessaires, notamment pour la formation certifiante des enseignants, le financement d'heures dédiées à l'orientation et la révision de la carte des Centres d'Information et d'Orientation (CIO).

      5. Une coordination renforcée des acteurs : Face aux tensions et à la confusion nées du partage de compétences entre l'État et les Régions depuis 2018, le rapport préconise une clarification des rôles et une meilleure articulation des actions pour offrir un parcours plus cohérent aux élèves.

      Au total, 45 pistes d'amélioration sont proposées pour transformer l'orientation d'un parcours subi en un levier d'égalité des chances et d'émancipation, permettant à chaque jeune de construire un avenir choisi.

      Analyse Détaillée des Conclusions du Rapport

      1. Constat Général : Un Parcours d'Orientation Fragmenté et Anxiogène

      Les rapporteurs ouvrent leur analyse en qualifiant l'orientation de "chantier perpétuel" et de "chemin escarpé et redouté".

      Ce système est marqué par une succession de réformes qui, faute d'une véritable stratégie nationale, ont abouti à une fragmentation des actions.

      L'orientation est trop souvent vécue comme une série de décisions ponctuelles et anxiogènes plutôt que comme un processus continu et réfléchi.

      2. Axe 1 : Pour un Continuum d'Orientation de l'École Primaire au Lycée

      Pour remédier à cette fragmentation, le rapport insiste sur la nécessité de concevoir l'orientation comme un processus s'inscrivant dans la durée.

      Découverte des métiers dès le primaire : Il est proposé d'anticiper la démarche de découverte des métiers dès l'école primaire.

      L'objectif n'est pas d'orienter précocement les élèves, mais d'élargir leurs horizons et de "déconstruire les représentations conduisant à l'autocensure", car "la construction des stéréotypes n'attend pas la classe de 5e".

      Implication des familles : Considérant que les parents sont les "premiers prescripteurs de l'orientation", le rapport préconise d'instaurer un dialogue régulier entre les familles et les équipes éducatives, avec un premier temps d'échange formel dès la classe de 5e.

      Transparence de l'information :

      ◦ Face à une information abondante mais parfois "paralysante", le rôle de l'ONISEP comme acteur de référence est salué.

      La nouvelle plateforme "Avenir(s)", déployée depuis décembre 2023, a vocation à devenir l'outil central pour l'accompagnement de la 5e à la terminale.

      Son adoption reste cependant un défi, avec 86 000 élèves connectés au 30 mai 2024, pour un objectif initial de 200 000.    *  ◦ Une alerte est lancée sur les intitulés des diplômes et des formations, jugés souvent sources de confusion.

      Parcoursup : La plateforme est décrite comme "complexe, opaque et anxiogène". Les rapporteurs recommandent :

      • ◦ D'inscrire dans la loi l'obligation de transparence des algorithmes (déjà publics).  

      • ◦ De rendre publics et clairement formulés les critères de sélection des commissions de vœux.  

      • ◦ L'un des rapporteurs recommande de "rechercher une alternative crédible à Parcoursup" pour garantir un accueil inconditionnel dans les filières universitaires non sélectives.

      Réforme des stages :

      • ◦ Pour le stage de 3e, il est proposé de permettre de le scinder en plusieurs expériences courtes pour découvrir un panel de métiers plus varié et lutter contre la reproduction des inégalités sociales.  

      • ◦ Pour le stage de 2de, il est proposé de supprimer son caractère obligatoire pour en faire un "espace de découverte et d'approfondissement d'un projet personnel".  

      • ◦ La diffusion du "job shadowing" (suivi d'un professionnel pendant une journée) est également recommandée.

      3. Axe 2 : La Nécessité d'un Accompagnement Personnalisé

      L'aide individualisée à l'orientation, bien que prévue dans les textes, n'est pas toujours effective.

      Trois pistes sont avancées :

      Un référent orientation dans chaque établissement : La nomination d'un "référent pour l'orientation et la découverte des métiers" est préconisée dans chaque établissement, y compris dans les lycées généraux et technologiques.

      Ce rôle devrait être confié à un personnel enseignant, et non à un psychologue de l'Éducation nationale (Psy-EN), pour plusieurs raisons :

      • ◦ Les enseignants sont au contact quotidien de l'ensemble des élèves.  

      • ◦ Les Psy-EN sont en nombre insuffisant (ratio estimé à 1 pour 1200 à 1300 élèves).    ◦

      Les Psy-EN partagent leur temps entre plusieurs établissements et leurs missions sont désormais majoritairement centrées sur le suivi psychologique.

      Un droit effectif à la réorientation : Les parcours scolaires sont jugés "trop rigides".

      Le rapport appelle à un "véritable droit à la réorientation", perçu non comme un échec mais comme une opportunité, en créant des passerelles effectives entre les différentes voies.

      Valorisation des compétences non académiques : Le rapport insiste sur la nécessité de repérer et de mettre en valeur les compétences et ressources des élèves, y compris ceux en difficulté scolaire.

      4. Axe 3 : Lutter Contre les Déterminismes et les Inégalités

      L'orientation scolaire reste "très largement socialement déterminée". Le rapport cible cinq champs d'action :

      Combattre l'autocensure : Encourager les mécanismes d'inspiration par les pairs ("rôles modèles") en mobilisant d'anciens élèves, des étudiants ou de jeunes professionnels.

      Impliquer toutes les familles : Organiser des événements sur l'orientation dans des tiers-lieux (maisons de quartier, mairies) pour toucher les familles les plus éloignées de l'école.

      Revaloriser la voie professionnelle : Pour lutter contre la perception de la voie professionnelle comme un "choix par défaut" et une "orientation subie", il est proposé d'inciter à la création de lycées polyvalents et d'expérimenter des classes mixtes en seconde (générale, technologique et professionnelle) autour d'un tronc commun.

      Élèves en situation de handicap :

      • ◦ Garantir un accès prioritaire à l'internat. 
      • ◦ Automatiser la transmission des informations sur les aménagements de scolarité entre établissements (avec accord de la famille).

      Néobacheliers ultramarins :

      • ◦ Augmenter le montant de l'aide "Parcours" (actuellement 500 €).  
      • ◦ Rehausser le plafond fiscal (actuellement environ 27 000 €) du "Passeport pour la mobilité des études".

      5. Axe 4 : Moyens Humains et Budgétaires à Mobiliser

      L'atteinte des objectifs nécessite des moyens concrets.

      Formation des personnels : Mettre en place une formation obligatoire et certifiante à l'orientation pour les enseignants, tant en formation initiale (INSPÉ) que continue.

      Financement des heures dédiées : Les volumes horaires prévus (12h en 4e, 36h en 3e, 54h au lycée) sont souvent indicatifs et non financés.

      Le rapport demande que ces heures soient intégrées à l'emploi du temps et que le référent orientation bénéficie d'une décharge horaire sur ses obligations de service, plutôt qu'une simple indemnité via le "Pacte enseignant".

      Rôle des Psy-EN et carte des CIO :

      • ◦ Mettre à jour le Code de l'éducation qui mentionne encore les "conseillers d'orientation-psychologues", un corps abrogé en 2017.  
      • ◦ Formaliser par convention la mission d'appui des Psy-EN aux enseignants.   
      • ◦ Revoir la carte des 411 CIO, dont le nombre a été réduit d'un quart en dix ans, afin de garantir qu'aucun élève ne soit à plus de 45 minutes en transport en commun d'un centre.

      6. Axe 5 : Améliorer la Coordination entre les Acteurs

      La loi de 2018 confiant l'information sur les métiers aux Régions a créé une source de "confusion" et de "tension" avec l'État, responsable du conseil.

      Un partage de compétences flou : Un consensus se dégage sur la nécessité de clarifier les missions de chacun, sans pour autant opérer un nouveau transfert de compétences vers les Régions.

      Une offre régionale méconnue : L'action des Régions est mal connue des établissements.

      Selon la Cour des comptes (2022), seuls 22 % des établissements déclarent avoir recours aux ressources régionales documentaires et 12 % aux dispositifs régionaux.

      Des outils de coordination inopérants : Le programme annuel d'orientation, qui doit articuler les actions de la Région et le projet de l'établissement, n'est que très rarement mis en place.

      Recommandations de coordination :

      • ◦ Améliorer la communication sur l'offre de services des Régions.  
      • ◦ S'assurer de la mise en place du programme annuel d'orientation dans chaque établissement.  
      • ◦ Cartographier les actions régionales pour identifier les zones non couvertes.  
      • ◦ Garantir que la plateforme "Avenir(s)" de l'ONISEP valorise les informations régionales pour éviter la concurrence.
    1. Synthèse du Rapport sur les Impacts des Réformes du Baccalauréat Professionnel

      Résumé

      Ce document de synthèse analyse les conclusions d'un rapport parlementaire sur les réformes successives du baccalauréat professionnel.

      Le diagnostic central est sans appel : malgré un discours politique constant valorisant la voie professionnelle comme une filière d'excellence, celle-ci demeure une "voie de garage" perçue négativement, marquée par une forte ségrégation sociale et scolaire.

      Les réformes successives depuis 2009, notamment le passage du bac en trois ans, sont identifiées comme la source d'une baisse continue du niveau des élèves. Cette érosion est principalement due à une réduction drastique du volume horaire des enseignements, en particulier généraux, ce qui affaiblit les savoirs fondamentaux des bacheliers.

      En conséquence, leur insertion professionnelle se dégrade (taux d'emploi à 6 mois passé de 50% en 2011 à 45% en 2022) et leur poursuite d'études, bien que croissante, se solde par un taux d'échec élevé (41% en BTS), qualifié de "gâchis humain" et de "trahison".

      Les dispositifs récents, tels que le "parcours différencié" en terminale, sont jugés contre-productifs, générant un absentéisme massif et des difficultés d'organisation insolubles.

      Le rapport préconise des mesures correctrices, dont la possibilité d'une quatrième année de formation pour les élèves en difficulté, et critique le manque de vision stratégique et de concertation qui caractérise les politiques menées.

      1. Diagnostic d'une Voie Dévalorisée et Ségrégative

      Le rapport dresse un portrait sombre de la perception et de la composition sociologique du baccalauréat professionnel, soulignant une hypocrisie politique persistante.

      1.1. Une Perception Négative et une Hypocrisie Institutionnelle

      Bien qu'un bachelier sur trois soit titulaire d'un baccalauréat professionnel (173 000 lauréats en 2024), le diplôme souffre d'un déficit d'image majeur.

      Absence de Célébration : Le rapport note que "l'on ne fête que rarement la réussite au baccalauréat professionnel", un détail révélateur du regard porté sur ce diplôme par les élèves eux-mêmes et la société.

      Discours Politique Contredit par les Faits : Les responsables politiques de tous bords promeuvent la voie professionnelle comme une "voie d'excellence", mais cette rhétorique masque une réalité de relégation et de promesses non tenues.

      Le rapport dénonce une "forme d'hypocrisie consistant à porter au Pinacle cette voie de formation tout en tolérant la relégation".

      Double Discours Interne : L'institution scolaire elle-même entretient une ambiguïté, certaines autorités académiques reprochant aux collèges d'orienter "en trop grand nombre" des élèves vers le bac pro, leur "manquant d'ambition".

      1.2. Un Concentré de Difficultés et une Ségrégation Sociale Massive

      Les lycées professionnels concentrent les difficultés du système éducatif et fonctionnent comme une zone de ségrégation sociale.

      Surreprésentation des Milieux Populaires : 70 % des élèves ont des parents employés, ouvriers ou inactifs, contre moins de 40 % dans les voies générale et technologique.

      Poids de l'Éducation Prioritaire : 29 % des élèves de REP+ et 26 % des élèves de REP s'orientent en seconde professionnelle, contre 18 % hors éducation prioritaire et seulement 10 % issus du privé.

      Concentration des Élèves à Besoins Éducatifs Particuliers :

      ◦ Les jeunes en situation de handicap sont cinq fois plus nombreux en lycée professionnel qu'en filière générale.    ◦ 42 % des élèves allophones scolarisés en lycée le sont en formation professionnelle.

      Orientation Subie : La voie professionnelle est majoritairement une orientation par défaut pour les élèves au niveau scolaire jugé insuffisant. Près de 80 % des élèves du décile le plus faible en 6ème rejoignent un CAP ou une seconde professionnelle, contre seulement 1,8 % des élèves du décile le plus élevé.

      2. L'Érosion du Niveau : Causes et Conséquences

      Le rapport conteste fermement la thèse ministérielle d'une élévation du niveau et identifie la réduction du temps de formation comme la cause principale de la baisse des compétences des bacheliers.

      2.1. Le Passage au Bac en 3 ans : "La Mère de Toutes les Contre-réformes"

      La réforme de 2009, passant le cursus de 4 à 3 ans, est considérée comme la décision fondatrice de la dégradation de la filière.

      Logique Erronée d'Égalité : La réforme visait "l'égale dignité" avec les filières générales en alignant la durée des études.

      Le rapport critique cette approche, arguant que "le principe d'égalité impose de traiter de façon identique des situations identiques mais n'impose nullement de traiter de façon identique des situations différentes".

      Les élèves de la voie professionnelle, ayant des acquis scolaires plus faibles, nécessitaient au contraire un soutien renforcé.

      Avertissements Ignorés : Dès 2005, un rapport de l'Inspection Générale prévenait qu'une "grande majorité d'élèves ne peut pas suivre un parcours vers un baccalauréat professionnel en 3 ans".

      2.2. Une Diminution Continue du Volume d'Enseignement

      Les réformes successives ont entraîné une baisse constante du temps de formation, affectant particulièrement les savoirs fondamentaux.

      Année de Réforme

      Volume Horaire Total (sur 3 ans)

      Volume des Enseignements Généraux (sur 3 ans)

      2009

      2900 heures

      1218 heures

      2018

      2520 heures

      -

      2023

      2350 heures

      1070 heures

      Cette réduction a eu pour conséquence une "perte de connaissance générale et de compétences professionnelles", un "déficit de maturité et de savoir-être" unanimement dénoncés par les syndicats, organisations patronales et experts entendus.

      3. Insertion Professionnelle et Poursuite d'Études : Un Double Échec

      La dévalorisation du diplôme se traduit par une insertion sur le marché du travail plus difficile et un parcours du combattant pour ceux qui poursuivent des études supérieures.

      3.1. Une Insertion Professionnelle en Déclin

      Taux d'emploi à 6 mois : Pour les bacheliers professionnels ne poursuivant pas leurs études, ce taux est passé de plus de 50 % en 2011 à 45 % en 2022.

      L'insertion des titulaires de CAP a diminué dans des proportions similaires.

      Comparaison avec le BTS : Le taux d'emploi à 6 mois pour les titulaires d'un BTS atteint 64 %, ce qui explique l'attrait pour la poursuite d'études.

      3.2. Une Poursuite d'Études Risquée et Coûteuse

      Face à une insertion dégradée, de plus en plus d'élèves se tournent vers l'enseignement supérieur, souvent sans y être préparés.

      Augmentation de la Poursuite d'Études : 47 % des bacheliers professionnels poursuivent leurs études, contre 34 % en 2010, majoritairement en BTS.

      Un Taux d'Échec Massif : 41 % des bacheliers professionnels engagés en BTS échouent à obtenir leur diplôme. Leur taux de réussite est inférieur de 15 à 25 points à celui des bacheliers généraux ou technologiques.

      Un "Gâchis Humain" : Le rapport dénonce "les illusions perdues, un incroyable gâchi humain et osons le mot une forme de trahison" envers des élèves encouragés à continuer sans avoir les bases nécessaires ("fossé parfois infranchissable").

      4. Analyse Critique des Dispositifs des Réformes de 2018 et 2023

      Les réformes les plus récentes sont décrites comme une accumulation de dispositifs "cosmétiques" ou "contre-productifs", mis en œuvre sans vision cohérente.

      4.1. Dispositifs Jugés Inefficaces

      Familles de Métiers : Censées permettre une orientation progressive, elles ont en réalité "contribué à complexifier les parcours" et entraînent une "confiscation du choix de la spécialité" en fin de seconde.

      Co-intervention et Chef-d'œuvre : Qualifiés de "simples gadgets" par Daniel Bloc, le créateur du bac pro, ces dispositifs sont jugés inefficaces. Leur mise en œuvre a demandé une énergie considérable aux équipes pour des résultats décevants. Le rapport propose leur suppression.

      4.2. Le "Parcours Différencié" en Terminale : Une Aberration

      La réorganisation de l'année de terminale (réforme de 2023), avec un parcours en "Y" (stage de 6 semaines pour l'insertion ou cours de 6 semaines pour la poursuite d'études), est un échec retentissant.

      Calendrier Intenable : L'avancement des épreuves en mai pour libérer le mois de juin est qualifié d'"aberration" par tous les acteurs auditionnés, contraignant les élèves à un rythme d'apprentissage trop soutenu.

      Surcharge pour les Entreprises : L'augmentation des semaines de stage (PFMP) s'est faite sans concertation avec les organisations patronales, qui n'étaient pas demandeuses. Une "lassitude des structures hôtes" est constatée face à la multiplication des demandes de stage.

      Absentéisme Massif : Le parcours "poursuite d'études" est marqué par un absentéisme dépassant 60 %, voire 95 % dans certains établissements, et une "démobilisation complète".

      Dérives et Difficultés d'Organisation : La mise en place est un casse-tête pour les établissements, et de nombreux stages se déroulent dans des secteurs sans rapport avec la spécialité de l'élève.

      5. Recommandations Principales

      Face à ce constat, le rapport formule plusieurs propositions structurantes.

      1. Instaurer une 4ème Année Optionnelle : Permettre aux élèves les plus en difficulté de suivre une année de formation supplémentaire, en effectif réduit, centrée sur les savoirs fondamentaux.

      2. Supprimer les Dispositifs Inefficaces : Mettre fin à la co-intervention et au chef-d'œuvre.

      3. Réformer l'Organisation de la Terminale : Revenir sur le "parcours différencié".

      4. Développer les Certificats de Spécialisation : En l'absence de retour au bac en 4 ans, développer massivement ces formations de niveau 4 pour faciliter l'insertion, bien que cela soit une "manière détournée de réintroduire une 4e année".

      5. Lancer une Campagne Nationale de Promotion : Travailler sur le long terme pour changer les mentalités et valoriser réellement la voie professionnelle.

      6. Réactions et Perspectives des Groupes Politiques

      Rassemblement National (Roger Chudo) : Partage le diagnostic du "lycée des pauvres" et des "formations parking". Critique une réforme sans "vision prospective". Propose de confier la formation professionnelle aux régions et de rétablir les 4ème et 3ème technologiques.

      Ensemble (Céline Calvez) : Défend l'engagement présidentiel et les dispositifs comme la co-intervention et le chef-d'œuvre, arguant que "ce n'est pas tant le niveau des savoirs fondamentaux qui est en cause que le sens donné à ses savoirs". S'interroge sur les raisons de leur échec (principe ou manque de moyens).

      LFI-NUPES (Rodrigo Arenas) : Dénonce une vision qui considère les élèves comme une "main d'œuvre en devenir... si possible à bas prix", par opposition aux lycéens de la voie générale "éduqués pour devenir des citoyens".

      Plaide pour un lycée unifié où apprentissages manuels et intellectuels sont accessibles à tous.

      Socialistes et apparentés (Aida Adizadet) : Souligne que le premier métier des enseignants en LP est de "redonner confiance".

      Critique la "logique faussement élitiste" qui divise la jeunesse et rappelle le taux d'absentéisme de 95 % dans le parcours "poursuite d'études".

      Les Républicains (Alexandre Portier) : Affirme que le lycée pro devrait être la "voie royale" et la "clé de voûte de notre souveraineté nationale".

      Note que le LP est le seul segment à avoir gagné des élèves. Prône la stabilité : "le plus urgent c'est surtout d'arrêter de changer tout le temps".

      Écologiste - NUPES (Arnaud Bonet) : Déplore l'instabilité créée par les réformes qui s'enchaînent. Voit les difficultés du lycée pro comme "le reflet" des échecs en amont, au primaire et au collège.

      Démocrate (MoDem et indépendants) (Delphine Lingeman) : Pointe l'hypocrisie générale ("y compris parmi nous") et les problèmes cruciaux de mobilité dans les zones rurales qui entravent le libre choix de l'orientation.

      LIOT (Salvator Castiglioni) : Partage les recommandations et le constat d'un "décalage entre les propos ministériels décrivant une voix d'excellence mais vue par les élèves comme une filière par défaut".

      GDR - NUPES (Jean-Hugues Maillot) : Regrette le traitement marginal de l'Outre-mer, où le décrochage et le chômage des jeunes sont très élevés.

      Utilise la métaphore du poisson et du singe pour critiquer un système qui ne reconnaît qu'un type d'intelligence.

      Interventions additionnelles : D'autres interventions ont souligné le "manque criant d'enseignants qualifiés" (RN), la situation aggravée en Seine-Saint-Denis (LFI), et la nécessité de former des "citoyens dotés d'un véritable esprit critique, pas des simples exécutants" (GDR).

    1. un tiempo para nacer y un tiempo para morir;

      Es un ciclo natural de la vida, no significa que nuestro nacimiento particular y nuestra muerte esté predeterminada.

    1. L'immigration heureuse en un long article qui dit tout, et qui explique la folie suicidaire d'une Europe foutue. On va même jusqu'à illustrer l'article d'une bite dégoulinante de sperme exprimant à la fois la sodomie joyeuse de la mère Europe détestée et la fertilité triomphante des envahisseurs.

      Et bien on va se robotiser , monsieur le barbare avide ! Et pour l'immigration de travail, ce sera, ça (pas de famille à faire venir sinon rien).

      Il y va de notre survie.

    1. AbstractWater buffalo is a cornerstone livestock species in many low- and middle-income countries, yet major gaps persist in its genomic characterization—complicated by the divergent karyotypes of its two sub-species (swamp and river). Such genomic complexity makes water buffalo a particularly good candidate for the use of graph genomics, which can capture variation missed by linear reference approaches. However, the utility of this approach to improve water buffalo has been largely unexplored.We present a comprehensive pangenome that integrates four newly generated, highly contiguous assemblies of Pakistani river buffalo with available assemblies from both sub- species. This doubles the number of accessible high-quality river buffalo genomes and provides the most contiguous assemblies for the sub-species to date. Using the pangenome to assay variation across 711 global samples, we uncovered extensive genomic diversity, including thousands of large structural variants absent from the reference genome, spanning over 140 Mb of additional sequence. We demonstrate the utility of these data by identifying putative functional indels and structural variants linked to selective sweeps in key genes involved in productivity and immune response across 26 populations.This study represents one of the first successful applications of graph genomics in water buffalo and offers valuable insights into how integrating assemblies can transform analyses of water buffalo and other species with complex evolutionary histories. We anticipate that these assemblies, and the pangenome and putative functional structural variants we have released, will accelerate efforts to unlock water buffalo’s genetic potential, improving productivity and resilience in this economically important species.

      This work has been peer reviewed in GigaScience (see https://doi.org/10.1093/gigascience/giaf099), which carries out open, named peer-review. These reviews are published under a CC-BY 4.0 license and were as follows:

      Reviewer 2: Yi Zhang

      This manuscript presents the first high-quality, haplotype-resolved genome assemblies for two representative Pakistani river buffalo breeds (Nili Ravi and Azikheli), integrating them with existing assemblies to construct a water buffalo pangenome. The study leverages graph genomics to characterize structural variation (SV), identifying >140 Mb of non-reference sequence and 111,352 SVs. By genotyping of 711 global samples against this pangenome, the authors uncover population-specific selective sweeps linked to productivity, immunity, and adaptation traits, revealing potentially functional SVs, though these findings are limited by the absence of validation evidence and cross-study comparisons. The work highlights graph genomics as a transformative tool for integrative analyses of evolutionarily related species in an unbiased way and provides resources to accelerate buffalo breeding.

      General Comments 1.The study's methodology is rigorous, combining long-read assembly, graph-based genotyping (PanGenie), and population-level sweep scans. Nevertheless, the manuscript would benefit from discussion of graph limitations, such as bias against rare variants (Fig. 3B) and challenges in graph construction for species with karyotypic divergence. 2. The selection signature analyses were done across a number of population groups but the paper only showcases a limited selection of results. To strengthen the manuscript, the authors could concentrate on a consistent set of populations. This would enable a more in-depth examination of selective signals common across buffalo population groups or unique selective signals specific to certain groups. 3. It could be informative to conduct comparative analyses of selection signatures using variant datasets from PanGenie and GATK. This could reveal whether the pangenome approach might uncover important structural variants within selection signals that GATK fails to identify.

      Specific Comments 1. In Figure 1D and the main text, the rationale behind dividing the SVs into 40 sets is not clearly presented. If the interpretation is correct, the y-axis label of the bar graph should denote the number of SVs rather than size. Moreover, the main title "SVs Size Distribution" at the top seems more relevant to the box plots at the bottom. 2. Lines 325 - 326 state that the newly assembled pangenome graph exhibits a substantial increase in genome size compared to the existing reference genome. It is recommended that the authors describe the distribution of the 147,865,364 bp across the entire genome. Are they found more prevalent in specific regions of certain chromosomes? 3. In lines 410 - 412, there may be an issue with the citation of Table S2. The table contains 402 individuals, whereas the text mentions 282. 4. Figure 3 shows that, when using 30x samples in the variant calling comparison between Pangenie and GATK, there are still a large number of SNV variants detectable only by GATK. A more in-depth technical discussion of these differences would greatly enhance the reader's comprehension of these findings and the relative performance of the two methods. 5. To provide a more intuitive understanding of how SV can influence gene function and contribute to the traits, the authors could include a figure that displays an example gene structure along with the SV of interest within a selection signal peak.

    2. AbstractWater buffalo is a cornerstone livestock species in many low- and middle-income countries, yet major gaps persist in its genomic characterization—complicated by the divergent karyotypes of its two sub-species (swamp and river). Such genomic complexity makes water buffalo a particularly good candidate for the use of graph genomics, which can capture variation missed by linear reference approaches. However, the utility of this approach to improve water buffalo has been largely unexplored.We present a comprehensive pangenome that integrates four newly generated, highly contiguous assemblies of Pakistani river buffalo with available assemblies from both sub- species. This doubles the number of accessible high-quality river buffalo genomes and provides the most contiguous assemblies for the sub-species to date. Using the pangenome to assay variation across 711 global samples, we uncovered extensive genomic diversity, including thousands of large structural variants absent from the reference genome, spanning over 140 Mb of additional sequence. We demonstrate the utility of these data by identifying putative functional indels and structural variants linked to selective sweeps in key genes involved in productivity and immune response across 26 populations.This study represents one of the first successful applications of graph genomics in water buffalo and offers valuable insights into how integrating assemblies can transform analyses of water buffalo and other species with complex evolutionary histories. We anticipate that these assemblies, and the pangenome and putative functional structural variants we have released, will accelerate efforts to unlock water buffalo’s genetic potential, improving productivity and resilience in this economically important species.

      This work has been peer reviewed in GigaScience (see https://doi.org/10.1093/gigascience/giaf099), which carries out open, named peer-review. These reviews are published under a CC-BY 4.0 license and were as follows:

      Reviewer 1:Paul Stothard

      This well-written manuscript describes the generation of new genome assemblies for water buffalo and the construction of a pangenome graph that is used for variant calling and downstream analyses. The work is clearly described and the methods are appropriate given the goals of the study. The results are interesting and timely, and realistic limitations are stated. The manuscript should be of high interest to the water buffalo research community and to those interested in applying pangenome graphs to variant calling.

      I have minor comments that I believe should be addressed prior to publication.

      Minor comments:

      In the NCBI genomes database, the water buffalo assembly NDDB_SH_1 is listed as the current reference genome, not UOA_WB_1 as suggested in the manuscript. Perhaps the reference genome was recently reassigned?

      Lines 64-69: Lack of clarity regarding relationships among water buffalo populations: - Wording suggests single domestication event accounts for all domestic water buffalo. But, the river and swamp buffalo diverged prior to the domestication date. This is a contradiction. Clarify by mentioning that there were at least two independent domestication events (one for river buffalo and one for swamp buffalo). - Taxonomic terminology is inherently ambiguous for a few reasons, including: 1) The Bubalus arnee species comprises both wild river buffalo and wild swamp buffalo, which have not been assigned subspecies names. 2) Domestic water buffalo (including river and swamp buffalo) are assigned their own species name: Bubalus bubalis, despite being biologically the same species as Bubalus arnee. 3) Unlike their wild source populations, domesticated river buffalo and domesticated swamp buffalo are assigned their own species names, Bubalus bubalis bubalis and Bubalus bubalis carabanensis, respectively. - To address ambiguity regarding taxonomy and phylogeny of the buffalo populations, mention the full subspecies names (Bubalus bubalis bubalis, and Bubalus bubalis carabanensis).

      Line 82: "Although eight higher quality": higher quality than what?

      Line 177: Undefined acronym: "PAF".

      Line 216: "each unique biosamples": should be "each unique biosample".

      Line 272: Which SnpEff database was used for variant annotation?

      Line 286-287: Based on Table 1, the difference between the largest and the smallest water buffalo genome is 360 mega base pairs. That exceeds the length of the largest chromosome by almost 2 fold, and is 14% of the total length of the UOA_WB_1 reference assembly. This is a very large difference to observe between members of the same species. Considering that segmental duplications are often not accurately represented in genome assemblies, there is a strong possibility that some of the variants identified between these new high-quality assemblies and the other assemblies are simply assembly artefacts (failure of recently duplicated segments to be distinguished, etc.). At the very least, this should be addressed in the Discussion.

      Line 360-361: Elaborate slightly on what is in the dataset being shared.

      Line 420-421: Clarify which of these are human vs animal traits.

      Figure 1 A legend: The dots seem to all be the same size, which suggests that this is a scatter plot, not a bubble plot.

      Figure 1 C: "across the graph genome" sounds spatial; perhaps "proportion of variant types in the graph genome" would be clearer.

      Figure 1 D: It would be helpful to have the rows sorted to match the order in B.

      Figure 1 D: The low bars (i.e. small number of shared sites) are not easy to interpret. Perhaps the y-axis could be transformed to log scale or the number of variants could be added to the bars.

    1. AbstractBackground Influenza A virus (IAV) poses a significant threat to animal health globally, with its ability to overcome species barriers and cause pandemics. Rapid and accurate IAV subtypes and host source prediction is crucial for effective surveillance and pandemic preparedness. Deep learning has emerged as a powerful tool for analyzing viral genomic sequences, offering new ways to uncover hidden patterns associated with viral characteristics and host adaptation.Findings We introduce WaveSeekerNet, a novel deep learning model for accurate and rapid prediction of IAV subtypes and host source. The model leverages attention-based mechanisms and efficient token mixing schemes, including the Fourier Transform and the Wavelet Transform, to capture intricate patterns within viral RNA and protein sequences. Extensive experiments on diverse datasets demonstrate WaveSeekerNet’s superior performance to existing models that use the traditional self-attention mechanism. Notably, WaveSeekerNet rivals VADR (Viral Annotation DefineR) in subtype prediction using the high-quality RNA sequences, achieving the maximum score of 1.0 on metrics including the Balanced Accuracy, F1-score (Macro Average), and Matthews Correlation Coefficient (MCC). Our approach to subtype and host source prediction also exceeds the pre-trained ESM-2 (Evolutionary Scale Modeling) models with respect to generalization performance and computational cost. Furthermore, WaveSeekerNet exhibits remarkable accuracy in distinguishing between human, avian, and other mammalian hosts. The ability of WaveSeekerNet to flag potential cross-species transmission events underscores its significant value for real-time surveillance and proactive pandemic preparedness efforts.Conclusions WaveSeekerNet’s superior performance, efficiency, and ability to flag potential cross-species transmission events highlight its potential for real-time surveillance and pandemic preparedness. This model represents a significant advancement in applying deep learning for IAV classification and holds promise for future epidemiological, veterinary studies, and public health interventions.

      This work has been peer reviewed in GigaScience (see https://doi.org/10.1093/gigascience/giaf089), which carries out open, named peer-review. These reviews are published under a CC-BY 4.0 license and were as follows:

      Reviewer 1:Will Dampier

      The manuscript presented by Nguyen et al. is well written, well researched, and well executed. The use of this new "wavelet style" neural network shows both an increased training efficiency and improved accuracy at detecting influenza subtypes for surveillance. However, I think their comparison to a 'plain' Transformer model does not take advantage of the improvements in pre-training and transfer-learning that have become standard practice in deep-learning. I have also included some stylistic suggestions to improve the figures as presented. After addressing these comments, I believe that this will become a very strong manuscript.

      Major Comments:

      The authors present a comparison between their new wavelet architecture and a standard transformer architecture using a one-hot encoded vector of amino-acids. I believe that this is the correct 'null model' to compare your wavelet architecture to, however, it does not represent the 'state of the art' in utilizing transformers for sequence analysis. As I'm sure the authors are aware, the disadvantage of transformers is that they take an extensive amount of training (they note the transformer only models take 2-4X more training epochs to converge). However, the advantage they bring is that they can be extensively trained for one task and then transfer that learning to another related task. A number of models have been pre-trained on giant collections of proteins Asgari et al, https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pone.0141287 and Rives et al https://doi.org/10.1073/pnas.2016239118 which then allow one to transfer that knowledge to different domains with fewer examples such as demonstrated in Dampier et al https://doi.org/10.3389/fviro.2022.880618. It would be interesting to see whether your wavelet model defeats these pre-trained models with transfer learning. If you showed that, you could argue that there is no need for the extensive expense of 'foundational models'.

      The authors discuss that there is a significant imbalance in the training set and they used up-sampling and limiting to balance out the class representation. Since the classes are not equally represented, the model may not be equally able to predict each class. And the high metrics may only be a representation of its ability to predict the popular classes correctly. The authors should include an additional set of figures (supplemental is fine) that show the metrics broken out by Subtype. It would also be interesting to see a graph of the class-size (before up-sampling) vs F1-score (or another metric) on that class. This could provide lower-bounds for how many samples are needed to train the model.

      Minor Comments:

      Figures 3, 4, and 5: These would benefit from a linked y-axis. It is hard to compare across A/B/C/D when the axes have different y-limits.

    1. sí es mi hombro izquierdo el que está afectado, la tensión que pueda vivir está relacionada con el aspecto femenino de mi vida, es decir creativo y receptivo, a mi habilidad por expresar mis sentimientos. Tomo consciencia de lo que me aplasta, acepto que soy responsable de MÍ y dejo que los demás se cuiden de ocuparse de su propia felicidad. Aprendo a delegar.
    2. Pasan a través de ellos mis deseos interiores de expresarme, crear y ejecutar porque nacieron al nivel de mi corazón. La energía emocional debe dirigirse hasta en mis brazos y mis manos para realizar dichos deseos.
    3. Tengo la sensación de tener “demasiado por hacer” y de nunca ser capaz de realizarlo todo.  Puede también que tenga la sensación de que me impiden actuar, bien a causa de opiniones diferentes o porque simplemente no quieren asistirme y apoyarme en mis proyectos. También me duelen los hombros cuando vivo grandes inseguridades afectivas (hombro izquierdo)
    1. Note de Synthèse : L'instrumentalisation des associations et les voies de la coconstruction

      Synthèse

      Ce document de synthèse analyse les conclusions du webinaire "Face à l'instrumentalisation des associations", quatrième épisode du cycle "Renforcement du monde associatif".

      Il met en lumière la menace croissante de l'instrumentalisation, identifiée comme un des quatre facteurs majeurs d'affaiblissement du secteur associatif, aux côtés de la répression des libertés, de la marchandisation et de la managérialisation.

      Cette instrumentalisation se manifeste par une pression exercée sur les associations pour qu'elles s'alignent sur les politiques publiques, une tendance exacerbée par une transformation structurelle des financements publics qui privilégient la commande publique au détriment des subventions.

      Des exemples récents aux niveaux local, national et européen illustrent une stratégie de discrédit visant les associations qui conservent une parole politique critique, résumée par l'injonction :

      "dès lors que les associations reçoivent de l'argent public, elles ont intérêt à se tenir sages".

      Face à ce scénario d'affaiblissement, le webinaire explore en profondeur l'antidote principal : la coconstruction des politiques publiques.

      Loin d'une simple consultation, la coconstruction est présentée dans sa définition la plus exigeante, impliquant un partage du pouvoir et des éléments de codécision.

      Pour être efficace, elle doit s'appuyer sur une méthodologie rigoureuse, commençant par un diagnostic partagé et se poursuivant jusqu'à l'évaluation commune des actions.

      Deux modèles d'action concrets sont examinés :

      1. Les schémas d'orientation (Solima) du secteur culturel, qui offrent un retour d'expérience de près de vingt ans sur des processus de concertation structurés.

      Bien qu'ils aient prouvé leur efficacité pour améliorer l'interconnaissance et la coopération, ils révèlent des limites quant à leur capacité à faire évoluer durablement les politiques publiques et à surmonter la culture du "qui paie, décide".

      2. La démocratie d'interpellation, qui apparaît comme un prérequis essentiel.

      Ce concept vise à doter les citoyens, et notamment les plus marginalisés, des outils (pétitions à seuils, fonds de soutien) leur permettant d'inscrire leurs préoccupations à l'agenda politique, créant ainsi les conditions initiales d'une future coconstruction.

      En conclusion, si la coconstruction représente une voie prometteuse pour renforcer la vitalité démocratique et l'autonomie du monde associatif, sa mise en œuvre reste un défi majeur.

      Elle se heurte à un contexte politique et économique défavorable et nécessite de surmonter des obstacles culturels profonds pour passer d'une logique de prestation de service à un partenariat authentique fondé sur le partage du pouvoir.

      1. Le Scénario de l'Affaiblissement : L'Instrumentalisation comme Menace Centrale

      Le webinaire identifie l'instrumentalisation comme une composante clé d'un "scénario d'affaiblissement" qui pèse sur le monde associatif.

      Ce processus vise à réduire les associations à un rôle d'exécutantes des politiques publiques, les privant de leur capacité d'initiative, de critique et de participation à la vie de la cité.

      Définition et Manifestations

      L'instrumentalisation est un processus par lequel les pouvoirs publics tendent à considérer les associations non plus comme des partenaires autonomes porteurs de projets d'intérêt général, mais comme de simples prestataires de services.

      Marianne Langlais (Collectif des associations citoyennes - CAC) la définit comme une attente que les associations, dès lors qu'elles sont financées par de l'argent public, "se tiennent sages".

      Cela implique :

      • • S'inscrire sans contester dans la ligne politique dominante, qualifiée de "néolibérale et autoritaire".

      • • Ne pas porter un message politique différent de celui attendu par les financeurs.

      • • Rester "politiquement neutre" dans un contexte qui ne l'est pas.

      Exemples Concrets de Discrédit Politique

      Cette pression s'accompagne de campagnes de discrédit visant à délégitimer les associations qui conservent une parole politique. Plusieurs exemples récents ont été cités : Niveau Acteur Cible Discours / Action Objectif Local Christelle Morançais (Présidente, Pays de la Loire)

      Associations culturelles

      Les accuse d'être le "monopole d'associations très politisées qui vivent d'argent public" pour justifier des coupes budgétaires massives. Justifier des coupes budgétaires.

      National

      Bruno Retailleau (Ministre de l'Intérieur)

      La Cimade et autres associations d'aide aux étrangers

      Affirme qu'elles doivent "agir en cohérence avec l'État", remettant en cause leur travail en centre de rétention.

      Aligner les actions des associations sur la politique gouvernementale.

      Européen

      Droite et extrême droite européenne

      Associations environnementales

      Lancement d'une "fake news" les accusant d'être payées par la Commission pour faire du lobbying pro-pacte vert.

      Les priver de financements européens, notamment du programme LIFE (budget de 5,4 milliards d'euros).

      Le Levier Financier : De la Subvention à la Commande Publique

      Au cœur du processus d'instrumentalisation se trouve une transformation profonde des modes de financement public.

      On observe un recul structurel de la subvention de fonctionnement au profit de la commande publique (marchés publics, appels à projets).

      • Contexte Européen : La création du marché unique en 1987 et sa règle d'or d'une "concurrence libre et non faussée" ont conduit à considérer la subvention comme une potentielle aide d'État illicite.

      • Impact en France : La part des subventions dans les recettes associatives a chuté de 41 % entre 2005 et 2017.

      • Conséquences : Le rapport Suxe ("Renforcer le financement des associations :

      une urgence démocratique", mai 2023) souligne que cette évolution entraîne une "fragilisation de leur équilibre financier, mais aussi et surtout par une perte de sens et une invisibilisation de ce qui caractérise l'association".

      Ce changement modifie radicalement le rapport de force :

      • La subvention reconnaît l'association comme étant à l'origine de l'initiative, sans attente de contrepartie directe.

      Elle favorise une politique ascendante ("bottom-up") où les associations agissent en "vigies citoyennes".

      • La commande publique positionne l'État ou la collectivité comme acheteur d'un service, fixant un cadre strict.

      Elle impose une politique descendante ("top-down") où les associations deviennent des prestataires.

      2. L'Antidote : La Coconstruction des Politiques Publiques

      Face à l'instrumentalisation, la coconstruction est présentée comme le principal antidote, permettant de restaurer un dialogue équilibré et de renforcer la vitalité démocratique.

      Fondamentaux et Définition Exigeante

      La coconstruction est définie non pas comme une simple consultation ou concertation – démarches souvent sources de "effets déceptifs" – mais comme un processus exigeant de partage du pouvoir.

      Selon Jean-Baptiste (CAC), on peut parler de coconstruction "à partir du moment où il y a des éléments de codécision".

      Cette approche s'ancre dans une vision de la démocratie en acte, illustrée par la définition de Paul Ricœur :

      "Est démocratique une société qui se reconnaît divisée, c’est-à-dire traversée par des contradictions d’intérêt, et qui se fixe comme modalité d’associer à part égale chaque citoyen dans l'expression, l'analyse, la délibération et l'arbitrage de ces contradictions."

      Une Méthodologie Structurée

      L'expérience montre que la coconstruction est un "chemin escarpé" et ne peut réussir sans méthode.

      Les travaux menés notamment par Laurent Fress dans le cadre d'une recherche-action (2017-2018) ont permis d'identifier cinq étapes clés pour un processus rigoureux :

      1. État des lieux et diagnostic partagé : Coproduire le savoir sur un territoire.

      Cette phase est fondamentale car "savoir, c'est pouvoir". Les Observatoires Locaux de la Vie Associative (OLVA) portés par le Rnma sont des outils privilégiés pour cette étape.

      2. Débat public et priorisation : Dégager collectivement les enjeux prioritaires et définir les modalités de la coconstruction.

      3. Validation des objectifs et plan d'action : Décider d'un plan d'action concret et, point crucial, en déterminer les moyens. C'est souvent à cette étape que les démarches échouent.

      4. Suivi de la mise en œuvre : Piloter conjointement la réalisation du plan d'action.

      5. Bilan commun et évaluation partenariale : Mesurer collectivement les effets et ajuster les priorités.

      Contexte et Obstacles

      La mise en œuvre de la coconstruction se heurte à un contexte général peu favorable :

      • • Une culture politique historiquement jacobine et décisionniste en France.

      • • L'imposition du New Public Management qui cantonne les associations à un rôle de gestionnaires.

      • • Un contexte économique de coupes budgétaires qui fragilise les partenaires associatifs et réduit les marges de manœuvre.

      3. Études de Cas et Modèles d'Action

      Le webinaire a mis en avant deux approches concrètes qui illustrent les potentiels et les défis de la coconstruction.

      L'Expérience du Secteur Culturel : Les Schémas d'Orientation (Solima)

      Présenté par Grégoire Patau (Ufisc), le Schéma d'Orientation des Lieux de Musiques Actuelles (Solima) est une méthode de coconstruction expérimentée depuis près de 20 ans.

      • Principes : Horizontalité (pas de hiérarchie entre les parties prenantes – État, collectivités, acteurs), démarche ascendante, inscription dans la durée.

      • Méthodologie : Un processus cyclique d'observation, conception, mise en œuvre et évaluation.

      • Bilan de l'expérience :

      • ◦ Succès : A systématiquement permis une meilleure connaissance des acteurs du territoire, renforcé les réseaux et généré de nouvelles coopérations.

      • ◦ Limites : A eu un impact plus limité sur la redéfinition concrète des politiques publiques ou l'allocation de nouveaux moyens.

      La posture des pouvoirs publics reste souvent "surplombante" et le principe du "qui paie, décide" difficile à dépasser.

      Le manque de moyens dédiés à l'animation et le risque d'essoufflement sont également des freins majeurs.

      La Démocratie d'Interpellation : Poser les Sujets à l'Agenda

      Léa Galois (Institut Alinski) a introduit le concept de démocratie d'interpellation comme une condition préalable à la coconstruction.

      Il s'agit de permettre aux citoyens, collectifs et associations de faire émerger un sujet et de l'inscrire à l'agenda politique, en particulier pour les voix habituellement "inaudibles".

      • Mécanismes proposés :

      • ◦ Paliers de pétition : Atteindre un certain nombre de signatures déclencherait de nouveaux droits (ex: un droit au dialogue avec les élus, un droit à une contre-expertise, le déclenchement d'un référendum d'initiative citoyenne).
      • ◦ Droit à la ressource : Création d'un "fonds d'interpellation" pour rembourser les frais de campagne et permettre aux groupes disposant de peu de moyens de se mobiliser efficacement.

      • Enjeux : L'un des défis majeurs, observé à Grenoble, est d'éviter que ces dispositifs ne reproduisent les inégalités politiques en étant principalement saisis par les catégories socioprofessionnelles les plus favorisées (CSP+).

      4. Perspectives et Recommandations Stratégiques

      Pour sortir du scénario de l'affaiblissement, plusieurs pistes d'action sont envisagées.

      • Traduire les Rapports en Actions : Il est jugé crucial d'éviter que le rapport Suxe ne reste lettre morte.

      La préconisation 16 est particulièrement mise en avant : abroger le Contrat d'Engagement Républicain (CER), jugé liberticide, et lui substituer la Charte des engagements réciproques, dont une évaluation nationale des déclinaisons locales est appelée de vœux.

      • L'Enjeu Crucial des Ressources : Un constat traverse toutes les interventions : la coconstruction et l'interpellation requièrent des moyens.

      Il est essentiel de faire reconnaître et financer la fonction "d'ingénierie et d'animation des coopérations" pour garantir un équilibre des pouvoirs dans le dialogue.

      • Vers un "Soulèvement Associatif" : Face au durcissement du contexte, le CAC lance un appel à une mobilisation pour un "soulèvement associatif", visant à reprendre une parole politique forte.

      Cette initiative est soutenue par la nécessité de documenter la situation, notamment via l'enquête nationale sur la santé financière des associations lancée par le Rnma, le Mouvement associatif et Hexopée.

      • S'outiller Méthodologiquement : La suite des travaux de la recherche participative ESCAPE devrait se concentrer sur la production d'outils méthodologiques, voire de manuels et de formations, pour aider les acteurs associatifs et les collectivités à mettre en œuvre des démarches de coconstruction rigoureuses et efficaces.

    1. in the middle of the week and Saturdays

      Shortenings can complement bus bunching analysis and should be related with them, so no need for week/hour evolution.

      Actually, there should be a chart with % shortenings vs % bus bunching, to study correlation between the two variables.

      ALTERNATIVE: Difference between days is residual. If y starts on 0 and line is smoother, there won't be a visual difference throughout the week.

    2. actually data suggests the opposite occurs

      Since there is no statistical evidence of a tendency, the chart would be better explored in 4 quadrants (P50 dividing them), and exploring how the 4 groups are characterized

      For each quadrant, choose some routes to explore in the text as examples, and for those provide chart with nr of buses bunched (y, comulative) per stop number (x)

      ALTERNATIVE: try to normalize per route extension (m). Y would be % of services bunched per km and then there should be a tendency

    1. Author Response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Summary: 

      This paper applies methods for segmentation, annotation, and visualization of acoustic analysis to zebra finch song. The paper shows that these methods can be used to predict the stage of song development and to quantify acoustic similarity. The methods are solid and are likely to provide a useful tool for scientists aiming to label large datasets of zebra finch vocalizations. The paper has two main parts: 1) establishing a pipeline/ package for analyzing zebra finch birdsong and 2) a method for measuring song imitation. 

      Strengths: 

      It is useful to see existing methods for syllable segmentation compared to new datasets.

      It is useful, but not surprising, that these methods can be used to predict developmental stage, which is strongly associated with syllable temporal structure.

      It is useful to confirm that these methods can identify abnormalities in deafened and isolated songs. 

      Weaknesses: 

      For the first part, the implementation seems to be a wrapper on existing techniques. For instance, the first section talks about syllable segmentation; they made a comparison between whisperseg (Gu et al, 2024), tweetynet (Cohen et al, 2022), and amplitude thresholding. They found that whisperseg performed the best, and they included it in the pipeline. They then used whisperseg to analyze syllable duration distributions and rhythm of birds of different ages and confirmed past findings on this developmental process (e.g. Aronov et al, 2011). Next, based on the segmentation, they assign labels by performing UMAP and HDBScan on the spectrogram (nothing new; that's what people have been doing). Then, based on the labels, they claimed they developed a 'new' visualization - syntax raster ( line 180 ). That was done by Sainburg et. al. 2020 in Figure 12E and also in Cohen et al, 2020 - so the claim to have developed 'a new song syntax visualization' is confusing. The rest of the paper is about analyzing the finch data based on AVN features (which are essentially acoustic features already in the classic literature). 

      First, we would like to thank this reviewer for their kind comments and feedback on this manuscript. It is true that many of the components of this song analysis pipeline are not entirely novel in isolation. Our real contribution here is bringing them together in a way that allows other researchers to seamlessly apply automated syllable segmentation, clustering, and downstream analyses to their data. That said, our approach to training TweetyNet for syllable segmentation is novel. We trained TweetyNet to recognize vocalizations vs. silence across multiple birds, such that it can generalize to new individual birds, whereas Tweetynet had only ever been used to annotate song syllables from birds included in its training set previously. Our validation of TweetyNet and WhisperSeg in combination with UMAP and HDBSCAN clustering is also novel, providing valuable information about how these systems interact, and how reliable the completely automatically generated labels are for downstream analysis. We have added a couple sentences to the introduction to emphasize the novelty of this approach and validation.

      Our syntax raster visualization does resemble Figure 12E in Sainburg et al. 2020, however it differs in a few important ways, which we believe warrant its consideration as a novel visualization method. First, Sainburg et al. represent the labels across bouts in real time; their position along the x axis reflects the time at which each syllable is produced relative to the start of the bout. By contrast, our visualization considers only the index of syllables within a bout (ie. First syllable vs. second syllable etc) without consideration of the true durations of each syllable or the silent gaps between them. This makes it much easier to detect syntax patterns across bouts, as the added variability of syllable timing is removed. Considering only the sequence of syllables rather than their timing also allows us to more easily align bouts according to the first syllable of a motif, further emphasizing the presence or absence of repeating syllable sequences without interference from the more variable introductory notes at the start of a motif. Finally, instead of plotting all bouts in the order in which they were produced, our visualization orders bouts such that bouts with the same sequence of syllables will be plotted together, which again serves to emphasize the most common syllable sequences that the bird produces. These additional processing steps mean that our syntax raster plot has much starker contrast between birds with stereotyped syntax and birds with more variable syntax, as compared to the more minimally processed visualization in Sainburg et al. 2020. There doesn’t appear to be any similar visualizations in Cohen et al. 2020. 

      The second part may be something new, but there are opportunities to improve the benchmarking. It is about the pupil-tutor imitation analysis. They introduce a convolutional neural network that takes triplets as an input (each tripled is essentially 3 images stacked together such that you have (anchor, positive, negative), Anchor is a reference spectrogram from, say finch A; positive means a different spectrogram with the same label as anchor from finch A, and negative means a spectrogram not related to A or different syllable label from A. The network is then trained to produce a low-dimensional embedding by ensuring the embedding distance between anchor and positive is less than anchor and negative by a certain margin. Based on the embedding, they then made use of earth mover distance to quantify the similarity in the syllable distribution among finches. They then compared their approach performance with that of sound analysis pro (SAP) and a variant of SAP. A more natural comparison, which they didn't include, is with the VAE approach by Goffinet et al. In this paper (https://doi.org/10.7554/eLife.67855, Fig 7), they also attempted to perform an analysis on the tutor pupil song.  

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. We have included a comparison of our triplet loss embedding model to the VAE model proposed in Goffinet et al. 2021. We also included comparisons of similarity scoring using each of these embedding models combined with either earth mover’s distance (EMD) or maximum mean discrepancy (MMD) to calculate the similarity of the embeddings, as was done in Goffinet et al. 2021. As discussed in the updated results section of the paper and shown in the new Figure 6–figure supplement 1, the Triplet loss model with MMD performs best for evaluating song learning on new birds, not included in model training. We’ve updated the main text of the paper to reflect this switch from EMD to MMD for the primary similarity scoring approach.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary: 

      In this work, the authors present a new Python software package, Avian Vocalization Network (AVN) aimed at facilitating the analysis of birdsong, especially the song of the zebra finch, the most common songbird model in neuroscience. The package handles some of the most common (and some more advanced) song analyses, including segmentation, syllable classification, featurization of song, calculation of tutor-pupil similarity, and age prediction, with a view toward making the entire process friendlier to experimentalists working in the field.

      For many years, Sound Analysis Pro has served as a standard in the songbird field, the first package to extensively automate songbird analysis and facilitate the computation of acoustic features that have helped define the field. More recently, the increasing popularity of Python as a language, along with the emergence of new machine learning methods, has resulted in a number of new software tools, including the vocalpy ecosystem for audio processing, TweetyNet (for segmentation), t-SNE and UMAP (for visualization), and autoencoder-based approaches for embedding.

      Strengths: 

      The AVN package overlaps several of these earlier efforts, albeit with a focus on more traditional featurization that many experimentalists may find more interpretable than deep learning-based approaches. Among the strengths of the paper are its clarity in explaining the several analyses it facilitates, along with high-quality experiments across multiple public datasets collected from different research groups. As a software package, it is open source, installable via the pip Python package manager, and features high-quality documentation, as well as tutorials. For experimentalists who wish to replicate any of the analyses from the paper, the package is likely to be a useful time saver.

      Weaknesses: 

      I think the potential limitations of the work are predominantly on the software end, with one or two quibbles about the methods.

      First, the software: it's important to note that the package is trying to do many things, of which it is likely to do several well and few comprehensively. Rather than a package that presents a number of new analyses or a new analysis framework, it is more a codification of recipes, some of which are reimplementations of existing work (SAP features), some of which are essentially wrappers around other work (interfacing with WhisperSeg segmentations), and some of which are new (similarity scoring). All of this has value, but in my estimation, it has less value as part of a standalone package and potentially much more as part of an ecosystem like vocalpy that is undergoing continuous development and has long-term support. 

      We appreciate this reviewer’s comments and concerns about the structure of the AVN package and its long-term maintenance. We have considered incorporating AVN into the VocalPy ecosystem but have chosen not to for a few key reasons. (1) AVN was designed with ease of use for experimenters with limited coding experience top of mind. VocalPy provides excellent resources for researchers with some familiarity with object-oriented programming to manage and analyze their datasets; however, we believe it may be challenging for users without such experience to adopt VocalPy quickly. AVN’s ‘recipe’ approach, as you put it, is very easily accessible to new users, and allows users with intermediate coding experience to easily navigate the source code to gain a deeper understanding of the methodology. AVN also consistently outputs processed data in familiar formats (tables in .csv files which can be opened in excel), in an effort to make it more accessible to new users, something which would be challenging to reconcile with VocalPy’s emphasis on their `dataset`classes. (2) AVN and VocalPy differ in their underlying goals and philosophies when it comes to flexibility vs. standardization of analysis pipelines. VocalPy is designed to facilitate mixing-and-matching of different spectrogram generation, segmentation, annotation etc. approaches, so that researchers can design and implement their own custom analysis pipelines. This flexibility is useful in many cases. For instance, it could allow researchers who have very different noise filtering and annotation needs, like those working with field recordings versus acoustic chamber recordings, to analyze their data using this platform. However, when it comes to comparisons across zebra finch research labs, this flexibility comes at the expense of direct comparison and integration of song features across research groups. This is the context in which AVN is most useful. It presents a single approach to song segmentation, labeling, and featurization that has been shown to generalize well across research groups, and which allows direct comparisons of the resulting features. AVN’s single, extensively validated, standard pipeline approach is fundamentally incompatible with VocalPy’s emphasis on flexibility. We are excited to see how VocalPy continues to evolve in the future, and recognize the value that both AVN and VocalPy bring to the songbird research community, each with their own distinct strengths, weaknesses, and ideal use cases. 

      While the code is well-documented, including web-based documentation for both the core package and the GUI, the latter is available only on Windows, which might limit the scope of adoption. 

      We thank the reviewer for their kind words about AVN’s documentation. We recognize that the GUI’s exclusive availability on Windows is a limitation, and we would be happy to collaborate with other researchers and developers in the future to build a Mac compatible version, should the demand present itself. That said, the python package works on all operating systems, so non-Windows users still have the ability to use AVN that way.

      That is to say, whether AVN is adopted by the field in the medium term will have much more to do with the quality of its maintenance and responsiveness to users than any particular feature, but I believe that many of the analysis recipes that the authors have carefully worked out may find their way into other code and workflows. 

      Second, two notes about new analysis approaches:

      (1) The authors propose a new means of measuring tutor-pupil similarity based on first learning a latent space of syllables via a self-supervised learning (SSL) scheme and then using the earth mover's distance (EMD) to calculate transport costs between the distributions of tutors' and pupils' syllables. While to my knowledge this exact method has not previously been proposed in birdsong, I suspect it is unlikely to differ substantially from the approach of autoencoding followed by MMD used in the Goffinet et al. paper. That is, SSL, like the autoencoder, is a latent space learning approach, and EMD, like MMD, is an integral probability metric that measures discrepancies between two distributions. (Indeed, the two are very closely related: https://stats.stackexchange.com/questions/400180/earth-movers-distance-andmaximum-mean-discrepency.) Without further experiments, it is hard to tell whether these two approaches differ meaningfully. Likewise, while the authors have trained on a large corpus of syllables to define their latent space in a way that generalizes to new birds, it is unclear why such an approach would not work with other latent space learning methods.  

      We recognize the similarities between these approaches and have included comparisons of the VAE and MMD as in the Goffinet paper to our triplet loss model and EMD.  As discussed in the updated results section of the paper and shown in the new Figure 6–figure supplement 1, the Triplet loss model with MMD performs best for evaluating song learning on new birds, not included in model training. We’ve updated the main text of the paper to reflect this switch from EMD to MMD for the primary similarity scoring approach. 

      (2) The authors propose a new method for maturity scoring by training a model (a generalized additive model) to predict the age of the bird based on a selected subset of acoustic features. This is distinct from the "predicted age" approach of Brudner, Pearson, and Mooney, which predicts based on a latent representation rather than specific features, and the GAM nicely segregates the contribution of each. As such, this approach may be preferred by many users who appreciate its interpretability.  

      In summary, my view is that this is a nice paper detailing a well-executed piece of software whose future impact will be determined by the degree of support and maintenance it receives from others over the near and medium term.

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      Summary: 

      The authors invent song and syllable discrimination tasks they use to train deep networks. These networks they then use as a basis for routine song analysis and song evaluation tasks. For the analysis, they consider both data from their own colony and from another colony the network has not seen during training. They validate the analysis scores of the network against expert human annotators, achieving a correlation of 80-90%. 

      Strengths: 

      (1) Robust Validation and Generalizability: The authors demonstrate a good performance of the AVN across various datasets, including individuals exhibiting deviant behavior. This extensive validation underscores the system's usefulness and broad applicability to zebra finch song analysis, establishing it as a potentially valuable tool for researchers in the field.

      (2) Comprehensive and Standardized Feature Analysis: AVN integrates a comprehensive set of interpretable features commonly used in the study of bird songs. By standardizing the feature extraction method, the AVN facilitates comparative research, allowing for consistent interpretation and comparison of vocal behavior across studies.

      (3) Automation and Ease of Use. By being fully automated, the method is straightforward to apply and should introduce barely an adoption threshold to other labs.

      (4) Human experts were recruited to perform extensive annotations (of vocal segments and of song similarity scores). These annotations released as public datasets are potentially very valuable. 

      Weaknesses: 

      (1) Poorly motivated tasks. The approach is poorly motivated and many assumptions come across as arbitrary. For example, the authors implicitly assume that the task of birdsong comparison is best achieved by a system that optimally discriminates between typical, deaf, and isolated songs. Similarly, the authors assume that song development is best tracked using a system that optimally estimates the age of a bird given its song. My issue is that these are fake tasks since clearly, researchers will know whether a bird is an isolated or a deaf bird, and they will also know the age of a bird, so no machine learning is needed to solve these tasks. Yet, the authors imagine that solving these placeholder tasks will somehow help with measuring important aspects of vocal behavior.  

      We appreciate this reviewer’s concerns and apologize for not providing sufficiently clear rationale for the inclusion of our phenotype classifier and age regression models in the original manuscript. These tasks are not intended to be taken as a final, ultimate culmination of the AVN pipeline. Rather, we consider the carefully engineered 55-interpretable feature set to be AVN’s final output, and these analyses serve merely as examples of how that feature set can be applied. That said, each of these models do have valid experimental use cases that we believe are important and would like to bring to the attention of the reviewer.

      For one, we showed how the LDA model that can discriminate between typical, deaf, and isolate birds’ songs not only allows us to evaluate which features are most important for discriminating between these groups, but also allows comparison of the FoxP1 knock-down (FP1 KD) birds to each of these phenotypes. Based on previous work (Garcia-Oscos et al. 2021), we hypothesized that FP1 KD in these birds specifically impaired tutor song memory formation while sparing a bird’s ability to refine their own vocalizations through auditory feedback. Thus, we would expect their songs to resemble those of isolate birds, who lack a tutor song memory, but not to resemble deaf birds who lack a tutor song memory and auditory feedback of their own vocalizations to guide learning. The LDA model allowed us to make this comparison quantitatively for the first time and confirm our hypothesis that FP1 KD birds’ songs are indeed most like isolates’. In the future, as more research groups publish their birds’ AVN feature sets, we hope to be able to make even more fine-grained comparisons between different groups of birds, either using LDA or other similar interpretable classifiers. 

      The age prediction model also has valid real-world use cases. For instance, one might imagine an experimental manipulation that is hypothesized to accelerate or slow song maturation in juvenile birds. This age prediction model could be applied to the AVN feature sets of birds having undergone such a manipulation to determine whether their predicted ages systematically lead or lag their true biological ages, and which song features are most responsible for this difference. We didn’t have access to data for any such birds for inclusion in this paper, but we hope that others in the future will be able to take inspiration from our methodology and use this or a similar age regression model with AVN features in their research. We have added a couple lines to the ‘Comparing Song Disruptions with AVN Features’ and ‘Tracking Song Development with AVN Features’ sections of the results to make this more clear. 

      Along similar lines, authors assume that a good measure of similarity is one that optimally performs repeated syllable detection (i.e. to discriminate same syllable pairs from different pairs). The authors need to explain why they think these placeholder tasks are good and why no better task can be defined that more closely captures what researchers want to measure. Note: the standard tasks for self-supervised learning are next word or masked word prediction, why are these not used here? 

      This reviewer appears to have misunderstood our similarity scoring embedding model and our rationale for using it. We will explain it in more depth here and have added a paragraph to the ‘Measuring Song Imitation’ section of the results explaining this rationale more briefly.

      First, nowhere are we training a model to discriminate between same and different syllable pairs. The triplet loss network is trained to embed syllables in an 8-dimensional space such that syllables with the same label are closer together than syllables with different labels. The loss function is related to the relative distance between embeddings of syllables with the same or different labels, not the classification of syllables as same or different. This approach was chosen because it has repeatedly been shown to be a useful data compression step (Schorff et al. 2015, Thakur et al. 2019) before further downstream tasks are applied on its output, particularly in contexts where there is little data per class (syllable label). For example, Schorff et al. 2015 trained a deep convolutional neural network with triplet loss to embed images of human faces from the same individual closer together than images of different individuals in a 128dimensional space. They then used this model to compute 128-dimensional representations of additional face images, not included in training, which were used for individual facial recognition (this is a same vs. different category classifier), and facial clustering, achieving better performance than the previous state of the art. The triplet loss function results in a model that can generate useful embeddings of previously unseen categories, like new individuals’ faces, or new zebra finches’ syllables, which can then be used in downstream analyses. This meaningful, lower dimensional space allows comparisons of distributions of syllables across birds, as in Brainard and Mets 2008, and Goffinet et al. 2021. 

      Next word and masked word prediction are indeed common self-supervised learning tasks for models working with text data, or other data with meaningful sequential organization. That is not the case for our zebra finch syllables, where every bird’s syllable sequence depends only on its tutor’s sequence, and there is no evidence for strong universal syllable sequencing rules (James et al. 2020). Rather, our embedding model is an example of a computer vision task, as it deals with sets of two-dimensional images (spectrograms), not sequences of categorical variables (like text). It is also not, strictly speaking, a selfsupervised learning task, as it does require syllable labels to generate the triplets. A common selfsupervised approach for dimensionality reduction in a computer vision task such as this one would be to train an autoencoder to compress images to a lower dimensional space, then faithfully reconstruct them from the compressed representation.  This has been done using a variational autoencoder trained on zebra finch syllables in Goffinet et al. 2021. In keeping with the suggestions from reviewers #1 and #2, we have included a comparison of our triplet loss model with the Goffinet et al. VAE approach in the revised manuscript. 

      (2) The machine learning methodology lacks rigor. The aims of the machine learning pipeline are extremely vague and keep changing like a moving target. Mainly, the deep networks are trained on some tasks but then authors evaluate their performance on different, disconnected tasks. For example, they train both the birdsong comparison method (L263+) and the song similarity method (L318+) on classification tasks. However, they evaluate the former method (LDA) on classification accuracy, but the latter (8-dim embeddings) using a contrast index. In machine learning, usually, a useful task is first defined, then the system is trained on it and then tested on a held-out dataset. If the sensitivity index is important, why does it not serve as a cost function for training?

      Again, this reviewer seems not to understand our similarity scoring methodology. Our similarity scoring model is not trained on a classification task, but rather on an embedding task. It learns to embed spectrograms of syllables in an 8-dimensional space such that syllables with the same label are closer together than syllables with different labels. We could report the loss values for this embedding task on our training and validation datasets, but these wouldn’t have any clear relevance to the downstream task of syllable distribution comparison where we are using the model’s embeddings. We report the contrast index as this has direct relevance to the actual application of the model and allows comparisons to other similarity scoring methods, something that the triplet loss values wouldn’t allow. 

      The triplet loss method was chosen because it has been shown to yield useful low-dimensional representations of data, even in cases where there is limited labeled training data (Thakur et al. 2019). While we have one of the largest manually annotated datasets of zebra finch songs, it is still quite small by industry deep learning standards, which is why we chose a method that would perform well given the size of our dataset. Training a model on a contrast index directly would be extremely computationally intensive and require many more pairs of birds with known relationships than we currently have access to. It could be an interesting approach to take in the future, but one that would be unlikely to perform well with a dataset size typical to songbird research. 

      Also, usually, in solid machine learning work, diverse methods are compared against each other to identify their relative strengths. The paper contains almost none of this, e.g. authors examined only one clustering method (HDBSCAN).  

      We did compare multiple methods for syllable segmentation (WhisperSeg, TweetyNet, and Amplitude thresholding) as this hadn’t been done previously. We chose not to perform extensive comparison of different clustering methods as Sainburg et al. 2020 already did so and we felt no need to reduplicate this effort. We encourage this reviewer to refer to Sainburg et al.’s excellent work for comparisons of multiple clustering methods applied to zebra finch song syllables.

      (3) Performance issues. The authors want to 'simplify large-scale behavioral analysis' but it seems they want to do that at a high cost. (Gu et al 2023) achieved syllable scores above 0.99 for adults, which is much larger than the average score of 0.88 achieved here (L121). Similarly, the syllable scores in (Cohen et al 2022) are above 94% (their error rates are below 6%, albeit in Bengalese finches, not zebra finches), which is also better than here. Why is the performance of AVN so low? The low scores of AVN argue in favor of some human labeling and training on each bird.  

      Firstly, the syllable error rate scores reported in Cohen et al. 2022 are calculated very differently than the F1 scores we report here and are based on a model trained with data from the same bird as was used in testing, unlike our more general segmentation approach where the model was tested on different birds than were used in training. Thus, the scores reported in Cohen et al. and the F1 scores that we report cannot be compared. 

      The discrepancy between the F1<sub>seg</sub> scores reported in Gu et al. 2023 and the segmentation F1 scores that we report are likely due to differences in the underlying datasets. Our UTSW recordings tend to have higher levels of both stationary and non-stationary background noise, which make segmentation more challenging. The recordings from Rockefeller were less contaminated by background noise, and they resulted in slightly higher F1 scores. That said, we believe that the primary factor accounting for this difference in scores with Gu et al. 2023 is the granularity of our ‘ground truth’ syllable segments. In our case, if there was never any ambiguity as to whether vocal elements should be segmented into two short syllables with a very short gap between them or merged into a single longer syllable, we chose to split them. WhisperSeg had a strong tendency to merge the vocal elements in ambiguous cases such as these. This results in a higher rate of false negative syllable onset detections, reflected in the low recall scores achieved by WhisperSeg (see Figure 2–figure supplement 1b), but still very high precision scores (Figure 2–figure supplement 1a). While WhisperSeg did frequently merge these syllables in a way that differed from our ground truth segmentation, it did so consistently, meaning it had little impact on downstream measures of syntax entropy (Figure 3c) or syllable duration entropy (Figure 3–figure supplement 2a). It is for that reason that, despite a lower F1 score, we still consider AVN’s automatically generated annotations to be sufficiently accurate for downstream analyses. 

      Should researchers require a higher degree of accuracy and precision with their annotations (for example, to detect very subtle changes in song before and after an acute manipulation) we suggest they turn toward one of the existing tools for supervised song annotation, such as TweetyNet.

      (4) Texas bias. It is true that comparability across datasets is enhanced when everyone uses the same code. However, the authors' proposal essentially is to replace the bias between labs with a bias towards birds in Texas. The comparison with Rockefeller birds is nice, but it amounts to merely N=1. If birds in Japanese or European labs have evolved different song repertoires, the AVN might not capture the associated song features in these labs well.  

      We appreciate the author’s concern about a bias toward birds from the UTSW colony. However, this paper shows that despite training (for the similarity scoring) and hyperparameter fitting (for the HDBSCAN clustering) on the UTSW birds, AVN performs as well if not better on birds from Rockefeller than from UTSW. To our knowledge, there are no publicly available datasets of annotated zebra finch songs from labs in Europe or in Asia but we would be happy to validate AVN on such datasets, should they become available. Furthermore, there is no evidence to suggest that there is dramatic drift in zebra finch vocal repertoire between continents which would necessitate such additional validation. While we didn’t have manual annotations for this dataset (which would allow validation of our segmentation and labeling methods), we did apply AVN to recordings shared with us by the Wada lab in Japan, where visual inspection of the resulting annotations suggested comparable accuracy to the UTSW and Rockefeller datasets. 

      (5) The paper lacks an analysis of the balance between labor requirement, generalizability, and optimal performance. For tasks such as segmentation and labeling, fine-tuning for each new dataset could potentially enhance the model's accuracy and performance without compromising comparability. E.g. How many hours does it take to annotate hundred song motifs? How much would the performance of AVN increase if the network were to be retrained on these? The paper should be written in more neutral terms, letting researchers reach their own conclusions about how much manual labor they want to put into their data.  

      With standardization and ease of use in mind, we designed AVN specifically to perform fully automated syllable annotation and downstream feature calculations. We believe that we have demonstrated in this manuscript that our fully automated approach is sufficiently reliable for downstream analyses across multiple zebra finch colonies. That said, if researchers require an even higher degree of annotation precision and accuracy, they can turn toward one of the existing methods for supervised song annotation, such as TweetyNet. Incorporating human annotations for each bird processed by AVN is likely to improve its performance, but this would require significant changes to AVN’s methodology, and is outside the scope of our current efforts.

      (6) Full automation may not be everyone's wish. For example, given the highly stereotyped zebra finch songs, it is conceivable that some syllables are consistently mis-segmented or misclassified. Researchers may want to be able to correct such errors, which essentially amounts to fine-tuning AVN. Conceivably, researchers may want to retrain a network like the AVN on their own birds, to obtain a more fine-grained discriminative method.  

      Other methods exist for supervised or human-in-the-loop annotation of zebra finch songs, such as TweetyNet and DAN (Alam et al. 2023). We invite researchers who require a higher degree of accuracy than AVN can provide to explore these alternative approaches for song annotation. Incorporating human feedback into AVN was never the goal of our pipeline, would require significant changes to AVN’s design and is outside the scope of this manuscript.

      (7) The analysis is restricted to song syllables and fails to include calls. No rationale is given for the omission of calls. Also, it is not clear how the analysis deals with repeated syllables in a motif, whether they are treated as two-syllable types or one.  

      It is true that we don’t currently have any dedicated features to describe calls. This could be a useful addition to AVN in the future. 

      What a human expert inspecting a spectrogram would typically call ‘repeated syllables’ in a bout are almost always assigned the same syllable label by the UMAP+HDBSCAN clustering. The syntax analysis module includes features examining the rate of syllable repetitions across syllable types, as mentioned in lines 222-226 of the revised manuscript. See https://avn.readthedocs.io/en/latest/syntax_analysis_demo.html#Syllable-Repetitions for further details.

      (8) It seems not all human annotations have been released and the instruction sets given to experts (how to segment syllables and score songs) are not disclosed. It may well be that the differences in performance between (Gu et al 2023) and (Cohen et al 2022) are due to differences in segmentation tasks, which is why these tasks given to experts need to be clearly spelled out. Also, the downloadable files contain merely labels but no identifier of the expert. The data should be released in such a way that lets other labs adopt their labeling method and cross-check their own labeling accuracy.  

      All human annotations used in this manuscript have indeed been released as part of the accompanying dataset. Syllable annotations are not provided for all pupils and tutors used to validate the similarity scoring, as annotations are not necessary for similarity comparisons. We have expanded our description of our annotation guidelines in the methods section of the revised manuscript. All the annotations were generated by one of two annotators. The second annotator always consulted with the first annotator in cases of ambiguous syllable segmentation or labeling, to ensure that they had consistent annotation styles. Unfortunately, we haven’t retained records about which birds were annotated by which of the two annotators, so we cannot share this information along with the dataset. The data is currently available in a format that should allow other research groups to use our annotations either to train their own annotation systems or check the performance of their existing systems on our annotations.  

      (9) The failure modes are not described. What segmentation errors did they encounter, and what syllable classification errors? It is important to describe the errors to be expected when using the method. 

      As we discussed in our response to this reviewer’s point (3), WhisperSeg has a tendency to merge syllables when the gap between them is very short, which explains its lower recall score compared to its precision on our dataset (Figure 2–figure supplement 1). In rare cases, WhisperSeg also fails to recognize syllables entirely, again impacting its precision score. TweetyNet hardly ever completely ignores syllables, but it does tend to occasionally merge syllables together or over-segment them. Whereas WhisperSeg does this very consistently for the same syllable types within the same bird, TweetyNet merges or splits syllables more inconsistently. This inconsistent merging and splitting has a larger effect on syllable labeling, as manifested in the lower clustering v-measure scores we obtain with TweetyNet compared to WhisperSeg segmentations. TweetyNet also has much lower precision than WhisperSeg, largely because TweetyNet often recognizes background noises (like wing flaps or hopping) as syllables whereas WhisperSeg hardly ever segments non-vocal sounds. 

      Many errors in syllable labeling stem from differences in syllable segmentation. For example, if two syllables with labels ‘a’ and ‘b’ in the manual annotation are sometimes segmented as two syllables, but sometimes merged into a single syllable, the clustering is likely to find 3 different syllable types; one corresponding to ‘a’, one corresponding to ‘b’ and one corresponding to ‘ab’ merged. Because of how we align syllables across segmentation schemes for the v-measure calculation, this will look like syllable ‘b’ always has a consistent cluster label (or is missing a label entirely), but syllable ‘a’ can carry two different cluster labels, depending on the segmentation. In certain cases, even in the absence of segmentation errors, a group of syllables bearing the same manual annotation label may be split into 2 or 3 clusters (it is extremely rare for a single manual annotation group to be split into more than 3 clusters). In these cases, it is difficult to conclusively say whether the clustering represents an error, or if it actually captured some meaningful systematic difference between syllables that was missed by the annotator. Finally, sometimes rare syllable types with their own distinct labels in the manual annotation are merged into a single cluster. Most labeling errors can be explained by this kind of merging or splitting of groups relative to the manual annotation, not to occasional mis-classifications of one manual label type as another.

      For examples of these types of errors, we encourage this reviewer and readers to refer to the example confusion matrices in figure 2f and Figure 2–figure supplement 3b&e. We also added two paragraphs to the end of the ‘Accurate, fully unsupervised syllable labeling’ section of the Results in the revised manuscript. 

      (10) Usage of Different Dimensionality Reduction Methods: The pipeline uses two different dimensionality reduction techniques for labeling and similarity comparison - both based on the understanding of the distribution of data in lower-dimensional spaces. However, the reasons for choosing different methods for different tasks are not articulated, nor is there a comparison of their efficacy.  

      We apologize for not making this distinction sufficiently clear in the manuscript and have added a paragraph to the ‘Measuring Song Imitation’ section of the Results explaining the rational for using an embedding model for similarity scoring. 

      We chose to use UMAP for syllable labeling because it is a common embedding methodology to precede hierarchical clustering and has been shown to result in reliable syllable labels for birdsong in the past (Sainburg et al. 2020). However, it is not appropriate for similarity scoring, because comparing EMD or MMD scores between birds requires that all the birds’ syllable distributions exist within the same shared embedding space. This can be achieved by using the same triplet loss-trained neural network model to embed syllables from all birds. This cannot be achieved with UMAP because all birds whose scores are being compared would need to be embedded in the same UMAP space, as distances between points cannot be compared across UMAPs. In practice, this would mean that every time a new tutor-pupil pair needs to be scored, their syllables would need to be added to a matrix with all previously compared birds’ syllables, a new UMAP would need to be computed, and new EMD or MMD scores between all bird pairs would need to be calculated using their new UMAP embeddings. This is very computationally expensive and quickly becomes unfeasible without dedicated high power computing infrastructure. It also means that similarity scores couldn’t be compared across papers without recomputing everything each time, whereas EMD and MMD scores obtained with triplet loss embeddings can be compared, provided they use the same trained model (which we provide as part of AVN) to embed their syllables in a common latent space. 

      (11) Reproducibility: are the measurements reproducible? Systems like UMAP always find a new embedding given some fixed input, so the output tends to fluctuate.

      There is indeed a stochastic element to UMAP embeddings which will result in different embeddings and therefore different syllable labels across repeated runs with the same input. We observed that v-measures scores were quite consistent within birds across repeated runs of the UMAP, and have added an additional supplementary figure to the revised manuscript showing this (Figure 2–figure supplement 4).

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      (1) Benchmark their similarity score to the method used by Goffinet et al, 2021 from the Pearson group. Such a comparison would be really interesting and useful.  

      This has been added to the paper. 

      (2) Please clarify exactly what is new and what is applied from existing methods to help the reader see the novelty of the paper.  

      We have added more emphasis on the novel aspects of our pipeline to the paper’s introduction. 

      Minor:

      It's unclear if AVN is appropriate as the paper deals only with zebra finch song - the scope is more limited than advertised.

      We assume this is in reference to ‘Birdsong’ in the paper’s title and ‘Avian’ in Avian Vocalization Network. There is a brief discussion of how these methods are likely to perform on other commonly studied songbird species at the end of the discussion section.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      A few points for the authors to consider that might strengthen or inform the paper:

      (1) In the public review, I detailed some ways in which the SSL+EMD approach is unlikely to be appreciably distinct from the VAE+MMD approach -- in fact, one could mix and match here. It would strengthen the authors' claim if they showed via experiments that their method outperforms VAE+MMD, but in the absence of that, a discussion of the relation between the two is probably warranted.  

      This comparison has been added to the paper.

      (2) ll. 305-310: This loss of accuracy near the edge is expected on general Bayesian grounds. Any regression approach should learn to estimate the conditional mean of the age distribution given the data, so ages estimated from data will be pulled inward toward the location of most training data. This bias is somewhat mitigated in the Brudner paper by a more flexible model, but it's a general (and expected) feature of the approach.

      (3) While the online AVA documentation looks good, it might benefit from a page on design philosophy that lays out how the various modules fit together - something between the tutorials and the nitty-gritty API. That way, users would be able to get a sense of where they should look if they want to harness pieces of functionality beyond the tutorials.

      Thank you for this suggestion. We will add a page on AVN’s design philosophy to the online documentation. 

      (4) While the manuscript does compare AVN to packages like TweetyNet and AVA that share some functionality, it doesn't really mention what's been going on with the vocalpy ecosystem, where the maintainers have been doing a lot to standardize data processing, integrate tools, etc. I would suggest a few words about how AVN might integrate with these efforts.

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion.

      (5) ll. 333-336: It would be helpful to provide a citation to some of the self-supervised learning literature this procedure is based on. Some citations are provided in methods, but the general approach is worth citing, in my opinion. 

      We have added a paragraph to the results section with more background on self-supervised learning for dimensionality reduction, particularly in the context of similarity scoring.

      (6) One software concern for medium-term maintenance: AVN docs say to use Python 3.8, and GitHub says the package is 3.9 compatible. I also saw in the toml file that 3.10 and above are not supported. It's worth noting that Python 3.9 reaches its end of life in October 2025, so some dependencies may have to be altered or changed for the package to be viable going forward.  

      Thank you for this comment. We will continue to maintain AVN and update its dependencies as needed.

      Minor points:

      (1) It might be good to note that WhisperSeg is a different install from AVN. May be hard for novice users, though there's a web interface that's available. 

      We’ve added a line to the methods section making this clear. 

      (2) Figure 6b: Some text in the y-axis labels is overlapping here. 

      This has been fixed. Thank you for bringing it to our attention. 

      (3) The name of the Python language is always capitalized.  

      We’ve fixed this capitalization error throughout the manuscript. Thank you.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      (1) I recommend that the authors improve the motivation of the chosen tasks and data or choose new tasks that more clearly speak to the optimizations they want to perform. 

      We have included more details about the motivation for our LDA classification analysis, age prediction model and embedding model for similarity scoring in the results of the revised manuscript, as discussed in more detail in the above responses to this reviewer. Thank you for these suggestions. 

      (2) They need to rigorously report the (classification) scores on the test datasets: these are the scores associated with the cost function used during training.  

      Based on this reviewer’s ‘Weaknesses: 3’ comment in the public reviews, we believe that they are referring to a classification score for the triplet loss model. As we explained in response to that comment, this is not a classification task, therefor there is no classification score to report. The loss function used to train the model was a triplet loss function. While we could report these values, they are not informative for how well this approach would perform in a similarity scoring context, as explained above. As such, we prefer to include contrast index and tutor contrast index scores to compare the models’ performance for similarity score, as these are directly relevant to the task and are established in the field for said task.

      (3) They need to explain the reasons for the poor performance (or report on the inconsistencies with previous work) and why they prefer a fully automated system rather than one that needs some fine-tuning on bird-specific data.

      We’ve addressed this comment in the public response to this reviewer’s weakness points 3, 5, and 6. 

      (4) They should consider applying their method to data from Japanese and European labs.  

      We’ve addressed this comment in the public response to this reviewer’s weakness point 4.

      (5) The need to document the failure modes and report all details about the human annotations.  

      We’ve added additional description of the failure modes for our segmentation and labeling approaches in the results section of the revised manuscript.

      Details: 

      The introduction is very vague, it fails to make a clear case of what the problem is and what the approach is. It reads a bit like an advertisement for machine learning: we are given a hammer and are looking for a nail.  

      We thank the reviewer for this viewpoint; however, we disagree and have decided to keep our Introduction largely unchanged. 

      L46 That interpretability is needed to maximize the benefits of machine learning is wrong, see self-driving cars and chat GPT.  

      This line states that ‘To truly maximize the benefits of machine learning and deep learning methods for behavior analysis, their power must be balanced with interpretability and generalizability’. We firmly believe that interpretability is critically important when using machine learning tools to gain a deeper scientific understanding of data, including animal behavior data in a neuroscience context. We believe that the introduction and discussion of this paper already provide strong evidence for this claim. 

      L64 What about zebra finches that repeat a syllable in the motif, how are repetitions dealt with by AVN?  

      This is already described in the results section in lines 222-226, and in the methods in the ‘Syntax Features: Repetition Bouts’ section.

      L107 Say a bit more here, what exactly has been annotated?  

      We’ve added a sentence in the introduction to clarify this. Line 113-115. 

      L112 Define spectrogram frames. Do these always fully or sometimes partially contain a vocalization? 

      Spectrogram frames are individual time bins used to compute the spectrogram using a short-term Fourier transform. As described in the ‘Methods; Labeling : UMAP Dimensionality Reduction” section, our spectrograms are computed using ‘The short term Fourier transform of the normalized audio for each syllable […] with a window length of 512 samples and a hop length of 128 samples’. Given that the song files have a standard sampling rate of 44.1kHz, this means each time bin represents 11.6ms of song data, with successive frames advancing in time by 2.9ms. These contain only a small fraction of a vocalization. 

      L122 The reported TweetyNet score of 0.824 is lower than the one reported in Figure 2a.  

      The center line in the box plot in Figure 2a represents the median of the distribution of TweetyNet vmeasure scores. Given that there are a couple outlying birds with very low scores, the mean (0.824 as reported in the text of the results section) is lower than the median. This is not an error.

      L155 Some of the differences in performance are very small, reporting of the P value might be necessary. 

      These methods are unlikely to statistically significantly differ in their validation scores. This doesn’t mean that we cannot use the mean/median values reported to justify favoring one method over another. This is why we’ve chosen not to report p-values here.

      L161 The authors have not really tested more than a single clustering method, failing to show a serious attempt to achieve good performance.  

      We’ve addressed this comment in the public response to this reviewer’s weakness point 2.

      L186 Did isolate birds produce stereotyped syllables that can be clustered? 

      Yes, they did. The validation for clustering of isolate bird songs can be found in Figure 2–figure supplement 4. 

      Fig. 3e: How were the multiple bouts aligned?

      This is described in lines 857-876 in the ‘Methods: Song Timing Features: Rhythm Spectrograms” section of the paper.

      L199 There is a space missing in front of (n=8).  

      Thank you for bringing this to our attention. It’s been corrected in the updated manuscript. 

      L268 Define classification accuracy.  

      We’ve added a sentence in lines 953-954 of the methods section defining classification accuracy. 

      L325 How many motifs need to be identified, why does this need to be done manually? There are semiautomated methods that can allow scaling, these should be  cited here. Also, the mention of bias here should be removed in favor of a more extensive discussion on the experimenter bias (traditionally vs Texas bias (in this paper).  

      All of the methods cited in this line have graphical user interfaces that require users to select a file containing song and manually highlight the start and end each motif to be compared. The exact number of motifs required varies depending on the specific context (e.g. more examples are needed to detect more subtle differences or changes in song similarity) but it is fairly standard for reviewers to score 30 – 100 pairs of motifs. 

      We’ve discussed the tradeoffs between full automation and supervised or human-in-the loop methods in response to this reviewer’s public comment ‘weakness #5 and 6’. Briefly, AVN’s aim is to standardize song analysis, to allow direct comparisons between song features and similarity scores across research groups. We believe, as explained in the paper, that this can be best achieve by having different research groups use the same deep learning models, which perform consistently well across those groups. Introducing semi-automated methods would defeat this benefit of AVN. 

      We’ve also addressed the question of ‘Texas bias’ in response to their reviewer’s public comment ‘Weakness #4’. 

      L340 How is EMD applied? Syllables are points in 8-dim space, but now suddenly authors talk about distributions without explaining how they got from points to distributions. Same in L925.  

      We apologize for the confusion here. The syllable points in the 8-d space are collectively an empirical distribution, not a probability distribution. We referred to them simply as ‘distributions’ to limit technical jargon in the results of the paper, but have changed this to more precise language in the revised manuscript.

      L351 Why do authors now use 'contrast index' to measure performance and no longer 'classification accuracy'?  

      We’ve addressed this comment in the public response to this reviewer’s weakness points 1 and 2.

      Figure 6 What is the confusion matrix, i.e. how well can the model identify pupil-pupil pairings from pupiltutor and from pupil-unrelated pairings? I guess that would amount to something like classification accuracy.  

      There is no model classifying comparisons as pupil-pupil vs. pupil-tutor etc. These comparisons exist only to show the behavior of the similarity scoring approach, which consists of a dissimilarity measure (MMD or EMD) applied to low dimensional representations of syllable generated by the triplet loss model or VAE. This was clarified further in our public response to this reviewer’s weakness points 1 and 2. 

      L487 What are 'song files', and what do they contain?   

      ‘Song files’ are .wav files containing recordings of zebra finch song. They typically contain a single song bout, but they can include multiple song bouts if they are produced close together, or incomplete song bouts if the introductory notes were very soft or the bouts were very long (>30s from the start of the file). Details of these recordings are provided in the ‘Methods: Data Acquisition: UTSW Dataset’ section of the manuscript.

      L497 Calls were only labelled for tweetynet but not for other tasks.  

      That is correct. The rationale for this is provided in the ‘Methods: Manual Song Annotation’ section of the manuscript. 

      L637 There is a contradiction (can something be assigned to the 'own manual annotation category' when the same sentence states that this is done 'without manual annotation'?) 

      We believe there is confusion here between automated annotation and validation. Any bird can be automatically annotated without the need for any existing manual annotations for that individual bird. However, manual labels are required to compare automatically generated annotations against for validation of the method.

      L970 Spectograms of what? (what is the beginning of a song bout, L972). 

      The beginning of a song bout is the first introductory note produced by a bird after a period without vocalizations. This is standard.

    1. Author response:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      For summary:

      Thank you for your insightful and rigorous review. We fully agree with your core concern: establishing a causal link between MORC2 phase separation (PS) and its gene regulatory function is not only a key need in the phase separation field but also essential to elevating the overall utility of our work. To resolve the current gap in causal evidence, we will design experiments that explicitly distinguish the role of phase-separated condensates from soluble MORC2 complexes: We will generate a phase-separation-deficient but dimerization-competent MORC2 mutant by mutating key hydrophobic residues in the IDRa region (critical for IDR-IBD multivalent interactions driving phase separation) without disrupting the CC3 domain’s dimerization interface. In addition, we plan to investigate whether introducing a KS sequence[1] at the C-terminus can effectively attenuate the phase separation propensity of MORC2. These mutants will allow us to decouple “phase separation capacity” from “protein dimerization” (a prerequisite for both soluble complex formation and condensates).

      For strengths:

      We appreciate the reviewer’s recognition of our characterization of MORC2 phase separation and its structural basis. Our understanding of the CW domain’s function remains preliminary. Although we observed that the CW domain can influence condensate size, the IDR, IBD, and CC3 domains constitute the core structural elements driving phase separation. Consequently, the CW domain was not a primary focus of the current study. Nonetheless, investigating its functional contributions represents an interesting avenue for future work.

      For weaknesses:

      (1) We appreciate the reviewer’s rigorous concern. Our RNA-seq data were generated from fully independent transfections performed in triplicate across different time points and cell culture batches, aiming to maximize sample independence. However, for sensitive sequencing experiments, we observed that variability in transfection efficiency and cell culture across batches can introduce experimental differences, resulting in variable regulation of differentially expressed genes across samples. During differential gene analysis, p-value filtering excluded an additional 40 overlapping genes. In total, 61 genes overlapped with those reported in reference 22[2] (ZNF91, ZNF721, ZNF66, ZNF493, ZNF462, ZNF221, ZNF121, VGLL3, TUFT1, TLE4, TGFB2, SYS1-DBNDD2, STXBP6, SPRY2, SAMD9, ROR1, PTGES, PLK2, PLCXD2, PEA15, PDE2A, OLR1, NYAP2, NTN4, NRXN3, NEXN, MYLK, MPP7, MDGA1, MAMDC2, LBH, KRT80, ITGB8, IGFBP3, IGF2BP2, ICAM1, HIVEP3, GRB14, GPRC5A, GLCE, GJB3, GADD45B, GADD45A, FOXE1, FOSL1, FGF2, ETV5, ERBB3, DNAJC22, DIRAS1, DBNDD2, CXCL16, CRB2, COL9A3, CLDN1, BDNF, ATP8A1, AMOTL2, AHNAK2, ADAMTS16, ACSF2). To further enhance reproducibility, we will perform additional sequencing experiments.

      (2).Disease-associated mutants of MORC2

      At the current stage, the results for disease-associated mutations are descriptive. While we observed that certain mutations clustered at the N-terminus can affect MORC2 condensate formation, ATPase activity, and DNA binding, we did not identify a mechanistic explanation for these correlations. Notably, the T424R mutation, previously reported to significantly enhance ATPase activity, also increased both intracellular condensate formation and in vitro DNA binding in our experiments. In contrast, other mutations did not show such consistent effects. Previous studies have established that MORC2’s ATP-binding and DNA-binding activities are independent[2]. Our results further suggest that MORC2’s phase separation behavior is also independent of both ATP and DNA binding, although existing evidence hints at potential cross-regulatory interactions among these three functions.

      We are fully committed to implementing these revisions with strict rigor and plan to complete them within 8–10 weeks. We will submit a comprehensive response letter alongside the revised manuscript, explicitly mapping how each of your concerns has been addressed, and ensuring that our conclusions about MORC2 PS’s functional role are supported by solid, reproducible data. We believe these revisions will transform our study from a strong “mechanism-focused” work to a comprehensive one that bridges PS mechanisms and biological function—aligning with the high standards of the phase separation field. Thank you again for your invaluable guidance in improving our work.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      For summary:

      Thank you for your thorough and constructive review of our manuscript. We fully agree with the key concerns you raised and have developed a detailed revision plan to address each point comprehensively. We will perform additional control and validation experiments to directly link MORC2’s condensate-forming capacity with its gene silencing function. At the current stage, the results for disease-associated mutations are descriptive. While we observed that certain mutations clustered at the N-terminus can affect MORC2 condensate formation, ATPase activity, and DNA binding, we did not identify a mechanistic explanation for these correlations. Notably, the T424R mutation, previously reported to significantly enhance ATPase activity[3], also increased both intracellular condensate formation and in vitro DNA binding in our experiments. In contrast, other mutations did not show such consistent effects. Previous studies have established that MORC2’s ATP-binding and DNA-binding activities are independent[4]. Our results further suggest that MORC2’s phase separation behavior is also independent of both ATP and DNA binding, although existing evidence hints at potential cross-regulatory interactions among these three functions.

      For strengths:

      We thank the reviewer for their appreciation of the key findings presented in this manuscript.

      For weaknesses:

      We thank the reviewer for their careful assessment of MORC2’s DNA-binding properties and its relationship with ATPase and transcriptional activities. We would like to offer the following clarifications to address these concerns, which will also be incorporated into the Discussion section of the revised manuscript.

      (1) Recent work by Tan et al.[4] similarly identified multiple DNA-binding sites in MORC2, consistent with our findings, though there are discrepancies in the precise binding regions. In particular, they reported that isolated CC1 and CC2 domains do not bind 60 bp dsDNA, which contrasts with our observations. We attribute this difference to the types of DNA used in the assays. In our study, we employed 601 DNA, a defined nucleosome-positioning sequence, which differs substantially from randomly designed short dsDNA. For instance, prior work by Christopher H. Douse et al.[3] also confirmed that MORC2’s CC1 domain can bind 601 DNA.

      (2) In the study by Fendler et al.², DNA binding was reported to reduce MORC2’s ATPase activity—an observation that appears inconsistent with the results presented in our Fig. 5j. A critical distinction between the two studies lies in the experimental systems used: Fendler et al. employed a truncated MORC2 construct (residues 1–603) and 35 bp double-stranded DNA (dsDNA), whereas our experiments utilized full-length MORC2 and 601 bp DNA (a sequence with high nucleosome assembly potential). These differences—including the absence of potentially regulatory C-terminal regions in the truncated construct and the varying length/structural properties of the DNA substrates—introduce variables that substantially complicate direct comparative analysis of ATPase activity outcomes.

      Separately, Douse et al.³ demonstrated that the efficiency of HUSH complex-dependent epigenetic silencing decreases as MORC2’s ATP hydrolysis rate increases, implying an inverse relationship between ATPase activity and silencing function. Notably, our current work has not established a direct mechanistic link between MORC2 phase separation and its ATPase activity. Thus, we refrain from inferring that the effect of MORC2 phase separation on transcriptional repression is mediated through modulation of its ATPase function—this remains an important question to address in future studies.

      (3) Finally, we plan to perform additional experiments to rule out the potential effects of CC3 dimerization. We will generate a phase-separation-deficient but dimerization-competent MORC2 mutant by mutating key hydrophobic residues in the IDRa region (critical for IDR-IBD multivalent interactions driving phase separation) without disrupting the CC3 domain’s dimerization interface. In addition, we plan to investigate whether introducing a KS sequence[1] at the C-terminus can effectively attenuate the phase separation propensity of MORC2. These mutants will allow us to decouple “phase separation capacity” from “protein dimerization”.

      We are committed to implementing these revisions with strict rigor and plan to complete them within 8–10 weeks. We will submit a detailed response letter alongside the revised manuscript, explicitly mapping how each of your concerns has been addressed, and ensuring the Discussion section is robust, context-rich, and fully integrates our work with the existing literature. We believe these improvements will significantly enhance the reliability, contextual relevance, and impact of our study, and we sincerely thank you for guiding us to elevate its quality.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      For summary:

      Thank you for your insightful review and constructive suggestions, which have been invaluable in refining our manuscript. We greatly appreciate your recognition of the study’s strengths, including its logical structure, integration of multi-disciplinary approaches (in vitro LLPS assays, cellular studies, NMR, and crystallography), and the establishment of a functional link between MORC2 phase separation, DNA binding, and transcriptional control. Your identification of areas needing stronger evidence has provided clear, actionable directions for improvement, and we are fully committed to addressing each point comprehensively.

      For Major comments:

      To strengthen the manuscript as per your recommendations:

      (1) For the characterization of IDR-IBD interactions in PS: We will perform systematic in vitro assays, including PS turbidity measurements and confocal imaging of MORC2 variants lacking IDR or IBD (ΔIDR, ΔIBD) and truncated constructs (IDR alone, IBD alone). These experiments will quantify how each domain individually or synergistically contributes to phase separation propensity (e.g., critical concentration, condensate size/distribution).

      (2) To assess DNA’s influence on PS: We will generate phase diagrams by testing a range of MORC2 concentrations (0.5–10 μM) or with 601 DNA (147bp) and concentrations (0–2 μM), using turbidity assays and microscopy to map phase boundaries. This will systematically clarify how DNA modulates MORC2 phase separation.

      We plan to complete these experiments within 3–4 weeks, with rigorous quantification and statistical analysis to support our conclusions. The revised manuscript will include a detailed response letter mapping each of your suggestions to specific data additions, ensuring enhanced robustness and conviction. We believe these revisions will significantly strengthen the study’s conclusions, and we sincerely thank you for guiding us to improve its quality.

      Reference:

      [1] Mensah, M. A., Niskanen, H., Magalhaes, A. P., Basu, S., Kircher, M., Sczakiel, H. L., Reiter, A. M. V., Elsner, J., Meinecke, P., Biskup, S., et al. (2023). Aberrant phase separation and nucleolar dysfunction in rare genetic diseases. Nature 614, 564-571. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41586-022-05682-1.

      [2] Fendler, N. L., Ly, J., Welp, L., Lu, D., Schulte, F., Urlaub, H., and Vos, S. M. (2024). Identification and characterization of a human MORC2 DNA binding region that is required for gene silencing. Nucleic Acids Res 53, gkae1273. https://doi.org/10.1093/nar/gkae1273.

      [3] Douse, C. H., Bloor, S., Liu, Y. C., Shamin, M., Tchasovnikarova, I. A., Timms, R. T., Lehner, P. J., and Modis, Y. (2018). Neuropathic MORC2 mutations perturb GHKL ATPase dimerization dynamics and epigenetic silencing by multiple structural mechanisms. Nat Commun 9, 651. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41467-018-03045-x.

      [4] Tan, W., Park, J., Venugopal, H., Lou, J. Q., Dias, P. S., Baldoni, P. L., Moon, K. W., Dite, T. A., Keenan, C. R., Gurzau, A. D., et al. (2025). MORC2 is a phosphorylation-dependent DNA compaction machine. Nat Commun 16, 5606. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41467-025-60751-z.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this manuscript by Lopez-Blanch and colleagues, 21 microexons are selected for a deep analysis of their impacts on behavior, development, and gene expression. The authors begin with a systematic analysis of microexon inclusion and conservation in zebrafish and use these data to select 21 microexons for further study. The behavioral, transcriptomic, and morphological data presented are for the most part convincing. Furthermore, the discussion of the potential explanations for the subtle impacts of individual microexon deletions versus lossof-function in srrm3 and/or srrm4 is quite comprehensive and thoughtful. One major weakness: data presentation, methods, and jargon at times affect readability / might lead to overstated conclusions. However, overall this manuscript is well-written, easy to follow, and the results are of broad interest.

      We thank the Reviewer for their positive comments on our manuscript. In the revised version, we will try to improve readability, reduce jargon and avoid overstatements.  

      Strengths:

      (1) The study uses a wide variety of techniques to assess the impacts of microexon deletion, ranging from assays of protein function to regulation of behavior and development.

      (2) The authors provide comprehensive analyses of the molecular impact of their microexon deletions, including examining how host-gene and paralog expression is affected.

      Weaknesses:

      Major Points:

      (1) According to the methods, it seems that srrm3 social behavior is tested by pairing a 3mpf srrm3 mutant with a 30dpf srrm3 het. Is this correct? The methods seem to indicate that this decision was made to account for a slower growth rate of homozygous srrm3 mutant fish. However, the difference in age is potentially a major confound that could impact the way that srrm3 mutants interact with hets and the way that srrm3 mutants interact with one another (lower spread for the ratio of neighbour in front value, higher distance to neighbour value). This reviewer suggests testing het-het behavior at 3 months to provide age-matched comparisons for del-del, testing age-matched rather than size-matched het-del behavior, and also suggests mentioning this in the main text / within the figure itself so that readers are aware of the potential confound.

      Thank you for bringing up this point. For the tests shown in Figure 5, we indeed decided to match the pairs involving srrm3 mutant fish by fish size since we reasoned this would be more comparable to the other lines, both biologically and methodologically (in terms of video tracking, etc.). However, we are confident the results would be very similar if matched by age, since the differences in social interactions between the srrm3 homozygous mutants and their control siblings are very dramatic at any age. As an example, this can be appreciated, in line with the Reviewer's suggestion, in Videos S2 and S3, which show groups of five 5 mpf fish that are either srrm3 mutant or wild type. It can be observed that the behavior of 5 mpf WT fish (Video S3) is very similar to those of 1 mpf WT fish pairs, with very small interindividual distances, while the difference with repect to the srrm3 mutant group (Video S2) is dramatic. We nonetheless agree that this decision on the experimental design should be clearly stated in the main text and figure legend and we have done so in the revised version.

      (2) Referring to srrm3+/+; srrm4-/- controls for double mutant behavior as "WT for simplicity" is somewhat misleading. Why do the authors not refer to these as srrm4 single mutants?

      This comment applies to Figure 4 as well as the associated figure supplements. We reasoned that this made the understanding of plots easier, but the Reviewer is correct that it can be misleading. As a middle ground, we have now changed Figure 4 to follow the nomenclature of Figure 3D (WD, HD, DD), which is further explained in the legend, but kept the original format in the figure supplements for consistency with the (many) other plots in those figures.

      (3) It's not completely clear how "neurally regulated" microexons are defined / how they are different from "neural microexons"? Are these terms interchangeable?

      Yes, they are interchangeable. We have now double checked the wording to avoid confusion and for consistency.

      (4) Overexpression experiments driving srrm3 / srrm4 in HEK293 cells are not described in the methods.

      We apologized for this omission. We now briefly describe the data and asscoiated methods in more detail in the revised version; however, please note that the data was obtained from a previous publication (Torres-Mendez et al, 2019), where the detailed methodology is reported.

      (5) Suggest including more information on how neurite length was calculated. In representative images, it appears difficult to determine which neurites arise from which soma, as they cross extensively. How was this addressed in the quantification?

      We have added further details to the revised version. With regards to the specific question, we would like to mention that this has not been a very common issue for the time points used in the manuscript (10 hap and 24 hap). At those stages, it was nearly always evident how to track each individual neurite. Dubious cases were simply ignored and not measured, as we aimed for 100 neurites per well. Of course, such complex cases become much more common at later time points (48 and 72 hap), which were not used in this study.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This manuscript explores in zebrafish the impact of genetic manipulation of individual microexons and two regulators of microexon inclusion (Srrm3 and Srrm4). The authors compare molecular, anatomical, and behavioral phenotypes in larvae and juvenile fish. The authors test the hypothesis that phenotypes resulting from Srrm3 and 4 mutations might in part be attributable to individual microexon deletions in target genes.

      The authors uncover substantial alterations in in vitro neurite growth, locomotion, and social behavior in Srrm mutants but not any of the individual microexon deletion mutants. The individual mutations are accompanied by broader transcript level changes which may resemble compensatory changes. Ultimately, the authors conclude that the severe Srrm3/4 phenotypes result from additive and/or synergistic effects due to the de-regulation of multiple microexons.

      Strengths:

      The work is carefully planned, well-described, and beautifully displayed in clear, intuitive figures. The overall scope is extensive with a large number of individual mutant strains examined. The analysis bridges from molecular to anatomical and behavioral read-outs. Analysis appears rigorous and most conclusions are well-supported by the data.

      Overall, addressing the function of microexons in an in vivo system is an important and timely question.

      Weaknesses:

      The main weakness of the work is the interpretation of the social behavior phenotypes in the Srrm mutants. It is difficult to conclude that the mutations indeed impact social behavior rather than sensory processing and/or vision which precipitates apparent social alterations as a secondary consequence. Interpreting the phenotypes as "autism-like" is not supported by the data presented.

      The Reviewer is absolutely right. It was not our intention to imply that these social defects should be interpreted simply as autistic-like. It is indeed very likely that the main reason for the social alterations displayed by the srrm3 mutants is their impaired vision. We have now added this discussion point explicitly in the revised version. 

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Microexons are highly conserved alternative splice variants, the individual functions of which have thus far remained mostly elusive. The inclusion of microexons in mature mRNAs increases during development, specifically in neural tissues, and is regulated by SRRM proteins. Investigation of individual microexon function is a vital avenue of research since microexon inclusion is disrupted in diseases like autism. This study provides one of the first rigorous screens (using zebrafish larvae) of the functions of individual microexons in neurodevelopment and behavioural control. The authors precisely excise 21 microexons from the genome of zebrafish using CRISPR-Cas9 and assay the downstream impacts on neurite outgrowth, larvae motility, and sociality. A small number of mild phenotypes were observed, which contrasts with the more dramatic phenotypes observed when microexon master regulators SRRM3/4 are disrupted. Importantly, this study attempts to address the reasons why mild/few phenotypes are observed and identify transcriptomic changes in microexon mutants that suggest potential compensatory gene regulatory mechanisms.

      Strengths:

      (1) The manuscript is well written with excellent presentation of the data in the figures.

      (2) The experimental design is rigorous and explained in sufficient detail.

      (3) The identification of a potential microexon compensatory mechanism by transcriptional alterations represents a valued attempt to begin to explain complex genetic interactions.

      (4) Overall this is a study with a robust experimental design that addresses a gap in knowledge of the role of microexons in neurodevelopment.

      Thank you very much for your positive comments to our manuscript.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Minor Suggestions

      (1) Axes are often scaled differently even between panels in the same figure. For example in Figure 5 - supplement 10, the srrm3_17 y axis scales from 0-20, while the neighboring panels scale from ~1-2.5. This somewhat underrepresents the finding that srrm3 mutants have much larger inter-individual distances. Similarly, in the panel above (src_1), the y-axis is scaled to include a single point around 17cm. As a result, it appears at first glance that the src_1 trials resulted in much lower inter-individual distance. Suggest scaling all of these the same to improve readability.

      While the Reviewer is certainly correct, after careful consideration we decided to have autoscaled axis to prioritize within-plot visualization (i.e. among genotypes within an experiment) than across plots (i.e. among experiments and lines).

      (2) Attention to italicizing gene names.

      Thanks.

      (3) In many points in the methods, we are instructed to "see below." Suggest directing the reader to a particular section heading.

      We found only one such instance, and we directed the reader to the specific section, as suggested.

      (4) In Methods, remove "in the corpus callosum." This is not an accurate descriptor for the site at which Mauthner axons cross.

      This is absolutely correct, apologies for this mistake.

      Clarify:

      (1) In the results section, "tissue-specific regulation was validated..." - suggest mentioning that this was performed in adult tissues / describe dissection in the methods.

      Added.

      (2) In the results section, the meaning of "no event ortholog" is not clear. Does this mean that a microexon does not have a human homolog? If so, suggest stating more clearly.

      Correct. We have added addition information.

      (3) In the results, the authors state that 78% of microexons are affected by srrm3/4 loss-offunction. Suggest stating the method used here (e.g. RNA-seq in mutants as compared to siblings)

      Added.

      (4) It is not clear what "siblings for the main founders means" for example in 3D. Is this effectively the analysis of microexon knockouts across multiple independent lines? Are the lines pooled for stats, for example in 3C?

      The main founder correspond to that listed as _1 and as default for experiments when only one found is used. We now explicitely state this.  

      For 3C, the lines are not pooled for stats; the stats correspond only to the main founder for each line. However, for each main founder line, multiple experiments are usually analyzed together and the stats are done taking their data structure into account (i.e. not simply pooling the values).

      (5) The purpose and a general description of NanoBRET assays should be included in the results.

      We added the main purpose of the NanoBRET assays (testing protein-protein interactions).

      (6) Specify that baseline behavior is analyzed in the light.

      Added.

      (7) In Figure 4A, adult fish are schematized being placed into a 96-well plate. Suggest using the larval diagram as in Figure 6 for accuracy.

      Done.

      (8) In Figure 4, plot titles could be made more accessible, especially in 4 F. Suggest removing extraneous information / italicizing gene names, etc. In G, suggest writing out Baseline, Dark, and Light to make it more accessible. Same in 4B.

      We have implemented some of the suggestions. In particular, italics were not used, since we are referring to the founder line, not the gene.

      (9) Figure 6 legend B - after (barplots), suggest inserting the word "and", to make clear that barplots indicate host gene *and* closely related paralogs are indicated by dots.

      Done.

      (10) In methods: "To better capture all microexons..." This sentence is difficult to understand. Suggested edit: "we excluded *from our calculation?* tissues with known or expected partial overlap... from comparison (for example, ...).

      Done.

      (11) In the methods, "which were defined with similar parameters but -min_rep 2." Suggest spelling this out, e.g. "with similar parameters, but requiring sufficient read coverage in at least n=2 samples per valid tissue group, whereas we only required one.".

      Done.

      (12) RNA was extracted for event and knockout validations. What does event mean here?

      Event refers to the validation of the exon regulatory pattern in WT tissues. We added this information.

      Provide definitions for abbreviations:

      (1) (Figure 6) Delta corrected VST Expression.

      Done.

      (2) "Mic-hosting genes" paralogs.

      Done.

      (3) In Figure 1F, "emic" is not defined.

      Done.

      Misspellings:

      All corrected.

      (1) Figure 6B (percentile is spelled percentil).

      (2) Figure 6B legend (bottom or top decile*).

      (3) Figure 6D - Schizophrenia* genes.

      (4) In Zebrafish husbandry and genotyping: suggest "srrm3 mutants grew more slowly.".

      (5) In results, "reduced body size at 90pdf" > 90dpf.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Characterization of microexon mutants (Figure 2): The semi-quantitative PCR with flanking primers (Figure 2, supplement1) is well-suited to assess successful deletion of the exon and enables detection of potential mis-splicing around the alternative segment. However, it does not quantify the impact on total transcript levels. The authors should complement those experiments with qPCR measures of the transcript levels - otherwise, it is difficult to link mutant phenotypes to isoforms (as opposed to alterations in the level of gene expression). This point is somewhat addressed in Figure 6 by the RNA Seq analysis but it might help to add data specifically in Figure 2.

      As the Reviewer says, this point is explicitely addressed in Figure 6, where were show the change in the host gene's expression that follows the the removal of some microexons. We prefer to keep this in Figure 6, for consistency, as we believe this is not a direct (regulatory) consequence of the removal, but more likely a compensation effect.

      (2) Social behavior alterations in juvenile fish: The authors report "increased leadership" in Srrm3 mutant fish. However, these fish have impaired vision. Thus, "increased leadership" may simply reflect the fact that they do not perceive their conspecifics and, thus, do not follow them. The heterozygous conspecific will then mostly follow the Srrm3 mutant which appears as the mutant exhibiting an increase in leadership. Figure 5D suggests that Srrm3 del and het fish have the same ratio of "neighbor in front" which would be consistent with the hypothesis that the change in this metric is a consequence of a loss of following behavior due to a loss of vision. The authors should either adjust the discussion of this point or assess with additional experiments whether this is indeed a "social phenotype" or rather a secondary consequence of a loss of vision.

      The Reviewer is absolutely correct, and we have thus modified the short discussion directly related to these patterns.

      (3) The discussion centers on potential reasons why only mild phenotypes are observed in the single microexon mutants. One caveat of the phenotypic analysis provided in the manuscript is that it does not very deeply explore the phenotypic space of neuronal morphologies or circuit function. The behavioral and anatomical read-outs are rather coarse. There are no experiments exploring fine-structure of neuronal projections in vivo or synapse number, morphology, or function. Moreover, no attempts are made to explore which cell types normally express the microexons to potentially focus the loss-of-function analysis to these specific cell types. Of course, such analysis would substantially expand the scope of a study that already covers a large number of mutant alleles. However, the authors may want to add a discussion of these limitations in the manuscript.

      The Reviewer is correct. We aimed at covering this when referring to "(i) we may not be assessing the traits that these microexons are impacting, (ii) we may not have the sensitivity to robustly measure the magnitude of the changes caused by microexon removal". We have now added some of the specific points raised by the Reviewer as examples.

      (4) Note typos in Figure 6D: "schizoFrenia", "WNT signIalling"

      Done.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      I only have a few minor suggestions for the authors.

      (1) It is interesting that a not insignificant number of microexon deletions (3/21) result in cryptic inclusions of intron fragments, and perhaps alludes to an as yet unreported molecular function of microexons in the regulation of host gene expression. Is it possible that microexon inclusion in these 3 genes could be important for expression? I think this requires some further discussion, as (if I'm not mistaken) microexons have thus far only been hypothesised to act as modulators of protein function, not as gene regulatory units.

      While we see that microexon removal can impact expression of the host gene (Figure 6), this is likely a compensatory mechanism (or so we suggest). We do not think these three cases are related to a putative physiological regulation, since the cryptic exons appear only in the deletion line. On the contrary, we think these are "regulatory artifacts" that originate in the nonWT mutated context. I.e. we removed the exon but some splicing signals remained in the intron, which are then recoginized by the spliceosome that incorrectly includes a different piece of the intron.

      (2) The flow of the text accompanying the molecular investigation of microexon function for evi5b and vav in Figure 3 could be improved. The text currently fades out with a speculative explanation for the lack of evi5b interaction phenotype. This final sentence could be moved to the discussion and replaced with a more general summary of the data.

      We have now swapped the order in which these results are described and leave out the discussion about evi5b's microexon function.

      (3) Is this a co-submission with Calhoun et al? If so, both papers should reference each other in the discussion and discuss the relative contributions of each.

      Done

      (4) "1 × 104 cells" in methods Nanobret paragraph should be superscript.

      Done

    1. Author response:

      We thank the reviewers for their primarily positive comments and the critiques about where the manuscript could be improved. We agree with the vast majority of points raised. In our revised submission, we will:

      • Clarify some of the wording such as “unified mechanism” so that our intended meaning is clear to all readers

      • Completely change figure 2, as we accept the critique that an X-Y plot is not the logical way to present this concept

      • Amend the legends of figures 1 and 3 so that the disease pathways we are attempting to illustrate are clear for all readers

      • Expand on the genetic interactions between humans and TB and cite the manuscripts suggested

      • Add further discussion on multiple disease endotypes, and the immunological events that may lead to these distinct end points, along with how this may inform treatment stratification approaches

      • Extend the discussion about trained immunity

      • Make specific changes to address each of the reviewers’ points in the recommendations to authors

      • In the minority of cases where we feel a change is not necessary, we will justify this in our response to reviews

    1. Whenever it has completed auto-tasks (I usually do tasks in blocks of 50 (y -50) to (y -200). You can type in a message to it instead of typing y -xx or n (to exit). It will say it doesn't understand but typically "fixes" itself and sometimes will accept what you've written.
    1. vous souhaitez participer, et voir ce que les autres lecteurs en disent, je vous propose d'installer une extension pour Google Chrome appelée Hypothes.is. Cela vous permettra d'ajouter des commentaires où vous le souhaitez en sélectionnant le tronçon de texte du cours en question, puis en cliquant sur "Annotate".Il vous faudra créer un compte gratuit pour l'utiliser. Une fois l'extension installée et active, vous pourrez voir en marge du cours les commentaires des lecteurs mais aussi y répondre et échanger !

      Test

    1. fundamentadas

      <u>HEMENÊUTICA CONSTITUCIONAL</u>

      MÉTODO TÓPICO-PROBLEMÁTICO - Fonte: A Tópica e a Argumentação Jurídica, por Thomas da Rosa de Bustamante

      Resumo: A Tópica Jurídica de Theodor Viehweg

      I. Definição, Contexto e Propósito

      Marco no Pensamento Jurídico: A obra Tópica e Jurisprudência (1953) rompeu com o positivismo dominante, que via o jurista como um mero aplicador da lei.

      Crítica ao Positivismo: Em um contexto pós-guerra, a Tópica surgiu como resposta à incapacidade do positivismo de lidar com juízos de valor de forma racional. Viehweg buscou recuperar a razão prática para controlar a racionalidade das decisões.

      II. Os Três Pilares Conceituais

      1. A Aporia (O Problema)
        • Definição: Uma "questão estimulante e ineludível" que admite mais de uma resposta.
        • Aporia Fundamental do Direito: "O que é justo aqui e agora".
        • Função: É o ponto de partida do pensamento, estimulando a busca por uma solução.
      2. A Tópica (O Método)
        • Definição: Uma técnica de pensamento orientada pelo problema (techne), não uma ciência com verdades absolutas (episteme).
        • Função Principal: É uma "arte de invenção" (ars inveniendi) para buscar e encontrar as premissas do raciocínio.
        • Natureza: Dialética, partindo de opiniões verossímeis e aceitas (endoxa).
      3. O Topos (A Ferramenta)
        • Definição: Os topoi (plural) são "pontos de vista utilizáveis e aceitáveis" que servem como "fórmulas de procura" para argumentos.
        • Tipos: A Tópica pode ser de primeiro grau (busca casual de topoi) ou de segundo grau (uso de catálogos de topoi já consolidados).

      III. Tópica vs. Pensamento Sistemático

      Pensamento Sistemático: Parte de um sistema fechado para deduzir soluções. A prioridade é o sistema.

      Pensamento Tópico: Parte do problema concreto (aporia) para buscar, em vários sistemas, a melhor solução. A prioridade é o problema.

      IV. Legado e Críticas

      Legado:

      • Ponto de partida das teorias modernas da argumentação jurídica.
      • Revelou o raciocínio jurídico como um processo dialógico e discursivo.
      • Mudou o foco da linguagem jurídica para sua dimensão pragmática.

      Críticas:

      • Não estabelece hierarquia ou regras de preferência entre topoi conflitantes.
      • Não deixa claro o papel da lei, que poderia ser vista como apenas mais um topos.
      • Partiu de um conceito restrito de "sistema", que o próprio Viehweg reviu posteriormente.

  2. docs-staging.docs.admlabs.aws.swinfra.net docs-staging.docs.admlabs.aws.swinfra.net
    1. tin eeaank to the top-down conversation is a con- equal to e eh ed in equality. When I believe others are In a bettor e S ould never see myself as superior to them ersation, I intentional ‘ , , y look to se . versation partner’s strengths—and I communi . my Con way that I know them. icate in som

      I have always heard of the top down conversation and really believe that we all are equal as employees whether you are a principal or a teacher. What I mean by that is that we should all have the same passion working for kids and want the same results to put kids learning first. When I talk with my mentee or my administration, I want them to know that I know they bring value to the team as a whole. This is meaningful for them and the school as they are a part of the process of what we do.

    1. official:legajo=https://mapa.educacion.gob.ar/legajo/060118000 overpass:search=https://overpass-turbo.eu/...

      Estas tags fueron sugeridas por Claude (el motor AI que se usó para armar esta tarea) y no habrían sido incluidas en las tareas finales.

    1. des exercices

      Il y a une erreur dans cette phrase, non ? Pour démarrer l'exercice, il y a des exercices qui nous aideront à mettre en place notre code ?

    1. Synthèse du webinaire : Face à la marchandisation des associations

      Résumé

      Ce document de synthèse analyse les conclusions du webinaire intitulé "Face à la marchandisation des associations", deuxième épisode du cycle "Écrire collectivement le scénario de renforcement du monde associatif".

      Il met en lumière une transformation profonde du secteur associatif français, caractérisée par un glissement d'un modèle de partenariat avec la puissance publique vers une logique de marché concurrentiel.

      Les principaux moteurs de cette "marchandisation" sont doubles : * l'adoption du New Public Management depuis les années 1980, qui impose une culture du résultat et de l'évaluation quantitative, et * les règles de concurrence du marché unique européen, qui considèrent par défaut les associations comme des entreprises.

      Cette dynamique se matérialise par le recul de la subvention de fonctionnement au profit de la commande publique (appels à projet, marchés publics), transformant les associations en prestataires de services et les privant de leur capacité d'initiative et d'interpellation politique.

      Ce phénomène est exacerbé par l'essor de l'entrepreneuriat social, qui brouille les frontières entre lucrativité et non-lucrativité, et par la financiarisation du secteur via des outils comme l'investissement et les contrats à impact social.

      Le cas du secteur de la petite enfance illustre concrètement comment des acteurs lucratifs pénètrent des champs historiquement associatifs, utilisant des montages complexes ("associations écran") pour capter des fonds publics.

      Face à ce constat, plusieurs pistes de "démarchandisation" sont proposées.

      Elles incluent la nécessité de redonner un pouvoir politique à la subvention, d'explorer des modèles de financement alternatifs inspirés de la Sécurité Sociale de l'Alimentation ou du modèle belge de l'éducation permanente, et de "reconscientiser" les élus et techniciens des collectivités à la spécificité du fait associatif.

      La reconquête sémantique, notamment sur la notion d'évaluation (utilité sociale contre mesure d'impact), et le renforcement des réseaux et du plaidoyer collectif apparaissent comme des stratégies cruciales pour défendre un modèle associatif fondé sur l'intérêt général, la citoyenneté et la démocratie.

      1. Introduction et Contexte du Webinaire

      Le webinaire s'inscrit dans un cycle de réflexion organisé en partenariat par le Réseau National des Maisons des Associations (Rnma) et le Collectif des associations citoyennes (CAC).

      Il vise à explorer collectivement les scénarios de renforcement du monde associatif face aux dynamiques d'affaiblissement actuelles.

      Cet épisode se concentre spécifiquement sur le phénomène de marchandisation, ses constats, ses réalités de terrain et les pistes pour y faire face.

      Intervenants principaux :

      • Marianne Langlais : Coordinatrice de l'Observatoire citoyen de la marchandisation des associations (CAC).

      • Frédéric Bilde : Président de l'ACEPP Sud-Ouest (Association des Collectifs Enfants Parents Professionnels).

      • Thomas Lowers : Administrateur du Rnma et Directeur de la Maison des Associations de Roubaix.

      Le webinaire s'est articulé autour de deux temps forts : une analyse du processus de marchandisation et une exploration des pistes de "démarchandisation".

      2. Analyse Approfondie du Phénomène de Marchandisation

      A. Un Cadre Théorique : Les Quatre Vecteurs d'Affaiblissement

      Marianne Langlais a introduit l'analyse en présentant quatre vecteurs interdépendants qui affaiblissent le monde associatif, identifiés par le CAC :

      1. La Marchandisation : La transformation des modes de financement, avec le passage de la subvention à la commande publique et l'augmentation des ressources marchandes.

      2. La Managérialisation : L'adoption de techniques de management issues de l'entreprise lucrative, perçues comme le seul modèle légitime, au détriment des formes d'organisation collective propres aux associations.

      3. L'Instrumentalisation : Les associations sont de plus en plus vues comme de simples prestataires de services chargés de mettre en œuvre des politiques publiques pensées sans elles, perdant leur rôle d'initiative et de création de droits.

      4. La Mise à Mal des Libertés Associatives :

      Conséquence des trois autres vecteurs, le financement public est de plus en plus perçu comme devant s'accompagner d'une "soumission à la politique gouvernementale", rendant illégitime toute parole politique critique de la part d'une association vue comme prestataire.

      B. Origines et Mécanismes de la Marchandisation

      La marchandisation est le résultat de deux tendances de fond :

      • Le New Public Management (années 1980) : Cette approche a introduit dans les services publics, et par ricochet dans les associations, une "culture du résultat, de la performance, de l'évaluation quantitative et du management par objectif", en important les outils du secteur privé lucratif.

      • Les Règles du Marché Unique Européen : Elles imposent le marché comme règle générale. Dans ce cadre, les associations sont considérées comme des entreprises et les subventions comme des aides d'État susceptibles de fausser la concurrence. Bien que des exemptions existent, elles restent l'exception.

      Ce cadre a engendré un mécanisme central : le recul de la subvention au profit de la commande publique. Cette mutation modifie radicalement le rapport aux pouvoirs publics :

      Mode de Financement

      Caractéristiques Clés

      Subvention

        • L'association est à l'origine de l'initiative. <br>
        • Pas de contrepartie directe attendue par le financeur. <br>
        • Logique de partenariat, politique ascendante (partant des besoins).

      Commande Publique

        • Achat d'un service par la puissance publique. <br>
        • L'association doit s'inscrire dans un cadre prédéfini. <br>
        • Logique de prestation, politique descendante (l'État commande).

      C. L'Entrepreneuriat Social et la Financiarisation

      Le tournant néolibéral est également accompagné et nourri par des concepts qui brouillent les frontières entre lucrativité et non-lucrativité. • L'Entrepreneuriat Social : Terme importé du monde anglo-saxon dans les années 1980, il promeut l'utilisation de compétences entrepreneuriales et de techniques de management du privé pour résoudre des problèmes sociaux.

      Marianne Langlais souligne que ce concept, sans statut juridique propre, "invisibilise les associations" et "affaiblit la portée politique que peuvent représenter les associations".

      Elle cite Jean-Marc Borello (Groupe SOS) pour qui le modèle associatif, "arquebouté sur le principe non lucratif apparaît à présent inadapté".

      • La Financiarisation : Ce flou favorise l'arrivée de l'investissement à impact social, qui promet de "faire du bien et du profit en même temps". * ◦ Le Contrat à Impact Social (CIS) est un exemple frappant. Ce mécanisme financier engage un investisseur privé, une association et la puissance publique.

      L'investisseur finance un programme associatif, et la puissance publique le rembourse avec intérêts en fonction de l'atteinte d'indicateurs de performance prédéfinis. * ◦ Conséquence : Les actions associatives sont transformées en produits financiers, et la mesure d'impact social, souvent monétarisée (coûts évités), devient le nouveau mode d'évaluation, supplantant la notion d'utilité sociale.

      D. Illustration Sectorielle : Le Cas de la Petite Enfance Frédéric Bilde a illustré concrètement ce processus dans le secteur de la petite enfance.

      • Historique : Le secteur s'est initialement développé sur un modèle associatif et citoyen, avec des crèches parentales (ACEPP) fondées sur une démarche ascendante, partant des besoins locaux. • Le tournant : Les directives européennes (Bolkestein, 2006) ont ouvert le secteur à la concurrence et aux acteurs privés lucratifs. L'État français a choisi de maintenir les services à la petite enfance dans ce champ concurrentiel.

      • Conséquences directes :

      • Nouveau langage : Les notions de "rentabilité", "taux de remplissage", "optimisation" et "coût de revient" priment sur le "bien-être de l'enfant" et le "soutien aux parents".

      • Pervertissement du modèle associatif : Des groupes privés lucratifs créent des "associations écran" pour rassurer les municipalités et remporter des délégations de service public (DSP).

      Ces structures sont ensuite vidées de leur substance, les bénéfices étant "aspirés" vers le groupe via des centrales d'achat, des frais de gestion ou des loyers versés à des sociétés civiles immobilières (SCI) appartenant au même groupe.

      • Usage de fonds publics : Ces montages bénéficient à la fois des financements de la Caisse d'Allocations Familiales (CAF) et d'une défiscalisation massive via le Crédit Impôt Famille (CIF), créant une "redondance" entre fonds publics et fonds privés défiscalisés.

      3. Pistes de "Démarchandisation" et Stratégies de Renforcement

      Face à ce diagnostic, les intervenants ont proposé plusieurs axes d'action pour inverser la tendance.

      A. Redonner un Pouvoir Politique à la Subvention

      La piste principale est de réaffirmer la légitimité de la subvention de fonctionnement comme mode de financement principal des associations.

      Il est jugé indispensable qu'une partie de l'impôt finance les associations qui contribuent à l'intérêt général. Toutefois, cette subvention doit être repensée pour la "sortir du discrétionnaire politique" afin de garantir la fonction d'interpellation des associations.

      B. Explorer des Modèles de Financement Alternatifs

      Plusieurs modèles inspirants sont explorés :

      1. La Sécurité Sociale de l'Alimentation : Ce projet propose un accès universel à une alimentation de qualité via une allocation et un conventionnement de producteurs, le tout géré par des caisses locales démocratiques. Transposé aux associations, ce modèle pourrait permettre de repenser la redistribution de l'argent public en dehors des logiques de marché.

      2. Le Modèle Belge de l'Éducation Permanente : Un décret en Wallonie garantit un financement pérenne et à long terme pour les associations de ce secteur.

      Crucialement, l'article 1 de ce décret "garantit la fonction d'interpellation des associations". Ce modèle promeut également l'auto-évaluation, une alternative à l'évaluation par la mesure d'impact.

      C. Renforcer le Dialogue et la Coconstruction Une stratégie clé consiste à "reconscientiser" la puissance publique, notamment les élus locaux.

      • Changement de regard : Thomas Lowers observe que beaucoup d'élus locaux récents, issus d'un monde où la logique de marché est une "évidence", n'envisagent plus d'alternative.

      Il est donc crucial de démontrer la valeur et le sérieux du monde associatif, qui n'est pas "un coût à gérer" mais un partenaire.

      • Formation : L'utilisation de dispositifs comme le Certificat de Formation à la Gestion Associative (CFGA) pour former également les élus est une piste pour créer une culture commune.

      • Défendre l'interpellation : Léa Gallois (Institut Alinsky) a insisté sur la nécessité de faire reconnaître la fonction d'interpellation comme "riche pour la démocratie locale" et de créer des "fonds d'interpellation" pour la soutenir matériellement.

      D. S'Organiser Collectivement et Mener la "Bataille des Mots"

      • Force du collectif : Frédéric Bilde a souligné que "seul, on n'y arrivera pas". La mobilisation au sein de fédérations et de réseaux est essentielle pour peser dans les décisions politiques.

      • Bataille sémantique : La discussion a mis en exergue l'importance de déconstruire le langage de la marchandisation. L'évaluation est un terrain de lutte central.

      Il s'agit de défendre une évaluation de l'utilité sociale (qui montre la spécificité associative) contre la mesure de l'impact social (qui réduit l'action à une valeur monétaire et est le "cheval de Troie de la financiarisation").

      4. Points Clés de la Discussion

      • Le Mécénat : Il n'est pas vu comme une solution miracle. Il est souvent ponctuel, orienté vers des "pépites" médiatiques et peut lui-même s'inscrire dans une logique d'investissement ("venture philanthropy") qui s'éloigne du don.

      • Règles Européennes : Le rapport du CESE sur le financement des associations est cité comme une ressource clé pour argumenter en faveur d'une sortie des associations du cadre concurrentiel du marché unique.

      • Statuts et Agréments : La discussion a montré comment les exigences administratives et la standardisation des projets (via les agréments) peuvent dénaturer des initiatives de terrain innovantes, transformant une logique ascendante en une logique descendante.

    1. Synthèse du Soutien de l'État à la Vie Associative : Du National au Local

      Résumé

      Cette note de synthèse analyse les formes et les logiques du soutien de l'État à la vie associative en France, en se basant sur une recherche menée par Mathilde Rtinassi et Emmanuel Porte.

      L'étude révèle une action publique éclatée et peu coordonnée, dépourvue d'une politique unifiée.

      Le soutien financier, bien que stable en volume global de subventions (environ 8,5 milliards d'euros), est perçu comme étant en baisse en raison de sa répartition sur un nombre croissant d'associations, ce qui diminue le montant moyen par structure.

      La recherche identifie quatre grands objectifs poursuivis par l'État : la consolidation des structures, l'articulation du secteur, l'observation du monde associatif, et la reconnaissance de sa légitimité. Ces objectifs sont inégalement poursuivis selon les ministères, menant à une typologie de quatre formes de soutien distinctes :

      • 1. Soutien partiel et institué : Une relation de compagnonnage de longue date, mais ne couvrant qu'une partie des objectifs.

      • 2. Soutien multiforme : Le modèle le plus complet, couvrant les quatre objectifs, porté par des acteurs comme la CNAF ou la DJEPVA.

      • 3. Soutien par la reconnaissance : Limité aux procédures réglementaires (agréments, labels), avec une relation distante.

      • 4. Soutien par relation intéressée : Le modèle le plus répandu, où l'association est principalement un instrument pour le déploiement des politiques publiques, souvent via des appels d'offres.

      Un constat majeur est la corrélation directe entre la qualité du dialogue entre les acteurs publics et les associations et la richesse des formes de soutien.

      Enfin, la production de connaissance sur le secteur associatif reste le "parent pauvre" de l'action publique nationale, et les "têtes de réseau" jouent un rôle opérationnel indispensable que l'État ne peut assumer seul.

      1. Contexte et Méthodologie de la Recherche

      La recherche intitulée "Les soutiens national à la vie associative : enquête exploratoire sur une action publique éclatée" a été initiée mi-2019 pour répondre à deux constats principaux :

      • • L'illisibilité du soutien à la vie associative : Des rapports antérieurs (Inspection Générale, 2009 et 2016) soulignaient la complexité et la confusion des dispositifs, labels et acronymes (CRIB, PAVA, PIVA), rendant l'écosystème difficile à naviguer pour les associations. Une citation d'un rapport illustre ce point : "il existe des crib (...) qui sont des Pavas (...), des cribes non Pava, des Pavas non crib..."

      • • Une connaissance parcellaire des soutiens ministériels : Au-delà du rôle historique du ministère de la Jeunesse, la manière dont les autres ministères soutiennent le secteur associatif restait mal connue, alors que chacun interagit avec lui (ex: fiscalité pour le ministère de l'Économie, gestion du greffe pour l'Intérieur). Méthodologie

      L'étude repose sur une approche purement qualitative :

      • • 42 entretiens semi-directifs ont été réalisés avec :

      • ◦ Des agents de 15 ministères et organismes d'État.

      • ◦ 19 têtes de réseau associatives.

      • ◦ 4 acteurs de l'accompagnement privé.
      • ◦ 3 personnalités qualifiées.
      • ◦ 1 responsable politique.

      • • Une analyse documentaire approfondie (doctrines de financement, appels à projets, rapports d'activité) a été menée pour aller au-delà du discours officiel.

      Le terrain de recherche a été complexe, marqué par des difficultés d'accès aux ministères et une interruption de 14 mois due à la crise du Covid-19.

      2. Analyse du Soutien Financier : Nuances et Réalités

      Contrairement à l'idée reçue d'une baisse généralisée des financements, l'analyse des données (notamment le "Jaune" budgétaire associatif) apporte des nuances importantes :

      • Stabilité des subventions : Le montant global des subventions versées par l'État aux associations est relativement stable, s'élevant à environ 8,5 milliards d'euros.

      • Augmentation du volume global des moyens : Le volume financier total attribué aux associations augmente, mais une part croissante de ces moyens n'est pas versée sous forme de subventions (ex: marchés publics).

      • Étalement sur le tissu associatif : L'État finance un nombre croissant d'associations.

      Par conséquent, même avec un budget global stable, le montant moyen et médian par association est en baisse.

      Ce phénomène d'étalement est le principal facteur expliquant la perception d'une diminution des financements et de la part des subventions.

      3. Les Quatre Grands Objectifs du Soutien de l'État

      L'analyse des entretiens et des documents a permis d'identifier quatre objectifs principaux que l'État poursuit, de manière plus ou moins explicite, à travers son soutien au monde associatif.

      Objectif Description Exemples d'Actions Consolidation

      Vise à pérenniser la structure associative en la rendant robuste sur le long terme pour qu'elle puisse répondre aux besoins sociaux et aux politiques publiques. * - Soutien financier (subventions, etc.)<br>- Accompagnement à la professionnalisation<br>- Renforcement du modèle socio-économique et de la gouvernance<br>- Accueil, information et orientation<br>-

      Formation des membres et salariés

      Articulation / Maillage Concerne la circulation de l'information, le partage de bonnes pratiques et la facilitation des coopérations entre associations, et avec d'autres acteurs (publics, privés). * - Mise en réseau des acteurs<br> * - Organisation d'échanges de pratiques entre pairs<br> * - Facilitation de l'essaimage d'expérimentations

      Observation / Objectivation

      Recouvre la production de connaissances sur le secteur associatif pour éclairer l'action publique. Cet objectif est souvent le moins prioritaire.

        • Financement d'études et de recherches (réalisées par des cabinets, des chercheurs, des têtes de réseau)<br>
        • Création d'espaces de réflexion collective (ex: le COJ pour la jeunesse)

      Reconnaissance / Légitimation Englobe toutes les procédures de reconnaissance officielle des structures, de leurs projets ou de leurs activités, leur conférant une légitimité à agir au nom de l'intérêt général.

        • Délivrance d'agréments<br>
        • Reconnaissance d'utilité publique (RUP)<br>
        • Attribution de labels et de prix

      Ces objectifs sont souvent interconnectés. Par exemple, la reconnaissance (via un agrément) facilite l'accès aux financements, contribuant ainsi à la consolidation de l'association.

      4. Typologie des Formes de Soutien National

      En croisant les objectifs poursuivis, la nature du dialogue et le type de relation entre l'État et les associations, la recherche a établi une typologie de quatre modèles de soutien. Type de Soutien Description et Relation Objectifs Couverts

      Exemples et Caractéristiques

      1. Soutien partiel et institué Relation de "compagnonnage" : Historique, structurante et de longue durée.

      La politique publique est fortement adossée aux têtes de réseau, qui deviennent des partenaires incontournables.

      Consolidation (financière) et Articulation/Maillage.

      • Ministère de la Culture (pratiques amateurs) : Les fédérations sont des "coquilles vides" potentielles sans le soutien de l'État, et l'État ne peut agir sans elles.<br>

      • Délégation à la Sécurité Routière avec l'association Prévention Routière.<br>

      • Tendance à créer un "monopole" d'interlocuteurs.

      2. Soutien multiforme

      Le "champion" du soutien : Le modèle le plus complet et diversifié.

      La relation est basée sur la co-construction et un dialogue riche.

      Il existe une culture "militante" en faveur du monde associatif au sein de ces administrations.

      Les 4 objectifs sont couverts, y compris l'Observation.

      • CNAF, DJEPVA, ANCT (ex-CGET).<br>
      • Utilise une palette d'outils : subventions, CPO, appels à projets (rarement des appels d'offres).<br>
      • Production d'outils, de kits, de formations.<br>
      • Agence Française de Développement (AFD) avec le dispositif "Initiative OSC" qui reconnaît le droit à l'initiative des associations.

      3. Soutien par la reconnaissance

      Relation procédurale et distante : Le soutien est quasi-exclusivement articulé autour d'une procédure réglementaire (agrément, label).

      Principalement la Reconnaissance/Légitimation.

      • Direction Générale de la Santé pour l'agrément des associations représentant les usagers du système de santé.<br>
      • L'administration connaît mal le secteur et a peu de dialogue avec lui.<br>
      • L'objectif est de s'assurer que les associations remplissent les conditions réglementaires, pas de les accompagner dans leur développement.

      4. Soutien par relation intéressée

      Relation instrumentale : Le soutien est secondaire par rapport à l'objectif principal du ministère, qui est le déploiement de sa politique publique. Les associations sont vues comme des prestataires.

      Principalement la Consolidation (uniquement pour qu'elles puissent "tenir" et mettre en œuvre la politique).

        • Le modèle le plus fréquent (près de la moitié des directions rencontrées).<br>
        • Recours massif aux marchés publics (appels d'offres) et appels à projets.<br>
        • Mise en concurrence des associations avec des entreprises lucratives ou des établissements scolaires (ex: Ministère de la Défense).<br>
        • Les dispositifs généraux d'accompagnement (DLA, FDVA) sont méconnus et peu mobilisés par ces directions.

      5. Le Rôle Crucial des Têtes de Réseau

      La recherche souligne que le soutien de l'État ne pourrait exister sans le rôle opérationnel des têtes de réseau, qui agissent comme le bras armé d'un "État stratège" mais souvent démuni de capacités d'action directe.

      Leurs contributions principales sont :

      • Représentation et Plaidoyer : Faire remonter les besoins des territoires et défendre les intérêts du secteur.

      • Identification des problématiques : Aider à l'émergence de nouvelles questions sociales ou d'innovations.

      • Mutualisation d'expertise : Produire de la connaissance utile pour leurs membres et non-membres.

      Les têtes de réseau sont traversées par un débat sur leur approche territoriale :

      • Logique d'équité : Viser un soutien équitable pour toutes les structures membres, souvent via une centralité budgétaire.

      • Logique d'adaptation : Soutenir les structures de manière "ad hoc" en fonction des spécificités territoriales, ce qui implique une gouvernance moins pyramidale mais pose des défis de connaissance des contextes locaux et de risque de concurrence interne.

      6. Perspectives Locales et Divergences

      L'intervention de Luciana complète la perspective nationale en soulignant l'importance du contexte territorial, souvent absent des discours ministériels (à l'exception de l'ANCT et de la DJEPVA).

      • Le territoire comme construction sociale : Au-delà de l'espace administratif, le territoire est façonné par les relations entre les acteurs. Les politiques nationales sont appropriées différemment selon les spécificités locales.

      • Lisibilité des politiques publiques locales : La multiplication des dispositifs et le traitement en silo par secteur d'activité créent un manque de transversalité.

      La présence d'un élu référent, d'un service dédié ou d'un observatoire local de la vie associative (OLVA) peut renforcer le dialogue et la cohérence de l'action publique locale.

      • Rôle des réseaux locaux : Comme au niveau national, les réseaux locaux sont perçus par leurs membres comme des représentants de leurs intérêts, influençant l'appropriation des politiques publiques sur le territoire.

      7. Conclusions et Points Soulevés en Discussion

      Constats Clés

      1. Absence d'une politique unifiée : Il n'existe pas de politique de soutien à la vie associative intégrée au niveau de l'État. La coordination est faible, y compris au sein d'un même ministère.

      2. La qualité du dialogue est déterminante : Plus le dialogue est riche et orienté vers la co-construction, plus le soutien est diversifié et complet.

      3. L'Observation, parent pauvre de l'action publique :

      La production de connaissance sur le secteur associatif est souvent considérée comme secondaire ou un "impensé" au niveau national, alors qu'elle est un levier puissant au niveau local.

      Discussion avec les Participants

      Financements et clientélisme : Les participants ont évoqué un ressenti de clientélisme.

      La recherche met plutôt en évidence un "effet de monopole", où les ministères préfèrent dialoguer avec un interlocuteur unique ou principal.

      La charge administrative : Il a été souligné que les associations passent un temps considérable à remplir des dossiers pour des dispositifs multiples et chronophages, au détriment de l'action de terrain.

      Cela renvoie à la nécessité de simplifier les procédures et de privilégier des financements pluriannuels (CPO) plutôt que des appels à projets annuels.

    1. Le Burnout Parental : Synthèse de la Conférence d'Isabelle Roskam

      Résumé

      Ce document de synthèse analyse les points clés de la conférence d'Isabelle Roskam, Professeure de psychologie du développement, sur le phénomène du burnout parental.

      La parentalité au 21e siècle est soumise à des pressions sociétales intenses et inédites, transformant une expérience traditionnellement perçue comme joyeuse en une source potentielle de souffrance profonde.

      Le burnout parental est un syndrome clinique spécifique, distinct de la dépression et du burnout professionnel, caractérisé par un épuisement physique et émotionnel extrême, une distanciation affective avec ses enfants, et une perte de plaisir dans le rôle parental.

      Il est la conséquence d'un déséquilibre prolongé entre les stresseurs (personnels, familiaux, situationnels) et les ressources disponibles pour y faire face.

      Avec une prévalence touchant jusqu'à 8 % des parents dans des pays comme la France et la Belgique, ce trouble constitue un problème de santé publique majeur.

      Ses conséquences sont graves, incluant des problèmes de santé pour le parent, des idées suicidaires, ainsi que des actes de négligence et de violence envers les enfants.

      Les solutions proposées sont à la fois individuelles et collectives.

      Au niveau individuel, il s'agit de restaurer l'équilibre en réduisant les stresseurs et en augmentant les ressources, via l'écoute, la prévention et des thérapies ciblées.

      Au niveau collectif, une prise de conscience est nécessaire pour relâcher la pression vers une parentalité parfaite, mieux soutenir les parents et recréer un "village" solidaire pour briser l'isolement parental.

      1. Le Contexte Moderne : Pourquoi Être Parent Est Devenu si Exigeant

      Isabelle Roskam postule que la parentalité contemporaine est fondamentalement différente de celle des générations précédentes. Plusieurs changements sociétaux majeurs survenus dans la seconde moitié du 20e siècle ont intensifié la pression sur les parents.

      Évolution des rôles de genre : Le modèle traditionnel (mère au foyer, père pourvoyeur de ressources) a laissé place à une attente de double performance pour les femmes et à une redéfinition du rôle des pères.

      Cela a introduit de nouveaux défis, notamment celui de la coparentalité, qui exige un ajustement constant entre les parents sur les valeurs et méthodes éducatives.

      Montée de l'individualisme : Les sociétés occidentales valorisent l'épanouissement personnel, les désirs et les aspirations individuelles.

      Devenir parent crée une injonction contradictoire : il faut faire passer les besoins de l'enfant avant les siens.

      Cela génère un conflit interne permanent entre la culpabilité de prendre du temps pour soi et la frustration de se dédier entièrement à ses enfants.

      L'avènement de la contraception : Le concept de l'enfant choisi a transformé la parentalité en un projet de vie conscient.

      Cet engagement volontaire augmente la valeur attribuée à l'enfant et au rôle parental, mais induit aussi une pression sociale forte : "tu les as voulus, tu dois assumer", rendant difficile l'expression de la souffrance.

      Changement du statut de l'enfant : En un siècle, la société est passée d'une relative indifférence envers l'enfant (considéré parfois comme une force de travail) à une préoccupation intense pour l'optimisation de son développement (cognitif, émotionnel, social). Rien n'est trop beau ou trop cher pour l'enfant, qui est devenu une valeur centrale.

      La Convention internationale des droits de l'enfant (1989) : Ce texte a formalisé ce nouveau statut en définissant l'enfant comme un sujet de droits. Cela a bouleversé les dynamiques familiales :

      • ◦ L'enfant a désormais droit au chapitre, peut négocier et décider pour sa vie.

      • ◦ Les parents ont le devoir de lui offrir tout le nécessaire pour atteindre son plein potentiel.

      • ◦ L'État a le rôle d'aider les parents (crèches, allocations) mais aussi de surveiller les familles, mettant fin au "règne du pater familias" et instaurant un monitoring social pouvant aller jusqu'au retrait de l'enfant.

      Développement des sciences psychologiques : La diffusion massive de connaissances sur l'éducation, via la littérature de vulgarisation et les réseaux sociaux, a créé une pression immense pour devenir un "bon parent" et appliquer les principes de la parentalité positive, générant une anxiété de performance et une peur de l'erreur.

      2. Le Burnout Parental : Définition, Symptômes et Marqueurs Biologiques

      Le burnout parental est un syndrome spécifique qui ne doit pas être confondu avec la dépression ou un simple état de fatigue.

      Les Symptômes Clés

      1. Épuisement intense : Un épuisement physique et émotionnel qui se manifeste exclusivement dans la sphère parentale. Le parent n'a plus aucune énergie pour s'occuper de ses enfants, mais peut en conserver pour d'autres activités (travail, amis).

      2. Distanciation émotionnelle : Le parent fonctionne en "pilotage automatique". Il assure les tâches essentielles (conduire à l'école, nourrir) mais n'a plus les ressources pour se connecter émotionnellement à ses enfants.

      3. Perte de plaisir dans le rôle parental : Les interactions avec les enfants, autrefois sources de joie, deviennent une corvée.

      4. Contraste avec le "parent d'avant" : Le parent en burnout a conscience de ce changement radical. Il était souvent un parent très investi, voire perfectionniste, avant de s'effondrer.

      Témoignage marquant : "Ce mot 'maman' je ne le supporte plus. La première fois que votre bébé vous dit maman, c’est le plus beau jour de votre vie et aujourd’hui, ce n’est plus un mot que je suis heureuse d’entendre. Vraiment, c’est devenu un mot de torture."

      Distinction avec la Dépression et le Burnout Professionnel

      • • Contextualisation : Le burnout parental est spécifique à la sphère familiale. Une personne peut être en burnout parental et trouver refuge dans son travail, et inversement.

      • • Transversalité : La dépression est un trouble transversal qui affecte toutes les sphères de la vie. Une personne déprimée n'aura ni l'envie ni l'énergie pour ses enfants, son travail ou ses loisirs.

      La Preuve Biologique : Le Cortisol Des études scientifiques ont mesuré le taux de cortisol (l'hormone du stress) accumulé dans les cheveux des parents. Les résultats démontrent une souffrance physiologique réelle et mesurable.

      Groupe de personnes

      Niveau de stress (mesuré par le cortisol capillaire)

      Parents en burnout

      Très élevé

      Victimes de violences conjugales

      Élevé

      Patients souffrant de douleurs chroniques sévères

      Élevé

      Parents épanouis

      Modéré (plus élevé qu'un non-parent)

      Étudiant en période d'examens

      Modéré

      Cette hiérarchie montre que le stress chronique subi par les parents en burnout est physiologiquement supérieur à celui de populations connues pour leur détresse extrême.

      L'excès de cortisol est toxique et explique de nombreux problèmes de santé physique (migraines, troubles digestifs, douleurs) rapportés par ces parents.

      3. Le Mécanisme du Burnout : Le Modèle de la Balance

      Le burnout parental est le résultat d'un déséquilibre chronique entre les stresseurs et les ressources.

      Il survient lorsque les stresseurs sont trop nombreux ou trop intenses, pendant trop longtemps, sans ressources suffisantes pour les compenser.

      • Stresseurs Parentaux : Tout ce qui augmente la charge et la difficulté d'être parent.

      • Socio-démographiques : Nombre d'enfants, faibles revenus, logement exigu.
      • Situationnels : Avoir un enfant malade ou avec des difficultés particulières.
      • Personnels : Traits de perfectionnisme, histoire personnelle, mode de gestion éducative (ex: inconsistance qui multiplie les sollicitations).
      • Familiaux : Mauvaise coparentalité, conflits conjugaux, absence de routines familiales.

      Ressources Parentales : Tout ce qui aide à faire face aux stresseurs.

      • ◦ Soutien du conjoint, compétences parentales, temps pour soi, soutien social (famille, amis), satisfaction professionnelle, etc.

      Le burnout n'est pas nécessairement causé par un seul gros stresseur, mais souvent par une accumulation de petits stresseurs quotidiens qui font pencher la balance du mauvais côté.

      4. Prévalence et Conséquences Graves

      Le burnout parental doit être pris au sérieux pour deux raisons majeures : sa prévalence élevée et la gravité de ses conséquences.

      Prévalence : Un Problème de Santé Publique

      Une étude menée dans 42 pays révèle que les pays occidentaux sont les plus touchés.

      France et Belgique : Des taux de prévalence de 6 à 8 %.

      À l'échelle de la France : Cela représente environ 900 000 parents en souffrance.

      Conséquences

      Le burnout parental a des répercussions dévastatrices sur l'ensemble de l'écosystème familial.

      • Pour le parent :

      • ◦ Problèmes de santé physique exacerbés par le cortisol.

      • ◦ Idées suicidaires très fréquentes. Contrairement au burnout professionnel où l'on peut démissionner ou se mettre en arrêt maladie, il n'y a pas de porte de sortie à la parentalité. Le suicide est parfois perçu comme la seule issue.

      • Pour l'enfant :

      • Négligence : Le parent n'a plus l'énergie de s'occuper adéquatement de l'enfant (aide aux devoirs, surveillance).

      • Violence : La violence peut être verbale ("ma vie serait tellement plus simple si tu n'étais pas là") ou physique. Le parent, à bout, peut avoir des pulsions violentes qu'il peine à contrôler.

      • Pour le couple :

      • ◦ Flambée des conflits conjugaux.

      • ◦ Idées de divorce ou de séparation. La garde alternée peut être envisagée non pas à cause de la fin de l'amour, mais comme une stratégie de survie pour pouvoir "souffler une semaine sur deux".

      5. Pistes de Solution : Agir à l'Échelle Individuelle et Collective

      Solutions Individuelles

      • 1. Écouter et valider la souffrance : La première étape est de briser le tabou et de permettre au parent d'exprimer sa souffrance sans jugement.

      • 2. Prévention : Des programmes comme "Parents sur le fil" visent à aider les parents à relâcher la pression qu'ils s'imposent.

      • 3. Restaurer l'équilibre de la balance : Identifier les stresseurs pour les réduire et identifier/activer des ressources pour les augmenter.

      • 4. Traitement spécialisé : Pour les cas avancés, des thérapies de groupe ont prouvé leur efficacité, réduisant le taux de cortisol de 52 % en huit semaines et le ramenant à un niveau proche de celui des parents épanouis.

      • Solutions Collectives

      Le burnout parental étant en partie un phénomène de société, la réponse doit aussi être collective.

      • 1. Prendre garde aux pressions normatives : Il faut questionner les injonctions à la perfection véhiculées par les réseaux sociaux et certains professionnels.

      • 2. Adopter la bienveillance envers les parents : Les professionnels (pédiatres, enseignants) doivent considérer le bien-être du parent autant que celui de l'enfant.

      L'analogie de l'avion est parlante : "mettre son propre masque à oxygène avant d'aider son enfant". Un parent qui s'épuise ne peut plus prendre soin de son enfant.

      3. Repenser la parentalité positive : Ce concept doit être vu comme un "phare" qui donne une direction, et non comme un but inatteignable.

      Une parentalité "suffisamment bonne" est plus saine pour le parent et pour l'enfant, qui a besoin de se construire face à des adultes imparfaits.

      4. Combattre l'isolement parental : La parentalité est devenue une activité solitaire. Il est crucial de recréer du lien et de la solidarité.

      • Distinguer le soutien formel et informel : Les pays occidentaux offrent beaucoup de soutien formel (services de l'État, associations), mais ont perdu le soutien informel (famille élargie, voisinage). Or, ce dernier est essentiel pour le soutien émotionnel.

      • Retrouver l'esprit du village : Il faut réhabiliter l'idée qu'il est normal et nécessaire de partager les tâches et les responsabilités parentales au sein d'une communauté.

      Comme le dit le proverbe africain : "Pour élever un enfant, il faut tout un village".

    1. si donc la bienveillance doublée d'une volonté de réhabiliter le délinquant et de prévenir les récidives prévaut le texte n'écarte pas les sanctions pénales y compris d'emprisonnement long avec toutefois un 00:44:44 quantum réduit de moitié par rapport aux adultes sauf si l'excuse atténuante de minorité est écarté on est donc loin d'une justice laxiste 00:44:57 au cours des décennies suivantes une série de mesures complémentaires prolonge l'esprit de l'ordonnance 1945 ce sont notamment la création de l'assistance éducative et des peines en milieu ouvert la suppression de la 00:45:10 détention provisoire avant 16 ans et du placement en maison d'arrêt avant 18 ans l'obligation de la présence d'un avocat à toutes les étapes de la procédure pénale pour les mineurs délinquants
    2. Résumé de la vidéo [00:00:00][^1^][1] - [00:25:06][^2^][2]:

      Cette vidéo présente une conférence de Didier Fassin sur la faculté de punir, explorant les aspects légaux, sociaux et historiques de la punition. Fassin discute de la légitimité de la punition dans différents contextes, y compris la justice formelle, l'éducation et la famille.

      Points forts: + [00:00:29][^3^][3] Définition de la punition * Infliger une souffrance pour violation de la loi, morale ou norme * Peut être physique ou psychique, légale ou informelle + [00:04:00][^4^][4] Évolution de la punition des enfants * Tendance vers moins de punition dans la famille malgré un État plus punitif * La légitimité du châtiment parental diminue + [00:07:12][^5^][5] Protection légale des enfants en France * Lois de 1889 et 1898 pour protéger les enfants maltraités et abandonnés * Introduction de la déchéance de la puissance paternelle + [00:12:00][^6^][6] Redéfinitions des mauvais traitements * Inclusion dans la chaîne pénale et reconnaissance médicale et publique * Évolution vers la prévention et la sensibilisation aux abus sexuels Résumé de la vidéo [00:25:08][^1^][1] - [00:49:11][^2^][2]:

      Cette partie de la vidéo aborde l'évolution de la législation sur les châtiments corporels, en particulier dans le contexte familial et scolaire. Elle met en lumière les changements dans les lois et les attitudes envers la discipline physique des enfants, en soulignant les différences entre les pays et les évolutions au fil du temps.

      Points forts: + [00:25:08][^3^][3] L'histoire des châtiments corporels * Suppression progressive des châtiments corporels dans de nombreux pays * La France a adopté une législation interdisant les violences éducatives ordinaires en 2019 * Évolution des attitudes et des lois concernant la discipline physique des enfants + [00:28:00][^4^][4] La situation aux États-Unis et au Royaume-Uni * Les États-Unis maintiennent le droit de corriger physiquement les enfants * Le Royaume-Uni a été condamné pour ne pas avoir respecté les droits de l'homme en matière de châtiments corporels * Discussion sur la dimension raciale de la violence scolaire aux États-Unis + [00:33:04][^5^][5] L'exceptionnalisme américain dans la discipline scolaire * Les punitions physiques restent autorisées dans certains États américains * La Cour suprême des États-Unis a validé ces pratiques en 1977 * Analyse de la persistance de ces pratiques malgré leur inefficacité et leurs dommages sociaux + [00:39:01][^6^][6] Le monopole de l'État sur la faculté de punir * L'État revendique le monopole de l'usage légitime de la faculté de punir * Discussion sur la protection des enfants et la responsabilité pénale des mineurs * Évolution de la justice pénale des mineurs vers plus de sévérité depuis les années 1990 Résumé de la vidéo [00:49:13][^1^][1] - [01:01:00][^2^][2]:

      Cette partie de la vidéo aborde la justice pénale des mineurs en France, en mettant l'accent sur la tension entre protection et punition. Didier Fassin discute de l'augmentation des réponses pénales dans un contexte de délinquance juvénile stable ou en baisse, et de la pression politique et policière sur les magistrats. Il souligne également la situation particulière des mineurs non accompagnés (MNA) et les défis liés à leur évaluation et protection.

      Points forts: + [00:49:13][^3^][3] Justice pénale des mineurs * Augmentation des réponses pénales malgré la stabilité de la délinquance * Préférence pour les alternatives aux poursuites plutôt que l'emprisonnement * Pressions politiques et policières influençant les décisions judiciaires + [00:50:53][^4^][4] Mineurs non accompagnés (MNA) * Difficultés d'évaluation de l'âge et de la minorité * Protection offerte par la convention internationale des droits de l'enfant * Enjeux politiques et administratifs liés à la prise en charge des MNA + [00:52:57][^5^][5] Enquête sur le traitement des MNA * Protocole souvent non suivi pour l'évaluation des MNA * Pression politique sur les personnels évaluant la minorité * Conséquences graves du rejet de la minorité pour les jeunes + [00:59:47][^6^][6] Protection des mineurs et politiques de sévérité * Vulnérabilité de la protection accordée aux mineurs * Tension entre protection et répression pour les MNA * Impact des politiques sur la vie des jeunes rejetés

    3. les écoles n'échappent donc pas totalement au moment punitif en réalité plutôt que de se demander si la discipline y est plus sévère ou moins sévère que par le passé il faudrait s'interroger sur la manière dont la 00:35:28 discipline s'y reconfigure en permanence l'interdiction des châtiments corporels autrefois prévalent peut-être ainsi concomitante de l'apparition de nouveaux motifs de sanction au titre notamment du principe de laïcité tel que défini dans 00:35:41 la loi du 15 mars 2004 ainsi pour l'année scolaire 2022-2023 ce sont 3881 signalements qui ont été transmis au ministère de l'Éducation nationale dont environ la moitié concerne je cite des tenues qui 00:35:54 ne manifestent pas par nature une appartenance religieuse comme des jupes ou des robes longues selon les termes des bilans qui sont effectués par les dites équipe académique valeur de la 00:36:05 République ou eavr et leurs 1200 formateurs on ignore le nombre de sanctions correspondantes qui peuvent être disciplinaire au sein de l'école et même pénal dans le cadre du code de l'éducation qui prévoit une amende de 00:36:19 150 € portée à 200 en cas de récidive
    1. permiten predecir la temperatura de forma rápida

      Predecir de forma precisa, ok, en la tesis presentaste resultados y comparaste respecto a otros métodos, pero de forma rápida? si concluyes sobre eso tienes que mostrar los resultados que avalan tu afirmación.

    2. Otro punto clave de las PINNs es su adaptabilidad al ruido (George Em Karniadakis 2021) donde se ha demostrado que incluso a pesar de que los problemas no están perfectamente bien planteados o si existen parámetros desconocidos la red puede producir resultados significativos. Siendo ambas situaciones mencionadas comúnes en el ámbito científico. Complementado a las PINNs, la arquitectura DeepONet aprende operadores (mapeos entre espacios de funciones) en lugar de solo aproximar funciones a diferencia de las PINNs tradicionales, que predicen soluciones específicas para condiciones fijas, DeepONet es capaz de generalizar a nuevas condiciones iniciales y de frontera sin reentrenamiento, gracias a su estructura de red dual (branch-trunk).

      Esto parece más intro o justifiación que conclusiones. Entiendo que lo escribes para introducir a los siguientes párrafos que sí se ven como conclusiones pero usaste 9 líneas, prácticamente un párrafo para ello - entonces, si consideras necesario mencionarlo, resúmelo a 3 líneas máximo.

    3. Los resultados obtenidos mediante la comparación con el método de Crank Nickolson demostraron que la red neuronal DeepONet se aproxima con un mínimo del 1.1% y un máximo del 6.7% para el error medio absoluto, y cometiendo un error mínimo del 6.4% y máximo del 20% para el error máximo absoluto 14.1. Los errores obtenidos demuestran la eficacia del modelo para converger a la condición inicial, pues tal como se aprecia en las figuras 14.5 y 14.6, a medida que la ecuación evoluciona en el tiempo, las predicciones entre el método de Crank Nickolson y la red neuronal divergen, esto es conforme evoluciona la función, vemos que cada vez se aleja más del valor real.

      Esto está muy bien, la discusión resumida en las conclusiones, pero no por ello puedes obviar la discusión que te señalé anteriormente, donde te tienes que expandir más.

    1. reply to u/GrandRevolutionary99 at https://reddit.com/r/stationery/comments/1nrkuqf/i_need_help_to_create_my_own_letterhead_for_my/

      Typewriter enthusiasts often use 100% cotton or high linen content papers with weights in the 32 pound range for 8.5x11. This gives you some nice tactile feel, but will also feed into most typewriters, even with a solid backing sheet. If you want to do thicker card stocks, then you might opt for a bigger standard typewriter which generally have larger diameter platens and more easily handle much thicker paper (they were meant for doing carbon packs up up to 10 sheets or more.)

      When it comes to the look of your letters, you can generally choose between silk (clean, crisp imprints), nylon (almost as clean as silk, but with more "grain"), and cotton typewriter ribbon (which leaves a very grainy/old timey and "typewriter-y" imprint). Comparisons here.

      I've got a small fleet of typewriters and prefer to use the pica sizes for personal correspondence. I also tend toward the cursive or Vogue typefaces for those as well.

      In the US, a lot of stationers have pre-cut paper and envelopes for 6-3/8" x 8-1/2" paper which is a good size sheet for quick notes. My typewriter pen pal Tom Hanks' most recent letter to me was on a custom page of 7.125 x 10.25" and had space for design at the top and bottom with some reasonable space in the middle. If you do custom designs, be sure to order a box or two of plain stock to use as second, third, etc. pages behind your first page if you tend to write over your first page.

      Naturally custom designing your own can be fun as well, but get a few samples of the size and weight you want and try them out before ordering in quantity.

      Lenore Fenton can give you tips on making carbon copies of your letters if you want to keep them for your own files while sending out the originals: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=JUJfCfqgsX0

      Searching r/typewriters for stationery, letterhead, paper, etc. might give you some ideas as well.

    1. Modelo contra la solución analítica

      Aquí si es correcto llamarlo error.

      La sugerencia para ambas subsecciones es agregar la discusión, otra vez, no es solo poner los gráficos, qué comparación cuantitativa puedes hacer a partir de los gráficos y tablas? cuál método aproxima mejor? se comportan igual a lo largo del tiempo?, a lo largo del espacio? cómo se ven los gráficos de las Tablas 14.1 y 14.2, graficando tiempo vs errores

    2. Modelo contra solución analítica

      Además de la corrección anterior, hay que agregar una discusión de los resultados, aunque sea cualitativa o visual, no es solo poner las gráficas. Describe lo que ves en los resultados, argumenta algo, y da entrada a la discusión cuantitativa.

    3. Modelo contra resultados de Alessio Borgi

      Revisando el código y los gráficos, creo que faltan los resultados de Borgi, y porqué separar las comparaciones en 3 subecciones: Borgi, numérico y analítico? puedes hacer 4 filas para comparar todas cualitativamente a la vez.

    1. Perdida para el conjunto de entrenamiento

      Discute o concluye un poco, tanto en esta como en la Sección 13.1.2, sobre porqué estos resultados de entrenamiento y preliminares son buenos para tus resultados principales (Sección 14).

    1. Pourquoi un tel écart en 2023 ?

      il faudrait changer le titre : dans la mesure où tu restes au niveau agrégé, tu n'expliques pas l'écart de croissance du PIB de 2023 : par exemple, une partie de la révision des exports, celle portant sur les biens (où est d'ailleurs l'agriculture dans ton tableau 2 ?) n'a pas d'effet sur la révision du PIB, puisque la production y est déterminée par l'offre

      Soit tu es très à plat et tu titres "une analyse des écarts sur la croissance du PIB et de ses composantes", soit tu changes la suite en décomposant d'abord par secteurs et en concluant que les écarts proviennent des secteurs où la production est déterminée par la demande dans les comptes trims, puis en décomposant la VA des seuls services en fonction de la demande

    1. Note de synthèse : Réunion des parents d'élèves des filières technologiques (Première et Terminale)

      À : L'ensemble du personnel enseignant et administratif du Lycée Louis Vincent De : Olivier Palaise, Proviseur Date : 29 septembre 2025 Objet : Alignement stratégique suite à la réunion des parents des filières technologiques

      1. Introduction : Alignement sur notre Vision et nos Exigences Communes

      L'objectif de cette note est de garantir que l'ensemble du personnel, enseignant comme administratif, partage une compréhension unifiée et cohérente des messages clés que nous avons communiqués aux parents d'élèves des classes de Première et Terminale technologiques (STI2D et STL).

      Cet alignement est fondamental : notre crédibilité et l'efficacité de notre accompagnement reposent sur notre capacité à porter une parole collective forte et univoque.

      La réussite de nos élèves dépend directement de cette cohérence entre nos exigences, nos discours et nos actions quotidiennes.

      2. Les Filières Technologiques : Fer de Lance de l'Établissement et Cadre d'Exigence

      J'ai tenu à réaffirmer auprès des parents ma vision stratégique : nos filières technologiques sont le "fer de lance de l'établissement".

      Cette valorisation n'est pas un vain mot ; elle justifie le niveau d'exigence particulièrement élevé que nous appliquons.

      Nous offrons des parcours d'exception qui se méritent par un engagement sans faille. Les règles fondamentales de la vie au lycée, rappelées avec fermeté, constituent le socle de cette ambition.

      Voici les points sur lesquels nous devons maintenir une vigilance collective et absolue :

      • Assiduité et ponctualité : Le respect des horaires est non négociable, y compris lors des interclasses. Nous avons expliqué aux parents que la justification rigoureuse des absences et la ponctualité sont les conditions premières de la réussite.

      L'exemple de l'élève habitant Montini, à qui il a été clairement conseillé de "prendre le bus d'avant", illustre notre refus de la complaisance face aux retards évitables.

      C'est une préparation directe aux exigences du monde supérieur et professionnel.

      • Comportement et tenue : L'anecdote de l'élève reçu dans mon bureau en "claquet de chaussette" a servi à illustrer un point crucial : l'image de soi.

      Dans des filières qui préparent à des carrières d'ingénieur, d'architecte ou de technicien supérieur, une tenue et une posture professionnelles sont indispensables. Le premier regard compte, et nous devons les y former.

      • Usage du téléphone portable : La règle est simple et doit être appliquée par tous : interdiction totale dans les bâtiments, sauf autorisation explicite d'un membre du personnel pour un usage pédagogique.

      Pour garantir le respect de cette règle, la sanction dissuasive de "4 heures de col le samedi" a été rappelée.

      C'est un outil à notre disposition pour maintenir un environnement de travail serein et concentré.

      Cette rigueur n'est pas une fin en soi. Elle est le cadre qui permet à nos élèves de saisir les opportunités exceptionnelles offertes par nos filières et de construire les parcours d'avenir ambitieux que nous leur promettons.

      3. Le Parcours vers la Réussite : Calendrier, Enjeux et Stratégie

      Nous avons insisté sur le fait que les années de Première et de Terminale constituent une période charnière, un véritable sprint où deux objectifs doivent être menés de front : l'obtention du baccalauréat avec la meilleure mention possible et la préparation stratégique du dossier d'orientation post-bac sur Parcoursup.

      3.1. Les Enjeux dès la Classe de Première

      Il a été expliqué aux parents que les élèves de Première doivent "courir deux lièvres à la fois" :

      1. Préparation au Baccalauréat : Au-delà des épreuves anticipées de français, nous avons souligné la nouveauté de l'épreuve de mathématiques qui s'ajoute au calendrier.

      2. Anticipation de l'Orientation : La réflexion sur le projet post-bac n'est plus une option.

      Elle doit commencer dès maintenant, car les trois bulletins de Première pèseront d'un poids considérable dans l'examen de leur dossier Parcoursup l'année suivante.

      3.2. La Double Échéance de la Classe de Terminale

      Pour les élèves de Terminale, l'enjeu est immédiat, car ils sont "de plein fouet dans les deux parties".

      Le calendrier Parcoursup est extrêmement serré, et les vœux doivent être formulés et validés dès mi-janvier.

      L'importance stratégique du Grand Oral a été particulièrement mise en lumière.

      L'exemple de l'élève dont la note est passée de 5/20 à 16/20 après une préparation encadrée de quelques heures est la preuve tangible que le travail et la méthode priment sur le "talent" seul.

      Le coefficient (14 pour les Terminales de cette année, qui passera à 12 pour la promotion suivante) en fait une épreuve décisive qu'il est impératif de préparer avec le plus grand sérieux.

      3.3. Le Dossier Scolaire : Le Facteur Humain dans la Sélection Parcoursup

      Nous avons démystifié Parcoursup : ce n'est pas un algorithme froid.

      Derrière l'interface, des commissions composées d'enseignants examinent les dossiers. Certains éléments, que nous devons tous avoir à l'esprit, entraînent un rejet quasi-systématique :

      1. Absences régulières : La simple mention "élève régulièrement absent" sur un bulletin place immédiatement le dossier sur une "pile d'à côté".

      2. Comportement problématique : De même, une appréciation telle que "comportement inadmissible" disqualifie un candidat avant même l'examen de ses notes.

      3. Appréciations des professeurs : L'arbitrage est clair.

      Entre un élève à 12 de moyenne "au talent" et un autre à 12 dont l'appréciation souligne les efforts ("fait vraiment des efforts"), le second sera toujours préféré.

      Notre rôle, en tant qu'enseignants et membres de l'équipe pédagogique, est donc crucial.

      Les appréciations que nous rédigeons ne sont pas de simples commentaires ; ce sont des facteurs décisifs qui peuvent ouvrir ou fermer les portes de l'avenir de nos élèves. La précision et la justesse de nos mots sont une responsabilité majeure.

      4. L'Excellence des Filières Technologiques : Pédagogie et Débouchés

      Les filières STI2D et STL ont été présentées comme des voies d'excellence, caractérisées par une pédagogie concrète, une forte proportion de travaux pratiques et des perspectives de poursuites d'études ambitieuses, y compris vers les plus grandes écoles.

      4.1. Baccalauréat STI2D : Le concret au service de la polyvalence

      La philosophie de la filière STI2D est de donner du sens aux sciences par le concret, de permettre aux élèves de "comprendre pourquoi ils font des sciences". Ses points forts résident dans :

      • Un volume conséquent de 12 heures d'enseignement scientifique dès la Première.

      • Une approche pédagogique basée sur l'expérimentation et la simulation.

      • Un profil qui reste "généraliste", assurant un "large éventail sur le choix des formations postbac".

      • La nouveauté d'une épreuve pratique au baccalauréat, qui valorise enfin leur cœur de formation.

      4.2. Baccalauréat STL : La pratique en laboratoire comme tremplin

      La spécificité du bac STL repose sur une forte coloration physique-chimie, avec une partie expérimentale "extrêmement importante".

      Les élèves passent plus d'un tiers de leur temps en travaux pratiques, en groupes à effectif réduit. Les débouchés sont réels et attractifs :

      • Les BTS internes de haut niveau (SIRA, Métiers de la chimie).
      • Surtout, la possibilité d'intégrer notre classe préparatoire TSI pour viser des écoles d'ingénieur, une voie royale qui concrétise notre promesse d'excellence.

      Le succès de ces filières, validé par des taux de réussite remarquables (plus de 96 % en STI2D et 93 % en STL), est le fruit direct de cette approche pédagogique exigeante.

      5. Calendrier des Temps Forts de l'Orientation

      Pour accompagner nos élèves dans la construction de leur projet, plusieurs rendez-vous majeurs jalonneront l'année. Il est essentiel que nous les encouragions tous à y participer activement.

      Événement Date(s) Clé(s) Public Cible

      Un Jour à l'Université (Ujalu) Inscriptions dès le 29 sept. Élèves de Terminale

      Forum "Aux réaction" 20, 21 et 22 novembre Première et Terminale (transport non organisé par le lycée cette année)

      Forum des Formations (au lycée) 6 février 2026 Première et Terminale Journée Portes Ouvertes (au lycée) 12 février Première et Terminale

      Ces événements sont des opportunités précieuses que les élèves doivent saisir pour affiner leurs choix.

      6. Conclusion : Notre Responsabilité Collective

      Je compte sur chacun de vous pour porter et incarner ce message de rigueur, d'ambition et d'accompagnement.

      La réussite de nos élèves des filières technologiques est une fierté pour notre établissement, mais elle est avant tout le résultat d'un effort collectif.

      Notre vigilance constante, notre communication cohérente et notre exigence bienveillante sont les clés qui leur permettront de réaliser leur plein potentiel et de transformer leurs ambitions en succès.

    1. Note: This response was posted by the corresponding author to Review Commons. The content has not been altered except for formatting.

      Learn more at Review Commons


      Reply to the reviewers

      We thank the reviewers for their thoughtful comments and overall very supportive feedback.

      Reviewer #1 writes: "The study is very thorough and the experiments contain the appropriate controls. (...) The findings of the study can have relevance for human conditions involving disrupted mitochondrial dynamics, caused for example by mutations in mitofusins." Reviewer #2 writes: "The dataset is rich and the time-resolved approach strong." Reviewer #3 writes: "I admire the philosophy of the research, acknowledging an attempt to control for the many possible confounding influences. (...) This is a powerful and thoughtful study that provides a collection of new mechanistic insights into the link between physical and genetic properties of mitochondria in yeast."

      We address all points below. We have not yet updated our text and figures since we expect substantial additions from new experiments. But we have included Figure R1 with some additional analyses of existing data at the bottom of the manuscript.

      Reviewer1

      1.1 Statistical comparisons are missing throughout the manuscript (with the exception of Fig. 2c). Appropriate statistical tests, along with p-values, should be used and reported where different gorups are compared, for example (but not limited to) Fig. 3d and most panels of Fig. 4.

      We initially decided not to add too many extra labels to the already very busy plots, given that the magnitude of change mostly speaks for itself. However, we will try to find meaningful statistical tests together with a sensible graphical representation for all of the figures. For one example see Figure R1A.

      1.2. I do not agree with the use of Atp6 protein as a direct read-out of mtDNA content. While Atp6 protein levels will decrease with decreasing mtDNA content, the inverse is not necessarily true: decreased Atp6 protein levels do not necessarily indicate decreased mtDNA levels, because they could alternatively or additionally be caused by decreased transcription and/or translation. Therefore, please do not equate Atp6 protein levels to mtDNA levels, and instead rephrase the text referencing the Atp6 experiments in the Results and Discussion sections to measure "mtDNA expression" or "mt-encoded protein" or similar. For example, on p. 14 line 431 should read "mtDNA expression" rather than "decreased synthesis of mtDNA", and line 440 on the same page "mean mtDNA levels" should be "mtDNA expression" or similar.

      All three reviewers agree that using Atp6-NG as a direct proxy for mtDNA requires more validation, or at least rephrasing of the text. We agree that this is the most important point to address. We had previously tried using the mtDNA LacO array (Osman et al. 2015) to directly assess the amount of nucleoids per cell. However, the altered mitochondrial morphology of the Fzo1 depleted cells combined with the LacI-GFP which is still in mitochondria even when mtDNA is gone, increases the noise level to a point that we cannot interpret the signal. However, as this manuscript was in the submission process, the Schmoller lab (co-authors #2 and #7) adapted the HI-NESS system to label mtDNA in live yeast cells(Deng et al. 2025). This system promises much better signal to noise and we expect we can address all concerns regarding the actual count of nucleoids per cell. Should this unexpectedly fail for technical reasons, we will try to calibrate the Atp6-levels with DAPI staining at defined time points and will rephrase the text as the reviewer suggests.

      1.3. In Fig. 3, the authors use the fluorescence intensity of a mitochondrially-targeted mCardinal as a read-out of mitochondrial mass. Please provide evidence that this is not affected by MMP, either with relevant references or by control experiments (e.g. comparing it to N-acridine orange or other MMP-independent dyes or methods).

      Whether or not the import of any mitochondrial protein is dependent on the MMP depends largely on the signal sequence. The preSu9-signaling sequence was previously characterized as largely independent of the MMP compared to other presequences (Martin, Mahlke, and Pfanner 1991), which is why Vowinckel (Vowinckel et al. 2015) and others (Di Bartolomeo et al. 2020; Perić et al. 2016; Ebert et al. 2025) have previously used this as a neutral reference to the strongly MMP-dependent pre-Cox4 signal to estimate MMP. As one control in our own data, we consider that the population-averaged mitochondrial fluorescent signal Figure S3C stays constant in the first few hours, in agreement with the total averaged mitochondrial proteome (Fig R1E). As additional controls, we plan to compare the signal to an MMP independent dye as the reviewer suggests.

      1.4. In Fig. 2e-f, the authors use a promoter reporter with Neongreen to answer whether the reduced levels of the nuclear-encoded mitochondrial proteins Mrps5 and Qcr7 are due to decreased expression or to protein degradation, and find no evidence of degradation of the Neongreen reporter protein. However, subcellular localization might affect the availability of the protein to proteases. Although not absolutely required, it would be relevant to know if the Neongreen fusion protein is found in the same subcellular compartment as Mrps5 and Qcr7 at 0h and 9h after Fzo1 depletion.

      Here, it seems we need to explain the set-up and interpretation of the data better. The key point we are trying to make with the promoter-Neongreen construct is that the regulation is not mainly at the level of transcription. We are showing that the reduction in the levels of the actual protein (orange bars) is not (mainly) explained by a reduction in expression, since the promoter is similarly active at 0 and at 9 hours (grey bars). If expression from the promoter were strongly reduced, the Neongreen would be diluted with growth and would also decrease, but this is not the case. The fluorophore itself is just floating around in the cytosol and is not subject to the same post-translational regulation as Mrps5 and Qcr7, so there is no reason to expect degradation.

      1.5. Fzo1 depletion leads to a very rapid drop in MMP during the first hour of depletion. In the Discussion, can the authors speculate on the possible mechanism of this rapid MMP drop that occurs well before mtDNA or mt-encoded proteins are decreased in level?

      This is indeed an interesting point. We think there are likely three reasons causing this initial drop: Firstly, due to the fragmentation the mixing of mitochondrial content is disturbed and smaller fragments may have suboptimal stoichiometry of components (see also (Khan et al. 2024) who look at this in detail including the Fzo1 deletion); secondly, already fairly early, some mitochondrial fragments may not contain any mtDNA and therefore will be unable to synthesize ETC proteins; thirdly, altered morphological features like changes in the surface-to-volume ratios may play a role. Sadly, mechanistically following up on this is not possible with the tools in our hands and therefore outside of the scope of this manuscript. But we are happy to include these speculations in our discussion.

      1.6. In Fig. 2a, the mtDNA copy number of Fzo1-depleted cells is ca 1.3-fold of the control cells at the 0h timepoint. Why might this be? Is it an impact of one of the inducers? If so, we might be looking at the combination of two different processes when measuring copy number: one that is an induction caused by the inducer(s), and the other a consequence of Fzo1 depletion itself.

      We believe that this 30% increase is within the noise of the experiment rather than an effect of the induction. Since we normalize to t=0 uninduced, the first black data point does not have error bars, emphasizing this difference. None of the protein data suggests that there is an increase in mtDNA encoded proteins (see e.g. 2B, or Atp6 fluorescence data). In the planned HI-NESS experiment, we will see in our single cell data whether there is an actual increase in mtDNA upon TIR induction. Additionally, we will run a qPCR to carefully determine mtDNA levels of untreated wild-type cells, tetracycline treated wild-type cells and tetracycline induced TIR expressing cells to exclude effects of tetracycline as well as the expression of TIR on mtDNA.

      Minor comments:

      1.7. p. 3, line 71: "ten thousands of dividing cells.." should be "tens of thousands of dividing cells".

      Thank you, will correct.

      1.8.-p.4, line 116: please be even more clear with what the "depleted" cells and controls are treated with: are depleted cells treated with both inducers, and controls with neither?

      We will make this more clear. Depleted cells are treated with both inducers, the control cells are not. However, in Figure 1A and in S1 we do controls to show that inducing TIR per se or adding aTC per se does not change growth rate or mitochondrial morphology. We will make this more clear.

      1.9. -p.5, lines 147-148: the authors write "the rate with which the abundance of Cox2 and Var1 proteins decreases was similar to the rate of mtDNA loss" though the actual rate is not shown. Please calculate and show rates for these processes side by side to make comparison possible, or alternatively rephrase the statement.

      Indeed this was not phrased well. We will call it dynamics rather than rates.

      1.10. -Fig. 2d: changing the y-axis numbering to match those in panels a and b would facilitate comparisons.

      Makes sense, we will change this.

      1.11. Fig. 2e: it is recommended to label the western blot panels to indicate what protein is being imaged in each (Neongree,, Mrps5, Qcr7).

      We will adapt the labelling to make it more clear.

      1.12. -p.9, line 262: I suggest referencing Fig. 4e at the end of the first sentence for clarity.

      We will modify the sentence as suggested.

      1.13. -In the sections related to Fig. 3a and Fig. 5a as well as the connected supplemental data, the authors discuss both the median and the mean of mitochondrial mass and Atp6 protein, respectively. For purposes of clarity, I suggest decreasing the focus on the mean (that is provided only in the supplemental data) and focusing the text mainly on the median. The two show differing trends and it is very good that both are shown, but the clarity of the text can be improved by focusing more on the median where possible.

      We will check the phrasing and simplify.

      1.14. -p. 14, line 435: the statement that mt mass is maintained over the first 9h of depletion is only true for the mean mt mass, not for the median. Please make this clear or rephrase.

      We will check phrasing, make it more clear and also point out the extended proteomics data (see Fig R1), which corresponds to the mean of the populations

      1.15.-p.14, line 452: "mitofusions" should be "mitofusins".

      Thanks for catching this.

      Reviewer 2:

      2.1. While inducible TIR is used to reduce background, the manuscript should rigorously exclude auxin/TIR off-targets (growth, mitochondrial phenotypes, gene expression). Please include full matched controls: (plus minus)auxin, (plus minus)TIR, epitope tag alone, and a degron control on an unrelated mitochondrial membrane protein.

      We agree that rigorous controls are crucial for the interpretation of the results. However, we think we have already included most of the controls the reviewer is asking for, but we might have not pointed this out clearly enough. For example, in Fig 1A, we could make it more clear by adding more labels in which samples we added aTC, which is only described in the figure legend.

      Here is a list of all the controls:

      • Each depletion experiment is always matched with an experiment of the same strain without induction. So the genetic background as well as effects such as light exposure, time spent in the microfluidics systems, etc are controlled for.
      • Figure S1D shows that the growth rate is wildtype like in a strain containing either the AID tag or the TIR protein AND upon addition of both chemicals. It also shows that the final genetic background (AID-tag and TIR) also grows like wildtype if the inducers are not added. This conclusively shows that neither the tags/constructs nor the chemicals per se affect growth rate
      • In Figure S1C we show the mitochondrial morphology of the same controls. We will make sure to label them more consistently to match panel D, and include an actual wildtype and a FLAG-AID-Fzo1 strain without TIR treated with both aTC and 5-Ph-IAA as direct comparison
      • In figure 1A we compare the Fzo1 protein levels of a strain with and without TIR. We show that in absence of TIR, adding either aTC or Auxin does not change Fzo1 levels and that the levels are comparable in the strain that is able to deplete Fzo1 directly before addition of 5-Ph-IAA (after 2 h of induction of TIR through addition of tetracycline)
      • Additionally, in Figure S2C we show that two hours after adding aTC, the entire proteome does not change significantly apart from a strong induction of TIR. We can also make this more clear in the figure legend.
      • Additionally, we will run a qPCR to carefully determine mtDNA levels of untreated wild-type cells, tetracycline treated wild-type cells and tetracycline induced TIR expressing cells to exclude effects of tetracycline as well as the expression of TIR on mtDNA. (also in response to 1.6.) In summary, we think we have controlled sufficiently for all confounding parameters and most importantly showed that addition of either aTC or Auxin as well as the FLAG-AID tag per se does not disturb mitochondria or cell growth. We do not see what a degron control on an unrelated protein will tell us. Depending on the nature of the protein, it may or may not have a phenotype that may or may not be related to morphology changes etc.

      2.2. The Mitoloc preSu9 vs Cox4 import ratio is only a proxy of mitochondrial membrane potential (ΔΨm) and itself depends on mitochondrial mass, protein expression, matrix ATP, and import saturation. The authors need to calibrate ΔΨm with orthogonal dyes (TMRE/TMRM) and pharmacologic titrations (FCCP/antimycin/oligomycin) to generate a response curve; show that Mitoloc tracks dye-based ΔΨm across the relevant range and corrects for mass/photobleaching. Report single-cell ΔΨm vs mass residuals.

      We completely agree that the MitoLoc system is only a rough proxy for the actual membrane potential. That is why we make no quantitative claims on the absolute value or absolute difference between groups of cells. We also make very clear in Fig 3B what we are actually measuring and can emphasize again in the text that this is only a proxy. We agree that it is a good idea to compare MitoLoc values to TMRE staining as the reviewer suggests, we will do these experiments in depleted and control cells at different timepoints. Please note though that also dye staining has its caveats, especially in dynamic live cell experiments. TMRM for example is not compatible with the acidic pH 5 medium that is typically used for yeast and subjecting cells to washing steps and higher pH may change both morphology of mitochondria and the MMP, especially in cells that are already “stressed”. We prefer not to complete elaborate pharmacological titration experiments because firstly, this was extensively done in the original MitoLoc paper by the Ralser lab ((Vowinckel et al. 2015), cited 120 times); secondly, the value of the MMP is not the most critical claim of the manuscript. See also 3.12. Please note that in Figure S4D we had already plotted MMP vs mitochondrial concentration.

      2.3. To use Atp6-mNeon as a proxy for mtDNA is an assumption. Interpreting Atp6 intensity as "functional mtDNA" could be confounded by translation, turnover, or assembly. Please (i) report mtDNA copy number time courses (you have qPCR), nucleoid counts (DAPI/PicoGreen or TFAM/Abf2 tagging), and (ii) assess translation (e.g., 35S-labeling or puromycin proxies) and turnover (proteasome/AAA protease inhibition, mitophagy mutants -some data are alluded to- plus mRNA levels for mtDNA-encoded genes). This will support the "reduced synthesis" versus "increased degradation" conclusion.

      We agree with all three reviewers that Atp6 is only a proxy for mtDNA (Jakubke et al. 2021; Roussou et al. 2024) and the correlation should be checked more carefully. We will use the very recently established Hi-NESS system to follow nucleoids/ mtDNA during depletion experiments. See detailed reply to 1.2.

      (ii) in Figure 2C we inhibit mitochondrial translation and show that in this case control and depleted cells have the same level of Cox2, at least suggesting that degradation is not the key mechanism controlling the levels of mtDNA encoded proteins. We cannot do proteasome inhibitor assays since the nature of the AID-TIR systems requires an active proteasome. In figure S5C we show that the Atp6 depletion is similar in an atg32 deletion. This does not completely exclude a contribution of mitophagy to the observed phenotype, but does confirm that mitophagy is not the primary reason for cells becoming petite.

      2.4. The promoter-NeonGreen reporters argue against transcriptional down-regulation of nuclear OXPHOS. Please add mRNA (RT-qPCR/RNA-seq) for representative genes and a pulse-chase or degradation-pathway dependency (e.g., proteasome/mitophagy/autophagy mutants) to firmly assign active degradation. The authors need to normalize proteomics to mitochondrial mass (e.g., citrate synthase/porin) to separate organelle abundance from protein turnover.

      While we are happy to perform qPCR experiments for selected genes, a full RNA-seq experiment seems outside the scope of this study. As explained above, a proteasome inhibitor experiment is not possible in this set-up. Bulk mitophagy/autophagy seems unlikely to be the cause of the decrease of the nuclear-encoded OXPHOS proteins, since most other mitochondrial proteins do not decrease on average on population level in the first hours. This data is now plotted as additional figure (see below) and will be included in the supplementary of the revised manuscript (Fig R1E).

      2.5. Using preSu9-mCardinal intensity as "mitochondrial concentration" is sensitive to expression, import competence, and morphology/segmentation. The authors should provide validation that this metric tracks 3D volume across fragmentation states (e.g., correlation with mito-GFP volumetrics; detergent-free CS activity; TOMM20/Por1 immunoblot per cell).

      We agree that this is an important point and the co-authors discussed this point quite intensively. In figure S3A and B we show (using confocal data) that there is a very strong correlation between the total fluorescence signal and the 3D volume reconstruction. However, the slope of the correlation is different between tubular and fragmented mitochondria (compare panels A and B) and see figure legend. Since we are dealing with diffraction-limited objects it is likely that the 3D reconstruction is sensitive to morphology, especially if mitochondria are “clumping”. We therefore think that the total fluorescence signal is actually a better estimate of mitochondrial mass per cell than the 3D volume reconstruction (especially for our data obtained with a conventional epifluorescence microscope). The mean of the total mitochondrial fluorescence also better matches the population average mitochondrial proteome (Fig R1E). To consolidate this assumption, we will additionally compare our data to a strain with Tom70-Neongreen and to MMP independent dyes.

      Notably, since the morphology is similarly altered in mothers and buds this is of minor impact for our main point – the unequal distribution between mother and buds.

      2.6. The unequal mother-daughter distribution is compelling, but causality remains inferred. Test whether modulating inheritance machinery (actin cables/Myo2, Num1, Mmr1) or altering fission (Dnm1 inhibition) modifies segregation defects and rescues mtDNA/Atp6 decline. Complementation with Fzo1 re-expression at defined times would help order the phenotype cascade.

      We agree that rescue experiments would be very useful. We have some preliminary data for tether experiments, for example with Num1. The general problem is that the fragmented mitochondria clump together. We have not found a method to restore an equal distribution between mother and daughter cells. We will try to optimize the assay, but are not overly confident it will work. Mmr1 deletion aggravates the Fzo1 phenotype, likely also because the distribution becomes even more heterogeneous, but we have not rigorously analyzed this.

      We like the idea of the Fzo1 re-expression and will run such experiments. This will be especially powerful in combination with the new HI-NESS mtDNA reporter. We may be able to track exactly when cells reach the point-of-no return and become petite. This will also help connecting our mathematical model more directly to the data.

      2.7. The model is useful but should include parameter sensitivity (segregation variance, synthesis slopes, initial nucleoid number) and prospective validation (e.g., predict rescue upon partial restoration of synthesis or inheritance, then test experimentally).

      We will refine our model to include the to-be-measured nucleoids/mtDNA values. We will include a parameter sensitivity analysis with the updated model.

      Reviewer 3:

      3.1. About the use of Atp6 as a good proxy for mtDNA content. This is assumed from l285 onwards, based on a previous publication. As the link is fairly central to part of the paper's arguments, and the system in this study is being perturbed in several different ways, a stronger argument or demonstration that this link remains intact (and unchanged, as it is used in comparisons) would seem important.

      We agree, see 1.2.

      3.2. About confounding variables and processes. The study does an admirable job of being transparent and attempting to control for the many different influences involved in the physical-genetic link. But some remain less clearly unpacked, including some I think could be quite important. For example, there is a lot of focus on mito concentration -- but given the phenotypes are changing the sizes of cells, do concentration changes come from volume changes, mito changes, or both? In "ruling out" mitophagy -- a potentially important (and intuitive) influence, the argument is not presented as directly as it could be and it's not completely clear that it can in fact be ruled out in this way. There are a couple of other instances which I've put in the smaller points below.

      Thank you for acknowledging our efforts to show transparent and well-controlled experiments! We address each of the specific points below.

      3.3. full genus name when it first appears

      We will add the full name.

      3.4. I may be wrong here, but I thought the petite phenotype more classically arises from mtDNA deletion mutations, not loss? The way this is phrased implies that mtDNA loss is [always] the cause. Whether I'm wrong on that point or not, the petite phenotype should be described and referenced.

      We can expand the text and cite additional relevant papers. The term “petite” refers to any strain that is respiratory incompetent and leads to small colonies (not necessarily small cells!) (Seel et al. 2023). This can be mutations or gene loss (fragments) on the mtDNA (these are called cytoplasmic petite), or chemically induced loss of mtDNA (e.g. EtBr), or mutations of nuclear genes required for respiration (these are termed nuclear petite; some nuclear petites show loss of mtDNA in addition to the mutation in the nuclear genome) (Contamine and Picard 2000).

      3.5. para starting l59 -- should mention for context that mitochondria in (healthy, wildtype) yeast are generally much more fused than in other organisms

      ok.

      3.6. Fig 1C -- very odd choice of y-axis range! either start at zero or ensure that the data fill as much vertical space of the plot as possible

      True, this was probably some formatting relic. We will adapt the axis to fill the full space. Most of our axes start at 0, but that doesn’t make so much sense here, since we consider the solidity in the control as “baseline”.

      3.7. "wild-type like more tubular mitochondria" reads rather awkwardly. "more tubular mitochondria (as in the wild-type)"?

      Thank you, sounds better.

      3.8. l106 -- imaging artefacts? are mitos fragmenting because of photo stress? -- this is mentioned in l577-8 in the Methods, but the data from the growth rate and MMP comparison isn't given -- an SI figure would be helpful here. It would be reassuring to know that mito morphology wasn't changing in response to phototoxicity too.

      In the methods we just briefly point out that we have done all our “due diligence” controls to check that we do not generate phototoxicity, something that we highlight in the cited review. We do not explicitly have a figure for this, but figure S1A shows that the solidity of the mitochondrial network in control cells stays the same over 9 hours, even though these cells are exposed to the same cultivation and imaging regime as the depleted cells. We will also add a picture of control cells after 9 h. In S1B we show that control cells containing TIR but no AID tag treated with both chemicals imaged over 9 hours also show the same solidity (~mitochondrial morphology) as untreated control. Also, the doubling times of cells grown in our imaging system (Fig R1B) are very similar to the shake flask (Fig R1A). All in all, we are very confident that our imaging settings did not impact our reported phenotypes.

      3.9. para l146 -- so this suggests mtDNA-encoded proteins have a very rapid turnover, O(hours) -- is this known/reasonable?

      Reference (Christiano et al. 2014) suggests that respiratory chain proteins are shorter lived than the average yeast protein. However, based on Figure 2C we think the dynamics mostly speak for a dilution by growth.

      3.10. section l189 -- it's hard to reason fully about these statistics of mitochondrial concentration given that the petite phenotype is fundamentally affecting overall cell volume. can we have details on the cell size distribution in parallel with these results? to put it another way -- how does mitochondrial *amount* per cell change?

      This is a good point. We report mostly on mitochondrial “concentrations” because we think this is what the cell actually cares about (mitochondrial activity in relationship to cytosolic activity). But we will include additional graphs on mitochondrial amount as well as size distributions (Fig R1C, related to Fig 4F). We can already point out that the size distribution of the population does not change much in the first hours. The “petite” phenotype refers to small colonies on growth medium with limited supply of a fermentable carbon source, not to smaller size of single cells.

      3.11. l199 the mean in Fig S3C certainly does change -- it increases, clearly relative both to control and to its initial value. rather than sweeping this under the carpet we should look in more detail to understand it (a consequence of the increased skew of the distribution)?

      This relates somewhat to the previous point. The increase in average concentration is not due to an increased amount in the population, but due to the fact that it is the small buds that get a very high amount of the mitochondria which “exaggerates” the asymmetric/heterogenous distribution. This will be clarified by the figures we mention in the point above.

      3.12. para line 206 -- this doesn't make it clear whether your MMP signal is integrated over all mitochondria in the cell, or normalised by mitochondrial content? this matters quite a lot for the interpretation if the distributions of mitochondrial content are changing. reading on, this is even more important for para line 222. Reading further on, there is an equation on l612 that gives a definition, but it doesn't really clarify (apologies if I'm misunderstanding).

      For each cell, we basically calculate the relative mitochondrial enrichment of the MMP sensitive vs the MMP insensitive pre-sequence.

      So, MMP= (total intensity of mitochondrial pre-Cox4 Neongreen/ total intensity of mitochondrial pre-Su9 Cardinal) / (total cytosolic pre-Cox4 Neongreen/ total cytosolic pre-Su9 Cardinal).

      We calculate this value for each cell, but we do not have the optical resolution to calculate it for individual mitochondrial fragments.

      Both constructs are driven by the same strong promoter, so transcription of the fluorophore should never limit the uptake. Also, in Figure 3D we compare control and depleted cells with similar total mitochondrial concentration, so the difference must be due to a different import of the two fluorophores, see also Fig S4D. The calculated “MMP” value is of course only a crude proxy for the actual membrane potential in millivolts and we do not want to make any claims on absolute values or quantitative differences. But essentially what we are interested in is “mitochondrial health/activity” and we think the system is good at reporting this. See also 2.2.

      3.13. l230 -- a point of personal interest -- low mito concentrations are connected to low "function" (MMP) and give extended division times -- this is interestingly exactly the model needed to reproduce observations in HeLa cells (https://journals.plos.org/ploscompbiol/article?id=10.1371/journal.pcbi.1002416). That model went on to predict several aspects of downstream cellular behaviour -- it would be very interesting to see how compatible that picture (parameterised using HeLa observations) is with yeast!

      Thank you for pointing out your interesting paper, which we will include in our discussion. Another recent preprint about fission yeast (Chacko et al. 2025) also fits into this picture. Since you were kind enough to disclose your identity, we would be happy to discuss this further with you in person if we can maybe follow-up on this.

      3.14. l239 "less mitochondria" -- a bit tricky but I'd say "fewer mitochondria" or "less mitochondrial content"

      Thanks, we will think about how to best rephrase this, probably less mitochondrial content.

      3.15. Section l234 So here (and in Fig 4) the focus is on overall distributions of mitochondrial concentration in different cells (mother-to-be, mother, bud; gen 1, gen >1). But we've just seen that one effect of fzo1 is to broader the distribution of mitochondrial concentration across cells. Can't we look in more depth at the implications of this heterogeneity? For example in Fig 4F (which is cool) we look at the distribution of all fzo1 mothers-to-be, mothers, and buds. But this loses information about the provenance. For example, do mothers-to-be with extremely low mito concentrations just push everything to the bud, while mothers-to-be with high mito concentrations distribute things more evenly? It would seem very easy and very interesting to somehow subset the distribution of mothers-to-be by concentration and see how different subsets behave

      This is a good point. When analyzing the data, we pretty much plotted everything against everything and then chose the graphs that we think will best guide the reader through the story-line. We can make additional supplementary plots where we show the starting concentrations/amounts of the mother in relationship to the resulting split ratio at the end of the cycle (Fig R1D).

      3.16. l285 -- experimental design -- do we know that Atp6 will continue to be a good proxy for functional mtDNA in the face of the perturbations provided by Fzo1 depletion? Especially if there is impact on the expression of mitoribosomes, the relationship between mtDNA and Atp6 may look rather different in the mutant?

      This is actually our top-priority experiment now. We will use the HI-NESS system and possibly DAPI staining to make a more direct link to mtDNA/ nucleoid numbers, see 1.2.

      3.17. l290 -- ruled out mitophagy. This message could be much clearer. Comparing Fig S5C and Fig 3A side-by-side is a needlessly difficult task -- put Fig 3A into Fig S5. Then we see that when mitophagy is compromised, the distribution of mitochondrial concentration has a lower median and much lower upper quartile than in the mitophagy-equipped Fzo1 mutant? What is going on here? For a paper motivated by disentangling coupled mechanisms, this should be made clearer!

      Thanks for pointing this out. We can of course easily include the control in the corresponding figure. Compromising mitophagy is likely to generally affect mitochondrial health and turnover a little bit, independent of what is going on with Fzo1. The second evidence that speaks against large-scale mitophagy is the proteomics data: On population level the dynamics of the respiratory chain proteins are very different from those of other (nuclear encoded) mitochondrial proteins. We will add additional supplementary figures to make this more clear, see Fig R1E. Most mitochondrial proteins in the proteomics experiment stay constant in the first few hours, consistent with the imaging data showing that the mean mitochondrial content of the population does not change initially. This again highlights that it is the unequal distribution which is the problem and not massive degradation of mitochondria.

      3.18. With the Atp6 signal, how do we know that fluorescence from different cells is comparable? Buds will be smaller than mother cells for example, potentially leading to less occlusion of the fluorescent signal by other content in the cytoplasm

      This is of course a general problem that anyone faces doing quantitative fluorescence microscopy. From the technical side, we have done the best we could by taking a reasonable amount of z-slices and by choosing fluorophores that are in a range with little cellular background fluorescence (e.g. Neongreen is much better than GFP). From a practical standpoint, we are always comparing to the control, which is subject to the same technical limitations as the depleted cells and the cell sizes are very similar. So, even if we are systematically overestimating the Atp6 concentration in the bud by a few %, the difference to the control would still be qualitatively true. We therefore do not think that any of our conclusions are affected by this.

      3.19. l343 -- maintenance of mtDNA -- here the point about l285 (is the Atp6-mtDNA relationship the same in the Fzo1 mutant) is particularly important, as we're directly tying findings about the protein product to implications about the mtDNA

      We will carefully address this, see above.

      3.20. l367 -- on a first read this description of the model feels like lots of choices have been made without being fully justified. Why a log-normal distribution (when the fit to the data looks rather flawed); why the choice of 5 groups for nucleoid number (why not 3? or 8?); the process used for parameter fitting is very unclear (after reading the methods I think some of these values are read directly from the data, but the shapes of the distributions remain unexplained). l705 -- presumably the ratio was drawn from a log-normal distribution and then the corresponding nucleoid numbers were rounded to integers? the ratio itself wasn't rounded? (also l367) How were the log-normal distributions fitted to experiments (Figs. S7A,B)? Just by eye?

      We will update our model based on measured nucleoid counts and then explain more stringently the choices we make/ parameters we select.

      3.21. l711 by random selection -- just at random? ("selection" could be confusing) Overall, it feels like the model may be too complicated for what it needs to show. Either (a) the model should show qualitatively that unequal inheritance and reduced production leads to rapid loss -- which a much simpler model, probably just involving a couple of lines of algebra, could show. Or (b) the model should quantitatively reproduce the particular numerical observations from the experiments -- it's not totally clear that it does this (do the cell-cycle-based decay timescales in Fig 7 correspond to the hour-based decay timescales in other plots, for example). At the moment the model is at a (b) level of detail but it's only clear that it's reporting the (a) level of results.

      If the HI-NESS and Fzo1 re-addition experiments work as explained above, all parameters will have direct experimental data, and we should get much closer to (a).

      3.22. A lot of the discussion repeats the results; depending on editorial preferences some of this text could probably be pared back to focus on the literature connections and context.

      We will think about streamlining the discussion once some of the additional material alluded to above has been added.

      3.23. Data availability -- it looks like much of the data required to reproduce the results is not going to be made available. Images and proteomic data are promised, but the data associated with mitochondrial concentration and other features are not mentioned. For FAIR purposes all the data (including statistics from analysis of the images) should be published.

      We maybe didn’t phrase this clearly. All data will be made available. Where technically feasible, this will be directly accessible in a repository, otherwise by request to the corresponding author.

      On our OMERO server, we have deposited many TB of raw images as well as all the intermediate steps such as segmentation masks, and the csv files with all the extracted data for each cell (including background corrections etc). Additionally, we can include csvs with the data grouped in a way that we used to generate all the box blots etc. As of now, the OMERO data is unfortunately only available by requesting a personal guest login from our bioinformatics facility, but we were promised that with the next technical update there will be a public link available. The proteomics data and the model are already fully accessible. The raw western blot images with corresponding ponceau staining will be included with the final publication either as additional supplementary material or in whatever format matches the journal requirements.

      3.24 l660 -- can an overview of the EM protocol be given, to avoid having to buy the Mayer 2024 article?

      The cited paper is open access. But we can also include more details in our method section.

      References:

      Chacko, L. A., H. Nakaoka, R. Morris, W. Marshall, and V. Ananthanarayanan. 2025. 'Mitochondrial function regulates cell growth kinetics to actively maintain mitochondrial homeostasis', bioRxiv.

      Christiano, R., N. Nagaraj, F. Frohlich, and T. C. Walther. 2014. 'Global proteome turnover analyses of the Yeasts S. cerevisiae and S. pombe', Cell Rep, 9: 1959-65.

      Contamine, V., and M. Picard. 2000. 'Maintenance and integrity of the mitochondrial genome: a plethora of nuclear genes in the budding yeast', Microbiol Mol Biol Rev, 64: 281-315.

      Deng, Jingti, Lucy Swift, Mashiat Zaman, Fatemeh Shahhosseini, Abhishek Sharma, Daniela Bureik, Francesco Padovani, Alissa Benedikt, Amit Jaiswal, Craig Brideau, Savraj Grewal, Kurt M. Schmoller, Pina Colarusso, and Timothy E. Shutt. 2025. 'A novel genetic fluorescent reporter to visualize mitochondrial nucleoids', bioRxiv: 2023.10.23.563667.

      Di Bartolomeo, F., C. Malina, K. Campbell, M. Mormino, J. Fuchs, E. Vorontsov, C. M. Gustafsson, and J. Nielsen. 2020. 'Absolute yeast mitochondrial proteome quantification reveals trade-off between biosynthesis and energy generation during diauxic shift', Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A, 117: 7524-35.

      Ebert, A. C., N. L. Hepowit, T. A. Martinez, H. Vollmer, H. L. Singkhek, K. D. Frazier, S. A. Kantejeva, M. R. Patel, and J. A. MacGurn. 2025. 'Sphingolipid metabolism drives mitochondria remodeling during aging and oxidative stress', bioRxiv.

      Jakubke, C., R. Roussou, A. Maiser, C. Schug, F. Thoma, R. Bunk, D. Horl, H. Leonhardt, P. Walter, T. Klecker, and C. Osman. 2021. 'Cristae-dependent quality control of the mitochondrial genome', Sci Adv, 7: eabi8886.

      Khan, Abdul Haseeb, Xuefang Gu, Rutvik J. Patel, Prabha Chuphal, Matheus P. Viana, Aidan I. Brown, Brian M. Zid, and Tatsuhisa Tsuboi. 2024. 'Mitochondrial protein heterogeneity stems from the stochastic nature of co-translational protein targeting in cell senescence', Nature Communications, 15: 8274.

      Martin, J., K. Mahlke, and N. Pfanner. 1991. 'Role of an energized inner membrane in mitochondrial protein import. Delta psi drives the movement of presequences', J Biol Chem, 266: 18051-7.

      Osman, C., T. R. Noriega, V. Okreglak, J. C. Fung, and P. Walter. 2015. 'Integrity of the yeast mitochondrial genome, but not its distribution and inheritance, relies on mitochondrial fission and fusion', Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A, 112: E947-56.

      Perić, Matea, Peter Bou Dib, Sven Dennerlein, Marina Musa, Marina Rudan, Anita Lovrić, Andrea Nikolić, Ana Šarić, Sandra Sobočanec, Željka Mačak, Nuno Raimundo, and Anita Kriško. 2016. 'Crosstalk between cellular compartments protects against proteotoxicity and extends lifespan', Scientific Reports, 6: 28751.

      Roussou, Rodaria, Dirk Metzler, Francesco Padovani, Felix Thoma, Rebecca Schwarz, Boris Shraiman, Kurt M. Schmoller, and Christof Osman. 2024. 'Real-time assessment of mitochondrial DNA heteroplasmy dynamics at the single-cell level', The EMBO Journal, 43: 5340-59-59.

      Seel, A., F. Padovani, M. Mayer, A. Finster, D. Bureik, F. Thoma, C. Osman, T. Klecker, and K. M. Schmoller. 2023. 'Regulation with cell size ensures mitochondrial DNA homeostasis during cell growth', Nat Struct Mol Biol, 30: 1549-60.

      Vowinckel, J., J. Hartl, R. Butler, and M. Ralser. 2015. 'MitoLoc: A method for the simultaneous quantification of mitochondrial network morphology and membrane potential in single cells', Mitochondrion, 24: 77-86.

    2. Note: This preprint has been reviewed by subject experts for Review Commons. Content has not been altered except for formatting.

      Learn more at Review Commons


      Referee #3

      Evidence, reproducibility and clarity

      This article addresses the connection between perturbed mitochondrial structure and genetics in yeast. When mitochondrial fusion is compromised, what is the chain of causality -- the mechanism -- that leads to mtDNA populations becoming depleted? This is a fascinating question, linking physical cell biology to population genetics. I admire the philosophy of the research, acknowledging and attempt to control for the many possible confounding influences. The manuscript describes the context and the research tightly and digestibly; the figures illustrate the results in a clear and natural way.

      For transparency, I am Iain Johnston and I am happy for this review to be treated as public domain. To my eyes my most important shortcoming as a review is my relative lack of familiarity with the yeast fzo1 mutant; while I am familiar with analysis of yeast mito morphology and mtDNA segregation, a reviewer familiar with the nuances of this strain and its culture would be a useful complement.

      I have a few more general points and a collection of smaller points below that I believe might help make the story more robust.

      General points

      1. About the use of Atp6 as a good proxy for mtDNA content. This is assumed from l285 onwards, based on a previous publication. As the link is fairly central to part of the paper's arguments, and the system in this study is being perturbed in several different ways, a stronger argument or demonstration that this link remains intact (and unchanged, as it is used in comparisons) would seem important.
      2. About confounding variables and processes. The study does an admirable job of being transparent and attempting to control for the many different influences involved in the physical-genetic link. But some remain less clearly unpacked, including some I think could be quite important. For example, there is a lot of focus on mito concentration -- but given the phenotypes are changing the sizes of cells, do concentration changes come from volume changes, mito changes, or both? In "ruling out" mitophagy -- a potentially important (and intuitive) influence, the argument is not presented as directly as it could be and it's not completely clear that it can in fact be ruled out in this way. There are a couple of other instances which I've put in the smaller points below.

      Smaller points

      l47 full genus name when it first appears

      l58 I may be wrong here, but I thought the petite phenotype more classically arises from mtDNA deletion mutations, not loss? The way this is phrased implies that mtDNA loss is [always] the cause. Whether I'm wrong on that point or not, the petite phenotype should be described and referenced.

      para starting l59 -- should mention for context that mitochondria in (healthy, wildtype) yeast are generally much more fused than in other organisms

      Fig 1C -- very odd choice of y-axis range! either start at zero or ensure that the data fill as much vertical space of the plot as possible

      l105 "wild-type like more tubular mitochondria" reads rather awkwardly. "more tubular mitochondria (as in the wild-type)"?

      l106 -- imaging artefacts? are mitos fragmenting because of photo stress? -- this is mentioned in l577-8 in the Methods, but the data from the growth rate and MMP comparison isn't given -- an SI figure would be helpful here. It would be reassuring to know that mito morphology wasn't changing in response to phototoxicity too.

      para l146 -- so this suggests mtDNA-encoded proteins have a very rapid turnover, O(hours) -- is this known/reasonable?

      section l189 -- it's hard to reason fully about these statistics of mitochondrial concentration given that the petite phenotype is fundamentally affecting overall cell volume. can we have details on the cell size distribution in parallel with these results? to put it another way -- how does mitochondrial amount per cell change?

      l199 the mean in Fig S3C certainly does change -- it increases, clearly relative both to control and to its initial value. rather than sweeping this under the carpet we should look in more detail to understand it (a consequence of the increased skew of the distribution)?

      para line 206 -- this doesn't make it clear whether your MMP signal is integrated over all mitochondria in the cell, or normalised by mitochondrial content? this matters quite a lot for the intepretation if the distributions of mitochondrial content are changing. reading on, this is even more important for para line 222. Reading further on, there is an equation on l612 that gives a definition, but it doesn't really clarify (apologies if I'm misunderstanding).

      l230 -- a point of personal interest -- low mito concentrations are connected to low "function" (MMP) and give extended division times -- this is interestingly exactly the model needed to reproduce observations in HeLa cells (https://journals.plos.org/ploscompbiol/article?id=10.1371/journal.pcbi.1002416). That model went on to predict several aspects of downstream cellular behaviour -- it would be very interesting to see how compatible that picture (parameterised using HeLa observations) is with yeast!

      l239 "less mitochondria" -- a bit tricky but I'd say "fewer mitochondria" or "less mitochondrial content"

      Section l234 So here (and in Fig 4) the focus is on overall distributions of mitochondrial concentration in different cells (mother-to-be, mother, bud; gen 1, gen >1). But we've just seen that one effect of fzo1 is to broader the distribution of mitochondrial concentration across cells. Can't we look in more depth at the implications of this heterogeneity? For example in Fig 4F (which is cool) we look at the distribution of all fzo1 mothers-to-be, mothers, and buds. But this loses information about the provenance. For example, do mothers-to-be with extremely low mito concentrations just push everything to the bud, while mothers-to-be with high mito concentrations distribute things more evenly? It would seem very easy and very interesting to somehow subset the distribution of mothers-to-be by concentration and see how different subsets behave

      l285 -- experimental design -- do we know that Atp6 will continue to be a good proxy for functional mtDNA in the face of the perturbations provided by Fzo1 depletion? Especially if there is impact on the expression of mitoribosomes, the relationship between mtDNA and Atp6 may look rather different in the mutant?

      l290 -- ruled out mitophagy. This message could be much clearer. Comparing Fig S5C and Fig 3A side-by-side is a needlessly difficult task -- put Fig 3A into Fig S5. Then we see that when mitophagy is compromised, the distribution of mitochondrial concentration has a lower median and much lower upper quartile than in the mitophagy-equipped Fzo1 mutant? What is going on here? For a paper motivated by disentagling coupled mechanisms, this should be made clearer!

      With the Atp6 signal, how do we know that fluorescence from different cells is comparable? Buds will be smaller than mother cells for example, potentially leading to less occlusion of the fluorescent signal by other content in the cytoplasm

      l336 -- similar to the Jajoo et al. mechanism in fission yeast -- but are you talking about feedback control of the mtDNA or the protein (or mRNA) product?

      l343 -- maintenance of mtDNA -- here the point about l285 (is the Atp6-mtDNA relationship the same in the Fzo1 mutant) is particularly important, as we're directly tying findings about the protein product to implications about the mtDNA

      l367 -- on a first read this description of the model feels like lots of choices have been made without being fully justified. Why a log-normal distribution (when the fit to the data looks rather flawed); why the choice of 5 groups for nucleoid number (why not 3? or 8?); the process used for parameter fitting is very unclear (after reading the methods I think some of these values are read directly from the data, but the shapes of the distributions remain unexplained). l705 -- presumably the ratio was drawn from a log-normal distribution and then the corresponding nucleoid numbers were rounded to integers? the ratio itself wasn't rounded? (also l367) How were the log-normal distributions fitted to experiments (Figs. S7A,B)? Just by eye? l711 by random selection -- just at random? ("selection" could be confusing) Overall, it feels like the model may be too complicated for what it needs to show. Either (a) the model should show qualitatively that unequal inheritance and reduced production leads to rapid loss -- which a much simpler model, probably just involving a couple of lines of algebra, could show. Or (b) the model should quantitatively reproduce the particular numerical observations from the experiments -- it's not totally clear that it does this (do the cell-cycle-based decay timescales in Fig 7 correspond to the hour-based decay timescales in other plots, for example). At the moment the model is at a (b) level of detail but it's only clear that it's reporting the (a) level of results.

      A lot of the discussion repeats the results; depending on editorial preferences some of this text could probably be pared back to focus on the literature connections and context.

      Data availability -- it looks like much of the data required to reproduce the results is not going to be made available. Images and proteomic data are promised, but the data associated with mitochondrial concentration and other features are not mentioned. For FAIR purposes all the data (including statistics from analysis of the images) should be published.

      l660 -- can an overview of the EM protocol be given, to avoid having to buy the Mayer 2024 article?

      Significance

      This is a powerful and thoughtful study that provides a collection of new mechanistic insights into the link between physical and genetic properties of mitochondria in yeast. Cell biologists, geneticists, and the mitochondrial field will find this of potentially deep interest. Because of the mode and dynamics of inheritance in budding yeast, findings here may not be directly transferrable to other eukaryotes, but these insights are still of interest for researchers outside of yeast for their insight into how this well-studied system manages its mitochondrial populations.

    3. Note: This preprint has been reviewed by subject experts for Review Commons. Content has not been altered except for formatting.

      Learn more at Review Commons


      Referee #1

      Evidence, reproducibility and clarity

      This manuscript by Dengler et al examines the mechanisms underlying the mtDNA depletion observed in cells where mitochondrial fusion is disrupted by depletion of the fusion factor Fzo1. In Saccharomyces cerevisiae, the authors deplete Fzo1 and use live-cell imaging of thousands of cells to follow the effects and their dynamic following Fzo1 depletion. They find that Fzo1-depleted cells show very rapid mitochondrial fragmentation (within 1h of Fzo1 depletion), and also an immediate drop in mitochondrial membrane potential (MMP). MtDNA is lost by 15h, and along with it the expression of mitochondrially-encoded proteins. Nuclear-encoded mitochondrial proteins are also decreased though somewhat later, and the authors find that this is largely due to their degradation (probably a consequence of lack of mitochondrial import into low-MMP cells). Most importantly, the study identifies two separate mechanisms that together contribute to the loss of mt-encoded proteins in Fzo1-depleted cells: unequal distribution of mitochondria during cell division and the reduction of a fusion-dependent compensatory synthesis of mt-encoded proteins. Unexpectedly, Fzo1-depleted cells end up passing an increased (rather than decreased) amount of mitochondria and mitochondria-encoded proteins to their daughters. Over several generations, and combined with the loss of the compensatory synthesis of more mt-encoded proteins, this leads to the progressive loss of mtDNA and mtDNA-encoded proteins in the population.

      The study is very thorough and the experiments contain the appropriate controls. The conclusions are convincing and largely supported by the experimental data that has been appropriately replicated. The data presentation is generally clear although the text could benefit from some streamlining.

      However, addressing the following major comments is required:

      1. Statistical comparisons are missing throughout the manuscript (with the exception of Fig. 2c). Appropriate statistical tests, along with p-values, should be used and reported where different gorups are compared, for example (but not limited to) Fig. 3d and most panels of Fig. 4.
      2. I do not agree with the use of Atp6 protein as a direct read-out of mtDNA content. While Atp6 protein levels will decrease with decreasing mtDNA content, the inverse is not necessarily true: decreased Atp6 protein levels do not necessarily indicate decreased mtDNA levels, because they could alternatively or additionally be caused by decreased transcription and/or translation. Therefore, please do not equate Atp6 protein levels to mtDNA levels, and instead rephrase the text referencing the Atp6 experiments in the Results and Discussion sections to measure "mtDNA expression" or "mt-encoded protein" or similar. For example, on p. 14 line 431 should read "mtDNA expression" rather than "decreased synthesis of mtDNA", and line 440 on the same page "mean mtDNA levels" should be "mtDNA expression" or similar.
      3. In Fig. 3, the authors use the fluorescence intensity of a mitochondrially-targeted mCardinal as a read-out of mitochondrial mass. Please provide evidence that this is not affected by MMP, either with relevant references or by control experiments (e.g. comparing it to N-acridine orange or other MMP-independent dyes or methods).
      4. In Fig. 2e-f, the authors use a promoter reporter with Neongreen to answer whether the reduced levels of the nuclear-encoded mitochondrial proteins Mrps5 and Qcr7 are due to decreased expression or to protein degradation, and find no evidence of degradation of the Neongreen reporter protein. However, subcellular localization might affect the availability of the protein to proteases. Although not absolutely required, it would be relevant to know if the Neongreen fusion protein is found in the same subcellular compartment as Mrps5 and Qcr7 at 0h and 9h after Fzo1 depletion.
      5. Fzo1 depletion leads to a very rapid drop in MMP during the first hour of depletion. In the Discussion, can the authors speculate on the possible mechanism of this rapid MMP drop that occurs well before mtDNA or mt-encoded proteins are decreased in level?
      6. In Fig. 2a, the mtDNA copy number of Fzo1-depleted cells is ca 1.3-fold of the control cells at the 0h timepoint. Why might this be? Is it an impact of one of the inducers? If so, we might be looking at the combination of two different processes when measuring copy number: one that is an induction caused by the inducer(s), and the other a consequence of Fzo1 depletion itself.

      Minor comments:

      • p. 3, line 71: "ten thousands of dividing cells.." should be "tens of thousands of dividing cells".
      • p.4, line 116: please be even more clear with what the "depleted" cells and controls are treated with: are depleted cells treated with both inducers, and controls with neither?
      • p.5, lines 147-148: the authors write "the rate with which the abundance of Cox2 and Var1 proteins decreases was similar to the rate of mtDNA loss" though the actual rate is not shown. Please calculate and show rates for these processes side by side to make comparison possible, or alternatively rephrase the statement.
      • Fig. 2d: changing the y-axis numbering to match those in panels a and b would facilitate comparisons.
      • Fig. 2e: it is recommended to label the western blot panels to indicate what protein is being imaged in each (Neongree,, Mrps5, Qcr7).
      • p.9, line 262: I suggest referencing Fig. 4e at the end of the first sentence for clarity.
      • In the sections related to Fig. 3a and Fig. 5a as well as the connected supplemental data, the authors discuss both the median and the mean of mitochondrial mass and Atp6 protein, respectively. For purposes of clarity, I suggest decreasing the focus on the mean (that is provided only in the supplemental data) and focusing the text mainly on the median. The two show differing trends and it is very good that both are shown, but the clarity of the text can be improved by focusing more on the median where possible.
      • p. 14, line 435: the statement that mt mass is maintained over the first 9h of depletion is only true for the mean mt mass, not for the median. Please make this clear or rephrase.
      • p.14, line 452: "mitofusions" should be "mitofusins".

      Referees cross-commenting

      I think that the reviews of the other two reviewers are both insightful and constructive. Especially the rescue experiment suggested by Reviewer 2 could provide strong support for the interpretations of the study. Note that all three reviewers ask for validation of the use of Atp6p as a read-out of mtDNA function, and that all agree the data is powerful and the study of value to the field.

      Significance

      The fact that disruption of mt fusion leads to mtDNA loss has been known for some time, but the mechanism behind this phenomenon has remained unknown to date. This thorough and precise study by Dengler et al uses state-of-the-art single-cell analysis to dissect the mechanisms underlying the mtDNA loss following the disruption of mt fusion, and convincingly reveal that it is caused by two different mechanisms: i) the inequal inheritance of mitochondria between mother and bud, and ii) the loss of a compensatory mechanism that normally maintains homeostatic mt protein levels. In the process, the authors shed light on the dynamics of the events following Fzo1 depletion, revealing dramatically fast mt fragmentation and a loss of MMP, which in turn can be expected to act as a stress signal and influence a number of cellular processes.

      The findings of the study can have relevance for human conditions involving disrupted mitochondrial dynamics, caused for example by mutations in mitofusins. The study will be of interest to researchers in mitochondrial biology ranging from dynamics and mtDNA maintenance to mitochondrial medicine.

      The field of expertise of this reviewer: mtDNA maintenance. I am not able to properly evaluate the modelling in Fig. 7.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      This is a manuscript describing outbreaks of Pseudomonas aeruginosa ST 621 in a facility in the US using genomic data. The authors identified and analysed 254 P. aeruginosa ST 621 isolates collected from a facility from 2011 to 2020. The authors described the relatedness of the isolates across different locations, specimen types (sources), and sampling years. Two concurrently emerged subclones were identified from the 254 isolates. The authors predicted that the most recent common ancestor for the isolates can be dated back to approximately 1999 after the opening of the main building of the facility in 1996. Then the authors grouped the 254 isolates into two categories: 1) patient-to-patient; or 2) environment-to-patient using SNP thresholds and known epidemiological links. Finally, the authors described the changes in resistance gene profiles, virulence genes, cell wall biogenesis, and signaling pathway genes of the isolates over the sampling years.

      Strengths:

      The major strength of this study is the utilisation of genomic data to comprehensively describe the characteristics of a long-term Pseudomonas aeruginosa ST 621 outbreak in a facility. This fills the data gap of a clone that could be clinically important but easily missed from microbiology data alone.

      Weaknesses:

      The work would further benefit from a more detailed discussion on the limitations due to the lack of data on patient clinical information, ward movement, and swabs collected from healthcare workers to verify the transmission of Pseudomonas aeruginosa ST 621, including potential healthcare worker to patient transmission, patient-to-patient transmission, patient-to-environment transmission, and environment-to-patient transmission. For instance, the definition given in the manuscript for patient-to-patient transmission could not rule out the possibility of the existence of a shared contaminated environment. Equally, as patients were not routinely swabbed, unobserved carriers of Pseudomonas aeruginosa ST 621 could not be identified and the possibility of misclassifying the environment-to-patient transmissions could not be ruled out. Moreover, reporting of changes in rates of resistance to imipenem and cefepime could be improved by showing the exact p-values (perhaps with three decimal places) rather than dichotomising the value at 0.05. By doing so, readers could interpret the strength of the evidence of changes.

      Impact of the work:

      First, the work adds to the growing evidence implicating sinks as long-term reservoirs for important MDR pathogens, with direct infection control implications. Moreover, the work could potentially motivate investments in generating and integrating genomic data into routine surveillance. The comprehensive descriptions of the Pseudomonas aeruginosa ST 621 clones outbreak is a great example to demonstrate how genomic data can provide additional information about long-term outbreaks that otherwise could not be detected using microbiology data alone. Moreover, identifying the changes in resistance genes and virulence genes over time would not be possible without genomic data. Finally, this work provided additional evidence for the existence of long-term persistence of Pseudomonas aeruginosa ST 621 clones, which likely occur in other similar settings.

      We thank the reviewer for their thorough evaluation of our work, and for the suggested improvements. A main goal of this study was to show that integrating routine wgs in the clinic was a game changer for infection control efforts. We appreciate this aspect was highlighted as a strength by this reviewer. While some of the weaknesses identified are inherent to the data (or lack thereof) available for this study, we have revised the manuscript to include a detailed discussion on limitations (sampling, thresholds of genetic relatedness, definition and categories etc.) that could influence the genomic inferences. We also provided exact p-values for the changes in rates of resistance, as requested. Finally, we have positively answered all the specific recommendations suggested by the reviewer and modified the manuscript accordingly.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      The authors present a report of a large Pseudomonas aeruginosa hospital outbreak affecting more than 80 patients with first sampling dates in 2011 that stretched over more than 10 years and was only identified through genomic surveillance in 2020. The outbreak strain was assigned to the sequence type 621, an ST that has been associated with carpabapenem resistance across the globe. Ongoing transmission coincided with both increasing resistance without acquisition of carbapenemase genes as well as the convergence of mutations towards a host-adapted lifestyle.

      Strengths:

      The convincing genomic analyses indicate spread throughout the hospital since the beginning of the century and provide important benchmark findings for future comparison.

      The sampling was based on all organisms sent to the Multidrug-resistant Organism Repository and Surveillance Network across the U.S. Military Health System.

      Using sequencing data from patient and environmental samples for phylogenetic and transmission analyses as well as determining recurring mutations in outbreak isolates allows for insights into the evolution of potentially harmful pathogens with the ultimate aim of reducing their spread in hospitals.

      Weaknesses:

      The epidemiological information was limited and the sampling methodology was inconsistent, thus complicating the inference of exact transmission routes. Epidemiological data relevant to this analysis include information on the reason for sampling, patient admission and discharge data, and underlying frequency of sampling and sampling results in relation to patient turnover.

      We thank the reviewer for their thoughtful feedback on our manuscript and for highlighting the quality of the genomic analyses. We agree that the lack of patient epi data (e.g. date of admission and discharge) and the inconsistent sampling through the years are limitations of this study. We have revised the manuscript to acknowledge these limitations and discuss how not having this data complicates the inference of exact transmission routes. Finally, we have positively answered all the specific recommendations suggested by the reviewer and modified the manuscript accordingly.

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      This paper by Stribling and colleagues sheds light on a decade-long P. aeruginosa outbreak of the high-risk lineage ST-621 in a US Military hospital. The origins of the outbreak date back to the late 90s and it was mainly caused by two distinct subclones SC1 and SC2. The data of this outbreak showed the emergence of antibiotic resistance to cephalosporin, carbapenems, and colistin over time highlighting the emerging risk of extensively resistant infections due to P. aeruginosa and the need for ongoing surveillance.

      Strengths:

      This study overall is well constructed and clearly written. Since detailed information on floor plans of the building and transfers between facilities was available, the authors were able to show that these two subclones emerged in two separate buildings of the hospital. The authors support their conclusions with prospective environmental sampling in 2021 and 2022 and link the role of persistent environmental contamination to sustaining nosocomial transmission. Information on resistance genes in repeat isolates for the same patients allowed the authors to detect the emergence of resistance within patients. The conclusions have broader implications for infection control at other facilities. In particular, the paper highlights the value of real-time surveillance and environmental sampling in slowing nosocomial transmission of P. aeruginosa.

      Weaknesses:

      My major concern is that the authors used fixed thresholds and definitions to classify the origin of an infection. As such, they were not able to give uncertainty measures around transmission routes nor quantify the relative contribution of persistent environmental contamination vs patient-to-patient transmission. The latter would allow the authors to quantify the impact of certain interventions. In addition, these results represent a specific US military facility and the transmission patterns might be specific to that facility. The study also lacked any data on antibiotic use that could have been used to relate to and discuss the temporal trends of antimicrobial resistance.

      We thank the reviewer for their evaluation of our work and for highlighting the broad implications of our findings regarding the application of real-time surveillance to suppress nosocomial transmission. We agree with the reviewer that fixed thresholds and definitions are imperfect to classify the origin of an infection. The design of this study (e.g. inconsistent sampling through time) was not conducive to provide a comprehensive/quantitative measurement of transmission routes. Thus, we decided to apply conservative thresholds of genetic relatedness and strict conditions (e.g. time between isolate collection, shared hospital location etc.) to favor specificity as our goal was simply to establish that cases of environmentto-patient transmission did happen. In the absence of a truth set, we have not performed sensitivity analysis, but we are conducting a follow-up study to compare inferences from MCMC models to our original fixed-thresholds predictions. This limitation is now discussed in the revised manuscript. Finally, we have positively answered all the specific recommendations suggested by the reviewer and modified the manuscript accordingly including the addition of Figure S3.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      The definitions used on lines 391-396 are necessarily somewhat arbitrary, but it would be helpful to have a little bit more justification for the choices made, particularly for the definition of environmental involving the "3x the number of years they were separated". It seems a little hard to square this with the more relaxed 10 SNP cutoff for a patient-to-patient designation. Are there reasons for thinking SNP differences associated with environmental transmission should be smaller than for patient-to-patient, or is the aim here just to set the bar higher for assuming an environmental source? Because these definitions are quite arbitrary, there could also be some value in exploring the sensitivity of the results to these assumptions.

      Thank you. We agree with the reviewers that SNP thresholds, albeit necessarily, are arbitrary and that more discussion/justification was needed to put the genomic inferences in context. We have revised the manuscript to indicate that: 1/ the 10 SNP cutoff for a patient-to-patient designation was set to account for the known evolution rate of P. aeruginosa (inferred by BEAST at 2.987E-7 subs/site/year in this study and similar to previous estimates PMID: 24039595) and the observed within host variability (now displayed in revised Fig. 1E). We note that this SNP distance was not sufficient and that an epi link (patients on the same ward at the same time) needed to be established. 2/ the environment-to-patient definition was indeed set to be most conservative (nearly identical isolates in two patients from the same ward with no known temporal overlap for > 365 days). This was indeed done to favor high specificity as this inference relied solely on clinical isolates (i.e. the identical environmental strain in the patientenvironment-patient chain was not sampled). For these clinical isolates to have acquired no/very little mutation in that much time, no/low replication is expected and, although unsampled, we propose this most likely happened on hospital surfaces.

      While the term "core genome" should be familiar to most readers, "shell genome" and "cloud genome" are less widely known, and an explanation of what these terms mean here would be helpful.

      Thank you. We have revised the manuscript to define the core, shell, and cloud genomes as genes sets found in ≥ 99%, ≥ 95% and ≥ 15% of isolates, respectively.

      In the first paragraph of the discussion, it could be added that in many cases for clinically important Gram negatives short read sequencing alone will fail to detect transmission events as outbreaks can be driven by plasmid spread with only very limited clonal spread (see, for example, https://www.nature.com/articles/s41564-021-00879-y )

      Thank you. We agree this is an important/emerging aspect of surveillance. However, the goal of this discussion point was to explain why such a large outbreak was missed prior to implementing WGS (short read) surveillance. We feel that discussing “plasmid outbreaks” (which is not at play here, and relatively rare in P. aeruginosa compared to the Enterobacteriaceae) and the need for long read will distract from the narrative. 

      line 599 What does "Mock" mean here? Would it be more accurate to say it is a simplified floor plan?

      Thank you. “Mock” was changed to “simplified”

      IPAC abbreviation is only used once - spelling it out in full would increase readability.

      Revised manuscript was edited as suggested.

      MHS is only used twice.

      Revised manuscript was edited to spell out Military Health System

      Line 364: full stop missing.

      Revised manuscript was edited as suggested.

      Line 401: Bayesian rather than bayesian.

      Revised manuscript was edited as suggested.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Thank you for giving me the opportunity to review this interesting manuscript.

      The conclusions of this paper are mostly well supported by the data presented, but epidemiological information was limited and the sampling methodology was inconsistent, thus complicating inference of exact transmission routes.

      Major issues:

      What was the baseline frequency of clinical and/or screening samples of Pseudomonas aeruginosa at the hospital? Neither Figure 1D nor Table S1 allows for differentiating between clinical and screening samples. Most isolates were cultured from clinical materials, and there is no information about the patients' length of stay and their respective sampling dates. Is there any possibility of finding out whether the samples were collected for clinical or screening purposes? Would it be possible to include the patients' admission data to determine whether the strains were imported into the hospital or related to a previous stay, e.g. among known carriers? Also, the issue of sampling dates vs. patient stay on the ward should be addressed, as there may be an overlap in patients' stay on the ward but no overlap in terms of sampling dates or even missing samples (missing links).

      We have revised the manuscript to address this important point: i) 16 isolates were from surveillance swabs and are labelled “Surveillance” in Table S1. The remaining 237 were clinical isolates; ii) unfortunately, because the sampling was done under a public health surveillance framework, we do not have access to historical patient data (admission/discharge date, wards, rooms, etc.) and we can not calculate length of stay or better identify patient overlap. These limitations are now acknowledged in the discussion of the revised manuscript.

      In order to evaluate the extent of the outbreak, more epidemiological data would be useful What is the size of the hospital, what is the average patient turnover, and what is the average length of stay in ICU and non-ICU? Is there any specialization besides the military label?

      We have revised the manuscript to indicate that facility A is 425-bed medical center and is the only Level 1 trauma center in the Military Health System. Unfortunately, the data to calculate length of stay, throughout the years, in ICU and non-ICU, was not available to us. This limitation is now also acknowledged in the discussion.

      Perhaps the authors could attempwt to discuss the extent to which large outbreaks like these may be considered as part of unavoidable evolutionary processes within the hospital microbiome as opposed to accumulation and transmission of potentially harmful genes/clones, and differentiate between the putative community spread without any epidemiological links on the one hand, and hospital outbreaks that could be targeted by local infection prevention activities on the other hand.,

      We respectfully disagree with the suggestion that this large outbreak “may be considered as part of unavoidable evolutionary processes within the hospital microbiome” and should be opposed to “transmission of potentially harmful genes/clones”. As a matter of fact, our data showed that infection control staff at Facility A responded with multiple interventions, including closing sinks, replacing tubing, and using foaming detergents. This resulted in slowing the spread of the ST621 outbreak with just 3 cases identified in 2022, 0 cases in 2023 and 1 case in 2024. This is now discussed in the revised manuscript.

      Page 5, lines 88-92 lines 101-104. It seems as if the outbreak was identified only by the means of genomic surveillance. This raises questions as to the rationale for sampling and sequencing, especially prior to 2020. Considering 11 cases per year between 2011 and 2016, one could assume such an outbreak would have been noticed without sequencing data.

      The MRSN was created in 2010, in response to the outbreak of MDR Acinetobacter baumannii in US military personnel returning from Iraq and Afghanistan. Between 2011 and 2017, the MRSN collected MDR isolates (mandate for all MDR ESKAPE but compliance varied between years and facilities) from across the Military Health System and, for select isolates (e.g. high-risk isolates carrying ESBLs or carbapenemases) performed molecular typing by PFGE. In 2017 the MRSN started to perform whole genome sequencing of its entire repository. In 2020, a routine prospective sequencing service was started and first detected the ST621 outbreak. A retrospective analysis of historical isolate genomes (2011-2019) identified additional cases. The first paragraph of the discussion lists possible factors to explain why the ST621 escaped detection by traditional approaches. We believe 11 cases per year is not a strong signal when stratified by month, wards, or both, especially for a clone lacking a carbapenemase and without a remarkable antibiotic susceptibility profile. 

      Did the infection control personnel suspect transmission? If yes, was the sampling and submission of samples to the MRSN adapted based on the epidemiologic findings?

      The ST621 outbreak was unsuspected before the initial genomic detection in 2020. Until that point, MDR isolates only (Magiorakos et al PMID: 21793988) were collected but compliance was variable through time. Quickly thereafter (starting in 2021), complete sampling of all clinical P. aeruginosa (MDR or not) from Facility A was started. The manuscript was revised to clarify those details of the sampling strategy.

      Is there any information about how many environmental sites were sampled without evidence of ST621 / screening samples were cultured without evidence of Pseudomonas aeruginosa?

      For patient isolates, only 16 isolates were from surveillance swabs. The remaining 237 were clinical isolates. No denominator data was available to calculate P. aeruginosa and ST-621 positivity rate in surveillance swabs throughout the time period. For environmental isolates, a total of 159 swabs were taken from 55 distinct locations in 8 wards/units including the ER. This data is now included in the revised manuscript. However, a complete analysis of these swabs (positivity rate for ESKAPE pathogens, P. aeruginosa, per ward/floor/room, per swab type (sink drain, bed rail etc.) etc.) is beyond the scope of this study and is being performed as a follow up investigation.

      Page 5 lines 89 and 39 Figure S1B. Please describe how the allelic distance for the cluster threshold was selected.

      As indicated in the legend of Figure S1B, no thresholds were applied. All ST621 isolates ever sequenced by the MRSN were included. All except 3 isolates shared between 023 cgMLST allelic differences. The remaining 3 were distant by 88-89 allelic differences. The text was revised to clarify this point.

      Page 5 lines 99-100. Could the authors please provide some distribution measures (e.g. IQR).

      Done as requested. The revised manuscript now reads “…of just 38 single nucleotide polymorphisms (SNPs), and an IQR of 19 (Fig. 1A, Table S1).”

      Page 5 line 102. Could the authors please provide some distribution measures (e.g. IQR).

      Please see above. A chart was created and is now included as Fig. S2.

      Page 6 line 107 and page 34 figure 1c. In the text it is stated that isolates were collected in 27 wards, the figure 1C depicts 26 wards and n/a.

      Thank you for spotting this inconsistency. This has been fixed in the revised manuscript.

      Page 6 lines 117-118. Samples collected in the emergency room would imply samples collected on admission, already addressed previously. Did the authors investigate a potential import into the hospital from community reservoirs or were all these isolates collected among patients who had been previously admitted to the hospital and/or tested positive for the outbreak strain?

      We agree that samples collected in the ER imply samples collected on admission. Of the 29 ER isolates only 9 (31%) were primary isolates (first detection in a new patient) which suggests a majority were from returning patients at Facility A. Because the sampling was done under a public health surveillance framework, we do not have access to historical patient data (admission/discharge date, wards, rooms, etc.) to investigate/confirm that these 9 patients had previous visits at Facility A. This point is now discussed in the revised manuscript.

      Page 6 line 128. This could also represent increased selective pressure. However, according to Table S1, the 28 isolates collected in 2011 (the number does not match with Figure 1D) were from many different wards, thus indicating earlier spread throughout the hospital.

      Yes, we agree. Please note that table S1 lists all isolates for 2011 whereas Figure 1D focuses on primary (first isolate from each patients) only.  

      Page 7 line 133. Both Figure 2 and the discussion section, page 13 line 296 suggest the year 2005 instead of 2004?

      Thank you for catching this typographical error. This was corrected to 2004 in the revised manuscript.

      Figure 1E. The figure should also depict intra-patient diversity for comparison.

      Thank you for this great suggestion. We have revised Figure 1E accordingly.

      Page 7, lines 146-147 Could the authors attempt explaining the upper part of the bimodal peaks?

      This is an all-vs-all SNP analysis for all inter-patient isolates. For each isolates all distances to other isolates are reported, not only the smallest. The upper peaks represent comparisons to isolates from a different outbreak subclone (SC1 vs SC2).

      Page 7, line 150 This is a very small number considering the extent of the outbreak and suggests a large number of missing links. Or does this rather imply continuous import and evolution over time that does not necessarily represent transmission within the hospital?

      We believe all cases were due to transmission happening within the hospital. Based on conservative thresholds (genetic relatedness and epi link, or lack thereof) the precise origin from another patient (n=10) or a contaminated surface (n=12) can be inferred. For the remaining 60 patients, with the available sampling, the conditions we chose are not met and we simply do not conclude whether a direct patient-to-patient or an environmental origin was more likely.

      Page 8 line 155. What does the temporal overlap refer to - sampling date versus patient's stay on the ward? Please specify.

      The temporal overlap was investigated from sampling dates, as dates of patient admission/discharged were not available.

      Page 8, line 157: What does primary/serial isolate mean - first and follow-up samples of ST621 per patient?

      Yes. Primary isolate is used to designate the first isolate from a patient. Serial isolates designate follow-up samples of ST621.

      Page 8 line 165: Table S3 and Figure 3 only refer to environmental samples from three wards. Ward 20 rooms 2 and 18 as well as ward 1 rooms 1 and 6 were hotspots - is there any information on the specific infection control/disinfection measures? Addressed in discussion page 12, lines 273-275, but no information on what was actually done.

      The manuscript was revised to indicate the precise disinfection measures that were taken. A follow-up study is ongoing to assess long-term efficacy and monitor possible retrograde growth from previously contaminated sinks.

      Page 8 line 175: Evaluation of change in resistance fraction over time - There may have been a selection bias with an inconsistent number of strains sequenced per year.

      Yes, incomplete sampling and possible selection bias are now listed with other limitations of this study in the discussion of the revised manuscript.

      Page 9 line 183: The referral to Table S1 is unclear, I could not find the number and the specific isolates selected for long-read sequencing.

      Thank you. This has been added to the revised Table S1.

      Page 10 lines 217-225 and Figure 4C: Perhaps it is possible to better align what is written in the text and the caption of the figure. The caption does not clarify that only one patient develops colistin resistance (what was the reason to include the other patients?).

      Thank you. We have revised the text and the caption of the figure to clarify that only isolates from one patient developed colistin resistance. The isolates from the other patients on Fig. 4C are shown to provide context and accurately map the emergence of the PhoQE77fs mutation.  

      Page 10, lines 228-229 and Table S5: How is it possible to identify those 64 genes in Table S5?

      We have revised Table S5 to facilitate the identification of the 64 genes with ≥ 2 independently acquired mutations (excluding SYN). Specifically, we have added column E labeled “Counts independent mutations per locus (excluding SYN)”. A total of 205 rows (in this table each row is a variant) have a value ≥ 2 and these represent 64 genes (upon deduplication of locus tags).  

      Page 13, lines 280-281: Where is the information on chronic infection presented? Serial cultures would not necessarily mean chronic infection.

      Authors response: Yes, we agree this was not the appropriate characterization and this was revised to ‘long-term’ infections.

      Page 14 line 306: Emergence of colistin resistance in a single patient, correct?

      Yes. This was further clarified in the text.

      Page 14 lines 315-320: This should go to the results section. In particular disinfection, closing, and replacing of tubing should be mentioned in the results section in reference to the results presented in Table S3.

      Thank you. We have considered this suggestion and have decided to leave this discussion as the closing paragraph of this publication. A follow-up study is ongoing to assess long-term efficacy of these interventions on the ST-621 bur also other outbreak clones at Facility A.

      Methods

      Page 15 lines 330-333: Perhaps it is possible to avoid redundancy.

      Thank you. We have revised the text accordingly.

      Page 15 lines 341: Information on which isolates were subjected to long-read sequencing is missing.

      Thank you. This has been added to the revised Table S1.

      Page 16 line 345: Was there a particular reason why Newbler was chosen?

      No. At the time Newbler was the default assembler built in the MRSN bacterial genome analysis pipeline and QC processes.

      Page 16, line 357-358: What was the rationale for selecting this isolate as reference genome?

      This isolate was chosen because it was collected early in the outbreak and phylogenetic analysis revealed it had low root to tip divergence.

      Page 16 line 361: Why 310 isolates, if only 253 were assigned to the outbreak clone and only a subset of those were collected in facility A?

      This was a typographical error that has corrected (it now reads “…set of 253 isolates.”) in the revised manuscript.  

      Page 17 lines 387-395: What is the reason that intra-patient diversity was not included in the set of criteria for SNP distances?

      The observed within host variability (now displayed in revised Fig. 1E) was taken into consideration when setting SNP thresholds for categorizing patient-to-patient transmission or environment-to-patient event. This is now clarified in the revised manuscript.

      Page 17 line 392: How was the threshold of <=10 SNPs determined?

      The 10 SNP cutoff to infer a patient-to-patient transmission event was set to account for the known evolution rate of P. aeruginosa (inferred by BEAST at 2.987E-7 subs/site/year in this study, and similar to previous estimates PMID: 24039595) and the observed within host variability (now displayed in revised Fig. 1E). We note that this SNP distance was not sufficient and that an epi link (patients on the same ward within the same month) needed to be established.

      Page 17 line 395 and Figure 2: What was the assumed average mutation rate per genome per year?

      Thank you. The mean substitution rate inferred by BEAST was 2.987E-7 similar to estimate from previous studies on P. aeruginosa outbreaks (e.g. PMID: 24039595).

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Please find (line-by-line comments) on each section of the manuscript below:

      Introduction

      Line 86: I am wondering why the authors state ">28 facilities" instead of the exact number of facilities from which these lineages were recovered.

      Thank you. Manuscript was revised to provide the exact number of facilities. It now reads “…recovered from 37 and 28 facilities, respectively.”

      Methods

      It's not clear to me which criteria were used for collecting these isolates (both prospective and retrospective). I understand that some of the data are described in more detail in Lebreton et al but I did not find the specific criteria for the collection of the isolates and I imagine that these might differ if different facilities. Would it be possible to comment on that and add a short paragraph in the Methods section?

      Thank you. This lack of clarity was also raised by other reviewers, and we have revised the manuscript to indicate that: 1/MDR isolates only (Magiorakos et al PMID: 21793988) were collected from 2011-2020 with the same criteria for all facilities although compliance was variable through time and between facilities; and 2/ starting in 2021 all P. aeruginosa isolates, irrespective of their susceptibility profile, were collected from Facility A

      The data comes from a US Military hospital. Is this related to the US Veterans Affairs Healthcare system? Is there more detailed information about the demographics of the patient population?

      Facility A is part of the Military Health System (MHS) which provides care for active service members and their families. This is distinct from the US Veterans Affairs Healthcare system. Only limited patient data was accessible to us as this study was done as part of our public health surveillance activities. Patient age (avg. 57.2 +/- 21.0) and gender (ratio male/female 1.7) are provided in the revised manuscript. 

      Line 384ff: The origin of infection was inferred based on the SNP threshold and epidemiological links. However, recombination events can complicate the interpretation of SNP data. Have the authors attempted to account for this?

      Thank you. We agree that recombination events can complicate the interpretation of SNP data. We used Gubbins v2.3.1 to filter out recombination from the core SNP alignment, as indicated in the revised manuscript.

      The authors' definition of environment-to-patient transmission seems conservative (nearly identical strain and no known temporal overlap for > 365 days). Have the authors changed the threshold, performed sensitivity analyses, and tested how this would affect their results?

      Indeed, acknowledging that fixed thresholds have limitations in their ability to accurately predict the origin of infections, we took a conservative approach to favor specificity as our goal was simply to establish that cases of environment-to-patient transmission did happen. In the absence of a truth set, we have not performed sensitivity analysis, but we are conducting a follow-up study to compare inferences from MCMC models to our original predictions. This limitation is now discussed in the revised manuscript.

      The authors don't seem to incorporate the role of healthcare workers in the transmission process. Could they comment on this? I am assuming that environment-to-patient transmission could either be directly from the environment to the patient or via a healthcare worker. I think it's fine to make simplifying assumptions here but it would be great if this was explicitly described.

      Thank you for this suggestion. We have not sampled the hands of healthcare workers in this study. As a result, the reviewer is correct to say that we made the simplifying assumption that healthcare workers would be possible intermediates in either environment-topatient or patient-to-patient transmissions, as previously described by others (PMID: 8452949). This limitation is now discussed in the revised manuscript.

      Page 5, line 100: What does "all vs all" mean? Based on the supplement, I assume it's the pairwise distance and then averaged across all of those. It would improve the readability of the manuscript if the authors could briefly define this term and then maybe refer to Table S1.

      Thank you. We have created Fig.S2 and revised the manuscript to state that ST-621 isolates from facility A belonged to the same outbreak clone with a distance (averaged all vs all pairwise comparison) of just 38 single nucleotide polymorphisms (SNPs), and an IQR of 19 (Fig. S2, Table S1).

      Figure 1D: It would be interesting to see additional figures in the supplement on the percentage of sequenced isolates per year and whether it varies across the different sources/sites. Is there any information on which isolates were chosen for sequencing?

      Lack of clarity in the sampling/sequencing scheme was raised by multiple reviewers and we have provided a thorough response to earlier comments. We also have revised the material and methods section accordingly. Finally, we have created Fig. S3 to show the percentage of sequenced isolates per year across different sources/sites, as suggested by the reviewer. No noticeable patterns were observed. 

      It seems like only a subset of all clinical isolates were sequenced. Would it be possible that SC2 was present already earlier but not picked up until a certain date?

      Although all isolates received by the MRSN were sequenced, compliance varied through time so it is true that not all clinical isolates were sequenced between 2011-2019. As such, we fully agree with this hypothesis and discuss this possibility as BEAST analysis placed the origin of SC2 in 2004 while the first detection of an SC2 isolate was in December 2012. This limitation is now discussed in the revised manuscript.

      Could the authors elaborate on whether the isolates resulted from single-colony picks? Is it possible that the different absence of a subclone is due to the fact that they picked only a colony?

      Yes, the isolates resulted from single-colony picks except when the presence of different colony morphologies was noted. In the latter, representative isolates for each colony morphologies were processed. We have revised the methods to make that clear.

      Figure 2: It is difficult to see which nodes belong to which patient due to the small font size. I wonder if it was possible to color the nodes for each patient, to make it more readable.

      We tried coloring the nodes but with > 60 distinct patients/colors we decided it did not improve clarity. We have revised figure 2 to increase the font size.  

      Page 7-8, lines 154-155: Did the authors check whether there were isolates of the same strain (that were found in the environment) present in other patients elsewhere in the ward?

      Yes. In rare cases, we observed virtually genetically identical isolates from two patients collected in different wards. Because we only have access to clinical isolate data (collected from patient X in ward Y) and do not have access to patient data (admission/discharge date, wards, rooms, etc.), we do not know but cannot exclude that patients overlap in a room prior to the sampling of their P. aeruginosa isolates. We designed our fixed thresholds to be conservative. As a result, in this analysis, these cases are labelled as “undetermined”.  

      Page 8: Do the authors have any information on antibiotic use during this timeframe? From the discussion, it seems like there is no patient-level prescription data. Is there any data on overall trends? How were trends in antibiotic use correlated with trends in antibiotic resistance?

      Unfortunately, patient-level prescription data (or any other data not linked to the bacterial specimens) was not accessible to us as this study was done as part of our public health surveillance activities.

      To infer the origin of infection, the authors used a static method with fixed thresholds and definitions. This study does not provide any uncertainty with their estimates. Maybe the authors could add a sentence in the discussion section that MCMC methods to infer transmission trees incorporating WGS could provide these estimates. These methods have not been applied to PA a lot but two examples where MCMC methods have been used without WGS (though the definition of environmental contamination may differ between these studies and this study).

      https://doi.org/10.1186/s13756-022-01095-x

      https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pcbi.1006697

      Thank you for this great suggestion. We have revised the manuscript to include a discussion on the limitations of fixed thresholds to infer transmission chains/origins, and to discuss existing alternatives including MCMC methods. 

      Line 322-323: This sentence is a bit vague since not all of these HAI are due to P. aeruginosa. I would suggest citing a number that is specific to PA.

      Thank you. While our paper shows a particular example of protracted P. aeruginosa outbreak, the roll-out of routine WGS surveillance in the clinic will help prevent hospital-associated drug-resistant infections for more than this species. We believe that broadening the scope in the last sentence of the manuscript is important and we decline to revise as suggested.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      This report addresses a compelling topic. However, I have significant concerns, which necessitate a reassessment of the report's overall value.

      Anatomical Specificity and Stimulation Site:

      While the authors clarify that the ventral MGB (MGv) was the intended stimulation target, the electrode track (Fig. 1A) and viral spread (Fig. 2E) suggest possible involvement of the dorsal MGB (MGd) and broader area. Given that MGv-AI and MGd-AC pathways have distinct-and sometimes opposing-effects on plasticity, the reported LTP values (with unusually small standard deviations) raise concerns about the specificity of the findings. Additional anatomical verification would help resolve this issue.

      We thank the reviewer for highlighting the importance of anatomical specificity in MGv targeting. In the revised manuscript, we have taken several steps to address these issues:

      (1) Higher-magnification histology has been added to Figure 1A, clearly identifying the electrode tip localized within the MGv.

      (2) Figure 2E has been replaced with a new image showing viral expression largely confined to MGB, with minimal spread to surrounding structures.

      (3) In the Discussion, we explicitly acknowledge that although targeting was guided by stereotaxic coordinates and histological confirmation, some viral spread throughout the MGB occurred. We also discuss the possibility that both MGv-A1 and MGd-AC pathways may contribute to the recorded responses, which could influence the observed plasticity, as previously suggested by the reviewer.

      These additions and acknowledgments are now incorporated to ensure the reader can interpret the data with full consideration of anatomical targeting limitations.

      Results section:

      “Higher-magnification histology confirmed accurate MGv targeting (Figure 1A, lower-middle panel)’”

      Discussion section:

      “Although our experiment targeting the MGv was guided by stereotaxic coordinates and verified post hoc, we acknowledge potential contributions from non-lemniscal medial geniculate nucleus dorsal (MGd) projections. Anatomical and physiological evidence indicates that MGv-AC projections provide rapid, frequency‑specific, tonotopically organized excitation, whereas MGd pathways target higher‑order auditory cortex with broader tuning, less precise tonotopy, longer response latencies, and greater context‑dependence, features that can differentially shape cortical sensory integration and plasticity (Lee and Sherman, 2010; Smith et al., 2012; Ohga et al., 2018; Lee, 2015; Hu, 2003). While the co-recruitment of lemniscal and non-lemniscal inputs may enhance the generality of our CCK-dependent mechanism, the differing response characteristics of these pathways suggest subtle differences in their relative engagement in the observed plasticity. Future pathway-specific manipulations will help clarify their respective contributions”

      Lee, C.C., and Sherman, S.M. (2010). Topography and physiology of ascending streams in the auditory tectothalamic pathway. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences 107, 372-377. doi:10.1073/pnas.0907873107.

      Smith, P.H., Uhlrich, D.J., Manning, K.A., and Banks, M.I. (2012). Thalamocortical projections to rat auditory cortex from the ventral and dorsal divisions of the medial geniculate nucleus. Journal of Comparative Neurology 520, 34-51.

      Ohga, S., Tsukano, H., Horie, M., Terashima, H., Nishio, N., Kubota, Y., Takahashi, K., Hishida, R., Takebayashi, H., and Shibuki, K. (2018). Direct Relay Pathways from Lemniscal Auditory Thalamus to Secondary Auditory Field in Mice. Cerebral Cortex 28, 4424-4439. 10.1093/cercor/bhy234.

      Lee, C.C. (2015). Exploring functions for the non-lemniscal auditory thalamus. Frontiers in Neural Circuits 9, 69.

      Hu, B. (2003). Functional organization of lemniscal and nonlemniscal auditory thalamus. Experimental Brain Research 153, 543-549. 10.1007/s00221-003-1611-5.

      Figure legend section:

      “Post-hoc histology at higher magnification (lower-middle) shows the electrode tip confined within the MGv. White lines delineate the MGv/MGd border based on cytoarchitectonic landmarks.”

      Statistical Rigor and Data Variability:

      The remarkably low standard deviations in LTP measurements are unexpected based on established variability in thalamocortical plasticity. The authors' response confirms these values are accurate, but further justification, such as methodological controls or replication-would bolster confidence in these results. Additionally, the comparison of in vivo vs. in vitro LTP variability requires more substantive support.

      We appreciate the reviewer's concern regarding the unusually small variability. We would like to clarify that the error bars in our figures represent Standard Error of the Mean (SEM) rather than Standard Deviations (SD). As SEM is derived from the SD while incorporating sample size, it is inherently smaller than SD, which may have led to the impression of unrealistically low variability. This has now been explicitly clarified in the figure legends and Methods.

      To illustrate the raw variability, we have added Supplementary Figure S1E showing unaveraged fEPSP slopes compare to SEM, corresponding to Figure S1C. This addition ensures transparency and allows readers to directly assess the quality and consistency of our recordings.

      Regarding the comparison between in vivo and in vitro LTP variability:

      We agree that clarifying the basis of our in vivo vs. in vitro variability comparison is important. For example, in Chen et al., 2019, using identical LTP induction protocols (Fig. J), the SED of in vitro slice measurements (Fig. K) was substantially larger than that of in vivo recordings (Fig. L).

      This difference likely reflects:

      (1) In vitro: neighboring data points within a single experiment are highly correlated; variability across experiments is large due to heterogeneous sensitivity to LTP induction (10–200% increasement).

      (2) In vivo: lower correlation between neighboring data points, but each is averaged from 12 recordings over 2 min, reducing cross-trial variability; sensitivity to LTP induction is less variable across experiments (5–60% changes).

      We hope that these clarifications and additional data address the reviewer’s concerns regarding statistical rigor and data variability.

      Methods section:

      “The slopes of the evoked fEPSPs were calculated and normalized using a customized MATLAB script, and the group data were plotted as mean ± Standard Error of the Mean (SEM).”

      “All data are presented as mean ± SEM. Error bars and shaded areas represent SEM. Here, n represents the number of stimulation-recording sites or and N represents the number of animals in each experiment. At each time point, fEPSPs were averaged across 12 consecutive trials (2 min) to reduce within-experiment fluctuation. Normalized time courses were then used for repeated-measures analyses.”

      Figure legend section:

      “Data are mean ± SEM; error bars indicate SEM.”

      “(E) Unaveraged fEPSP slopes are shown for each time point, with individual data points corresponding to all sites included in Fig. 1C; mean ± SEM overlays are shown in black. Note that all individual data points are displayed in this figure, whereas in Figure S1C, only the averaged values are shown.”

      Viral Targeting and Specificity:

      The manuscript does not clearly address whether cortical neurons were inadvertently infected by AAV9. Given the potential for off-target effects, explicit confirmation (e.g., microphotograph of stimulation site) would strengthen the study's conclusions.

      We appreciate the request for quantitative confirmation of off-target cortical infection. We clarify that our histological verification was conducted by systematic sampling rather than exhaustive quantification. Under the same sampling procedure, we did not detect tdTomato-positive cortical somata after AAV9‑Syn‑ChrimsonR‑tdTomato injections into the MGB, whereas we observed rare EYFP-positive cortical somata after AAV9‑EF1a‑DIO‑ChETA‑EYFP (median < 1 cell per 0.4 × 0.4 mm² section, Supplementary Figure S1E). Although these observations do not constitute a formal statistical estimate, they were consistent across sampled sections and are in line with the low-level trans-synaptic transfer reported for AAV9. We have discussed their potential implications for data interpretation in the Discussion.

      We hope these clarifications and the newly presented histological evidence address the reviewer’s concerns and further strengthen the rigor of our study.

      Discussion section:

      “Another potential limitation of our study is the trans-synaptic transfer property of AAV9 (Figure S1F). To mitigate this risk, we carefully control the injection volume, rate, and viral expression time, while also verifying expression post-hoc. Systematic sampling histological analysis detected no tdTomato-positive cortical somata in the ACx (Figure 2E lower panel), whereas rare EYFP-positive cortical somata were observed after AAV9-EF1a-DIO-ChETA-EYFP injections (median < 1 cell in 0.4 × 0.4 mm2 section, Figure S1F, corresponds to Figure 2A upper-middle panel). These construct‑dependent observations align with occasional low‑level trans‑synaptic transfer reported for AAV9 (Zingg et al., 2017) and indicate that off‑target cortical infection was negligible for ChrimsonR and exceedingly rare for ChETA under our experimental conditions.”

      Zingg, B., Chou, X.L., Zhang, Z.G., Mesik, L., Liang, F., Tao, H.W., and Zhang, L.I. (2017). AAV-Mediated Anterograde Transsynaptic Tagging: Mapping Corticocollicular Input-Defined Neural Pathways for Defense Behaviors. Neuron 93, 33-47. 10.1016/j.neuron.2016.11.045.

      Figure legend:

      “Representative histological images demonstrating low-level transsynaptic spread following AAV9-EF1a-DIO-ChETA-EYFP injection into the MGv. Rare EYFP-positive cortical neurons were observed (median < 1 cell per 0.4 × 0.4 mm² section). Scale bar: 100 µm.”

      Integration of Prior Literature:

      The discussion of existing work is adequate but could be more comprehensive. A deeper engagement with contrasting findings would provide better context for the study's contributions.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s suggestion to engage more deeply with contrasting findings. In the revised Introduction and Discussion, we have:

      (1) Refocused the historical context toward adult auditory thalamocortical plasticity and explicitly contrasted it with visual and somatosensory cortices, while adult ACx exhibits weaker and more gated NMDAR dependence.

      (2) Positioned CCK–CCKBR signaling as a permissive/gating mechanism that can complement or partially compensate for postsynaptic NMDAR signaling, potentially reconciling variability across cortical areas and life stages.

      (3) Clarified the potential differential contributions of lemniscal (MGv) and non‑lemniscal (MGd) streams to plasticity expression and variability, acknowledging pathway-specific response properties.

      These additions are now integrated in the Introduction (paragraphs 2–3) and Discussion (sections “CCK Dependence of Thalamocortical Neuroplasticity in the ACx” and “Developmental and Age‑Dependent CCK‑Mediated Plasticity”), providing a more comprehensive and balanced context for our findings.

      Introduction section:

      “However, converging evidence shows that thalamocortical inputs retain a capacity for experience-dependent modification in adulthood. Sensory enrichment or deprivation can gate or reinstate thalamocortical plasticity. In the adult ACx, pairing sounds with neuromodulatory drive can reshape cortical representations. In vivo high-frequency stimulation (HFS) of dorsal lateral geniculate nucleus (LGN) or medial geniculate body (MGB) induces LTP in sensory cortices and has been linked to perceptual learning beyond the critical period. Notably, auditory thalamocortical plasticity appears less dependent on NMDA receptors compared to other cortical regions. The mechanisms underlying thalamocortical plasticity in the mature brain remain poorly understood.

      Cholecystokinin (CCK) and its receptor CCK-B receptor (CCKBR) are well positioned to influence thalamocortical transmission: Cck mRNA is abundant in MGB neurons and CCKBR is enriched in layer IV of ACx, the principal thalamorecipient layer.”

      Discussion section:

      “These findings suggest a potential involvement of CCK in thalamocortical plasticity. Our data extend this framework by identifying CCK–CCKBR signaling as a permissive modulator of adult thalamocortical LTP.”

      “We propose that CCKBR activation may trigger intracellular calcium release and AMPAR recruitment in parallel to, or partially compensating for,independently of postsynaptic NMDAR signaling, while the complementarity of CCKBR and NMDARs may contribute to robust thalamocortical plasticity. This complementary arrangement may reconcile differences across developmental stages and cortical areas, and highlights neuropeptidergic signaling as a lever to re-enable adult thalamocortical plasticity.

      Notably, exogenous CCK alone failed to induce LTP in the absence of accompanying stimulation (Figure S2A and S2B), emphasizing that CCK function as a modulator rather than a direct initiator of LTP. Activation of the thalamocortical pathway is also essential for LTP induction. Although our experiment targeting the MGv was guided by stereotaxic coordinates and verified post hoc, we acknowledge potential contributions from non-lemniscal medial geniculate nucleus dorsal (MGd) projections. Anatomical and physiological evidence indicates that MGv-AC projections provide rapid, frequency‑specific, tonotopically organized excitation, whereas MGd pathways target higher‑order auditory cortex with broader tuning, less precise tonotopy, longer response latencies, and greater context‑dependence, features that can differentially shape cortical sensory integration and plasticity. While the co-recruitment of lemniscal and non-lemniscal inputs may enhance the generality of our CCK-dependent mechanism, the differing response characteristics of these pathways suggest subtle differences in their relative engagement in the observed plasticity. Future pathway-specific manipulations will help clarify their respective contributions. Another potential limitation of our study is the trans-synaptic transfer property of AAV9 (Figure S1F). To mitigate this, we carefully controlled the injection volume, rate, and viral expression time, and conducted post-hoc histological analyses to minimize off-target effects, thereby reducing the likelihood of trans-synaptic transfer confounding the interpretation of our findings.”

      Therapeutic Implications:

      The authors' discussion of therapeutic potential is now appropriately cautious and well-reasoned.

      Conclusion:

      While the study presents intriguing findings, the concerns outlined above must be addressed to fully establish the validity and impact of the results. I appreciate the authors' efforts thus far and hope they can provide additional data or clarification to resolve these issues. With these revisions, the manuscript could make a valuable contribution to the field.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This work used multiple approaches to show that CCK is critical for long-term potentiation (LTP) in the auditory thalamocortical pathway. They also showed that the CCK mediation of LTP is age-dependent and supports frequency discrimination. This work is important because is opens up a new avenue of investigation of the roles of neuropeptides in sensory plasticity.

      Strengths:

      The main strength is the multiple approaches used to comprehensively examine the role of CCK in auditory thalamocortical LTP. Thus, the authors do provide a compelling set of data that CCK mediates thalamocortical LTP in an age-dependent manner.

      Weaknesses:

      There are some details that should be addressed, primarily regarding potential baseline differences in comparison groups. The behavioral assessment is relatively limited, but may be fleshed out in future work.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s suggestion regarding potential baseline differences. In our study, all groups underwent harmonized procedures, including identical exposure, timing, and acquisition parameters. Group allocation and data collection were performed under standardized conditions. For electrophysiology, baseline fEPSP measures and stimulation intensities were calibrated per site using consistent input-output procedures, with analyses based on normalized slopes relative to each site’s own baseline. For behavior, animals from the same litter served as both experimental and control groups, matched for handling conditions; startle/PPI data were acquired using identical hardware and timing settings. While no additional post hoc re-processing was performed, we have clarified these controls in the Methods to enhance transparency.

      We agree that the behavioral assessment is intentionally focused and does not encompass broader auditory perceptual functions (e.g., temporal processing). We now explicitly state this limitation and propose future studies to examine temporal acuity and cell-type-specific manipulations. These experiments will clarify how CCK-dependent thalamocortical plasticity generalizes to other perceptual domains.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Cholecystokinin (CCK) is highly expressed in auditory thalamocortical (MGB) neurons and CCK has been found to shape cortical plasticity dynamics. In order to understand how CCK shapes synaptic plasticity in the auditory thalamocortical pathway, they assessed the role of CCK signaling across multiple mechanisms of LTP induction with the auditory thalamocortical (MGB - layer IV Auditory Cortex) circuit in mice. In these physiology experiments that leverage multiple mechanisms of LTP induction and a rigorous manipulation of CCK and CCK-dependent signaling, they establish an essential role of auditory thalamocortical LTP on the co-release of CCK from auditory thalamic neurons. By carefully assessing the development of this plasticity over time and CCK expression, they go on to identify a window of time that CCK is produced throughout early and middle adulthood in auditory thalamocortical neurons to establish a window for plasticity from 3 weeks to 1.5 years in mice, with limited LTP occurring outside of this window. The authors go on to show that CCK signaling and its effect on LTP in the auditory cortex is also capable of modifying frequency discrimination accuracy in an auditory PPI task. In evaluating the impact of CCK on modulating PPI task performance, it also seems that in mice <1.5 years old CCK-dependent effects on cortical plasticity is almost saturated. While exogenous CCK can modestly improve discrimination of only very similar tones, exogenous focal delivery of CCK in older mice can significantly improve learning in a PPI task to bring their discrimination ability in line with those from young adult mice.

      Strengths:

      (1) The clarity of the results, along with the rigor multi-angled approach, provide significant support for the claim that CCK is essential for auditory thalamocortical synaptic LTP. This approach uses a combination of electrical, acoustic, and optogenetic pathway stimulation alongside conditional expression approaches, germline knockout, viral RNA downregulation and pharmacological blockade. Through the combination of these experimental configures the authors demonstrate that high-frequency stimulation-induced LTP is reliant on co-release of CCK from glutamatergic MGB terminals projecting to the auditory cortex.

      (2) The careful analysis of the CCK, CCKB receptor, and LTP expression is also a strength that puts the finding into the context of mechanistic causes and potential therapies for age-dependent sensory/auditory processing changes. Similarly, not only do these data identify a fundamental biological mechanism, but they also provide support for the idea that exogenous asynchronous stimulation of the CCKBR is capable of restoring an age-dependent loss in plasticity.

      (3) Although experiments to simultaneously relate LTP and behavioral change or identify a causal relationship between LTP and frequency discrimination are not made, there is still convincing evidence that CCK signaling in the auditory cortex (known to determine synaptic LTP) is important for auditory processing/frequency discrimination. These experiments are key for establishing the relevance of this mechanism.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Given the magnitude of the evoked responses, one expects that pyramidal neurons in layer IV are primarily those that undergo CCK-dependent plasticity, but the degree to which PV-interneurons and pyramidal neurons participate in this process differently is unclear.

      We agree with the reviewer that the relative contributions of pyramidal neurons and PV-interneurons to CCK-dependent thalamocortical plasticity remain to be determined. Our recordings primarily reflected excitatory postsynaptic activity from layer IV pyramidal neurons, given the fEPSP metrics used. As PV-interneurons are essential in shaping cortical inhibition and temporal precision, they may also be modulated by CCK release from thalamocortical inputs. We have explicitly acknowledged this limitation in the Discussion section of the manuscript and propose that future studies should employ cell-type-specific recording or manipulation approaches to dissect the respective roles of inhibitory and excitatory neuronal populations in CCK-dependent thalamocortical plasticity. We appreciate the reviewer’s suggestion and believe this is a valuable direction for ongoing research.

      (2) While these data support an important role for CCK in synaptic LTP in the auditory thalamocortical pathway, perhaps temporal processing of acoustic stimuli is as or more important than frequency discrimination. Given the enhanced responsivity of the system, it is unclear whether this mechanism would improve or reduce the fidelity of temporal processing in this circuit. Understanding this dynamic may also require consideration of cell type as raised in weakness #1.

      We acknowledge that the current study primarily examined frequency discrimination and did not directly assess temporal processing. Enhanced network responsivity could have variable effects on temporal precision, depending on the balance between excitation and inhibition. PV-interneurons, in particular, are known to support temporal fidelity in auditory processing (Nocon et al., 2023; Cai et al., 2018). We discussion that future work should investigate how CCK modulation influences temporal coding at both the circuit and single-cell level, and whether such changes align with or diverge from the mechanisms underlying frequency discrimination improvements.

      (3) In Figure 1, an example of increased spontaneous and evoked firing activity of single neurons after HFS is provided. Yet it is surprising that the group data are analyzed only for the fEPSP. It seems that single neuron data would also be useful at this point to provide insight into how CCK and HFS affect temporal processing and spontaneous activity/excitability, especially given the example in 1F.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s suggestion. While we recorded single-unit activity during HFS protocols, long-term stability over >1.5 hours was less consistent compared to fEPSP measurements, leading to higher variability in spike-based metrics. We therefore used fEPSPs as our primary quantitative measure for robustness. We agree, however, that single-neuron data could yield valuable complementary insights. In future experiments combining stable single-unit recording with synaptic measurements will be conducted to better link cellular excitability and network plasticity.

      (4) The circuitry that determines PPI requires multiple brain areas, including the auditory cortex. Given the complicated dynamics of this process, it may be helpful to consider what, if anything, is known specifically about how layer IV synaptic plasticity in the auditory cortex may shape this behavior.

      We agree that PPI involves multiple cortical and subcortical nodes. In our paradigm, layer IV neurons receive segregated MGv inputs, high-frequency activation of thalamocortical projections induces robust synaptic plasticity in layer IV. The potentiation at these synapses could amplify the cortical representation of weak prepulses, facilitating their detection and enhancing PPI performance. This interpretation is consistent with prior work showing that local CCK infusion combined with auditory stimuli can augment cortical responses (Li et al., 2014). We have expanded the Discussion to highlight that in aged animals, where baseline PPI performance is often reduced due to degraded auditory inputs (Ouagazzal et al., 2006; Young et al., 2010), restoring thalamocortical plasticity via CCK may partially compensate for sensory gating deficits. We further note that the exact contribution of layer IV to PPI circuitry warrants future investigation using pathway-specific perturbations.

      Comments on revisions:

      The manuscript is much improved and many of the issues or questions have been addressed. Ideally, evidence for the degree of transsynaptic spread for AAV9-Syn-ChrimsonR-tdTomato would also be provided in some form since in the authors' response in sounds like some was observed, as expected.

      We thank the reviewer for this important point and for the opportunity to clarify. As requested, we have carefully examined the possibility of transsynaptic spread in our experiments:

      We clarify that our histological verification was conducted by systematic sampling rather than exhaustive quantification. Under the same sampling procedure, we did not detect tdTomato-positive cortical somata after AAV9‑Syn‑ChrimsonR‑tdTomato injections into the MGB, whereas we observed rare EYFP-positive cortical somata after AAV9‑EF1a‑DIO‑ChETA‑EYFP (median < 1 cell per 0.4 × 0.4 mm² section, see Figure 2A and Figure S1F), consistent with occasional low-level transsynaptic spread reported in the literature.

      We have updated the Discussion sections to clearly report these findings, and to emphasize the potential for vector- and construct-dependent variability in transsynaptic spread. We also explicitly acknowledge this technical limitation and discuss its implications for data interpretation.

      We hope these clarifications and additions address the reviewer’s concern regarding viral specificity and transsynaptic spread.

      Discussion section:

      “Another potential limitation of our study is the trans-synaptic transfer property of AAV9 (Figure S1F). To mitigate this risk, we carefully control the injection volume, rate, and viral expression time, while also verifying expression post-hoc. Systematic sampling histological analysis detected no tdTomato-positive cortical somata in the ACx (Figure 2E lower panel), whereas rare EYFP-positive cortical somata were observed after AAV9-EF1a-DIO-ChETA-EYFP injections (median < 1 cell in 0.4 × 0.4 mm2 section, Figure S1F, corresponds to Figure 2A upper-middle panel). These construct‑dependent observations align with occasional low‑level trans‑synaptic transfer reported for AAV9 (Zingg et al., 2017) and indicate that off‑target cortical infection was negligible for ChrimsonR and exceedingly rare for ChETA under our experimental conditions.”

      Zingg, B., Chou, X.L., Zhang, Z.G., Mesik, L., Liang, F., Tao, H.W., and Zhang, L.I. (2017). AAV-Mediated Anterograde Transsynaptic Tagging: Mapping Corticocollicular Input-Defined Neural Pathways for Defense Behaviors. Neuron 93, 33-47. 10.1016/j.neuron.2016.11.045.

      Figure legend:

      " Representative histological images demonstrating low-level transsynaptic spread following AAV9-EF1a-DIO-ChETA-EYFP injection into the MGv. Rare EYFP-positive cortical neurons were observed (median < 1 cell per 0.4 × 0.4 mm² section). Scale bar: 100 µm."

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Thank you for your efforts in revising the manuscript. While progress has been made, I have a few remaining concerns that I hope you can address to further strengthen the study.

      Focus of the Introduction:

      Auditory thalamocortical plasticity is known to be NMDA-dependent, albeit with weaker dependence during early development. Given that this work examines thalamocortical LTP in young adult and aged mice, I recommend refining the Introduction to place greater emphasis on auditory thalamocortical plasticity in the adult brain. The current discussion of somatosensory plasticity during early development, while interesting, seems less directly relevant to the present study. A sharper focus on the auditory system would better frame your research questions.

      We thank the reviewer for this constructive suggestion. We have revised the Introduction to emphasize adult auditory thalamocortical plasticity and to streamline content less directly related to our study. Specifically:

      (1) We now foreground evidence that thalamocortical inputs retain experience-dependent plasticity beyond the critical period in adult ACx, including neuromodulatory pairing, HFS-induced LTP, and experience-dependent reinstatement.

      (2) We explicitly note that adult auditory thalamocortical plasticity is more weakly NMDAR-dependent than in other cortices, thereby motivating our focus on CCK–CCKBR signaling as a permissive mechanism for adult LTP.

      (3) We have condensed the discussion of somatosensory plasticity during early development to a brief background and shifted the focus to adult auditory mechanisms and knowledge gaps that directly frame our research questions.

      These changes appear in the revised Introduction (paragraphs 2–3), which now provide a sharper rationale for investigating CCK‑dependent thalamocortical LTP in young adult and aged mice.

      Introduction section:

      “However, converging evidence shows that thalamocortical inputs retain a capacity for experience-dependent modification in adulthood. Sensory enrichment or deprivation can gate or reinstate thalamocortical plasticity. In the adult ACx, pairing sounds with neuromodulatory drive can reshape cortical representations. In vivo high-frequency stimulation (HFS) of dorsal lateral geniculate nucleus (LGN) or medial geniculate body (MGB) induces LTP in sensory cortices and has been linked to perceptual learning beyond the critical period. Notably, auditory thalamocortical plasticity appears less dependent on NMDA receptors compared to other cortical regions. The mechanisms underlying thalamocortical plasticity in the mature brain remain poorly understood.

      Cholecystokinin (CCK) and its receptor CCK-B receptor (CCKBR) are well positioned to influence thalamocortical transmission: Cck mRNA is abundant in MGB neurons and CCKBR is enriched in layer IV of ACx, the principal thalamorecipient layer.”

      Anatomical Specificity of MGv Targeting:

      The mouse MGv is a small and deep structure, and precise targeting is critical given the functional differences between MGv and MGd pathways. In the current figures:

      Fig. 1A suggests the electrode track may have approached the MGd.

      Fig. 2E indicates some viral spread beyond the MGB.

      Since MGv-AI and MGd-AC pathways exhibit distinct (and sometimes opposing) effects on plasticity, I encourage you to provide additional clarification or verification of the stimulated/infected regions. This would greatly enhance the interpretability of your LTP data.

      Please see above.

      Data Variability and Transparency:

      The reported thalamocortical LTP values exhibit remarkably small standard deviations, which is somewhat unexpected given typical experimental variability in such measurements. To address this concern, it would be helpful to include example raw traces of the recorded LTP (e.g., in a supplementary figure). This would allow readers to better evaluate the data quality and consistency.

      Please see above.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Overall, the authors did an excellent job of responding to our critiques, both in their direct responses and in the modified text. The modified text is also more readable than before. Two issues that the authors should consider addressing;

      (1) Unless I missed it, there is no commentary stated about the impact of using aged C57 mice, which lose their hearing, such that the effects seen in the older mice could be related to hearing loss rather than aging alone. Some discussion of this point should be made.

      We thank the reviewer for raising this important point. C57BL/6 mice are known to develop age-related hearing loss, which could potentially affect PPI performance in older animals. We note that in our internal screening we observed markedly reduced startle amplitudes and frequent negative PPI values in many mice >20 months, indicating severe auditory impairment. To minimize this confound a priori, we excluded mice older than 20 months and restricted the aged cohort to 17–19 months, which consistently exhibited robust startle responses and reliable PPI. While some degree of presbycusis may still be present in this age range in C57BL/6 mice, the improvement of PPI following CCK administration combined with acoustic exposure indicates that the auditory pathways remained sufficiently functional to support sensorimotor gating. In fact, the presence of partial hearing loss in these aged mice may have allowed us to better detect the beneficial effects of CCK, further highlighting its therapeutic potential for age-related deficits. The greater improvement in PPI observed in older mice —as compared to younger mice, whose PPI in control group is already high—likely reflect the combined effects of age-related hearing loss and CCK deficiency, with CCK-induced restoration of thalamocortical plasticity being the primary focus of our study. We have now added a discussion of this point in the revised manuscript.

      Discussion section:

      “In aged mice, PPI deficits are commonly observed due to impaired auditory processing. Notably, C57BL/6 mice exhibit age-related hearing loss (Johnson et al., 1997). Both age-associated changes in auditory function and CCK deficiency contribute to impaired sensory gating. The presence of partial hearing loss in aged mice may have facilitated the detection of CCK’s beneficial effects, further highlighting its therapeutic potential for age-related deficits. Our results suggest that enhanced thalamocortical plasticity mediated by CCK might partially compensate for these deficits by amplifying residual auditory signals in aged mice.”

      Johnson, K.R., Erway, L.C., Cook, S.A., Willott, J.F., and Zheng, Q.Y. (1997). A major gene affecting age-related hearing loss in C57BL/6J mice. Hearing Research 114, 83-92. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0378-5955(97)00155-X.

      (2) Minor point - I do not agree with the use of the term "ventral to bregma" to describe where the craniotomies were placed (e.g., line 599). The direction being described is more typically referred to as "lateral." If the authors prefer to use the term "ventral," perhaps additional clarification can be added.

      We thank the reviewer for pointing out this issue and apologize for any confusion. We agree that “ventral to bregma” is not the standard terminology and have revised the Methods section to use “below the temporal ridge”. We have also clarified that the craniotomy for accessing the auditory cortex was performed on the lateral aspect of the skull in rodents, just below the temporal ridge. We hope this revision resolves the ambiguity.

      Method section:

      “A craniotomy was performed over the temporal bone, as the auditory cortex is located on the lateral surface of the brain (coordinates: 1.5 to 3.0 mm below the temporal ridge and 2.0 to 4.0 mm posterior to bregma for mice; 2.5 to 6.5 mm below the temporal ridge and 3.0 to 5.0 mm posterior to bregma for rats) to access the auditory cortex.”

      “Six-week after CCK-sensor virus injection, a craniotomy was performed to access the auditory cortex at the temporal bone (1.5 to 3.0 mm below the temporal ridge and 2.0 to 4.0 mm posterior to bregma), and the dura mater was opened.”

    1. En la música, la narrativa puede ser tan poderosa como en cualquier otra forma de arte. Un relato sonoro bien construido puede evocar emociones, crear imágenes mentales y llevar al oyente en un viaje emocional. Esto es especialmente importante en géneros como la música clásica, el jazz y el rock progresivo, donde la estructura y la progresión son fundamentales.

      Las narrativas musicales evocan emociones, crean imágenes.

    1. (chosing needs and topics in resonance with the community is key in having this prototypes as living artifacts in such community).

      Este paréntesis me parece central para entender la convivial computing planteada desde el Sur global, ya que resalta lo fundamental que es ligar las necesidades y discusiones de las comunidades locales con el desarrollo de los prototipos. Esto es importante porque es lo que permite que los prototipos sean artefactos vivos que interactúan con las comunidades para las que están pensadas. Esto está relacionado con el uso de herramientas como interstitial programming que permite la participación de los diferentes actores.

    2. "the developers" or "the user", in contrast with The People of the Center in the Colombian Amazonas, the local hackerspace, a food soveraignity and solidarity savings collective in the Colombian coffe region.

      Esta reflexión sobre lo abstracto o ambiguo que puede ser el lenguaje que usamos para denominar las cosas, y el impacto que puede tener nombrarlas en mayor detalle y siendo más descriptivos me resulta interesante porque en términos de la accesibilidad al conocimiento, la terminología es una de las barreras que puede limitarnos la comprensión e interacción con el mismo.

    3. And because our (digital) prototypes try to be used/validaded mainly by communities instead of by academic peers, we need to care about the practicalities of such prototypes and their insertion in the communities. In my experience, this practical insertion could happen via two complementary strategies: the encompassing one and embedding one. The encompassing strategy could be exemplified by the Smalltalk variants, like Pharo or GToolkit, with their OS and IDE rolled into one approach. Here, a single computing experience includes "everything" a community artifact could need: object networks acting as "app(s)"3, persistance, data formats, IDEs, graphical stack, debbugers and so on. The practicalities are related with the collapse of incidental complexity when the community has a single metatool to bridge their other tools and workflows. We use what I call "interstitial programming" to bridge socio-technical systems by changing what happens in the gaps/bridges between them, instead of changing them from inside. This was the approach I followed with Grafoscopio, since late 2014 and early 2015 until present day, with pretty good results and fluency, allowing us to make several prototypes and empowering practices convering diverse needs: from self (PDF/web) publishing, to civic tech and political oversight, community learning and memory, amont other themes (chosing needs and topics in resonance with the community is key in having this prototypes as living artifacts in such community). The embedding strategy could be exemplified by Lua and its variants, like YueScript. Here, an already existing tool/experience is extended from inside or by complementing and then replacing an existing tool/practice, and while this contrast the "interstitial" approach mentioned above, still shares the concern of dealing with needs felt in the community in its current workflows and tools. This is the strategy I plan to explore this year, particularly regarding the publishing workflows/formats of several local grassroots communities, and to compare with how I'll be implementing part of such ideas in Grafoscopio (keeping on with the encompassing strategy). While previously I thought in Fengari as my way to implement embeddability to increse agency in the (web) tools, the recent developments on hypermedia systems make me think that I can keep avoiding JavaScript4 and implement the strategy server side by reimagining TiddlyWiki in Lua+YueScript. Cardumem is the working name for such idea, and as explained in that link the intend is to provide a similar gentle learning curve between being a content creator and a functionality creator, that TiddlyWiki give us, while being able to generalize the concepts learnt while using and extending the wiki in its own functional DSL to other computing languages (for more details and links to the TW's community discussion visit the previos link). So, regarding the "Not Invented Here syndrome", the differences with TiddlyWiki are enough to justify why we need to invest all that work in Cardumem, as community and (inter)personal knowledge management is a core concern5 in the Grafoscopio community, to the point that we need to reinvent the wheel, for the contexts where the already existing ones don't work as we expect for our needs. While learning Lua and YueScript, I frequently miss a lot of the code liveness and the interactive documentation of the "Argumentative Driven Development" (ADD? 🤔) that I already enjoy within Grafoscopio over Pharo/GToolkit. So I thought that my first job would be to implement some kind of minimal notebook publishing on Lua, inpired by Clojure's Clerk6 and Julia's Pluto, but quite more static, at least as the begining (see Boostrapping a Lua notebook for more details). But finally a minimal Lua long comment + "markup tag" was good enough to have my documentation in the Lua files to postpone the idea, while exploring the HTML interactive interfaces provided by HTMX. Instead the design has been guided by the needs I have with my students/apprentices in my classes this semester at the university and future workshops in the hackerspace. And it has been a pretty fruitful design space/practice, where UI and functionality emerge organically, with the lessons I need to learn to ptovide the experience I need/want. There is still a long path to walk, but the initial advances are promising. Let's see how I walk the exploration map sketched here in this pendular movement from emcompassing to embedding strategies and from abstraction about the to concrete implementations. I will document my advances in the entries to come.

      La tecnología pensada para comunidades debe práctica y no solo teórica, y para lograrlo se pueden usar dos estrategias: la envolvente, que ofrece una herramienta integral como Grafoscopio, o la incrustada, que mejora las herramientas que la gente ya utiliza, como se muestra con Cardumem. La idea es encontrar que entre estas dos formas se alinee para que la tecnología llegue a las necesidades reales de una comunidad y no solo el entorno académico u operativo de la programación.

    4. Smalltalk

      Se refiere a una conversación informal y ligera, de carácter superficial, que se utiliza para romper el hielo, establecer relaciones cordiales y construir una red de contactos, tanto en situaciones sociales como profesionales.

      Smalltalk

    5. When I zoomed out from our practices on critical code/data literacy using metatools and pocket infrastructures to reformulate them in the broader convivial computing, one of the emphasis was how to increase (inter)personal and community agency with artifacts and practices that where deeply rooted and concerned with specific communities in particular contexts, despite the generalizing possibilitities of the concepts and recontextualizing possibilities of the practices and artifacts. This is something that I found kind of abstracted in the Global North counterparts of this genealogy, in things like "the developers" or "the user", in contrast with The People of the Center in the Colombian Amazonas, the local hackerspace, a food soveraignity and solidarity savings collective in the Colombian coffe region.

      En algunos lugares la gente habla de los desarrolladores y los que programan, pero aquí, en Colombia, la tecnología se hace pensando en algo más aterrizado que es parte de la cultura colombiana como los pueblos indígenas o campesinos, es así que los sistemas se vuelven como un medio o herramienta que no está tan suelta sino que puede ser parte de las personas.

    6. outside the classical academic circuit

      Es interesante ver como las comunidades afines al open practices presentan sus hallazgos y proyectos en formas distintas del tradicional paper académico, mostrando que la investigación tiene el potencial de salir de estos estándares.

    7. This brought up, again, some thoughts about how most of the research in the Global South mainly produces practical interventions in dialogue and within grassroots communities and it tries to create localized impact there, with the community, while giving not so much relevance to the academic circuit and the classical metrics of knowledge impact2. Or said in other way, the impact of the knowledge is meassure mostly/mainly in the grassroots communities, particularly in the Global South, instead of the academic ones, particularly in the Global North, which makes such impact pretty localized and invisible elsewhere. One recent example of this is our microwiki for linguistic revitalizing in the Colombian Amazonas, which is more concerned with the application of the concept of malleability in that community to attend their more pressing needs and will produce an academic paper later as a secondary output. When knowledge circulate between Global South and Global North more fluently it's mostly in web forums and mailing list. But, the main knowledge artifacts are not in English and not in academic paper form, and instead they are embodied in the language and artifacts that benefits more the grassroots communities where such knowledge was co-created. This also means that, when we arrive to similar concepts or names, like convivial computing or metatools/malleability, usually we have traversed different paths and our attention is focused in different places/concerns, or that we have diffractive genealogies, following the term used Janeke Adama in her Living Books. This happened when I saw that the convivial computing in English from the North has been more focused in the computing part that in the conviviality part, in this diffractive genealogy.

      En algunos pueblos o comunidades), la gente crea ideas para resolver problemas del día a día: cómo cuidar su idioma y otros para vivir mejor juntos etc., En otros lugares (como universidades grandes), prefieren hacer ideas muy generales que no siempre sirven de inmediato. Normalmente dicen que un trabajo es importante si está en un libro o en internet y lo leen muchos científicos, pero es más funcional revisar que es más efectivo en el impacto de ayuda a las personas en este caso proteger su cultura como su lengua y tradiciones, esto permite que el lenguaje tenga la interpretación correcta y que no la misma palabra se entienda distinto.

    8. Community agency and metatools insertion strategies Status: Published First draft: 2025-01-11 Publishing date: 2025-09-02 In August of 2024 I was invited by the National Library of Colombia to present a critical approach to IA and libraries and by the Javeriana University, where I work, to co-create a draft curriculum on education innovation for peers in other univerisities. For both invitations, I (re)formulated1 the concept of convivial computing, trying to give a broader intellectual framework to the open practices we do in the Grafoscopio and HackBo communities. As usual, those developments are presented in Spanish and outside the classical academic circuit as a Mindmap and/or a talk, instead of in English in an academic paper or in a conference talk.

      Empiezo buscando definiciones como computación convivial, que es un enfoque del diseño y uso de tecnologías digitales que busca que las comunidades y las personas puedan comprender, modificar, apropiar y crear sus propias herramientas digitales, en lugar de ser únicamente consumidoras de sistemas cerrados diseñados desde afuera. El término convivialidad proviene del pensador Iván Illich (1973), quien la entendía como la capacidad de una sociedad para crear y usar herramientas que potencien la autonomía, la cooperación y la creatividad humana, en lugar de restringirlas Se habla de co-crear un currículo que se entendería como el dialogo con pedagogías críticas (Freire, hooks) y con prácticas de educación abierta.

    1. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The manuscript by Kawadkar et al investigates the role of Nup107 in developmental progression via regulation of ecdysone signaling. The authors identify an interesting phenotype of Nup107 whole body RNAi depletion in Drosophila development - developmental arrest at the late larval stage. Nup107-depleted larvae exhibit mis-localization of the Ecdysone receptor (EcR) from the nucleus to the cytoplasm and reduced expression of EcR taret genes in salivary glands, indicative of compromised ecdysone signaling. This mis-localization of EcR in salivary glands was phenocopied when Nup107 was depleted only in the prothoracic gland (PG), suggesting that it is not nuclear transport of EcR but presence of ecdysone (normally secreted from PG) that is affected. Consistently, whole body levels of ecdysone were shown to be reduced in Nup107 KD, particularly at the late third instar stage when a spike in ecdysone normally occurs. Importantly, the authors could rescue the developmental arrest and EcR mis-localization phenotypes of Nup107 KD by adding exogenous ecdysone, supporting the notion that Nup107 depletion disrupts biosynthesis of ecdysone, which arrests normal development. Additionally, they found that rescue of Nup107 KD phenotype can also be achieved by over-expression of the receptor tyrosine kinase torso, which is thought to be the upstream regulator of ecdysone synthesis in the PG. Transcript levels of torso are also shown to be downregulated in the Nup107KD, as are transcript levels of multiple ecdysone biosynthesis genes. Together, these experiments reveal a new role of Nup107 or nuclear pore levels in hormone-driven developmental progression, likely via regulation of levels of torso and torso-stimulated ecdysone biosynthesis.

      Strengths:

      The developmental phenotypes of an NPC component presented in the manuscript are striking and novel, and the data appears to be of high quality. The rescue experiments are particularly significant, providing strong evidence that Nup107 functions upstream of torso and ecdysone levels in regulation of developmental timing and progression.

      Weaknesses:

      The underlying mechanism is however not clear, and any insight into how Nup107 may regulate these pathways would greatly strengthen the manuscript. Some suggestions to address this are detailed below.

      Major questions:

      (1) Determining how specific this phenotype is to Nup107 vs. to reduced NPC levels overall would give some mechanistic insight. Does knocking down other components of the Nup107 subcomplex (the Y-complex) lead to similar phenotypes? Given the published gene regulatory function of Nup107, do other gene regulatory Nups such as Nup98 or Nup153 produce these phenotypes?

      (2) In a related issue, does this level of Nup107 KD produce lower NPC levels? It is expected to, but actual quantification of nuclear pores in Nup107-depleted tissues should be added. These and above experiments would help address a key mechanistic question - is this phenotype the result of lower numbers of nuclear pores or specifically of Nup107?

      (3) Additional experiments on how Nup107 regulates torso would provide further insight. Does Nup107 regulate transcription of torso or perhaps its mRNA export? Looking at nascent levels of the torso transcript and the localization of its mRNA can help answer this question. Or alternatively, does Nup107 physically bind torso?

      (4) The depletion level of Nup107 RNAi specifically in the salivary gland vs. the prothoracic gland should be compared by RT-qPCR or western blotting.

      (5) The UAS-torso rescue experiment should also include the control of an additional UAS construct - so Nup107; UAS-control vs Nup107; UAS-torso should be compared in the context of rescue to make sure the Gal4 driver is functioning at similar levels in the rescue experiment.

      Minor:

      (6) Figures and figure legends can stand to be more explicit and detailed, respectively.

      Comments on revisions:

      The revised manuscript addresses several outstanding issues, most importantly the question of whether the developmental delay phenotype of Nup107 is exhibited by other Nups.

      I recommend that the authors include the data they provide in the rebuttal letter on Nup153 KD not showing the delay phenotype (Figure R1) into the actual manuscript. It's an important mechanistic question raised by multiple reviewers, and would strengthen the authors' conclusions. Ideally, knock downs of other Nups of the Nup107 complex should be investigated, especially given that all those RNAi lines are publicly available.

      Figure 6B should also specify whether the torso transcript being measured is mRNA or nascent, as it would help understand whether it's transcription or mRNA stability that is affected by Nup107 KD.

    1. Porque mucha sabiduría trae mucha frustración

      Parece una contradicción.

      • pero se refiere al conocimiento que no tiene en cuenta o no armoniza el propósito de Dios, lo que lo hace frustrante y cansador por entender que nunca se sabe todo

      • y también puede relacionarse con adquirir mucho conocimiento solo pone de manifiesto lo poco que sabemos y lo breve de nuestra vida, y éso también es frustrante e irritante

    2. frustrante ocupación

      No sé refiere a una labor especial o un trabajo, sino se refiere a lo que las cosas que la humanidad realiza por toda su vida, cómo la necesidad de acumular, alimento, ropa, vivienda, y nosotros sabemos que estás cosas son necesarias, y confiamos en Jehová pero muchos hacen de estás cosas y , el acumular dinero lo más importante en su vida.

    3. El ojo no se satisface con lo que veni se llena el oído con lo que oye

      Atalaya del 77. La repetición de los ciclos puede afectar de tal manera al hombre que su sentido de la vista y su sentido del oído no se satisfagan, sino que deseen algo nuevo o novedoso. Y sin embargo realmente no hay nada nuevo en los ciclos naturales ni en los acontecimientos del vivir cotidiano común.

    4. Girando sin parar, da vueltas y vueltas... El viento sigue dando sus vueltas.

      Viento, forma parte de un ciclo y de las leyes naturales, que fortalece nuestra fe cuando meditamos en ello. La ciencia No sabe mucho sobre el viento, pero muchas personas conocen en su poder, para navegar, generar energía o incluso protegerse. Nosotros tampoco sabemos cómo funciona, pero lo que si sabemos es que Jehová, es el creador y todo lo que ha hecho, declara sobre su sabiduría, poder amor y justicia.

    1. su duro trabajo.+

      Para ser bueno en algo, hay que esforzarnos mucho. Aprender, aplicar y perfeccionarse. Y Jehová quien nos hizo con ésa característica. nos bendice abundantemente con alegría y felicidad cuando aplicamos todo ése esfuerzo y trabajo, a su propósito. Que es defender su nombre, anunciar su reino y enseñar a otros como es Jehová.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Reviewer #1 (Public review): 

      Summary: 

      In this manuscript entitled "Molecular dynamics of the matrisome across sea anemone life history", Bergheim and colleagues report the prediction, using an established sequence analysis pipeline, of the "matrisome" - that is, the compendium of genes encoding constituents of the extracellular matrix - of the starlet sea anemone Nematostella vectensis. Re-analysis of an existing scRNA-Seq dataset allowed the authors to identify the cell types expressing matrisome components and different developmental stages. Last, the authors apply time-resolved proteomics to provide experimental evidence of the presence of the extracellular matrix proteins at three different stages of the life cycle of the sea anemone (larva, primary polyp, adult) and show that different subsets of matrisome components are present in the ECM at different life stages with, for example, basement membrane components accompanying the transition from larva to primary polyp and elastic fiber components and matricellular proteins accompanying the transition from primary polyp to the adult stage. 

      Strengths: 

      The ECM is a structure that has evolved to support the emergence of multicellularity and different transitions that have accompanied the complexification of multicellular organisms. Understanding the molecular makeup of structures that are conserved throughout evolution is thus of paramount importance. 

      The in-silico predicted matrisome of the sea anemone has the potential to become an essential resource for the scientific community to support big data annotation efforts and understand better the evolution of the matrisome and of ECM proteins, an important endeavor to better understand structure/function relationships. This study is also an excellent example of how integrating datasets generated using different -omic modalities can shed light on various aspects of ECM metabolism, from identifying the cell types of origins of matrisome components using scRNA-Seq to studying ECM dynamics using proteomics. 

      We greatly appreciate the positive feedback regarding the design of our study and the evolutionary significance of our findings.

      Weaknesses: 

      My concerns pertain to the three following areas of the manuscript: 

      (1) In-silico definition of the anemone matrisome using sequence analysis: 

      a) While a similar computational pipeline has been applied to predict the matrisome of several model organisms, the authors fail to provide a comprehensive definition of the anemone matrisome: In the text, the authors state the anemone matrisome is composed of "551 proteins, constituting approximately 3% of its proteome (see page 6, line 14), but Figure 1 lists 829 entries as part of the "curated" matrisome, Supplementary Table S1 lists the same 829 entries and the authors state that "Here, we identified 829 ECM proteins that comprise the matrisome of the sea anemone Nematostella vectensis" (see page 17, line 10). Is the sea anemone matrisome composed of 551 or 829 genes? If we refer to the text, the additional 278 entries should not be considered as part of the matrisome, but what is confusing is that some are listed as glycoproteins and the "new_manual_annotation" proposed by the authors and that refer to the protein domains found in these additional proteins suggest that in fact, some could or should be classified as matrisome proteins. For example, shouldn't the two lectins encoded by NV2.3951 and NV2.3157 be classified as matrisome-affiliated proteins? Based on what has been done for other model organisms, receptors have typically been excluded from the "matrisome" but included as part of the "adhesome" for consistency with previously published matrisome; the reviewer is left wondering whether the components classified as "Other" / "Receptor" should not be excluded from the matrisome and moved to a separate "adhesome" list. 

      In addition to receptors, the authors identify nearly 70 glycoproteins classified as "Other". Here, does other mean "non-matrisome" or "another matrisome division" that is not core or associated? If the latter, could the authors try to propose a unifying term for these proteins? Unfortunately, since the authors do not provide the reasons for excluding these entries from the bona fide matrisome (list of excluding domains present, localization data), the reader is left wondering how to treat these entries. 

      Overall, the study would gain in strength if the authors could be more definitive and, if needed, even propose novel additional matrisome annotations to include the components for now listed as "Other" (as was done, for example, for the Drosophila or C. elegans matrisomes). 

      The reviewer is correct to point out the confusing terminology used throughout our manuscript, where both the total of 829 proteins constituting the curated list of ECM domain proteins and the actual matrisome (excluding "others") were referred to as "matrisomes". In general, we followed the example set by Naba & Hynes in their 2012 paper (Mol Cell Proteomics. 2012 Apr;11(4):M111.014647. doi: 10.1074/mcp.M111.014647), where they define the "matrisome" as encompassing all components of the extracellular matrix ("core matrisome") and those associated with it ("matrisome-associated" proteins). This corresponds to our group of 551 proteins, comprising both core matrisome and matrisomeassociated proteins. The Naba & Hynes paper also contains the inclusive and exclusive domain lists for the matrisome that we applied for our dataset. In the revised manuscript, we have now labelled the group of 829 proteins as "curated ECM domain proteins/genes", which includes all proteins positively selected for containing a bona fide ECM domain. After excluding non-matrisomal proteins such as receptors, we arrive at the 551 proteins that constitute the "Nematostella matrisome". We have maintained this terminology throughout the revised manuscript and have revised Figures 1B and 4B accordingly.

      Regarding the category of "other" proteins, which by definition are not part of the matrisome although containing ECM domains, we have taken the reviewer's advice and classified these in more detail. We categorized all receptors as "adhesome" (202 proteins).  The remaining group of “other” secreted ECM domain proteins were then further subcategorized. Those exhibiting significant matches in the ToxProt database were subclassified as "putative venoms" (15 proteins). This group also includes the two lectins (NV2.3951 and NV2.3157), which had been originally shifted to the “other” category due to their classification as venoms. We categorized as “adhesive proteins” (28 proteins) factors such as coadhesins that due to their domain architecture resemble bioadhesive proteins described in proteomic studies of other invertebrate species, such as corals or sponges (see also https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jprot.2022.104506). Further sub-categories are stress/injury response proteins (9 proteins) and ion channels (6 proteins). The remaining 17 proteins were categorized as “uncharacterized ECM domain proteins”. These include highly diverse proteins possessing either single ECM domains or novel domain combinations. We decided to retain those in our dataset as candidates for future functional characterization.

      b) It is surprising that the authors are not providing the full currently accepted protein names to the entries listed in Supplementary Table S1 and have used instead "new_manual_annotation" that resembles formal protein names. This liberty is misleading. In fact, the "new_manual_annotation" seems biased toward describing the reason the proteins were positively screened for through sequence analysis, but many are misleading because there is, in fact, more known about them, including evidence that they are not ECM proteins. The authors should at least provide the current protein names in addition to their "new_manual_annotations". 

      c) To truly serve as a resource, the Table should provide links to each gene entry in the Stowers Institute for Medical Research genome database used and some sort of versioning (this could be added to columns A, B, or D). Such enhancements would facilitate the assessment of the rigor of the list beyond the manual QC of just a few entries. 

      d) Since UniProt is the reference protein knowledge database, providing the UniProt IDs associated with the predicted matrisome entries would also be helpful, giving easy access to information on protein domains, protein structures, orthology information, etc. 

      e) In conclusion, at present, the study only provides a preliminary draft that should be more rigorously curated and enriched with more comprehensive and authoritative annotations if the authors aspire the list to become the reference anemone matrisome and serve the community. 

      Table S1 has been updated to include links to the respective Stowers Institute IDs (first two columns), as well as SwissProt IDs and current descriptions from both the Stowers Institute (SI) and Swissprot.

      In our manual annotations, we prioritized these over automated ones due to the considerable effort invested in examining each sequence individually. The cnidaria-specific minicollagens and NOWA proteins might serve as an example. According to the SI descriptions, the minicollagens are annotated as “keratin-associated protein, predicted or hypothetical protein, collagen-like protein and pericardin”. We classified these as minicollagens on the basis of overall domain architecture and of signature domains and sequence motifs, such as minicollagen cysteine-rich domains (CRDs) and polyproline stretches (doi: 10.1016/j.tig.2008.07.001). NOWA is a CTLD/CRD-containing protein that is part of nematocyst tubules (doi:10.1016/j.isci.2023.106291). The first two NOWA isoforms, according to Si descriptions, were annotated as aggrecan and brevican core proteins, which is very misleading. We therefore feel that our manual annotations better serve the cnidarian research community in classifying these proteins.

      Automated annotations of ECM proteins often rely on similarities between individual domains, neglecting overall domain composition. For example, Swissprot descriptions annotate 31 TSP1 domain-containing proteins in our list as "Hemicentin-1", but closer inspection reveals that only one sequence (NV2.24790) qualifies as Hemicentin-1 due to its characteristic vWFA, Ig-like, TSP1, G2 nidogen, and EGF-like domain architecture. Regarding novel protein annotations, NV2.650 might serve as an example. While SI descriptions annotate this protein as "epidermal growth factor" based on the presence of several EGF-like domains, our analysis reveals two integrin alpha N-terminal domains that classify this sequence as integrin-related. We have therefore assigned a description (Secreted integrin-N-related protein) that references this defining domain and avoids misclassification within the EGF family.

      In cases where the automated annotation (including those in Genbank) matched our own findings, we adopted the existing description, as seen with netrin-1 (NV2.7734). We acknowledge that our manual annotations are not flawless and will be refined by future research. Nonetheless, we offer them as an approximation to a more accurate definition of the identified protein list.

      (2) Proteomic analysis of the composition of the mesoglea during the sea anemone life cycle: 

      a) The product of 287 of the 829 genes proposed to encode matrisome components was detected by proteomics. What about the other ~550 matrisome genes? When and where are they expressed? The wording employed by the authors (see line 11, page 13) implies that only these 287 components are "validated" matrisome components. Is that to say that the other ~550 predicted genes do not encode components of the ECM? This should be discussed. 

      Obviously, our wording was not sufficiently accurate here. In the revised Fig. 1B we indicated that 210 of the 551 matrisome (core and associated) proteins were confirmed by mass spectrometry. In total, 287 proteins were identified by mass spectrometry, meaning that 77 of those are non-matrisomal proteins belonging to the “adhesome” (47) and “other” (30) groups. The fact that the remaining 542 proteins of the matrisome predicted by our in silico analysis could not be identified has two major reasons: (1) Our study was focussed on the molecular dynamics of the mesoglea. Therefore, only mesogleas were isolated for the mass spectrometry analysis and nematocysts were mostly excluded by extensive washing steps. As nematocysts contribute significantly to the predicted matrisome, this group of proteins is underrepresented in the mass spectrometry analysis. (2) A significant fraction of the predicted ECM proteins constitutes soluble factors and transmembrane receptors. These might not be necessarily part of the mesoglea isolates. In addition, the isolation and solubilization method we applied might have technical limitations. Although we used harsh conditions for solubilizing the mesoglea samples (90°C and high DTT concentrations), we cannot exclude that we missed proteins which resisted solubilization and thus trypsinization. We confirmed that all genes predicted by the in silico analysis have transcriptomic profiles as demonstrated in supplementary table S4. We have clarified these points in the revised results part (p.6) and also revised the statement in line 16, page 13.

      b) Can the authors comment on how they have treated zero TMT values or proteins for which a TMT ratio could not be calculated because unique to one life stage, for example? 

      We did not include these proteins in the analysis of the respective statistical comparison. This involved only very few proteins (about 10).  

      c) Could the authors provide a plot showing the distribution of protein abundances for each matrisome category in the main figure 4? In mammals, the bulk of the ECM is composed of collagens, followed by fibrillar ECM glycoproteins, the other matrisome components being more minor. Is a similar distribution observed in the sea anemone mesoglea? 

      We have included such a plot showing protein abundances across life stages and protein categories (Fig. 4A). Collagens and basement membrane proteoglycans (perlecan) are the most abundant protein categories in the core matrisome while secreted factors dominate in the matrisome-associated group.

      d) Prior proteomic studies on the ECM of vertebrate organisms have shown the importance of allowing certain post-translational modifications during database search to ensure maximizing peptide-to-spectrum matching. Such PTMs include the hydroxylation of lysines and prolines that are collagen-specific PTMs. Multiple reports have shown that omitting these PTMs while analyzing LC-MS/MS data would lead to underestimating the abundance of collagens and the misidentification of certain collagens. The authors may want to reanalyze their dataset and include these PTMs as part of their search criteria to ensure capturing all collagen-derived peptides. 

      Thank you for this suggestion. We have re-analyzed our dataset including lysine and proline hydroxylation as PTM. While we obtained in total 70 more proteins using this approach, this additional group did not contain any large collagen or minicollagen we had not detected before. We only obtained two additional collagen-like proteins with very short triple helical domains (V2t013973001.1, NV2t024002001.1), one being a fragment. We don’t feel this justifies implementing a re-analysis of the proteome in our study.

      e) The authors should ensure that reviewers are provided with access to the private PRIDE repository so the data deposited can also be evaluated. They should also ensure that sufficient meta-data is provided using the SRDF format to allow the re-use of their LCMS/MS datasets. 

      We apologize for not providing the reviewer access in our initial submission and have asked the editorial office to forward the PRIDE repository link to all reviewers immediately after receiving the reviews. We did upload a metadata.csv file with the proteomics dataset. This file contains an annotation of all TMT labels to the samples and conditions and replicates used in the manuscript. It contains similar information as an SRDF format file. In addition, the search output files on protein and psm level have been provided. So, from our point of view, we provided all necessary information to reproduce the analysis.

      (3) Supplementary tables: 

      The supplementary tables are very difficult to navigate. They would become more accessible to readers and non-specialists if they were accompanied by brief legends or "README" tabs and if the headers were more detailed (see, for example, Table S2, what does "ctrl.ratio_Larvae_rep2" exactly refer to? Or Table S6 whose column headers using extensive abbreviations are quite obscure). Similarly, what do columns K to BX in Supplementary Table S1 correspond to? Without more substantial explanations, readers have no way of assessing these data points. 

      We have revised the tables and removed any redundant data columns. We also included detailed explanations of the used abbreviations, both in the headers and in a separate README file. Some of the information was apparently lost during the conversion to pdf files. We will therefore upload the original .xls files when submitting the revised manuscript.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review): 

      This work set out to identify all extracellular matrix proteins and associated factors present within the starlet sea anemone Nematostella vectensis at different life stages. Combining existing genomic and transcriptomic datasets, alongside new mass spectometry data, the authors provide a comprehensive description of the Nematostella matrisome. In addition, immunohistochemistry and electron microscopy were used to image whole mount and decellularized mesoglea from all life stages. This served to validate the de-cellularization methods used for proteomic analyses, but also resulted in a very nice description of mesoglea structure at different life stages. A previously published developmental cell type atlas was used to identify the cell type specificity of the matrisome, indicating that the core matrisome is predominantly expressed in the gastrodermis, as well as cnidocytes. The analyses performed were rigorous and the results were clear, supporting the conclusions made by the authors. 

      Thank you. We greatly appreciate the positive assessment of our study.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review): 

      Summary: 

      This manuscript by Bergheim et al investigates the molecular and developmental dynamics of the matrisome, a set of gene products that comprise the extracellular matrix, in the sea anemone Nematostella vectensis using transcriptomic and proteomic approaches. Previous work has examined the matrisome of the hydra, a medusozoan, but this is the first study to characterize the matrisome in an anthozoan. The major finding of this work is a description of the components of the matrisome in Nematostella, which turns out to be more complex than that previously observed in hydra. The authors also describe the remodeling of the extracellular matrix that occurs in the transition from larva to primary polyp, and from primary polyp to adult. The authors interpret these data to support previously proposed (Steinmetz et al. 2017) homology between the cnidarian endoderm with the bilaterian mesoderm. 

      Strengths: 

      The data described in this work are robust, combining both transcriptome and proteomic interrogation of key stages in the life history of Nematostella, and are of value to the community. 

      Thank you for your positive assessment of our dataset. 

      Weaknesses: 

      The authors offer numerous evolutionary interpretations of their results that I believe are unfounded. The main problem with extending these results, together with previous results from hydra, into an evolutionary synthesis that aims to reconstruct the matrisome of the ancestral cnidarian is that we are considering data from only two species. I agree with the authors' depiction of hydra as "derived" relative to other medusozoans and see it as potentially misleading to consider the hydra matrisome as an exemplar for the medusozoan matrisome. Given the organismal and morphological diversity of the phylum, a more thorough comparative study that compares matrisome components across a selection of anthozoan and medusozoan species using formal comparative methods to examine hypotheses is required. 

      Specifically, I question the author's interpretation of the evolutionary events depicted in this statement: 

      "The observation that in Hydra both germ layers contribute to the synthesis of core matrisome proteins (Epp et al. 1986; Zhang et al. 2007) might be related to a secondary loss of the anthozoan-specific mesenteries, which represent extensions of the mesoglea into the body cavity sandwiched by two endodermal layers." 

      Anthozoans and medusozoans are evolutionary sisters. Therefore, the secondary loss of "anthozoan-like mesenteries" in hydrozoans is at least as likely as the gain of this character state in anthozoans. By extension, there is no reason to prefer the hypothesis that the state observed in Nematostella, where gastroderm is responsible for the synthesis of the core matrisome components, is the ancestral state of the phylum. Moreover, the fossil evidence provided in support of this hypothesis (Ou et al. 2022) is not relevant here because the material described in that work is of a crown group anthozoan, which diversified well after the origin of Anthozoa. The phylogenetic structure of Cnidaria has been extensively studied using phylogenomic approaches and is generally well supported (Kayal et al. 2018; DeBiasse et al. 2024). Based on these analyses, anthozoans are not on a "basal" branch, as the authors suggest. The structure of cnidarian phylogeny bifurcates with Anthozoa forming one clade and Medusozoa forming the other. From the data reported by Bergheim and coworkers, it is not possible to infer the evolutionary events that gave rise to the different matrisome states observed in Nematostella (an anthozoan) and hydra (a medusozoan). Furthermore, I take the observation in Fig 5 that anthozoan matrisomes generally exhibit a higher complexity than other cnidarian species to be more supportive of a lineage-specific expansion of matrisome components in the Anthozoa, rather than those components being representative of an ancestral state for Cnidaria. Whatever the implication, I take strong issue with the statement that "the acquisition of complex life cycles in medusozoa, that are distinguished by the pelagic medusa stage, led to a secondary reduction in the matrisome repertoire." There is no causal link in any of the data or analyses reported by Bergheim and co-workers to support this statement and, as stated above, while we are dealing with limited data, insufficient to address this question, it seems more likely to me that the matrisome expanded in anthozoans, contrasting with the authors' conclusions. While the discussion raises many interesting evolutionary hypotheses related to the origin of the cnidarian matrisome, which is of vital interest if we are to understand the origin of the bilaterian matrisome, a more thorough comparative analysis, inclusive of a much greater cnidarian species diversity, is required if we are to evaluate these hypotheses. 

      DeBiasse MB, Buckenmeyer A, Macrander J, Babonis LS, Bentlage B, Cartwright P, Prada C, Reitzel AM, Stampar SN, Collins A, et al. 2024. A Cnidarian Phylogenomic Tree Fitted With Hundreds of 18S Leaves. Bulletin of the Society of Systematic Biologists [Internet] 3. Available from: https://ssbbulletin.org/index.php/bssb/article/view/9267

      Epp L, Smid I, Tardent P. 1986. Synthesis of the mesoglea by ectoderm and endoderm in reassembled hydra. J Morphol [Internet] 189:271-279. Available from: https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/29954165/ 

      Kayal E, Bentlage B, Sabrina Pankey M, Ohdera AH, Medina M, Plachetzki DC, Collins AG, Ryan JF. 2018. Phylogenomics provides a robust topology of the major cnidarian lineages and insights on the origins of key organismal traits. BMC Evol Biol [Internet] 18:1-18. Available from: https://bmcecolevol.biomedcentral.com/articles/10.1186/s12862-018-1142-0

      Ou Q, Shu D, Zhang Z, Han J, Van Iten H, Cheng M, Sun J, Yao X, Wang R, Mayer G. 2022. Dawn of complex animal food webs: A new predatory anthozoan (Cnidaria) from Cambrian. The Innovation 3:100195 

      Steinmetz PRH, Aman A, Kraus JEM, Technau U. 2017. Gut-like ectodermal tissue in a sea anemone challenges germ layer homology. Nature Ecology & Evolution 2017 1:10 [Internet] 1:1535-1542. Available from: https://www.nature.com/articles/s41559-017-0285-5

      Zhang X, Boot-Handford RP, Huxley-Jones J, Forse LN, Mould AP, Robertson DL, Li L, Athiyal M, Sarras MP. 2007. The collagens of hydra provide insight into the evolution of metazoan extracellular matrices. J Biol Chem [Internet] 282:6792-6802. Available from: https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/17204477/ 

      We agree with the reviewer that only the analysis of several additional anthozoan and medusozoan representatives will yield a valid basis for a reconstruction of the ancestral cnidarian matrisome and allow statements about ancestral or novel features within the phylum. We have therefore revised our statements in the discussion part of the manuscript by implementing the cited literature and also findings from medusozoan genome analysis (e.g. Gold et al., 2018) demonstrating that changes in gene content are as common in the anthozoans as in medusozoans, which questioned the previously stated “basal” state of Nematostella or of anthozoans in general.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors): 

      (1) In Figure 2A, an "o" is missing in the labeling of the "developing cnidcytes" population. 

      Thank you, we have corrected the typo.

      (2) It would be helpful to have the different life stages indicated as headers of the heat maps presented in Figure 4. 

      We have included symbolic representations for the different life stages on top of the heat maps in addition to the respective labels at the bottom.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors): 

      Important changes: 

      (1) Figure 2B The x-axis tissue names should be changed to something more easily readable/understandable - some are clear, but others are not. Perhaps abbreviations could be expanded in the legend. 

      We have expanded the legend in Fig. 2B to render it more easily readable. We have also rotated the maps in A to have them aligned with the ones in Fig.3B.

      (2) Figure 3B This figure would be improved by the inclusion of cluster names, to understand better the mapping. 

      We have added relevant cluster names to Fig. 3B and as stated above aligned the orientation of the maps in Fig. 2B and Fig. 3B.

      (3) Figure 3C As with 2B, I find the y-axis cnidocyte cell state names to be unclear at times. Perhaps abbreviations could be expanded in the legend. 

      All abbreviations were expanded in Fig.3C axis labels.

      (4) Many of the supplementary tables are not well exported or easily readable as is (gene names are truncated, headers truncated, etc), which means that they may not be easily usable by researchers in the field interested in following up on this work in other contexts. Indeed, to be more usable, please consider sharing these supplementary data as .csv files, for example, instead of as .pdfs. 

      We are sorry for this inconvenience, which was obviously caused by the conversion to pdf files. We will upload the original csv files when submitting the revised manuscript.

      Smaller nitpicky comments: 

      (5) Page 2 line 4 & page 3 line 7: Please consider a term other than "pre-bilaterian". The drawing/ordering of a phylogeny of extant species is not meaningful in terms of more or less ancestral. e.g. if the tips are flipped in the drawing of the tree, can we say that bilaterians are pre-cnidarians? What does that mean? 

      We have used that term on the basis that cnidarians existed before the appearance of bilaterians according to the fossil record and molecular phylogenies (McFadden et al., 2021; Adoutte et al., 2000;Cavalier-Smith et al., 1996; Collins, 1998; Kim et al., 1999; Medina et al., 2001; Wainright et al., 1993). To acknowledge remaining uncertainties in the timing of origin of animals, we will use the term “early-diverging metazoans” instead, which is widely accepted in the cnidarian community. 

      (6) Page 3 line 9 I was confused by the use of "gastrula-shaped body" to describe cnidarians, which are on the whole very morphologically diverse and don't all resemble gastrulae (that can also be quite diverse). 

      This term is sometimes used to refer to the diploblastic cnidarian body plan (outer ectoderm, inner endoderm) with a mouth that corresponds to the blastopore. To avoid misunderstandings, we changed it in the revised manuscript to “Cnidarians, the sister group to bilaterians, are characterized by a simple body plan with a central body cavity and a mouth opening surrounded by tentacles.”

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors): 

      (1) In general, I felt there was a lot of discussion about protein structure and diversity that is difficult to follow without a figure. I think some of the information in Supplementary Figures S5, S9, and S11 should be in the main figures. 

      Following the reviewer’s suggestion, we have integrated Fig. S5 (collagens) into the main Fig. 2 and Fig. S9 (polydoms) into Fig. 4. As metalloproteases are not extensively discussed in the manuscript (and also due to the large size of the figure) we have kept Fig. S11 as a supplementary figure.

      (2) Page 3, Line 7: The use of the term "pre-bilaterian" is inappropriate. Cnidarians and bilaterians are evolutionary sisters. Therefore, each lineage derives from the same split and is the same age. The cnidarian lineage is not older than the bilaterian lineage. 

      Following a similar request by reviewer 2 we have replaced this term by “early diverging metazoans”.

      (3) Page 5, Line 10. How were in silico matrisomes from early-branching metazoan species predicted? 

      We applied the same bioinformatic pipeline as for the Nematostella matrisome. We clarified this in the respective methods part.

      (4) Page 16, Line 8: This should be Thus. 

      Obviously, the wording of this sentence was ambiguous. We changed it to ”In contrast, the adult mesoglea is significantly enriched in elastic fiber components, such as fibrillins and fibulin. This compositional shift likely adds to the visco-elastic properties (Gosline 1971a, b) of the growing body column (Fig. 4B,D, supplementary table S7).”

    1. Note: This response was posted by the corresponding author to Review Commons. The content has not been altered except for formatting.

      Learn more at Review Commons


      Reply to the reviewers

      We thank the editor and the reviewers for their positive and constructive comments. Below is our point-by-point responses.

      Reviewer #1 (Evidence, reproducibility and clarity (Required)):

      Metabolic dysfunction-associated steatotic liver disease (MASLD) ranges from simple steatosis, steatohepatitis, fibrosis/cirrhosis, and hepatocellular carcinoma. In the current study, the authors aimed to determine the early molecular signatures differentiating patients with MASLD associated fibrosis from those patients with early MASLD but no symptoms. The authors recruited 109 obese individuals before bariatric surgery. They separated the cohorts as no MASLD (without histological abnormalities) and MASLD. The liver samples were then subjected to transcriptomic and metabolomic analysis. The serum samples were subjected to metabolomic analysis. The authors identified dysregulated lipid metabolism, including glyceride lipids, in the liver samples of MASLD patients compared to the no MASLD ones. Circulating metabolomic changes in lipid profiles slightly correlated with MASLD, possibly due to the no MASLD samples derived from obese patients. Several genes involved in lipid droplet formation were also found elevated in MASLD patients. Besides, elevated levels of amino acids, which are possibly related to collagen synthesis, were observed in MASLD patients. Several antioxidant metabolites were increased in MASLD patients. Furthermore, dysregulated genes involved in mitochondrial function and autophagy were identified in MASLD patients, likely linking oxidative stress to MASLD progression. The authors then determined the representative gene signatures in the development of fibrosis by comparing this cohort with the other two published cohorts. Top enriched pathways in fibrotic patients included GTPase signaling and innate immune responses, suggesting the involvement of GTPase in MASLD progression to fibrosis. The authors then challenged human patient derived 3D spheroid system with a dual PPARa/d agonist and found that this treatment restored the expression levels of GTPase-related genes in MASLD 3D spheroids. In conclusion, the authors suggested the involvement of upregulated GTPase-related genes during fibrosis initiation. Overall, the current study might provide some resources regarding transcriptomic and metabolomic data derived from obese patients with and without MASLD. However, several concerns should be carefully addressed.

      1. A recent study, via proteomic and transcriptomic analysis, revealed that four proteins (ADAMTSL2, AKR1B10, CFHR4 and TREM2) could be used to identify MASLD patients at risk of steatohepatitis (PMID: 37037945). It is not clear why the authors did not include this study in their comparison. Thank you for the suggestion. The RNA sequencing dataset (GSE135251) from study PMID 37037945 is the same dataset we used as an external benchmark in our study, referred to as the EU cohort on page 4 in the manuscript. In addition to PMID 37037945, we have cited the original transcriptomic study (PMID 33268509) for the EU cohort. In the revised manuscript, we discussed this proteome-transcriptome paper in the Discussion section and highlighted the potential of AKR1B10 as a biomarker in early MASLD.

      The authors recruited 109 patients but only performed transcriptomic and metabolomic analysis in 94 liver samples. Why did the authors exclude other samples?

      We thank the reviewer for their question and we understand the confusion. The discrepancy in sample size between liver and plasma cohorts is due to the fact that, for certain cases, we were unable to get sufficient liver tissue slices (“Exclusion criteria included: age The authors mentioned clinical data in Table 1 but did not present the table in this manuscript.

      Table 1 (key patient characteristics) was included in the main document after the Methods section, and Table S1 (additional patient characteristics) was provided as a supplemental file in our original submission.

      The generated metabolomic data could be a very useful resource to the MASLD community. However, it is very confusing how the data was generated in those supplemental tables. There is no clear labeling of human clinical information in those tables. Also, what do those values mean in columns 47-154? This reviewer assumed that they are the raw data of metabolomic analysis in plasma samples. However, without clear clinical information in these patients, it is impossible that any scientist can use the data to reproduce the authors' findings.

      We appreciate this suggestion. To ensure accessibility of the data resources, we created a GitHub repository for both data and code, available at https://github.com/SLINGhub/MASLD_dual_omics____.

      The GitHub repository includes clinical data for all 109 participants with patient characteristics and histological gradings, as well as processed omics data (log₂-transformed). We have generated artificial IDs for each patient so that we can include all the requested data in an organized manner. A code template is also provided to replicate the main statistical results from this study. In addition, for readers interested in conducting analyses from the raw data, we have deposited the raw sequencing files and mass spectrometry data in GEO and Zenodo, as detailed in the ‘Data Availability’ section.

      In Fig. 5B, the authors excluded the steatosis and fibrosis overlapped genes. Steatosis and fibrosis specific genes could simply reflect the outcomes rather than causes. In this case, the obtained results might not identify the gene signatures related to fibrosis initiation.

      We appreciate this comment, but we do not fully understand the reviewer’s point since we did not exclude overlapped genes in our analysis, and it was unclear to us whether excluding overlapping genes has anything to do with causality of both processes.

      In Figure 5B, we identified the gene signatures associated with steatosis and fibrosis after adjusting for potential confounders such as age, sex, BMI and diabetes status. Our results showed that these signatures were relatively independent, sharing a limited number of genes. We then examined genes uniquely associated with each process by additional adjustment (e.g., adjusting steatosis models for fibrosis grades). To us this was not an unreasonable approach, given that steatosis precedes fibrosis in most cases, especially in morbid obesity.

      We nevertheless agree with the reviewer’s point that the gene expression changes we identified represent statistical associations without warranting causality. To specifically address fibrosis initiation mechanisms within the limitation of the current study design, we performed a separate comparative analysis between patients with fibrosis+steatosis versus those with steatosis alone (Table S11), which still identified GTPase regulation as a potential key mechanism in fibrosis initiation (Figure 6B).

      In Fig. 6D, the authors used 3D liver spheroid to validate their findings. However, there is no images showing the 3D liver spheroid formation before and after PPARa/d agonist treatment. It is not clear whether the 3D liver spheroid was successfully established.

      There is extensive literature (>40 papers) from the Lauschke lab on 3D liver spheroid culture, including but not limited to PMIDs 27143246, 28264975, 32775153, 37870288 and 39605182. Images of the spheroids can be seen in Figure 1c of Adv. Sci. 2024, 2407572 and elafibrinor treatment did not affect the morphology of the spheroids.

      The authors suggested that targeting LX-2 cells with Rac1 and Cdc42 inhibitors could reduce collagen production. Did the authors observe these two genes upregulated in mRNA and protein expression levels in their cohort when compared MASLD patients with and without fibrosis? Did the authors observe that the expression levels of Rac1 and Cdc42 are correlated with fibrosis progression in MASLD patients?

      Regarding comments 7 and 8, we targeted Rac1 and Cdc42 in the LX-2 cell experiment as they are common and major GTPases. Protein-level data are not available in our dataset, but we examined their transcript-level expression. RAC1 and CDC42 expression levels were positively associated with fibrosis progression, with coefficients of 0.362 (q = 0.027) and 0.342 (q = 0.031), respectively. These results are presented in Table S5, and the corresponding boxplots are shown here.

      Figure R1. RAC1 and CDC42 expression levels in individuals with different fibrosis *levels. *

      Other studies have revealed several metabolite changes related to MASLD progression (PMID: 35434590, PMID: 22364559). However, the authors did not discuss the discrepancies between their findings with the previous studies.

      Thank you for the suggestion. We have incorporated a discussion of the two studies into the Discussion section, highlighting the consistencies and discrepancies between our plasma metabolomic results and previous findings. The main differences may stem from variations in MASLD spectrum and the degree of obesity in the cohorts.

      Reviewer #1 (Significance (Required)):

      Overall, the current study might provide some new resources regarding transcriptomic and metabolomic data derived from obese patients with and without MASLD. The MASLD research community will be interested in the resource data.

      We thank this reviewer for the positive and constructive evaluation of our manuscript.

      Reviewer #2 (Evidence, reproducibility and clarity (Required)):

      Summary:

      In this paper, Kaldis and collaborators investigate the molecular heterogeneity of a 109 morbidly obese patient cohort, focusing on liver transcriptomics and metabolomics analysis from liver and serum. The main finding (i.e. upregulation of GTPase-coding genes) was validated in spheroids and a human HSC cell line. As these proteins are involved in critical cellular functions related to metabolism and cytoskeleton dynamics, these findings shed light on their involvement in human liver pathology which so far has been poorly (or even not) documented to date. This is an interesting addition to the current knowledge about chronic liver pathology. However the manuscript suffers from the lack of a clear-cut definition of patient subgroups and the seemingly indistinct use of generic (MASLD, NAS score) and more granular terms (MASH, fibrosis) across the various analysis they performed.

      We thank this reviewer of highlighting the novelty of our manuscript. We agree that mixing generic and granular terms can be confusing and we tried to use of terms consistently throughout, which has been further improved in the revised version.

      Figure 1 and Table 1 provide comprehensive information regarding histological phenotypes, NAS scores, and patient characteristics. From Figure 2 onward, we specifically focused on steatosis and fibrosis as distinct histological features, identifying molecular signatures associated with each process.

      The term ‘MASH’ was used only when referring to the ex vivo 3D spheroids derived from histologically confirmed MASH patients for validation purposes. As our primary cohort represents early disease stages, we did not characterize molecular features of MASH in that data set.

      In this cohort, the term 'NAS' was mentioned only in Section 1 to characterize the disease spectrum. Additionally, in Figures 3A and 6A, we illustrated the association between gene expression levels and NAS in two external cohorts. This was due to the absence of steatosis grades in the two datasets. NAS is an additive measure of multiple scores (steatosis, inflammation and ballooning), but does not account for fibrosis grades.

      Our study focuses on the molecular features of steatosis grades and fibrosis grades as the main histological processes, with all terminology aligned with this stated objective. This allows us to map the transcriptome and metabolome to pathologist-defined steatosis/fibrosis severity (i.e., 0,1,2,3) and identify genes/metabolites that are correlated with increasing steatosis/fibrosis score.

      Major comments:

      • Are the key conclusions convincing?

      The conclusions are generally consistent with findings from numerous previous studies, as many of the genes identified and their associations with disease states have been previously reported. However, I found it difficult to discern which specific disease stages the authors are referring to throughout the manuscript. Terms such as MASLD (Fig. 1F), steatosis (Fig. 4A), MASH, fibrosis (Fig. 6), and the composite NAS score (Fig. 1G) are used interchangeably, without clearly explaining whether or how the patient cohort was stratified to distinguish between isolated steatosis, MASH, and MASH with or without fibrosis. It is also unclear whether subgroups were propensity score-matched.

      As explained in our previous point, we believe that we did not carelessly use the terms interchangeably, but rather used them as they were available or pertinent to the comparisons in discussion. We have provided a comprehensive cohort description in the first section (Table 1, including all histological features and NAS scores), then focused specifically on steatosis and fibrosis in subsequent analyses. We identified distinct molecular processes underlying these two histological features and validated key fibrosis-related pathways.

      Regarding the comment of ‘propensity score-matched subgroups’, we would like to clarify that the only “sub”-group analysis performed in this paper is the transition from steatosis to steatosis with fibrosis. We have consistently used linear regression as the association analysis framework, without binarization of outcomes. We recall that this is a cross-sectional study with challenging recruitment situation from a bariatric surgery clinic that naturally represents the spectrum of MASLD in obesity. We acknowledge that the sampling can always be biased in such a study. However, given the invasiveness of liver resection, the study is also limited by the reality that not all patients would agree to the study, nor it is feasible to form a perfect subgroup meeting 1:1 ratio as in large-scale epidemiology studies based on plasma samples.

      In a related point, the authors mention that 76% of patients are non-fibrotic, introducing a marked imbalance between fibrotic (n=26) and non-fibrotic (n=83) samples. Given this disparity and potential inter-individual variability, it would be helpful to include observed fold changes or effect sizes to give readers a sense of the magnitude of the biological dysregulations being reported.

      As explained in our previous response, our study design examines associations between histological and molecular features rather than using a case-control approach. For effect size quantification, we report standardized linear regression coefficients, i.e. the change in gene expression Z-score per one-point increase in steatosis or fibrosis grade. We also provided fold changes in our comparative analysis of steatosis+fibrosis versus fibrosis-free steatosis. These effect sizes were fully documented in the Supplemental Tables.

      • Should the authors qualify some of their claims as preliminary or speculative, or remove them altogether?

      • The authors seem pretty enthusiastic about elafibranor, despite a failed phase 3 clinical trial. I would qualify elafibranor as a useful tool in preclinical model. We agree with the reviewer and indeed used elafibranor as a research tool for PPARa/d modulation rather than a clinically promising prospect. Discussion regarding elafibranor has been updated.

      • The authors should make clearly the pronounced sex bias in their study, which includes mostly women (and btw refer to sex and not gender in the manuscript). Thank you for this important point. We added "Notably, the cohort was predominantly female (76.1%)" to the 'Overview of the study' section in the manuscript. We also replaced all 'gender' with 'sex' throughout the manuscript. In this cohorts, individuals with previous gender reassignment were excluded (see Materials and Methods).

      • The "MASH" status of the spheroid model is overstated. As described in the text it is much closer to a lipotoxicity model (and even glucotoxicity as Glc concentration is 2g/L). The 3D cultures were established from cells isolated from patients with histologically confirmed MASH. Besides steatosis, we observe increased secretion of pro-inflammatory cytokines, activation of hepatic stellate cells and increased deposition of collagen, thus phenocopying the critical disease hallmarks. Additionally, unbiased omics profiling (transcriptomics, proteomics and lipidomics) reveals significant increases in collagen biosynthesis, inflammatory signaling and cholesterol biosynthesis in MASH patient-derived cultures compared to controls. These differences largely overlapped with the results from analyses of six MASH case-control cohort studies. All of these results have been published previously (PMID 39605182).

      This is confusing with panel D in which the authors establish a relationship between fibrotic patients (F2/F3 vs F0/S0, so I guess "no MASLD liver?) and this model. Is the relationship maintained for steatotic-only patients?

      In Figure 6D, we compared GTPase-related gene expression between patients with fibrosis grade 2/3 (n = 26) and those without fibrosis and steatosis (n = 24). Principal component regression resulted in a positive correlation (β = 9.97) between log2 fold changes in 3D spheroids and human fibrosis samples, indicating consistent directional changes in both systems.

      To answer the question from the reviewer, we compared the expression levels of GTPase-related genes in patients with steatosis but no fibrosis (n = 18) to those without fibrosis and steatosis (n = 24), we observed a negative correlation (β = -10.91). This indicates that GTPase-related gene changes in our 3D spheroids do not align with steatosis-related changes in humans.

      Therefore, under the assumption that fibrosis follows steatosis in the majority of the cases of MASLD progression, the result indicates that the alterations in GTPase-related gene expression in the 3D spheroid model specifically is reflective of fibrosis rather than steatosis.

      Figure R2. Comparison of expression level changes in GTPase-related genes between this human cohort and an independent 3D spheroid system: (A) positive correlation with fibrosis grade 2/3 patients versus controls (left), and (B) negative correlation with steatosis-only patients versus controls (right).

      • Would additional experiments be essential to support the claims of the paper? Request additional experiments only where necessary for the paper as it is, and do not ask authors to open new lines of experimentation.

      I am not convinced that HSC and LX2 cells express significant levels of PPARα. However, did the authors check for this parameter in their LX2 cell line and assessed whether PPARα/b activation by elafibranor (and/or pemafibrate as it is PPARα selective) alter GTPase expression? Whether negative or positive, this could give a clue about possible intercellular crosstalk in the spheroid model.

      We thank this reviewer to point this out. In response, we analysed the mRNA expression of all PPARs in LX-2 cells with and without Elafibranor treatment, respectively (see Figure R3, same as Figure S8G in the Supplemental Material). We confirmed PPARs are expressed in LX-2 cells at the mRNA level (Figure R3A). Elafibranor does not affect their mRNA levels, which is consistent with previous reports that its primary mechanism is through binding and altering the activity of PPAR proteins, not gene expression (PMID 33326461 and PMID 37627519).

      *Figure R3. Gene signatures in LX-2 cells with and without Elafibranor treatment (n = 3). *

      In addition, we assessed mRNA levels of selected GTPase-related genes in LX-2 cells with and without Elafibranor treatment (Figure R3B). Although statistical power was limited, we observed a consistent trend toward reduced RHOU, DOCK2, and RAC1 expression with Elafibranor. this preliminary signal suggests that Elafibranor may counter the elevated GTPase levels seen in MASH patient spheroids, potentially via crosstalk among hepatic cell types, including HSCs.

      To further investigate intercellular crosstalk in GTPase regulation among hepatic cell types, we evaluated signature GTPase-related genes in LX-2 cells, spheroid co-cultures (hepatocytes, HSCs, Kupffer cells), and hepatocyte monocultures. As shown in Figure R4 (same as Figure S10 in the supplemental material), TGFB1 served as a positive control, exhibiting the most pronounced induction upon TGF-β1 treatment in hepatocytes. Despite varied alterations across the selected GTPase-related genes, TGF-β1 treatment produced a trend toward increased VAV1 and DOCK2 expression in co-culture, hepatocytes, and LX-2 cells, and this was reversed by the TGF-β inhibitor in co-culture and hepatocytes. Other GTPase genes, including RAC1, RAB32, and RHOU, displayed cell type–specific responses to TGF-β1. These observations suggest that the regulation of GTPases is mediated by multiple hepatic cell types, supporting the importance of intercellular crosstalk.

      Figure R4. Expression of GTPase-related genes in spheroid co-culture, hepatocyte monoculture, and LX-2 cells (n = 3). Controls for each gene and experiment were normalized to 1 to enable comparison across treatment groups.

      • Are the suggested experiments realistic in terms of time and resources? It would help if you could add an estimated cost and time investment for substantial experiments.

      The experiment mentioned above is cheap (cell culture, RT-QPCR) and can be performed within a couple of weeks.

      • Are the data and the methods presented in such a way that they can be reproduced? Yes

      • Are the experiments adequately replicated and statistical analysis adequate? There is no indication of group size, number of replicates for in vitro experiments

      Thank you for this suggestion. We have added the sample sizes to all relevant sections: ‘n = 4’ in the figure legends for 3D spheroid experiments and ‘n = 8–10’ for the LX-2 experiments. This information has also been incorporated into the corresponding experimental descriptions in the Methods section.

      **Referees cross-commenting**

      I believe there is a general consensus on this potentially interesting contribution to the field, with three main points: (1) the need for a careful group-by-group comparison that accounts for potential confounders, (2) a more rigorous exploitation/characterization of the spheroid system, and (3) the need to benchmark the authors' findings against the available literature.

      Thank you for summarizing the main points. Our responses are as follows:

      • We adjusted for key confounders (sex, gender, age, BMI, diabetes) in all statistical analysis to minimize potential bias, mostly using linear regression (rather than group-to-group comparison). In response to Reviewer 3, comment 1, we also conducted additional statistical analyses exploring molecular changes in diabetic vs. non-diabetic individuals.
      • We provided detailed characterization of the spheroid model (response to Reviewer 3, comment 3) and we have done additional experiments in LX-2 cells.
      • We benchmarked our findings using external human cohorts, mouse models, and single cell spheroid systems:
      • Compared our liver transcriptomics data with two published liver RNA-seq datasets (EU cohort, PMID 31467298; VA cohort, PMID 33268509) as shown in Figure 1G. In Figures 3A and 6A, we also included sidebars indicating gene alterations in these cohorts, showing consistent trends. Moreover, we examined the expression alterations of GTPase-related genes in these datasets in response to Reviewer 3’s comment 2.
      • Assessed genes linked to fibrosis progression in hepatic stellate cells from a murine liver fibrosis model (PMID 34839349), confirming differential expression of GTPases and their regulators during fibrosis initiation (Figure S9A).
      • Examined GTPase-related genes in an independent single-cell human spheroid system (PMID 37962490). This enabled cell-type-specific information of GTPase regulation in response to TGF-β (Figure S9C). We also expanded the discussion section on both the consistencies and discrepancies between our findings and previously published studies.

      Reviewer #2 (Significance (Required)):

      The authors identified GTPases as players in the progression of MASLD. This is an interesting preliminary report warranting further molecular investigations (in which liver cell types, which GTPase pathway(s) are involved, which functions are controlled through this pathway...)

      • State what audience might be interested in and influenced by the reported findings.

      This paper will have an impact in the hepatology field

      • Define your field of expertise with a few keywords to help the authors contextualize your point of view. Indicate if there are any parts of the paper that you do not have sufficient expertise to evaluate.

      I have expertise in the analysis of "MASLD" human cohorts and in the molecular biology of chronic liver diseases.

      Reviewer #3 (Evidence, reproducibility and clarity (Required)):

      Summary:

      Metabolic dysfunction associated liver disease (MASLD) describes a spectrum of progressive liver pathologies linked to life style-associated metabolic alterations (such as increased body weight and elevated blood sugar levels), reaching from steatosis over steatohepatitis to fibrosis and finally end stage complications, such as liver failure and hepatocellular carcinoma. Treatment options for MASLD include diet adjustments, weight loss, and the receptor-β (THR-β) agonist resmetirom, but remain limited at this stage, motivating further studies to elucidate molecular disease mechanisms to identify novel therapeutic targets. In their present study, the authors aim to identify early molecular changes in MASLD linked to obesity. To this end, they study a cohort of 109 obese individuals with no or early-stage MASLD combining measurements from two anatomic sides: 1. bulk RNA-sequencing and metabolomics of liver biopsies, and 2. metabolomics from patient blood. Their major finding is that GTPase-related genes are transcriptionally altered in livers of individuals with steatosis with fibrosis compared to steatosis without fibrosis.

      Major comments:

      1. Confounders (such as (pre-)diabetes) The patient table shows significant differences in non-MASLD vs. MASLD individuals, with the latter suffering more often from diabetes or hypertriglyceridemia.

      Rather than just stating corrections, subgroup analyses should be performed (accompanied with designated statistical power analyses) to infer the degree to which these conditions contribute to the observations. I.e., major findings stating MASLD-associated changes should hold true in the subgroup of MASLD patients without diabetes/of female sex and so forth (testing for each of the significant differences between groups).

      Our original statistical analysis employed linear regression to examine associations between molecular variables (genes/metabolites) and histological progression (steatosis and fibrosis), with adjustment for potential confounders including diabetic status, age, sex, and BMI. We specifically focused on these two histological features to elucidate the disturbed molecular processes during their progression. Regression coefficients represent the expected change in abundance levels (in units of standard deviation of the corresponding molecule) per one-unit increase in histological grades.

      To address the reviewer's question, we conducted additional subgroup analyses to determine whether our major findings remain consistent in individuals with and without diabetes. We assessed linear associations between gene signatures and histological features separately in non-diabetic (n = 71) and diabetic individuals (n = 23). Statistical power was estimated by comparing the variance explained by the full regression model (y ~ x + a + b + c) against the reduced model (y ~ a + b + c), converting the incremental for x into Cohen's , and applying pwr.f2.test with the corresponding degrees of freedom and sample size at α = 0.05.

      For both steatosis and fibrosis, the results in the non-diabetic subgroup (n = 71) showed high consistency with findings in our original analysis (n = 94, adjusted for diabetes), indicating that our originally reported gene signatures, after correction for diabetic status, remain valid in non-diabetic individuals.

      In contrast, for diabetic individuals (n = 23), associations between genes and histological features did not closely replicate our original findings. Notably, we observed larger estimate effects for fibrosis-associated genes in diabetic individuals, suggesting a potential interaction between diabetes and fibrosis progression.

      Figure R5. Subgroup analysis of the association between gene expressions and steatosis grades

      Figure R6. Subgroup analysis of the association between gene expressions and fibrosis grades

      On the comment "degree to which these conditions contribute to the observations," our original analysis adjusted for diabetes status to identify molecular signatures independently associated with fibrosis without the confounding of diabetes status. Consequently, the reported gene signatures in the original analysis more closely reflect patterns in the non-diabetes group, as demonstrated in our subgroup analysis plots. We also comment that, unfortunately, we did not adjust for the interaction of fibrosis and diabetes in the original analysis.

      Furthermore, our additional analyses revealed a close relationship between diabetes and liver fibrosis. Consistent with Figure 1C, hepatic fibrosis is significantly correlated with insulin resistance parameters in clinical assays, including blood insulin levels and HOMA2-IR. To explore this association further, we compared gene expression profiles between diabetic MASLD patients (n = 21) and non-diabetic MASLD patients (n = 43). Although few genes reached significance after multiple testing correction, 166 genes showed differential expression (p 0.32) between these groups.

      We identified 55 genes as potential "diabetic markers" that both showed differential expression between diabetic and non-diabetic MASLD patients and were significantly associated with steatosis or fibrosis progression. These genes are predominantly downregulated metabolic genes (e.g., BAAT, G6PC1, SULT2A1, MAT1A), suggesting that diabetes may exacerbate metabolic suppression as fibrosis advances. Given the high prevalence of diabetes in the MASLD population, our analysis supports the hypothesis that diabetes worsens MASLD outcomes, likely through impaired metabolic capability during fibrosis progression.

      Regarding the comment on the "subgroup of female sex," our original analysis also adjusted for sex as a potential confounder. Since our cohort is predominantly female (>76%), the majority of our findings likely holds true in the female sub-population, similar to what we observed in our diabetes subgroup analysis.

      External validation

      Additionally, to back up the major GTPase signature findings, it would be desirable to analyze an external dataset of (pre)diabetes patients (other biased groups) for alternations in these genes. It would be important to know if this signature also shows in non-MASLD diabetic patients vs. healthy patients or is a feature specific to MASLD. Also, could the matched metabolic data be used to validate metabolite alterations that would be expected under GTPase-associated protein dysregulation?

      We appreciate the comments regarding the validation GTPase as a unique MASLD signature by external datasets. As shown in our previous analysis, after adjusting for diabetes status, the gene signatures remained largely preserved in the non-diabetes subgroup. Before we respond further, we also preface that publicly available liver tissue data, with appropriate and full-scale clinical metadata and sufficient sample sizes, are extremely rare. To the best of our knowledge, the public data sets we brought into our paper were the most prominent data of reliable quality.

      In the paper, we benchmarked our RNAseq dataset against two datasets: the VA cohort and EU cohort (Figure 1). Our cohort focused primarily on early MASLD patients with obesity, which aligns more closely with the disease spectrum represented in the VA cohort (Figure 1G). Notably, in the published paper for the VA cohort, Hoang et al. highlighted Rho GTPase signaling as one of the top pathways in the fibrosis PPI network (Figure 1B from publication PMID 31467298).

      We interrogated GTPase-related genes in both the VA and EU cohorts. As shown in Figure R7 (below), GTPase-related genes demonstrated a strong association with fibrosis grades in the VA cohort, as expected. The EU cohort comprises more advanced MASLD cases with higher fibrosis grades, and our re-analysis in this cohort specifically focused on MASH patients (as designated by the authors). In those MASH patients, GTPase-related genes did not show significant positive associations with fibrosis progression. This finding is consistent with our hypothesis that GTPase regulation is triggered more prominent during the early progression of fibrosis rather than at later stages.

      Unfortunately, diabetes status was not available in the GEO repository for the VA cohort. Available liver tissue sequencing datasets with balanced representation of diabetic and nondiabetic patients are rare, especially those derived from obese individuals and reflecting the early-to-middle stages of MASLD. In our own cohort, for instance, only two diabetic patients without MASLD were recruited (Table 1). While we cannot rule out a role for insulin resistance in GTPase regulation, we will plan future experiments using mouse models to examine GTPase-mediated fibrosis under diabetic and nondiabetic conditions.

      Regarding the comment ‘validate metabolite alterations that would be expected under GTPase-associated protein dysregulation,’ we note that GTPases are primarily involved in cytoskeletal organization, vesicle trafficking, and other cellular processes, with few well-established links to specific metabolite signatures. Nevertheless, in our partial correlation network integrating hepatic genes and metabolites, we observed co-regulated metabolites associated with GTPase-related genes (Figure R8). These included palmitoleoyl ethanolamide (N-acylethanolamine, an anti-inflammatory metabolite and PPARα ligand), phenylacetic acid (a phenylalanine metabolite), biotin (a coenzyme), arginine, lysine, melatonin (a tryptophan metabolite), and several lipid species such as PC 32:0 and CAR 20:1. While causal relationships cannot be inferred from this dataset, our integrative network highlights potential connections related to the trafficking of these metabolites that warrant further investigation.

      Figure R7. Associations between GTPase-related genes to fibrosis in this study and two external cohorts. Asterisks denote significant associations with q value Figure R8. Integrative subnetwork of GTPase-related genes. Blue squares represent GTPase-related genes, red circles indicate metabolites connected to these genes, and the purple diamond denotes fibrosis, which is connected to RHOU.*

      3D liver spheroid MASH model, Fig. 6D/E

      This 3D experiment is technically not an external validation of GTPase-related genes being involved in MASLD, since patient-derived cells may only retain changes that have happened in vivo. To demonstrate that the GTPase expression signature is specifically invoked by fibrosis the LX-2 set up is more convincing, however, the up-regulation of the GTPase-related genes upon fibrosis induction with TGF-beta, in concordance with the patient data, needs to be shown first (qPCR or RNA-seq).

      We agree with the reviewer that experiments in LX-2 (HSC) cells are important and as we have described under ‘Reviewer #2’ we have done this (Figure R3 and Figure R4). Because HSCs only comprise a minor cell population of liver cells, the signals observed in patient bulk RNA data are likely driven primarily by hepatocytes. Nevertheless, we have highlighted the importance of hepatic cell crosstalk in Figure R4 and in our response to Reviewer #2. Additionally, in Supplementary Figure S9B, we identify the potential cell types of origin for the GTPase signals (predominantly hepatocytes and HSCs) using a single-cell dataset from an independent study (PMID: 37962490).

      Additionally, the description of the 3D model is too uncritical. The maintenance of functional human PHHs in 3D has only become available this year (PMID: 40240606) marking a break-through in the field. Since the authors did not use this system, I would strongly assume their findings are largely attributable to the mesenchymal cells in the 3D culture, and these limitations need to be stated.

      We humbly disagree with the reviewer on the 3D liver spheroids. The paper that the reviewer is referencing is related to the proliferation of hepatocytes in organoids, not – at least not directly – their functional maintenance. Here, we use a spheroid model of mature fully differentiated cells, which is conceptually different from the organoid approach. Maintenance of such functional human hepatocytes for multiple weeks in culture has been possible for close to a decade (PMID 27143246). Moreover, particularly for the modeling of chronic liver disease, such as MASH, it is important to use directly patient-derived cells as short induction cycles (typically 1-2 weeks) of disease phenotypes in organoid models do not faithfully reproduce the molecular signatures that stem from chronic exposures in vivo.

      The 3D liver spheroid model we used here is derived from livers from patients with a histologically confirmed diagnosis of MASH. The isolated cells are fully mature and thus do not require in vitro differentiation. There are no MSCs in the 3D cultures; rather the spheroids contain hepatocytes, stellate cells, Kupffer cells as well as various other immune cell types present in the liver at the time of isolation (T cells, B cells, NK cells). Furthermore, the model is extensively characterized at the transcriptomic, proteomic and lipidomic level (PMID 39605182).

      Novelty / references

      Similar studies that also combined liver and blood lipidomics/metabolomics in obese individuals with and without MASLD (e.g. PMID 39731853, 39653777) should be cited. Additionally, it would benefit the quality of the discussion to state how findings in this study add new insights over previous studies, if their findings/insights differ, and if so, why.

      Thank you for the suggestion. We added the two papers into the discussion section. Specifically, we discussed the consistent findings (such as AKR1B10 in PMID 37037945 and mitochondrial dysfunction in PMID 39731853) and discrepancies (such as limited plasma metabolomic changes and circulating sphingolipid alterations in multiple human and mouse models) in comparison with previously published omics studies in MASLD patients. Also, we thoroughly discussed our findings (e.g., lipid dysregulation, dysregulated tryptophan metabolism, GTPase regulation) and potential mechanisms with extensive literature supports from of human, animal, and cell studies.

      Minor comments:

      1. The quality of Supplementary Figures (e.g. S7) makes is impossible to read the labels Thank you for this feedback. The resolution of the figures was impaired in the initial upload. We will provide all supplementary figures with high resolution in our revised submission and ensure all labels are clearly readable.

      For Figure S7C, we presented the correlation matrix of more than 200 GTPase-related genes along with the TGF-β genes TGFB1 and TGFB3. This illustrates the overall co-expression patterns of GTPase-related genes rather than displaying individual gene labels, with arrows now included to highlight TGFB1 and TGFB3.

      Reviewer #3 (Significance (Required)):

      The authors provide an overall sound study on the hepatic transcriptomic and metabolomic signatures in an Australian cohort of 109 obese non-to-early stage MASLD patients. They perform thorough analyses of metabolome and transcriptome in liver biopsies and metabolome in blood, using standard technologies such as RNA sequencing and mass spectrometry. Their key finding is a GTPase-associated gene signature related to fibrosis onset. Limitations of the study include potential cohort confounders (raising the need for expanded control experiments), limited discussion of similar studies, and limits in cell-type resolution, the latter of which is related to the molecular read out, and has in parts been started to be addressed by in vitro experiments in an immortalized HSC lines. Taken together, given additional control analyses will be performed, the results could be of interest to an expert community in the field of molecular hepatology and, while still descriptive, hold the potential to prompt mechanistic follow-up studies.

      We thank this reviewer for a balanced, positive, and constructive evaluation of our manuscript.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Reviewer #1 (Public review): 

      Summary: 

      The manuscript by Senn and colleagues presents a comprehensive study on the developing synthetic gene circuits targeting mutant RAS-expressing cells. This study aims to exploit these RAS-targeting circuits as cancer cell classifiers, enabling the selective expression of an output protein in correlation with RAS activity. The system is based on the bacterial two-component system NarX/NarL. A RAS-binding domain, the RBDCRD domain of the RAS effector protein CRAF, is fused to the histidine kinase domain, which carries an inactivating amino acid exchange either in its ATP-binding site (N509A) or in its phosphorylation site (H399Q). Dimerization or nanocluster formation of RAS-GTP reconstitutes an active histidine kinase sensor dimer that phosphorylates the response regulator NarL. The phosphorylated DNA-binding protein NarL, fused to the transcription activator domain VP48, binds its responsive element and induces the expression of the output protein. In comparison to mutated RAS, the effect of the RAS activator SOS-1 and the RAS inhibitor NF1 on the sensing ability as well as the tunability of the RAS sensor were examined. A RAS targeting circuit with an AND gate was designed by expressing the RAS sensor proteins under the control of defined MAPK response elements, resulting in a large increase in the dynamic range between mutant and wild-type RAS. Finally, the RAS targeting circuits were evaluated in detail in a set of twelve cancer cell lines expressing endogenous levels of mutant or wild-type RAS or oncogenes affecting RAS signaling upstream or downstream. 

      Strengths: 

      This proof-of-concept study convincingly demonstrates the potential of synthetic gene circuits to target oncogenic RAS in tumor cell lines and to function, at least in part, as an RAS mutant cell classifier. 

      Weaknesses: 

      The use of an appropriate "therapeutic gene" might revert the oncogenic properties of RAS mutant cell lines. However, a therapeutic strategy based on this four-plasmid-based system might be difficult to implement in RAS-driven solid cancers. 

      Thank you for the insightful comments. We agree that the delivery of a four-plasmid system represents a major challenge for translating RAS-targeting circuits into therapeutic applications. Reducing the number of plasmids –ideally consolidating all components onto a single vector– will be critical for clinical implementation.

      Viral delivery is generally the most efficient strategy for DNA-based therapies, but viral vectors have limited packaging capacities, which differ by virus type[1]. The RAS_sensor_F.L.T. circuit under the EF1α promoter requires ~7.7 kb for the sensing components alone, excluding the output gene. This exceeds the packaging limit of adeno-associated virus (AAV) and is at the upper boundary for lentiviral vectors but could potentially be accommodated by larger vectors such as γ-retroviruses, poxviruses, or herpesviruses¹. Co-transduction with dual AAVs [2] or ongoing engineering to expand packaging capacity [3] may also offer future solutions. An additional route to reduce construct size could be alternative splicing, especially given redundancy between the two NarX fusion proteins[4]. 

      An advantage of our current architecture is that synthetic response elements replace constitutive promoters, reducing construct size. For example, the MAPK-driven PY2_NarX&NarL circuits range between 4.9 and 5.2 kb depending on the transactivation domain, bringing them within AAV packaging limits for the sensor module[5], though co-delivery of the output gene would still be necessary. For lentiviruses, this is within the packaging capacity of 8 kb<sup>1</sup> and would allow for inclusion of ~3 kb output genes.

      Still, assembling multiple modules onto a single vector introduces new challenges, including possible crosstalk or interference between neighboring promoters [6]. For example, placing the output gene too close to MAPK response elements may trigger unwanted MAPKdependent expression, potentially bypassing the intended AND-gate logic. Moreover, expressing three genes under separate response elements may shift expression ratios and reduce circuit functionality. Nonetheless, the absence of constitutive promoters and the RAS-dependence of MAPK response elements could provide partial robustness, since even unintended activation would still reflect RAS signaling to some extent. Further, our data (Fig. 1d) show that some deviation in component levels can be tolerated, provided all parts are sufficiently expressed. Nonetheless, assembling the circuit on a single vector will require careful design and rigorous validation to ensure optimal performance. 

      While addressing this is beyond the scope of the current study, we agree that future efforts should focus on vector consolidation and delivery strategies. We now include a paragraph discussing these challenges in the revised manuscript.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review): 

      The manuscript describes an interesting approach towards designing genetic circuits to sense different RAS mutants in the context of cancer therapeutics. The authors created sensors for mutant RAS and incorporated feed-forward control that leverages endogenous RAS/MAPK signaling pathways in order to dramatically increase the circuits' dynamic range. The modularity of the system is explored through the individual screening of several RAS binding domains, transmembrane domains, and MAPK response elements, and the author further extensively screened different combinations of circuit components. This is an impressive synthetic biology demonstration that took it all the way to cancer cell lines. However, given the sole demonstrated output in the form of fluorescent proteins, the authors' claims related to therapeutic implications require additional empirical evidence or, otherwise, expository revision. 

      Thank you very much for the thoughtful evaluation, precise critique, and constructive suggestions.

      As correctly noted, our study initially focused on developing and optimizing input sensors and processing units for synthetic gene circuits targeting mutated RAS. To address the concern regarding therapeutic relevance, we have now incorporated functional validation using a clinically relevant output protein: herpes simplex virus thymidine kinase (HSV-TK), which converts ganciclovir into a cytotoxic compound. We replaced the mCerulean reporter with HSV-TK and tested the resulting RAS-targeting circuits in both RAS-mutant and wild-type cancer cell lines. The results, now presented in a new chapter (Figure 8 and Supplementary Fig. 14), demonstrate robust killing of RAS-mutant cells and support the potential therapeutic utility of these circuits.

      Major comments: 

      "These therapies are limited to cancers with KRASG12C mutations" is technically accurate. However, in this fast-moving field, there are examples such as MRTX1133 which holds the promise to target the very G12D mutation that is the focus of this paper. There are broader efforts too. It would help the readers better appreciate the background if the authors could update the intro to reflect the most recent landscape of RAS-targeting drugs. 

      Thank you for this helpful suggestion. We have updated the introduction to reflect the rapidly evolving landscape of RAS-targeting therapies, including the development of inhibitors for nonG12C mutations such as KRASG12D (e.g., MRTX1133). Given the pace and breadth of these advances, we also refer readers to a recent comprehensive review that provides an in-depth overview of current RAS-targeting strategies.

      Only KRASG12D was used as a model in the design and optimization work of the genetic circuits. Other mutations should be quite experimentally feasible and comparisons of the circuits' performances across different KRAS mutations would allow for stronger claims on the circuits' generalizability. Particularly, the cancer cell line used for circuit validation harbored a KRASG13D mutation. While the data presented do indeed support the circuit's "generalizability," the model systems would not have been consistent in the current set of data presented. 

      To further support the generalizability of our RAS sensor, we titrated plasmid doses for a panel of oncogenic RAS variants, including multiple KRAS mutants as well as HRAS<sup>G12D</sup and NRAS<sup>G12D</sup. Across all tested variants, we observed concentration-dependent activation of the RAS sensor. At 1.67 ng/well, the sensor output for all oncogenic RAS variants was at least as high as that for KRAS<sup>G12D</sup>, suggesting that the behavior observed in our initial design and optimization is representative of a broader set of RAS mutations.

      We also noted that high overexpression of wildtype HRAS and NRAS can lead to substantial activation of the sensor, exceeding that observed with wildtype KRAS. This underscores the importance of considering all RAS isoforms when assessing circuit specificity and avoiding potential off-target activation in healthy cells.

      In Figure 2a, the text claims that "inactivation of endogenous RAS with NF1 resulted in a lower YFP/RBDCRD-NarX expression," but Figure 2a does not show a statistically significant reduction in expression of SYFP (measured by "membrane-to-total signal ratio [RU]). 

      Thank you for pointing this out. We repeated the experiment to reassess the effect of NF1 on RBDCRD-NarX-SYFP2 expression and were able to confirm statistical significance. Accordingly, we have replaced Figure 2a with updated data. To facilitate better visual comparison across conditions, we also standardized the y-axis range across all relevant flow cytometry plots.

      The therapeutic index of the authors' systems would be better characterized by a functional payload, other than florescent proteins, that for example induce cell death, immune responses, etc. 

      Thank you for this insightful comment. We agree that fluorescent reporters are limited to approximating expression levels, and that a functional output protein is more appropriate for assessing therapeutic potential. To address this, we replaced mCerulean with the therapeutic suicide-gene, HSV-TK, and tested the circuits in RAS-mutant and wild-type cancer cell lines. These experiments demonstrate that our circuits can express functional proteins and induce cell death in two RAS-mutant cell lines while showing low toxicity in a RAS wild type cell line (new chapter including Fig. 8 and Supplementary Fig.14). 

      Comparing confluence of cells transfected with the RAS-targeting circuits to cells transfected with non-toxic GFP-output negative control or the constitutively expressed EF1αHSV-TK positive control allowed us to estimate the killing-strength of the circuits in each cell line. In RAS-mutant HCT-116 the confluence curves were similar to the positive control, indicating effective killing (Fig. 8b). At lower DNA dose in HCT-116, or in SW620 with lower transfection efficiency, the killing of transfected RAS-driven cancer cells was less pronounced, falling approximately midway between the controls (Fig. 8g&j). In the RAS wild type cell line, Igrov-1, the RAS circuits showed continued growth similar to the non-toxic negative control (Fig. 8d), suggesting low toxicity. 

      While this may indicate low circuit activation in Igrov-1, an alternative explanation for the low toxicity could also be insufficient transfection efficiency. Testing in SW620 –which had similar transfection efficiency as Igrov-1 (Supplementary Fig. 14a)– showed that this moderate transfection efficiency was sufficient for RAS-circuit-dependent killing (Fig. 8d & 8g), supporting the notion of low activation in Igrov-1 and selective cytotoxicity in RAS-driven cancer cells.

      Nonetheless, it is important to note that comparisons between the cell lines need to be interpreted cautiously because of inter-cell line differences in transfection, growth, and HSV-TK/ganciclovir (GCV)-sensitivity (Supplementary Fig. 14) and further validation will be essential. 

      A conclusive assessment will require more efficient delivery strategies, such as viral vectors (as discussed above). Efficient delivery would allow to investigate selectivity in a more realistic setting with patient-derived RAS-mutant cancer and healthy cells as well as testing in an vivo model. While beyond the scope of the current study, we view it as a critical direction for future work and have therefore added a paragraph about this to our discussion.

      Regarding data presented in "Mechanism of action" (Figure 2), the observations are interesting and consistent across different fluorescent reporters. However, with regard to interpretations of the underlying molecular mechanisms, it is not clear whether the different output levels in 2b, 2c, and 2d are due to the pathway as described by the authors or simply from varied expression levels of RBDCRD-NarX itself (2a) that is nonlinearly amplified by the rest of the circuit. From a practical standpoint, this caveat is not critical with respect to the signal-to-noise ratios in later parts of the paper. From a mechanistic interpretation standpoint, claims made forth in this section are not clearly substantiated. Some additional controls would be nice. For example, if the authors express NarXs that constitutively dimerize on the membrane, what would the RasG12Dresponsiveness look like? Does RasG12D alter the input-output curve of NarL-RE? How would Figure 4f compare to a NaxR constitutively dimerized control that only relies on transcriptional amplification of the Ras-dependent promoters? 

      This is a great point. We agree that the observed differences in output levels (Fig. 2) could arise from non-linear amplification due to increased expression of RBDCRD-NarX, rather than RAS binding or dimerization alone. To further investigate this possibility, we performed titrations of KRAS<sup>G12D</sup> in combination with the functional RAS sensor and a series of constitutively active and inactive control constructs (Supplementary Fig. 4).

      Inactive controls lacking NarX dimerization showed only a modest increase in output expression, similar to direct mCerulean expression under the EF1α promoter. Transfection of the output plasmid alone, with NarL, or with NarL and non-RAS-binding RBD<sup>R89L</sup> CRD<sup>C168S</sup> -NarX, resulted in minimal RAS-dependent increases (Supplementary Fig. 4a). Importantly, after normalization using the EF1α-driven mCherry transfection control, these effects were fully or even slightly over-compensated (Supplementary Fig. 4b), showing that we don’t include the effect of EF1α-dependent increased leakiness in the data presented throughout the manuscript, but also that –due to the normalization– we potentially underestimate the dynamic range of the RAS-targeting circuits.

      In contrast, constitutively dimerizing NarX controls (both membrane-bound and cytosolic dimerized via the FKBP–FRB system) exhibited a more pronounced RAS-dependent increase in output –even after normalization– confirming the presence of non-linear amplification (up to 3–4fold). However, this effect was still lower than that achieved with the functional RAS-binding sensor (8-fold at 1.67 ng/well KRAS<sup>G12D</sup>; 14-fold at 5–15 ng/well), indicating that the increase in expression of the sensor parts is not the full explanation of the effect we see. Instead, RAS binding and dimerization further amplify the response and are necessary for full activation (Supplementary Fig. 4b).

      We also addressed the reviewer’s suggestion by testing the MAPK response elements used in Fig. 4f with constitutively dimerizing NarX. These controls generally showed lower fold changes between KRAS<sup>G12D</sup>; and KRAS<sup>WT</sup> than the corresponding RAS-binding circuits  (Supplementary Fig. 7), with one exception: the combination of SRE_NarX and PY2_NarL-VP48. 

      Together, these data show that non-linear amplification via increased expression and dimerization contributes to output activation. However, RAS binding and induced dimerization of the NarX sensor are required for full functionality and enhanced signal strength. This underscores that integrating the MAPK response elements with the binding-based RAS sensor into RAS-targeting circuits generally improves the distinction between cells with KRAS<sup>G12D</sup>;  and KRAS<sup>WT</sup> and that it was the combination that allowed to reach maximal fold changes.

      It's also possible that these Ras could affect protein production at the post-transcriptional or even post-translational levels, which were not adequately considered. 

      Thank you for this comment. We now mention in the manuscript the potential mechanisms by which (over-)activated RAS or MAPK signaling can increase protein synthesis. We cite relevant reports of the mechanisms we found, including upregulation of translational initiation and machinery[10]  and ribosomal biogenesis[11].

      The text claims that "in contrast to what we saw in HEK293 overexpressing RAS (Figure 5d), the "AND-gate" RAS-targeting circuits do not generate higher output than the EF1a-driven, bindingtriggered RAS sensor in HCT-116. Instead, the improved dynamic range results from decreased leakiness in HCT- 116k.o." Comparing the experiment from Figure 5d, which looks at activation in KRASG12D and KRASWT, to the experiments in Figure 6b-d, which looks at activation in HCT-116WT and HCT-116KO is misleading. In Fig 5d., cells are transfected with KRASG12D and KRASWT to emulate high levels of mutant RAS and high levels of wild-type RAS. In Figures 6b-d, HCT-116WT has endogenous levels of mutant RAS, while the KCT-116KO is a knock-out cell line, and does not have mutant or WT RAS. Therefore, the improved dynamic range or "decreased leakiness in HCT-116KO" in comparison to Figure 5d. is more comparable to the NF1 condition from Figure 2, which deactivates endogenous RAS. While this may not be feasible, the most accurate comparison would have been an HCT-116KO line with KRASWT stably integrated. 

      Thank you for this input. We understand that comparing the results from HEK293 cells transfected with KRAS<sup>G12D</sup>;  or KRAS<sup>WT</sup> (Fig. 5d) to those from HCT-116<sup>WT</sup>    and HCT-116<sup>k.o</sup>. cells (Fig. 6b–d) may be misleading if interpreted as a direct comparison of RAS signaling levels. Our intent was not to compare HEK293 with KRAS<sup>WT</sup> directly to HCT-116<sup>k.o</sup>.., but rather to contrast the behavior of the EF1α-driven RAS sensor and the MAPK-responsive RAS-targeting circuits within each cell line context.

      Specifically, we observed that in HEK293 cells expressing KRAS<sup>G12D</sup>, the MAPK-based RAS-targeting circuits produced higher output than the EF1α-expressed RAS sensor. In contrast, in HCT-116<sup>WT</sup> cells, the EF1α-expressed RAS sensor resulted in higher output levels than the RAS-targeting circuits. Despite this, the MAPK-driven circuits showed an improved dynamic range compared to the EF1α-expressed RAS sensor in HCT-116, due to the reduced background expression in the HCT-116<sup>k.o</sup>.. cells. We have revised the manuscript text to clarify this distinction.

      We agree that an HCT-116<sup>k.o</sup> cell line with stable integration of KRAS<sup>WT</sup> would provide a more direct comparison. Nonetheless, HCT-116<sup>k.o</sup>.. cells still express endogenous NRAS and HRAS, both of which are capable of activating the RAS sensor (as shown in Fig. 1g). Therefore, we believe that HCT-116<sup>k.o</sup>. cells are more comparable to HEK293 with KRAS<sup>WT</sup> than to the NF1 condition in Fig. 2, in which all endogenous RAS isoforms are inactivated.

      We couldn't locate the citation or discussion of Figure 4d in the text. Conversely, based on the text description, Figure 6g would contain exciting results. But we couldn't find Figure 6g anywhere ... unless it was a typo and the authors meant Figure 6f, in which case the cool results in Figure S8 could use more elaboration in the main text. 

      Thank you for this helpful observation. The figure references were indeed incorrect due to a typo. The results discussed in the text refer to Figure 6f (not 6g), which is now Figure 7a in the revised version. To further highlight these findings, we have added a new Figure 7b that better illustrates how different MAPK response elements enabled us to identify, for each RAS-mutant cell line, a RAS-targeting circuit that showed stronger activation than in all RAS wild-type lines. We have also expanded the corresponding section in the main text to elaborate on these results and their significance.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review): 

      Summary: 

      Mutations that result in consistent RAS activation constitute a major driver of cancer. Therefore, RAS is a favorable target for cancer therapy. However, since normal RAS activity is essential for the function of normal cells, a mechanism that differentiates aberrant RAS activity from normal one is required to avoid severe adverse effects. To this end, the authors designed and optimized a synthetic gene circuit that is induced by active RAS-GTP. The circuit components, such as RAS-GTP sensors, dimerization domains, and linkers. To enhance the circuit selectivity and dynamic range, the authors designed a synthetic promoter comprised of MAPK-responsive elements to regulate the expression of the RAS sensors, thus generating a feed-forward loop regulating the circuit components. Circuit outputs with respect to circuit design modification were characterized in standard model cell lines using basal RAS activity, active RAS mutants, and RAS inactivation. 

      This approach is interesting. The design is novel and could be implemented for other RASmediated applications. The data support the claims, and while this circuit may require further optimization for clinical application, it is an interesting proof of concept for targeting aberrant RAS activity. 

      Strengths: 

      Novel circuit design, through optimization and characterization of the circuit components, solid data. 

      Weaknesses: 

      This manuscript could significantly benefit from testing the circuit performance in more realistic cell lines, such as patient-derived cells driven by RAS mutations, as well as in corresponding non-cancer cell lines with normal RAS activity. Furthermore, testing with therapeutic output proteins in vitro, and especially in vivo, would significantly strengthen the findings and claims. 

      Thank you very much for the thoughtful and supportive comments. We fully agree with the reviewer’s suggestions for improving the translational potential of the RAS-targeting circuits.

      As a first step toward therapeutic relevance, we replaced the fluorescent reporter with HSV-TK, a clinically validated suicide gene, and demonstrated killing in RAS-mutant cancer cell lines. This is described above and in the new section of the manuscript (Figure 8).

      We also agree that testing in patient-derived cancer cells and especially healthy cells with wild-type RAS activity will be essential. However, testing in primary or patient-derived cells presents delivery challenges: transient transfection of our current four-plasmid system is unlikely to achieve sufficient expression. As discussed in our response to Reviewer #1, development of a more efficient delivery strategy –such as viral vector-based delivery– is a necessary next step.

      Once a delivery system is established, identifying relevant off-target tissues throughout the body with high physiological RAS signaling will be key to assessing selectivity. While comparative data on RAS activation across healthy tissues are scarce[12,13], recent atlases of transcription factor activity[14,15] provide insights to identify off-target cells with high activation of RAS-dependent transcription factors and may even approximate RAS activity across healthy tissue. Alternatively, our single-input sensors for RAS and MAPK pathway activity could be used in vivo to identify off-target cells based on endogenous activity.

      Once relevant target and off-target cells have been identified, patient-derived cancer and healthy cells can help select and adapt cancer-specific RAS-targeting circuits and nominate therapeutic candidates for further safety and efficacy assessment[6,8].

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors): 

      For the most part, the data in this study are very convincing and very well presented. The cartoons make it easier to understand the complex experimental setups. 

      (1) Did the authors use wild-type Sos-1 or a constitutively active membrane-bound catalytic domain in their studies? How is SOS-1 activated when in case Sos-1 wild-type was used? 

      Thank you for this feedback. We used the constitutively active catalytic domain of Sos-1 (AA5641049; PDB ID 2II0). 

      (2) Figure 1f: In case of KRAS-G12D, it looks like the output expression does not really correlate with the RAS-GTP level. Can the authors give an explanation? 

      Thank you for this interesting question. We believe the observed discrepancy arises primarily from differences in the sensitivity and readout dynamics of the two assays. The RAS-GTP pulldown ELISA appears insufficiently sensitive to detect small changes in RAS-GTP levels at lower KRAS<sup>G12D</sup> plasmid doses (0.19, 0.56, or 1.67 ng). Only at 5 ng and 15 ng do we observe clear increases in RAS-GTP signal (25% and 700%, respectively). In contrast, the RAS sensor shows strong activation already in the 0.56–5 ng range but begins to saturate at higher doses (see Figure 1f and Figure 1e).

      Beyond the differing technical sensitivities of the ELISA (plate reader) and flow cytometry, an important conceptual distinction may further explain this behavior: the RAS sensor likely integrates RAS signaling over time. Once NarX binds RAS-GTP and dimerizes, it activates NarL, triggering mCerulean expression. If the rate of mCerulean production exceeds its degradation, signal accumulates throughout the assay duration. Thus, the flow cytometry readout reflects time-integrated signaling, allowing small differences in RAS-GTP to be amplified into measurable differences in output—especially at low input levels. This may explain why flow cytometry detects circuit activation earlier and more steeply than the pulldown assay, which provides a snapshot of RAS-GTP abundance at a single time point and saturates less readily at high input levels.

      Together, these factors likely explain the observed differences in signal dynamics: the RAS sensor exhibits steep activation followed by saturation at high plasmid doses (flow cytometry), while the ELISA shows limited sensitivity at low doses but a broader linear range at higher doses.

      (3) Figure 2b: It appears that even in the case of KRAS-G12D and Sos-1, only a few cells are positive. Does this result depend on low cell density, low transfection efficiency, or a wide range of the expression level? As a control, nuclear staining could be shown. 

      Thank you for this question. In the experiment shown in Figure 2b, our goal was to assess the membrane localization of the RBD^CRD-NarX-SYFP2 construct, which serves as a proxy for RAS-bound sensor. To enable accurate computational segmentation and separation of membrane signal from adjacent cells, we intentionally reseeded cells at low density in glassbottom plates for confocal imaging.

      The observed variability in signal likely reflects a combination of transient transfection and heterogeneous expression levels. While the overall transfection efficiency was approximately 70%, expression varied between individual cells. To account for this, we analyzed the membrane-to-total signal ratio per cell, which internally normalizes the membrane signal to the total cellular expression of SYFP2 and controls for differences in transfection efficiency.

      In response to the reviewer’s suggestion, we have updated the figure to include nuclear staining to aid interpretation. We would like to emphasize, however, that the images are intended to illustrate subcellular localization per cell, not expression frequency or intensity across the population.

      Minor points 

      (1) Figure 1b: "The third plasmid expresses NarL, .." should be changed to "The third plasmid expresses NarL-VP48, .." 

      Done

      (2) Figure 1c, right part: The orange arrow should be labeled NarX-H399Q (not N509A). 

      Done

      (3) Supplementary Table 6 and 7: [cells/wells] - should probably be [cells 10*3/well]. 

      Thank you for these points, we updated the manuscript accordingly

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors): 

      Minor comments: 

      (1) N509A seems mislabeled in Figure 1b. 

      (2) It would help the readers if the authors could elaborate a bit on what is known about the RBD and CRD mutations used here. 

      Thank you for the input, we added a paragraph in the paper to expand on the effect of these commonly used mutations.

      (3) The KRASWT&Sos1 condition is not explained within the text for Figure 1f, which is the first figure with the KRASWT&Sos1 condition, but rather later on for Figure 2a. Adding a description of this condition to the discussion of Figure 1f would add clarity to this figure. 

      Thank you, we corrected this.

      (4) Citing AlphaFold2 structural predictions as having "revealed that longer linkers between the sensor's RBDCRD and NarX-derived domains could bring the NarX domains into closer proximity" is probably an overstatement. AlphaFold2 generally has low confidence in the placement of long flexible linkers, and the longer linkers in the illustration could facilitate NarX and NarL being even farther apart than they are in the original design. 

      Thank you for this input. We agree that AlphaFold2 predictions generally have low confidence in the placement of long, flexible linkers, and we did not intend to imply that the structural models were predictive of actual linker conformations. Rather, the models were used heuristically to generate the hypothesis that longer linkers might facilitate better positioning of the NarX domains for dimerization.

      As described in the Methods, we manually rotated the flexible linker regions to explore plausible conformations. These exploratory models showed that with a short (1x GGGGS) linker, it was more challenging to bring the NarX domains into close proximity, whereas longer linkers allowed greater positional flexibility. This modeling exercise provided a structural rationale for experimentally testing longer linkers. We have revised the manuscript text to clarify that the structural predictions were used to motivate linker design –not to validate or predict structural outcomes.

      (5) Figure 3b shows that the fold change (KRASG12D/KRASWT) is higher at shorter linker lengths and lower at longer linker lengths, and that the output expression of mCerulean is lower at shorter linker lengths and higher at longer linker lengths. Having a bar plot with the output expression mCerulean levels comparing KRASG12D and KRASWT next to each other would be a significantly more informative representation of this data. In particular, the readers might be interested in understanding the effect of linker length on off-target activation from the sensor, which is not clear from this figure. 

      Thank you for the suggestion. We adapted Figure 3b to better present this. 

      (6) While it is implied that the sentence "Among the tested binding domains, the Ras association domain (RA) of the natural RAS effector Rassf5, the RAS association domain 2 (RA2) of the phospholipase C epsilon (PLCe)33, and the synthetic RAS binder K5534 showed a slightly higher or similar dynamic range." is comparing these RAS binding domains to RBDCRD, for clarity it should be noted what the point of reference is for this "slightly higher or similar dynamic range." 

      (7) Claims are made throughout the text that require supporting data, and thus require a reference to a figure, but there are a few instances where the reference is several sentences after the discussion of data and findings begins. For example, the discussion of Figure 3c begins with the claim "Among the tested binding domains, the Ras association domain (RA) of the natural RAS effector Rassf5, the RAS association domain 2 (RA2) of the phospholipase C epsilon (PLCe)33, and the synthetic RAS binder K5534 showed a slightly higher or similar dynamic range," but there is no reference to the data or figure being discussed until the end of the discussion of Figure 3c. This formatting is also present in Figure 3d and Figure 6f. 

      Thank you for mentioning these imprecisions and inconsistencies, we addressed them in the manuscript. 

      (8) In Figures 5d and 5e, the formatting of underscores and dashes is occasionally inconsistent within the text. (ex. "PY2_NarX_FLT or PY2_NarL-FLT" on page 13.). 

      Thank you for this precise observation. The formatting differences were intentional and reflect distinct design principles. Specifically:

      An underscore (e.g., PY2_NarX_FLT) denotes that two separate proteins are expressed –here, PY2-driven RBDCRD-NarX and EF1α-driven NarL-F.L.T.

      A dash (e.g., PY2_NarL-F.L.T.) indicates a fusion protein –i.e., PY2-driven NarL-F.L.T. combined with EF1α-driven RBDCRD-NarX.

      This notation is used to distinguish expression sources and fusion constructs while avoiding redundancy with the base circuit (EF1α_NarX + EF1α_NarL-VP48). We hope the included schematic diagrams in each relevant figure helps the reader interpret these combinations.

      (9) The text claims that "loss-of-function mutations in RBDCRD decreased activation. However, the dynamic range was only 3-fold" and attributes this claim to Figure 6a. For a claim about specific fold-change activation, one would expect a corresponding figure with quantitative measurements of this fluorescence to be referenced. 

      Thank you for this remark. We made a supplementary figure (Supplementary Fig. 11) to show the quantitative measurement of the 3-fold dynamic range between HCT-116<sup>WT</sup> and HCT-116<sup>k.o</sup>. when using the EF1a-expressed RAS sensor with NarL-VP48.

      (10) The claim of this Figure 2d is that the effect of RAS-GTP levels on mCerulean output is amplified in comparison to Figures 2a, 2b, and 3c, representing expression, RAS binding, and dimerization respectively. While visually this might be true from the figure, the readers might be confused by the lack of significance between the control and the NF1 condition, alongside the variation between the triplicates. Could this experiment be repeated to gain clearer data and to support their claim more effectively? 

      Thank you for this important observation. To address the concern regarding variability and statistical significance in Figure 2d, we repeated the experiment using 24-well plates to increase the number of cells analyzed per condition. This improved the consistency of the data and allowed us to reduce variability across replicates. As a result, we now observe a statistically significant difference between the control and the NF1 condition. The updated results are shown in the revised Figure 2.

      (11) The readers might be less familiar with the concept of "composability" than "modularity" and it would be good to explain it if the authors did intend to use the former. 

      Thank you for this comment. We changed it to modularity to avoid confusion. 

      References

      (1) Shahryari, A., Burtscher, I., Nazari, Z. & Lickert, H. Engineering Gene Therapy: Advances and Barriers. Advanced Therapeutics vol. 4 Preprint at https://doi.org/10.1002/adtp.202100040 (2021).

      (2) Mcclements, M. E. & Maclaren, R. E. Adeno-Associated Virus (AAV) Dual Vector Strategies for Gene Therapy Encoding Large Transgenes. YALE JOURNAL OF BIOLOGY AND MEDICINE vol. 90 (2017).

      (3) Wagner, H. J., Weber, W. & Fussenegger, M. Synthetic Biology: Emerging Concepts to Design and Advance Adeno-Associated Viral Vectors for Gene Therapy. Advanced Science vol. 8 Preprint at https://doi.org/10.1002/advs.202004018 (2021).

      (4) Doshi, J., Willis, K., Madurga, A., Stelzer, C. & Benenson, Y. Multiple Alternative Promoters and Alternative Splicing Enable Universal Transcription-Based Logic Computation in Mammalian Cells. Cell Rep 33, 108437 (2020).

      (5) Wu, Z., Yang, H. & Colosi, P. Effect of genome size on AAV vector packaging. Molecular Therapy 18, 80–86 (2010).

      (6) Dastor, M. et al. A Workflow for in Vivo Evaluation of Candidate Inputs and Outputs for Cell Classifier Gene Circuits. ACS Synth Biol 7, 474–489 (2018).

      (7) Preuß, E. et al. TK.007: A novel, codon-optimized HSVtk(A168H) mutant for suicide gene therapy. Hum Gene Ther 21, 929–941 (2010).

      (8) Angelici, B., Shen, L., Schreiber, J., Abraham, A. & Benenson, Y. An AAV gene therapy computes over multiple cellular inputs to enable precise targeting of multifocal hepatocellular carcinoma in mice. Sci Transl Med 13, (2021).

      (9) Mesnil, M. & Yamasaki, H. Bystander Effect in Herpes Simplex Virus-Thymidine Kinase/Ganciclovir Cancer Gene Therapy: Role of Gap-Junctional Intercellular Communication 1. CANCER RESEARCH vol. 60 http://aacrjournals.org/cancerres/articlepdf/60/15/3989/2478218/ch150003989.pdf (2000).

      (10) Proud, C. G. Ras, PI3-kinase and mTOR signaling in cardiac hypertrophy. Cardiovascular Research vol. 63 403–413 Preprint at https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cardiores.2004.02.003 (2004).

      (11) Azman, M. S. et al. An ERK1/2driven RNAbinding switch in nucleolin drives ribosome biogenesis and pancreatic tumorigenesis downstream of RAS oncogene. EMBO J 42, (2023).

      (12) von Lintig, F. C. et al. Ras activation in normal white blood cells and childhood acute lymphoblastic leukemia. Clin Cancer Res 6, 1804–10 (2000).

      (13) Guha, A., Feldkamp, M. M., Lau, N., Boss, G. & Pawson, A. Proliferation of human malignant astrocytomas is dependent on Ras activation. Oncogene 15, 2755–2765 (1997).

      (14) Pan, L. et al. HTCA: a database with an in-depth characterization of the single-cell human transcriptome. Nucleic Acids Res 51, D1019–D1028 (2023).

      (15) Pan, L. et al. Single Cell Atlas: a single-cell multi-omics human cell encyclopedia. Genome Biol 25, (2024).

    1. il s'agit de l'atelier 2 autour du bien-être à l'école de l'atelier 3 du coup je vous le fais de têtes alors 00:57:45 que j'avais des des notes en tout cas c'est l'atelier 3 et l'atelier 4 les ateliers donc 2 3 et 4 sont annulés en revanche il reste des places dans les autres ateliers du coup vous pouvez vous y rendre de façon spontanée et vous 00:57:58 ajouter sur les listes d'émargements donc il reste le 1 euh valeur de la République avec du coup l'équipe de collègues Carole Janine et j'ai oublié le nom de la troisème personne le 00:58:11 l'atelier 5 l'Escape game autour de l'inclusion le 6 euh le 6 les réseaux sociaux merci beaucoup autour des réseaux sociaux avec le Clémi 00:58:22 euh l'atelier 7 euh qui est autour de l'interculturalité justement du plurilinguisme et l'atelier 8 avec la question de l'expérience du débat en classe
    2. je suis chargé de mission en fait au au département du 00:49:07 Nord donc dans dans le service jeunesse et j'avais une question justement par rapport au aux actions qui sont mises en place notamment alors sur le volet éducatif effectivement là c'est vraiment le le cœur de métier de l'éducation 00:49:18 nationale mais il me semblait que même sur les les valeurs de la République également mais mais il me semblait que sur les valeurs de la République est-ce qu'il il est il y a pas un enjeu à développer de l'interconnaissance avec les acteurs extérieurs à l'école 00:49:31 notamment sur la politique de la ville d'autres d'autres acteurs qui sont présents en fait sur les temps différents des élèves euh il y a le temps de l'école mais il y a aussi en fait le le le le les temps extérieurs à l'école où les ils sont dans dans les 00:49:44 centres sociaux ils sont dans des dans des associations en fait locales comment en fait dans la construction de ces valeurs euh on peut aussi coproduire des choses avec ces acteurs-là parce que ils peuvent euh entendre d'autres choses 00:49:57 euh d'autres voilà manière éventuellement de de de de comprendre ces ces notions ces concepts est-ce qu'il est est-ce qu'il y a pas un enjeu à justement peut-être 00:50:09 euh même éventuellement faire des des formations entre enseignants ou chefs d'établissement avec des ces acteurs là il me semble que il y a vraiment en fait une un référentiel commun à avoir pour 00:50:22 pouvoir justement en tout cas apporter quelque chose à ces ces jeunes qui parfois sont en grande difficulté
    3. nécessité fort importante d'articuler toutes ces 00:31:20 politiques éducatives et donc cette instance elle me semble vraiment un lieu privilégié pour penser et mettre en œure une démarche systémique de pilotage par les valeurs et pour les 00:31:35 valeurs euh je parler de de lutte contre détermin social et et ce qui ce qui pas une chose très très simple je je suis pas sûr qu'on qu'on soit parvenu hein lorsque il y a une grande très grande 00:31:50 mixité mais au moins commencer déjà par essayer d'obtenir parce que c'est ce que je vais dans vre établissement 55 minut de cours l'objectif de 55 minutes de cours c'était ça commence par un climat scolaire serein
    4. je parler de de lutte contre détermin social et et ce qui ce qui pas une chose très très simple je je suis pas sûr qu'on qu'on soit parvenu hein lorsque il y a une grande très grande 00:31:50 mixité mais au moins commencer déjà par essayer d'obtenir parce que c'est ce que je vais dans vre établissement 55 minut de cours l'objectif de 55 minutes de cours c'était ça commence par un climat scolaire serein
    5. quand le système éducatif 00:20:47 est perçu comme véhiculant des valeurs qui sont bien en accord avec l'éducation inclusive comme la justice sociale ou la bienveillance les enseignants vont remonter des attitudes bien plus positives donc donc on voit que le système éducatif lui-même quelque part 00:21:00 peut avoir une influence sur les attitudes des enseignants et vous allez le voir on a dans une dernière étude on a quand même montrer que parler de réussite de réussite de tous et ben ça compliquait les choses en terme 00:21:11 d'éducation inclusive on s'attendait pas spécialement à à ce résultat là mais en fait on s'est amusé entre guillemets à proposer aux enseignants des petit des petites pages de de magazines fictifs à destination des enseignants alors on 00:21:24 avait des magazines qui traitaient uniquement de bienveillance euh d'épanouissement de de de des élèves enfin tout un tout un champ lexical qui avait tras à ce type de valeur euh des 00:21:37 des magazines qui traitaient simplement de de questions de questions basiques de questions pratiques et puis des magazines qui traiter de la réussite de la performance euh du développement des compétences euh du pouvoir d'agir et en 00:21:50 fait c'est'est avéré que quand on proposait aux enseignants de lire ce magazine en particulier qui traitait de la réussite et qui le mettait dans sous toutes ses formes ils avaient des attitudes bien plus négatives euh à l'égard de l'éducation inclusive donc on 00:22:03 voit que dans à partir de ces ces recherche que il y a une complexité réelle entre les valeurs qu'on essaie de d'incarné en fait de faire vivre 00:22:15 à dans l'école et on voit qu'à certains moments elles peuvent avoir aussi des influences qui sont qui sont pas cell qu'on qu'on aimerait bien euh qu'on aimerait bien mettre en œuvre
    1. a. Lo perdí, lo rompí en repetidas ocasiones, y me extravié con él. Me dejé llevar por las múltiples composiciones de luz que surgían de sus lados. Conseguir una forma estable en su construcción no fue sencillo, pero descubrí que podía sostenerse al reconocer tres principios orientadores, presentes tanto en mi propia práctica, como en otras metodo

      hola

    2. s corresponde a perspectivas de artistas e investigadoras que, puestas en relación, orientan la mirada en una misma dirección. A través de su configuración, con sus formas y ópticas, he podid

      un comentario

    1. n't eat in public anymore, didn'tlike the way people stared at my biscuits-cleverly dubbed "dog biscuits" in everyschool I'd ever attended. Y

      Narrator can't exist without her condition constantly being brought up. Connects to the Spoon Theory, as she must always think about having DGD and adjust her routine for it (ex. wearing an emblem, eating biscuits)

    1. La ecuación del bio-calor, formulada por Pennes (1948), permite modelar la distribución de temperatura en tejidos biológicos considerando el flujo sanguíneo, la conductividad térmica y fuentes internas o externas de calor. Su modelación es fundamental en la física médica para predecir el comportamiento térmico durante tratamientos como la hipertermia. Además, constituye una herramienta poderosa en el desarrollo de simulaciones computacionales aplicadas al diseño y control de terapias térmicas en tejidos vivos.

      Creo que aquí solo está refraseada info que ya habías dado antes, por lo que sugiero quitar este párrafo y añadir más literatura nueva

    1. DeepONet aprende el operador general que resuelve muchas instancias a la vez.

      Modificar este enunciado. Sigue sin quedarme claro a qué te refieres con "aprende el operador general" y cambiar "muchas" por "múltiples" o "varias"

    2. Soluciones halladas por la red neuronal, en la parte superior las funciones arbitrarias f(x), mientras que en la parte inferior está su solución u(x), el color representa la relación término-solución.

      Mismos comentarios que para el ejemplo anterior. Además, hay que señalar qué condiciones iniciales representan cada color. Esto puede ser mediante una leyenda o en el pie de figura. Porqué la f(x) es con dashed lines y la u(x9) con continuas?

    3. Ilustraciones del planteamiento del problema y arquitectura DeepONet que conducen a una buena generalización. a) Para que la red aprenda un operador G:u→G(u) se necesita la entrada [u(x1),u(x2),...,u(xm)] y la entrada y. b) Ilustración de los datos de entrenamiento. Para cada función de entrada u, se requiere el mismo número de evaluaciones en los mismos sensores dispersos x1,x2,...,xm. Sin embargo, no se impone ninguna restricción sobre el número ni las ubicaciones para la evaluación de las funciones de salida. c) La DeepONet stacked se inspira en el Teorema de aproximación universal para operadores y consta de una red Trunk y p redes Branch apiladas. La red cuya construcción se inspira en el mismo teorema es una DeepONet stacked formada al elegir la red Trunk como una red de una capa de ancho p y cada red Branch como una red de una capa oculta de ancho n. d) La red DeepONet unstacked se inspira en el Teorema general de aproximación universal para operadores y consta de una red Trunk y una red Branch. Una red DeepONet unstacked puede considerarse como una red DeepONet stacked, en la que todas las redes Branch comparten el mismo conjunto de parámetros (Lu et al. 2021).

      Está bien si tomas una imagen de un paper pero es preferible que la edites para que esté en español, ya que toda la tesis está en ese idioma. Además, si tomas imágenes de otro trabajo, hay que escribir algo así como: "Tomada y modifcada de Juan Pérez (2021)" al final del pie de figura.

    1. Comparación entre solución real y predicción de la red neuronal para la ecuación de Burger 1D. Debido a su naturaleza unidimensional, es posible plasmar en un eje al tiempo (t) y representar a la función a lo largo de éste como una serie de fotos para un instante t dado.

      Veo que se tiene el pie de figura pero las gráficas no están identificadas como figura ni referenciada en el texto. Entiendo que es un ejemplo pero se ve un poco raro. Sugiero ponerlo propiamente como figura y en alguna parte de la Sección 7.4 mencionar: "En la Figura 00 se muestra .......", además, cuidar que los gráficos salgan completos

    2. Construya una red neuronal (NN) u(x,t;θ) donde θ representa el conjunto de pesos entrenables w y sesgos b, y σ representa una función de activación no lineal. Especifique los datos de medición xi,ti,ui para u y los puntos residuales xj,tj para la EDP. Especifique la pérdida L en la Ecuación 7.1 sumando las pérdidas ponderadas de los datos y la EDP. Entrene la NN para encontrar los mejores parámetros θ∗ minimizando la pérdida L (George Em Karniadakis 2021).

      El pie de figura está escrito como si fueran instrucciones. Modifícalo a "Se construye" o "Construcción de". "Se especifica", etc.

    1. Synthèse sur la Sexualité et la Contraception

      Résumé

      Ce document de synthèse résume les points clés d'une discussion sur la sexualité et la contraception, menée par des intervenantes du Planning Familial d'Indre-et-Loire.

      Les thèmes centraux incluent l'importance d'une éducation sexuelle et affective précoce et progressive, fondée sur les connaissances des jeunes pour déconstruire les idées reçues.

      Un accent particulier est mis sur la notion de consentement, détaillée à travers l'acronyme "REELS" (Réversible, Éclairé, Enthousiaste, Libre, Spécifique), qui sert de guide pratique pour des relations respectueuses.

      Le document présente un panorama exhaustif des méthodes de contraception existantes, classées en cinq catégories (hormonales, mécaniques, naturelles, définitives, d'urgence), en soulignant la responsabilité partagée et la possibilité de changer de méthode au cours de la vie.

      Enfin, il aborde la prévention des Infections Sexuellement Transmissibles (IST), l'importance cruciale du dépistage, et les modalités de l'Interruption Volontaire de Grossesse (IVG) en France, tout en listant les structures ressources locales pour les jeunes et les parents.

      1. L'Approche du Planning Familial en Matière d'Éducation Sexuelle

      Le Planning Familial d'Indre-et-Loire, une association loi 1901 fondée en 1967 localement, a pour mission la prévention, l'information et l'orientation sur la vie affective, relationnelle et la santé sexuelle. Ses interventions sont gratuites, anonymes, confidentielles et basées sur un accueil inconditionnel.

      1.1. Méthodologie : L'Éducation Populaire

      L'approche de l'association repose sur le principe de l'éducation populaire, qui considère que chaque individu possède des savoirs. Les interventions partent des représentations et des connaissances du public pour ensuite apporter des informations complémentaires.

      Outils utilisés : Le "brainstorming" est un outil central pour recueillir les mots et les idées des participants sur un thème donné (ex: la puberté).

      Objectifs :

      ◦ Déconstruire les idées reçues et les fausses informations, notamment celles issues d'internet.

      ◦ Rassurer les jeunes sur les changements corporels et les différences de développement, luttant ainsi contre les complexes. ◦ Adapter le contenu à l'âge des participants.

      1.2. Le Programme National d'Éducation à la Sexualité

      Un programme gouvernemental, en accord avec une loi de 2002 prévoyant trois séances annuelles de la maternelle au lycée (bien que peu appliquée), structure l'éducation à la vie affective et sexuelle. Ce programme, jugé pertinent par le Planning Familial, propose une approche progressive :

      Maternelle et Primaire : Aborde les émotions, le consentement non-sexuel ("je ne veux pas jouer avec toi"), les stéréotypes de genre et les relations aux autres.

      Collège (à partir de la 4ème) et Lycée : Introduction de la thématique de la sexualité au sens large. L'école est considérée comme le lieu idéal pour une information égalitaire.

      2. Puberté et Connaissance du Corps

      La puberté est une période de transition majeure, marquée par une "tempête hormonale" qui influence à la fois le corps et les émotions.

      2.1. Changements Physiques et Émotionnels

      Émotionnels : Humeur changeante (colère, tristesse), fatigue, susceptibilité. C'est une période de découverte de soi, de ses goûts et de ses limites.

      Physiques : Pilosité, développement des seins, mue de la voix, acné, croissance. Les intervenantes soulignent l'importance de rassurer sur le fait que chaque corps se développe à son propre rythme. La puberté survient en moyenne entre 11 et 16 ans, mais peut être plus précoce (dès 9-10 ans) ou plus tardive.

      2.2. Le Cycle Menstruel

      Le cycle menstruel est un sujet essentiel abordé avec tous les jeunes, garçons et filles.

      Fonctionnement : Un cycle moyen dure 28 jours, avec une ovulation survenant 14 jours avant le début du cycle suivant.

      Période de Fertilité : Un ovule est viable 24 à 48 heures, tandis qu'un spermatozoïde peut survivre jusqu'à 5 jours dans l'utérus, ce qui définit une fenêtre de fertilité de plusieurs jours.

      Idées Reçues : Il est possible de tomber enceinte dès les premières règles. Des ovulations spontanées peuvent survenir en dehors de la période théorique de fertilité.

      Douleurs : Il est rappelé que des douleurs de règles invalidantes ne sont pas normales et doivent motiver une consultation médicale.

      2.3. Ressources Pédagogiques pour les Parents et les Jeunes

      Une sélection d'ouvrages est présentée comme support pour aborder ces sujets en famille.

      Titre de l'Ouvrage

      Public Cible

      Thèmes Abordés

      Le petit illustré de l'intimité (4 tomes)

      Enfants, Adolescents, Parents

      Anatomie (pénis, vulve), famille, contraception, genre, orientation sexuelle.

      Le petit guide de la foufoune sexuelle

      Tous publics

      Sexualité, consentement, anatomie, puberté, fausses idées.

      Le parcours de Polo Jeunes enfants

      Reproduction (comment on fait les bébés) sous forme d'album jeunesse.

      Comment on fait les bébés

      Jeunes enfants

      Reproduction, avec un point de vue humoristique sur les non-dits des parents.

      Les règles, Quelle aventure

      Adolescents

      Les menstruations, sous forme d'histoire.

      Rouge

      Jeunes enfants

      Les émotions (la timidité, le fait de rougir).

      Corps, amour et sexualité Parents (Guide)

      Encyclopédie par tranche d'âge (5-12 ans) pour répondre aux questions des enfants.

      3. Le Consentement : Un Pilier des Relations

      Le consentement est un sujet de plus en plus évoqué par les jeunes. Le Planning Familial utilise un moyen mnémotechnique pour en définir les composantes essentielles.

      R - Réversible : Un "oui" peut être retiré à tout moment. L'absence de participation active équivaut à un retrait du consentement.

      E - Éclairé : La personne doit être en pleine capacité de comprendre ce qui est proposé. Le consentement n'est pas valide si la personne est endormie, sous l'influence de l'alcool ou de drogues.

      E - Enthousiaste : Le consentement doit être actif et joyeux, exprimé verbalement et non-verbalement. Une participation passive ou hésitante n'est pas un consentement enthousiaste.

      L - Libre : Le "oui" doit être donné sans pression, chantage, menace ou rapport de hiérarchie.

      S - Spécifique : Le consentement est donné pour un acte précis, à un moment précis. Il n'est pas valable pour d'autres actes ou pour d'autres moments.

      4. Panorama des Moyens de Contraception La contraception est présentée comme une responsabilité partagée, les hommes étant fertiles toute l'année. Aucune méthode n'est efficace à 100% et il est possible d'en changer tout au long de sa vie.

      4.1. Contraceptions Hormonales

      Elles agissent en faisant croire au corps qu'une grossesse est en cours, bloquant ainsi l'ovulation.

      • La Pilule : Comprimé quotidien à heure fixe. Efficace à 99%. Peut ne pas convenir à un mode de vie irrégulier.

      • L'Implant : Bâtonnet inséré sous la peau du bras, efficace 3 ans.

      • Le Patch : À coller sur la peau et à changer chaque semaine. Non remboursé.

      • Le Dispositif Intra-Utérin (DIU) Hormonal : Placé dans l'utérus, diffuse des hormones localement. Efficace 5 ans.

      • L'Anneau Vaginal : Anneau flexible placé dans le vagin pour 3 semaines. Non remboursé.

      • Les Injections d'Hormones : Tous les 3 mois pour les femmes, toutes les semaines pour les hommes.

      4.2. Contraceptions Mécaniques

      Elles créent une barrière physique pour empêcher la rencontre des spermatozoïdes et de l'ovule.

      • Préservatifs (Externe et Interne) : Seul moyen de contraception protégeant également des IST. Le préservatif interne peut être mis jusqu'à 8 heures avant le rapport.

      • Le Diaphragme / La Cape Cervicale : Dômes en silicone placés au fond du vagin. Efficacité renforcée avec des spermicides.

      • Le DIU au Cuivre : Le cuivre crée une inflammation qui rend l'utérus "hostile" à la nidation. Efficace 5 ans, sans hormones.

      • L'Andro-Switch (Anneau) / Le Slip Thermique : Méthodes masculines qui remontent les testicules contre le corps.

      La chaleur annule le pouvoir fécondant des spermatozoïdes. Nécessite d'être porté 15h/jour et un suivi médical (spermogrammes).

      4.3. Méthodes Naturelles (Contrôle des Naissances)

      Leur efficacité est jugée relative et moins fiable.

      • Le Retrait : Efficacité limitée car le liquide pré-séminal peut contenir des spermatozoïdes.

      • Méthode des Températures : Suivi de la température corporelle pour détecter l'ovulation.

      • Méthode de l'Allaitement : L'allaitement peut bloquer le retour de couches, mais reste très peu fiable.

      • Méthode Ogino (Calendrier) : Calcul de la période de fertilité, peu fiable en raison des ovulations spontanées.

      4.4. Contraceptions Définitives

      Elles sont accessibles dès 18 ans, après un délai de réflexion légal.

      • La Vasectomie (Homme) : Opération sous anesthésie locale pour sectionner les canaux déférents. L'éjaculation persiste mais sans spermatozoïdes. Considérée comme irréversible.

      • La Ligature des Trompes (Femme) : Opération plus lourde, sous anesthésie générale, pour bloquer le passage des ovules.

      4.5. Contraception d'Urgence • "Pilule du lendemain" : Comprimé à prendre le plus tôt possible après un rapport à risque (efficace jusqu'à 3-5 jours). Gratuite pour les mineurs et accessible en pharmacie sans avancer de frais pour les majeurs. Un homme peut aller la chercher pour sa partenaire.

      5. Infections Sexuellement Transmissibles (IST)

      • Protection : Le préservatif est le seul moyen de s'en protéger.

      • Dépistage : C'est un acte de responsabilité essentiel pour se protéger soi-même et ses partenaires. La plupart des IST sont asymptomatiques.

      ◦ Il est possible de se faire dépister sans ordonnance en laboratoire.

      ◦ Un délai (généralement 6 semaines à 3 mois après le rapport à risque) est nécessaire pour que le test soit fiable.

      • Traitement : La majorité des IST se soignent bien si elles sont prises à temps. Le VIH, bien qu'incurable, se traite efficacement, permettant une vie normale et une charge virale indétectable (et donc intransmissible).

      6. L'Interruption Volontaire de Grossesse (IVG)

      L'IVG est un droit en France, encadré par la loi. • Deux méthodes : 1. IVG médicamenteuse : Jusqu'à 7 semaines de grossesse (9 semaines d'aménorrhée). 2. IVG chirurgicale : Jusqu'à 14 semaines de grossesse (16 semaines d'aménorrhée). • Accompagnement : ◦ Pour une personne mineure, l'accompagnement par une personne majeure de confiance (pas obligatoirement un parent) est obligatoire. ◦ La démarche inclut des entretiens d'information pour permettre un choix éclairé. ◦ Les centres spécialisés (centres d'orthogénie) disposent d'équipes pluridisciplinaires (médecins, psychologues) pour accompagner les personnes.

      7. Lieux et Structures Ressources

      Plusieurs structures offrent information, accompagnement et soins de manière gratuite et confidentielle en Indre-et-Loire. • Le Planning Familial : Pour l'information, l'écoute et l'orientation. • Le CEGIDD (Centre Gratuit d'Information, de Dépistage et de Diagnostic) : Pour le dépistage des IST. • Les Centres de Santé Sexuelle : Pour le suivi gynécologique, la contraception, le dépistage et l'accompagnement global. • L'Espace Santé Jeunes (ESJ) : Pour les jeunes et les parents sur des questions de santé globale, y compris les addictions. • La Maison des Adolescents : Lieu ressource avec des professionnels variés (psychologues, pédiatres, etc.).

    1. La Cohérence Éducative : Synthèse et Analyse

      Résumé

      La cohérence éducative constitue le socle d'un développement sain pour l'enfant, en lui offrant un cadre stable, prévisible et sécurisant.

      Elle se définit par l'harmonisation des discours, des pratiques et des valeurs entre les différents adultes qui entourent l'enfant.

      Cette cohérence ne se limite pas au couple parental, mais s'étend sur cinq sphères interdépendantes : la cohérence interne de chaque adulte avec ses propres valeurs, le couple parental, la famille élargie et l'entourage, les professionnels (école, crèche), et la société dans son ensemble.

      Le principal risque de l'incohérence chronique est l'insécurité affective, qui peut entraver la construction de la confiance en soi et pousser l'enfant à tester constamment les limites.

      Il est crucial de distinguer la simple différence, qui peut être une source de richesse et d'ouverture d'esprit lorsqu'elle est expliquée, de l'incohérence conflictuelle et de la disqualification d'un adulte par un autre devant l'enfant, qui sont particulièrement préjudiciables.

      Les stratégies fondamentales pour cultiver cette cohérence reposent sur la communication, la souplesse et le respect mutuel.

      Il s'agit de dialoguer sur les désaccords, de comprendre les besoins sous-jacents aux positions de chacun, de chercher des compromis et d'expliquer les règles à l'enfant.

      L'objectif n'est pas une rigidité absolue, mais la construction d'un cadre général fiable qui prépare l'enfant à naviguer sereinement dans un monde où les incohérences font partie de la vie.

      1. Le Concept de Cohérence et ses Fondements

      1.1. Définition de la Cohérence

      La cohérence est définie comme l'adéquation et la logique entre les pensées, les paroles et les actes d'un individu.

      Cette harmonie interne est un besoin fondamental ; son absence génère un inconfort psychologique.

      1.2. La Dissonance Cognitive

      Théorisée par le psychologue Leon Festinger, la dissonance cognitive décrit l'état d'inconfort ressenti lorsqu'il y a un décalage entre les croyances et les comportements.

      Pour réduire cette tension, les individus ont tendance à modifier leurs pensées ou à trouver des justifications plutôt que de changer un comportement ancré.

      Exemples concrets :

      ◦ Un parent qui passe beaucoup de temps sur son écran tout en limitant celui de son enfant.

      ◦ Un parent qui fume tout en interdisant à son adolescent de le faire.

      Perception par l'enfant : Les enfants sont particulièrement habiles à détecter ces incohérences, ce qui peut miner la crédibilité des règles et des adultes qui les édictent.

      2. Les Cinq Sphères de la Cohérence Éducative Le document source structure l'analyse de la cohérence éducative autour d'un schéma central représentant cinq sphères d'influence concentriques, allant de l'individu à la société.

      2.1. La Cohérence Interne : La Base Individuelle

      Avant de pouvoir être cohérent avec d'autres adultes, il est nécessaire de l'être avec soi-même.

      Cette cohérence personnelle est un alignement entre les comportements visibles et les niveaux plus profonds que sont les règles, les croyances et les valeurs fondamentales, souvent héritées de sa propre éducation, de sa culture et de son histoire familiale.

      • Questionnement personnel : Il est essentiel pour un adulte de s'interroger sur l'origine de ses valeurs ("Est-ce que finir son assiette est une valeur qui me correspond vraiment ou est-ce un héritage familial que je transmets sans y réfléchir ?").

      • Gestion de ses propres incohérences : Nul n'est parfait.

      Lorsqu'un parent agit de manière incohérente (par exemple, crier alors que la règle est de ne pas crier), il est bénéfique de le reconnaître devant l'enfant.

      Nommer l'incohérence ("Je suis désolé, je me suis emporté") permet de donner du sens, de valider le ressenti de l'enfant et de renforcer la sécurité affective en montrant que les adultes peuvent admettre leurs erreurs.

      2.2. Le Couple Parental : Le Premier Cercle de Cohérence

      Qu'ils soient ensemble ou séparés, les parents forment le premier duo d'adultes dont la cohérence est primordiale.

      L'objectif commun est de protéger l'enfant et de lui offrir un cadre propice à son développement.

      • Métaphore de "L'oiseau à deux becs" : Cet album jeunesse illustre deux parents (les deux becs) qui nourrissent un même enfant (le ventre).

      Si les becs se disputent, le ventre en pâtit et peut même être "empoisonné". La coopération est donc vitale.

      • Sources de conflit : Les désaccords peuvent provenir de modèles éducatifs différents, de tensions conjugales ou de simples divergences de points de vue.

      • Stratégies de résolution :

      ◦ Identifier les besoins : Derrière une émotion comme la colère ou une position rigide se cache souvent un besoin non satisfait (besoin de respect, de sécurité, d'être écouté).

      Comprendre le besoin de l'autre permet de dépasser le conflit de surface.

      ◦ La disqualification : Le risque majeur est de disqualifier l'autre parent devant l'enfant ("De toute façon, toi, tu laisses tout faire").

      Cela consiste à nier sa compétence et place l'enfant dans une position intenable de loyauté.

      2.3. La Famille et l'Entourage : L'Élargissement du Cadre

      Cette sphère inclut les grands-parents, oncles, tantes, amis et voisins. L'enfant évolue dans différents lieux avec des règles potentiellement différentes.

      Différence vs. Incohérence : Avoir des règles différentes chez les grands-parents (plus de bonbons, par exemple) n'est pas une incohérence en soi et peut enrichir l'enfant.

      Cela devient problématique lorsque ces différences vont à l'encontre de valeurs fondamentales ou de règles de sécurité non négociables pour les parents.

      • Conflit et Clivage de Loyauté :

      Conflit de loyauté : L'enfant est partagé entre deux attentes différentes. C'est une situation courante et gérable.

      ◦ Clivage de loyauté : Situation plus grave où choisir un camp signifie être contre l'autre.

      Cela se produit lorsque des adultes dénigrent les autres, forçant l'enfant à prendre parti.

      Exemple : un enfant n'ose pas dire qu'il a passé un bon week-end chez un parent par peur de blesser l'autre.

      2.4. Les Professionnels : La Collaboration Éducative

      Cette sphère concerne les acteurs de la crèche, de l'école, des loisirs ou du secteur médical.

      • Légitimité parentale : Les parents sont les premiers éducateurs de leur enfant.

      Même face à des experts, ils ont la légitimité de questionner les pratiques qui ne leur semblent pas cohérentes avec leurs valeurs.

      • Importance du dialogue : Il est essentiel d'oser interroger les professionnels pour comprendre le sens de leurs pratiques (ex: la "motricité libre" en crèche qui autorise les enfants à monter sur des meubles sécurisés).

      Cet échange permet de créer une continuité éducative et de rassurer les parents.

      L'enfant est capable de comprendre que les règles peuvent varier selon le contexte (maison vs. crèche), à condition que ce contexte soit clair.

      2.5. La Société : Le Contexte Global

      C'est la sphère la plus diffuse et la plus difficile à influencer. Elle englobe les codes sociaux, les injonctions médiatiques, les évolutions culturelles et le cadre législatif.

      • Pression sociale : Le regard des autres peut pousser un parent à agir contre ses propres principes (ex: gérer une crise de colère d'un enfant dans un magasin).

      • Évolution des normes : Des concepts comme "l'éducation bienveillante" ou les apports des neurosciences modifient les attentes sociales envers les parents.

      • Le cadre légal : La loi impose un cadre non négociable, comme l'interdiction de la fessée en France depuis 2019, qui s'impose à toutes les pratiques éducatives.

      3. Les Risques de l'Incohérence et le Cadre Sécurisant

      3.1. L'Impact sur la Sécurité Affective de l'Enfant

      La cohérence est un pilier de la sécurité affective. Le chercheur québécois Georges Tarabulsy identifie trois facteurs clés de la sécurité de l'attachement : la chaleur, la prévisibilité et la cohérence.

      • La "jauge à sécurité" : Une métaphore est utilisée pour décrire la sécurité interne de l'enfant comme un réservoir.

      Des pratiques cohérentes, stables et harmonieuses remplissent cette jauge. Des incohérences chroniques la vident, ce qui peut affecter durablement le développement de l'enfant.

      3.2. Conséquences Comportementales et Psychologiques

      Un manque de cohérence peut entraîner :

      • Une recherche constante des limites pour comprendre un cadre flou.

      • Une perte de sens et une atteinte à la confiance en soi.

      • Des difficultés à construire son propre système de valeurs, car il n'y a pas eu de base stable à partir de laquelle se différencier.

      4. Stratégies Pratiques pour Cultiver la Cohérence

      Stratégie Description Exemple

      Adapter le cadre à l'enfant Ajuster les règles et les consignes à l'âge, au rythme de développement, aux compétences et aux besoins de l'enfant.

      Ne pas proposer à un enfant de 3 ans de sortir seul de l'école. Offrir un choix limité ("le pantalon bleu ou le rouge ?") plutôt qu'un choix trop vaste et insécurisant.

      Préciser les consignes

      Donner des instructions claires et s'assurer de leur compréhension. Expliquer le "pourquoi" derrière une règle.

      Au lieu de "ne dessine pas sur les murs", expliquer : "Je ne veux pas que tu abîmes la peinture. Si tu veux décorer, utilisons des post-it".

      Communiquer entre adultes

      Dialoguer ouvertement sur les désaccords, loin de la présence de l'enfant si le ton monte. Viser la compréhension mutuelle et le compromis.

      Un parent veut que l'enfant marche pieds nus pour sa motricité, l'autre s'inquiète de l'hygiène. Le compromis : pieds nus dans la maison, mais chaussons dans le garage.

      Faire preuve de souplesse

      Accepter que l'autre puisse avoir un point de vue différent sans que cela ne constitue une attaque personnelle.

      Métaphore du livre Quatre petits coins de rien du tout : parfois, il ne faut pas chercher à changer l'enfant (le carré) mais à adapter le cadre (la porte ronde).

      Pratiquer la "métacommunication"

      Communiquer sur la manière de communiquer : "Quand tu me parles sur ce ton, j'ai l'impression que tu penses que je suis une mauvaise mère."

      Permet de clarifier les malentendus et de comprendre l'impact de ses paroles sur l'autre.

      5. Conclusion : Viser un Équilibre Dynamique

      L'incohérence fait partie de la vie ; l'objectif n'est pas de l'éradiquer, mais de la minimiser et de la gérer.

      La clé est de construire un cadre éducatif globalement stable et sécurisant.

      Comme le disait le pédagogue Célestin Freinet, il s'agit moins d'éviter les incohérences que de "préparer l'enfant à pouvoir les vivre sereinement".

      En dialoguant, en s'ajustant et en faisant preuve de souplesse, les adultes peuvent transformer les différences en une richesse et offrir à l'enfant les repères solides dont il a besoin pour grandir et construire sa propre cohérence.

    1. Dossier d'Information : Consommation et Addiction à l'Adolescence

      Résumé

      Ce document synthétise les perspectives et données clés issues d'une discussion entre expertes sur la consommation de substances et l'addiction durant l'adolescence. Les points essentiels à retenir sont les suivants :

      1. Baisse de la Consommation : Contrairement à une perception médiatique souvent anxiogène, les données épidémiologiques (enquêtes ESCAPAD) montrent une baisse constante et significative de l'expérimentation et de la consommation régulière de tabac, d'alcool et de cannabis chez les adolescents en France depuis plus de dix ans.

      2. Distinction Cruciale : Il est impératif de ne pas confondre consommation, expérimentation et addiction.

      L'expérimentation est un comportement exploratoire fréquent et même jugé "presque nécessaire" au développement de l'adolescent pour tester ses limites.

      L'addiction, caractérisée par une perte de contrôle, reste un phénomène rare à cet âge. Le terme "conduite à risque" est souvent plus approprié.

      3. Signaux d'Alerte : L'inquiétude doit naître non pas d'une consommation isolée, mais d'un cumul de plusieurs facteurs : précocité de l'usage, cumul de produits, consommation à visée "autothérapeutique" (pour s'apaiser), recherche systématique d'excès et répétition fréquente. L'évaluation doit être globale, incluant le contexte scolaire, social et familial.

      4. Prévention Efficace : Les stratégies de prévention modernes ont abandonné l'approche basée sur la peur et l'information brute, jugée contre-productive. L'accent est désormais mis sur le renforcement des compétences psychosociales (CPS) : estime de soi, gestion des émotions, esprit critique et capacité à dire non.

      5. Rôle Parental Fondamental : Les parents sont des acteurs de prévention de premier plan. Leur rôle est de maintenir un dialogue ouvert, d'éviter les jugements hâtifs, de poser un cadre clair sans fermer la communication, et d'être une ressource fiable en cas de difficulté. Discuter des sensations et des limites est plus constructif que la seule répression.

      6. Ressources Disponibles : Des structures gratuites, confidentielles et accessibles existent pour les jeunes (12-25 ans) et leur entourage. Les Consultations Jeunes Consommateurs (CJC), hébergées par des entités comme le CSAPA 37 ou l'Espace Santé Jeune, offrent un lieu d'écoute et d'évaluation sans jugement.

      1. Définitions Clés : De la Substance Psychoactive à l'Addiction

      Selon les intervenantes, il est essentiel de clarifier les termes employés pour aborder sereinement le sujet.

      • Drogue / Substance Psychoactive : Une drogue est définie comme tout produit, licite ou illicite, qui modifie le fonctionnement du cerveau et du psychisme. Cette définition inclut donc l'alcool et le tabac, qui sont les substances les plus consommées et les principaux enjeux de santé publique.

      • Mécanismes Cérébraux : Le corps humain produit naturellement des substances psychoactives (endogènes) comme la dopamine ou les endorphines, qui génèrent du plaisir suite à des actions comme manger ou faire du sport.

      Les substances externes (exogènes) stimulent ces mêmes circuits de récompense de manière beaucoup plus rapide et intense, ce qui peut inciter le cerveau à privilégier cette voie pour obtenir une satisfaction immédiate.

      • Consommation vs. Addiction : Toute consommation n'est pas une addiction. L'addiction est un processus qui s'installe dans le temps et se caractérise par une "perte de la liberté de s'abstenir". Pour les adolescents, les professionnelles préfèrent parler de conduites à risque plutôt que d'addiction, cette dernière étant rare dans cette tranche d'âge.

      2. La Réalité de la Consommation chez les Adolescents : Données et Tendances

      Les intervenantes insistent sur la nécessité de dédramatiser le phénomène en s'appuyant sur des données objectives issues d'enquêtes nationales (ESCAPAD, menée par l'OFDT).

      Tendance Observée Détails

      Baisse Générale

      Une baisse constante des expérimentations et des consommations régulières de tabac, d'alcool et de cannabis est observée chez les collégiens et lycéens depuis plus de 10 ans.

      Recul de l'Âge

      Contrairement aux idées reçues, l'âge des premières consommations ne baisse pas ; il a même tendance à reculer.

      Les premières expérimentations ont souvent lieu vers 16-17 ans.

      Exemple du Tabac

      Le pourcentage de fumeurs réguliers à 17 ans est passé de 40% en 2002 à moins de 16% en 2022.

      Hiérarchie des Produits

      Les produits les plus consommés restent, de loin, le tabac et l'alcool, suivis par le cannabis. Les autres substances illicites ne représentent qu'une part mineure des consommations (environ 5%).

      Première Initiation

      L'initiation à l'alcool, produit très normalisé et culturellement ancré en France, se fait très souvent dans le cadre familial lors d'événements festifs.

      Cette perspective factuelle est cruciale pour éviter deux écueils : l'inquiétude parentale excessive et l'incitation paradoxale des jeunes qui, se croyant en décalage, pourraient être tentés d'expérimenter pour se conformer à une norme perçue.

      3. Identifier les Signes d'Alerte : Quand Faut-il s'Inquiéter ?

      Une consommation devient une conduite à risque préoccupante non pas à cause d'un seul acte, mais lorsque plusieurs signaux s'accumulent et indiquent un changement de comportement global. L'évaluation se base sur un faisceau d'indices.

      Les cinq indicateurs principaux à surveiller :

      1. La Précocité des Consommations : Un usage commencé très jeune (collège) est un facteur de risque majeur en raison de l'immaturité du cerveau.

      2. Le Cumul des Consommations : L'utilisation simultanée ou alternée de plusieurs produits (alcool, tabac, cannabis...).

      3. Les Consommations Autothérapeutiques : L'usage d'un produit pour s'apaiser, gérer une angoisse ou fuir une difficulté. Le produit devient alors une sorte de "médicament".

      4. La Recherche d'Excès : La volonté systématique d'atteindre des états extrêmes.

      5. La Répétition des Consommations : Une fréquence élevée qui peut entraîner une accoutumance et un besoin d'augmenter les doses.

      En parallèle, il faut observer le contexte général de l'adolescent :

      • Scolarité : Y a-t-il un désintérêt, un décrochage ?

      • Vie Sociale : L'adolescent s'isole-t-il ? Change-t-il de cercle d'amis ?

      • Centres d'Intérêt : Abandonne-t-il des activités qui lui procuraient du plaisir auparavant ?

      • Communication Familiale : Le dialogue est-il rompu ? Le comportement de consommation est souvent le symptôme d'un mal-être sous-jacent. L'analyse doit donc être systémique, en prenant en compte l'individu, la substance et son environnement.

      4. Le Processus Addictif Illustré : L'Allégorie "Nuggets" Le court-métrage d'animation "Nuggets" (Andreas Hykade, 2014) est utilisé pour décomposer le cheminement qui peut mener d'une expérimentation à une addiction.

      1. La Lune de Miel : La première rencontre avec le produit est une expérience positive, une recherche de plaisir pur. Il n'y a pas encore d'envie irrépressible de consommer (craving).

      2. L'Apparition des Dommages : La consommation apporte toujours du plaisir, mais les premières conséquences négatives apparaissent (physiques, sociales, financières). La tonalité devient plus sombre.

      3. La Compulsion et la Tolérance : L'envie devient pressante, compulsive. Les effets positifs durent moins longtemps et sont moins intenses. Une tolérance s'installe, obligeant à augmenter les doses pour retrouver les effets initiaux. C'est l'étape de la "perte de la liberté de s'abstenir".

      4. La Perte de Contrôle : Le comportement devient obsessionnel. La consommation se poursuit de manière frénétique malgré la dégradation de l'état du sujet et l'absence quasi totale de plaisir. Le but n'est plus de ressentir du plaisir, mais de soulager la souffrance du manque.

      Ce processus montre que l'addiction ne s'installe pas du jour au lendemain et que la continuité de la consommation est un facteur déterminant.

      5. L'Adolescence : Une Période de Vulnérabilité et d'Expérimentation La consommation de produits doit être comprise dans le contexte unique de l'adolescence, une période de profonds bouleversements.

      • Une Quête Nécessaire : L'expérimentation, y compris avec des produits, fait partie du processus normal de construction de l'identité. C'est une manière pour l'adolescent de tester ses limites, de se connaître, de développer son estime de soi et de s'autonomiser (processus d'individuation).

      • Fonctions Sociales : La consommation peut être un rite de passage, un moyen d'intégration dans un groupe de pairs, ou un acte d'imitation.

      • Vulnérabilité Psychique : Pour les adolescents plus fragiles, la substance peut devenir un "support" pour gérer des difficultés, notamment le détachement des parents ou un mal-être profond.

      • Le Danger de l'Identification : Le discours ambiant qui associe systématiquement adolescence et consommation problématique peut créer une identification négative. L'adolescent, en quête de modèles, peut se conformer à cette image et adopter le comportement attendu.

      6. Stratégies de Prévention Efficaces L'approche de la prévention a radicalement évolué, s'éloignant des méthodes jugées inefficaces pour se concentrer sur l'outillage de l'adolescent.

      Ce qui ne fonctionne pas :

      • Le Discours de Peur : Agiter les menaces ("tu vas mourir", "tu iras en prison") génère du stress (cortisol) et peut avoir un effet inverse, incitant l'adolescent à chercher une substance pour apaiser cette angoisse.

      • L'Apport de Connaissances Brutes : Le cerveau adolescent est dominé par l'impulsivité et le système émotionnel. La connaissance des risques ne suffit pas à empêcher le passage à l'acte.

      Ce qui fonctionne : le Renforcement des Compétences Psychosociales (CPS)

      L'objectif est de donner à l'adolescent les outils pour faire des choix éclairés et se protéger.

      Cela inclut le travail sur :

      • • L'estime de soi.
      • • La gestion des émotions et du stress.
      • • L'esprit critique et la prise de distance.
      • • La capacité à s'affirmer et à dire non.
      • • La connaissance de ses propres limites.

      Le rôle des parents et de l'entourage est central : • Maintenir la Communication : Laisser la porte du dialogue ouverte est la clé.

      L'adolescent doit savoir qu'il peut appeler un parent en cas de difficulté, même après une consommation excessive, sans craindre une punition disproportionnée.

      • Accueillir et Discuter : Face à une première ivresse, il est plus constructif d'ouvrir une discussion sur les sensations ressenties (positives et négatives) plutôt que de réprimer uniquement.

      • Poser un Cadre : L'échange ne signifie pas la permission. Il est du rôle du parent de rappeler les règles et la loi (ex: le cannabis est illégal).

      • Prévention Collective : La prévention est l'affaire de tous (parents, enseignants, éducateurs). Créer un environnement bienveillant et sécurisant, où le jeune se sent bien, est un facteur de protection puissant.

      Les adolescents eux-mêmes développent des stratégies de réduction des risques, comme le "capitaine de soirée" (celui qui ne boit pas) ou le fait de dormir sur place après une fête, montrant une prise de conscience des dangers.

      7. Ressources et Soutien Disponibles Un réseau de structures professionnelles existe pour accompagner les jeunes et leur entourage.

      • Les Consultations Jeunes Consommateurs (CJC) :

      Public : Jeunes de 12 à 25 ans, mais aussi leur entourage (parents, amis, grands-parents).

      Principes : Accueil gratuit, confidentiel et potentiellement anonyme. Il n'est pas nécessaire d'être en situation d'addiction ; toute question sur la consommation est légitime.

      Mission : Offrir un lieu d'écoute pour faire le point, évaluer une situation, obtenir de l'information, apprendre à réduire les risques et, si besoin, être orienté.

      Lieux : Elles sont implantées dans des structures spécialisées (comme le CSAPA - Centre de Soins, d'Accompagnement et de Prévention en Addictologie) et des lieux plus généralistes pour éviter la stigmatisation (Espace Santé Jeune, Maison des Adolescents).

      • Programmes de Prévention : ◦ En Milieu Scolaire : Des programmes probants comme "Unplugged" sont déployés dans les établissements pour travailler sur les compétences psychosociales en co-animation avec les enseignants. ◦ Soutien à la Parentalité : Des groupes de parole pour parents, comme "Mon Ado et Moi", permettent d'échanger sur les inquiétudes et de dédramatiser les situations.

      8. Nouvelles Tendances de Consommation

      Bien que la consommation des produits "classiques" soit en baisse, de nouveaux produits émergent et suscitent des inquiétudes :

      La "Puff" : Une cigarette électronique jetable, très attractive pour les jeunes par son design coloré et ses goûts sucrés. Elle constitue une nouvelle porte d'entrée vers la consommation de nicotine pour des jeunes qui n'auraient pas commencé à fumer autrement.

      Le Protoxyde d'Azote : Gaz hilarant contenu dans des cartouches. Sa consommation, perçue à tort comme inoffensive, peut entraîner des dommages neurologiques et physiques importants.

      La Chicha : Narguilé dont l'usage reste populaire et qui est également nocif.

    1. DeepONet, una arquitectura diseñada para aprender operadores funcionales, y su aplicación en la estimación de temperatura en tejidos biológicos mediante la ecuación del Bio-Calor.

      Aquí conviene incluir alguna cita de DeepONet

    1. Variables Exógenas ( Xi,t−1X_{i,t-1}Xi,t−1​ ):

      Serán noticias y sentimientos con la menor frecuencia posible / series temporales de aranceles (NO creo pero quizás). Para disminuir la dimensionalidad utilizar PCA.

    2. Para ARMA: Analiza la Función de Autocorrelación (ACF) y la Función de Autocorrelación Parcial (PACF) de los rendimientos del SX5E para identificar órdenes iniciales rrr y sss .Para GARCH: Los órdenes más comunes para modelos GARCH son (1,1). Empezaremos con EGARCH(1,1) para simplificar y luego ajustaremos.

      OJO, IMPORTANTE

    1. Nous pourrions dire que de nos jours, la fonction primordiale de « l’idiot du village » dans un groupe ou une communauté se perd (ce qui nous rend peut-être toutes et tous d’autant plus frappés d’idiotie, sans le savoir !).

      pas sure que ça soit compréhensible, je pensais que le paragraphe d'avant voulait dire: ce serait idéal que chacun puisse être qui il est, avec ses bizzareries sans une normativité extreme, et pas: il y a un idiot du village et on l'accepte car il nous permet de faire groupe, je pense que ça peut être mal compris ça serait dommage

    1. Streaming de videojuegos como generador de empleo y nuevas oportunidades profesionales.

      El presente artículo tiene como finalidad estructurar una visión general sobre el streaming de videojuegos como agente generador de empleo y nuevas carreras profesionales en el Ecuador. En la metodología se planteó un diseño no experimental de alcance descriptivo y correlacional, de enfoque mixto, empleando el método Delphi en el componente cualitativo, mientras que se ejecutaron encuestas para solventar el componente cuantitativo. En este sentido, se pudo observar una mayor participación de la generación Z y millennials en este tipo de actividades, lo que a su vez refleja el interés por formar parte del streaming de videojuegos, mientras que otros que ya son usuarios han percibido un aporte o beneficio económico por jugar o crear contenido. Además, se resalta al género masculino como el principal participante en estas plataformas. Se concluyó que hay relación entre las personas que dedican horas a los videojuegos y el deseo de obtener réditos económicos a través de este modelo de negocio. De igual forma se observa una tendencia de los gamers en profesionalizarse en carreras de marketing digital y producción audiovisual y multimedia, lo cual sirve para que las instituciones de educación superior ajusten y fortalezcan los programas académicos relacionados, así como enfocar de manera más efectiva sus estrategias de marketing hacia este público objetivo. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR]

    1. El Anime como dispositivo pensante : cuerpo, tecnología e identidad
      El objetivo principal de esta tesis es presentar un análisis de las aportaciones del anime de ciencia ficción, considerado tanto en sus aspectos narrativos como en su materialidad como imagen en movimiento, a la cuestión de las relaciones entre identidad, cuerpo y tecnología. A través de animes como Akira, Evangelion, Ghost in the Shell y Serial Experiments Lain, exploro de qué forma la tecnología pone en duda los límites de la identidad individual, y cómo es fundamento para la extensión de ciertas capacidades corporales, cognitivas y sociales del ser humano. A través de conceptos extraídos de las filosofías de Henri Bergson, Gilbert Simondon, Gilles Deleuze, Jacques Lacan y Donna Haraway, entre otros, exploro la relación entre elementos narrativos y extra-narrativos en estos animes. En estos trabajos se nos presentan no sólo narrativas complejas, sino también elementos que parecen escapar a la lógica narrativa. Deben tenerse debidamente en cuenta tanto los aspectos extra-narrativos "flotantes" como puntos específicos de ruptura de la narración. Además, pongo en relación éstas formas de narratividad con ciertas nociones de temporalidad, en las que se pone en entredicho lo que Bergson denominó el tiempo espacializado, un tiempo homogéneo y lineal, para hacer emerger formas de temporalidad más cercanas a la idea de proceso, es decir, heterogéneas y no ligadas a una lógica teleológica. Finalmente, comento de qué forma el objeto técnico anime constituye una forma de transducción material específica de ciertos procesos psíquicos, y como en éste se produce significación de forma transindividual y colectiva. Tener en cuenta el anime desde este punto de vista, como una transducción de ciertos esquemas psíquicos, nos permite poder hablar de él como dispositivo pensante.
      
    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      This work computationally characterized the threat-reward learning behavior of mice in a  recent study (Akiti et al.), which had prominent individual differences. The authors  constructed a Bayes-adaptive Markov decision process model and fitted the behavioral data  by the model. The model assumed (i) hazard function starting from a prior (with free mean  and SD parameters) and updated in a Bayesian manner through experience (actually no real  threat or reward was given in the experiment), (ii) risk-sensitive evaluation of future  outcomes (calculating lower 𝛼 quantile of outcomes with free 𝛼 parameter), and (iii) heuristic  exploration bonus. The authors found that (i) brave animals had more widespread hazard  priors than timid animals and thereby quickly learned that there was in fact little real threat,  (ii) brave animals may also be less risk-aversive than timid animals in future outcome  evaluation, and (iii) the exploration bonus could explain the observed behavioral features,  including the transition of behavior from the peak to steady-state frequency of bout. Overall,  this work is a novel interesting analysis of threat-reward learning, and provides useful  insights for future experimental and theoretical work. However, there are several issues that I  think need to be addressed.

      Strengths:

      (1) This work provides a normative Bayesian account for individual differences in  braveness/timidity in reward-threat learning behavior, which complements the analysis by  Akiti et al. based on model-free threat reinforcement learning.

      (2) Specifically, the individual differences were characterized by (i) the difference in the  variance of hazard prior and potentially also (ii) the difference in the risk-sensitivity in the  evaluation of future returns.

      Weakness:

      (1) Theoretically the effect of prior is diluted over experience whereas the effect of biased  (risk-aversive) evaluation persists, but these two effects could not be teased apart in the  fitting analysis of the current data.

      (2) It is currently unclear how (whether) the proposed model corresponds to neurobiological ( rather than behavioral) findings, different from the analysis by Akiti et al.

      We thank reviewer #1 for their useful feedback which we’ve used to improve the discussion,  formatting and clarity of the paper, and for highlighting important questions for future  extensions of our work.

      Major points:

      (1) Line 219

      It was assumed that the exploration bonus was replenished at a steady rate when the animal  was at the nest. An alternative way would be assuming that the exploration bonus slowly  degraded over time or experience, and if doing so, there appears to be a possibility that the  transition of the bout rate from peak to steady-state could be at least partially explained by  such a decrease in the exploration bonus.

      Section 2.2.3 explains the mechanism of the exploration bonus which motivates approach.  We think that the mechanism suggested by the reviewer is, in essence, what is happening in  the model. The exploration pool is indeed depleted over time or bouts of experience at the  object. In the peak confident phase for brave animals and the peak cautious phase for timid  animals, the rate of depletion exceeds the rate of regeneration, since the agent spends only  a single turn at the nest between bouts. In the steady-state phase, the exploration pool has  depleted so much previously that the agent must wait multiple turns at the nest for the pool  to regenerate to a sufficiently high value to justify approaching the object again.

      We have updated section 2.2.3 to explain that agents spend one turn at the nest during peak  phase but multiple turns during steady-state phase. Hopefully, this makes our mechanism  clear:

      “In simulations, when 𝐺(𝑡) is high, the agent has a high motivation to explore the object,  spending only a single turn in the nest state between bouts. In other words, the depletion  from 𝐺0 substantially influences the time point at which approach makes a transition from  peak to steady-state; the steady-state time then depends on the dynamics of depletion  (when at the object) and replenishment (when at the nest). In particular, in the steady-state  phases, the agent must wait multiple turns at the nest for 𝐺(𝑡)  to regenerate so that  informational reward once again exceeds the potential cost of hazard.“

      (2) Line 237- (Section 2.2.6, 2.2.7, Figures 7, 9)

      I was confused by the descriptions about nCVaR. I looked at the cited original literature  Gagne & Dayan 2022, and understood that nCVaR is a risk-sensitive version of expected  future returns (equation 4) with parameter α (α-bar) (ranging from 0 to 1) representing risk  preference. Line 269-271 and Section 4.2 of the present manuscript described (in my  understanding) that α was a parameter of the model. Then, isn't it more natural to report  estimated values of α, rather than nCVaR, for individual animals in Section 2.2.6, 2.2.7,  Figures 7, 9 (even though nCVaR monotonically depends on α)? In Figures 7 and 9, nCVaR  appears to be upper-bounded to 1. The upper limit of α is 1 by definition, but I have no idea why nCVaR was also bounded by 1. So I would like to ask the authors to add more detailed  explanations on nCVaR. Currently, CVaR is explained in Lines 237-243, but actually, there is  no explanation about nCVaR rather than its formal name 'nested conditional value at risk' in  Line 237.

      Thank you for pointing out this error. We have corrected the paper to use nCVaR to refer to  the objective and nCVaR's α, or sometimes just α, to refer to the risk sensitivity parameter  and thus the degree of risk sensitivity.

      (3) Line 333 (and Abstract)

      Given that animals' behaviors could be equally well fitted by the model having both nCVaR ( free α) and hazard prior and the alternative model having only hazard prior (with α = 1), may  it be difficult to confidently claim that brave (/timid) animals had risk-neutral (/risk-aversive)  preference in addition to widespread (/low-variance) hazard prior? Then, it might be good to  somewhat weaken the corresponding expression in the Abstract (e.g., add 'potentially also'  to the result for risk sensitivity) or mention the inseparability of risk sensitivity and prior belief  pessimism (e.g., "... although risk sensitivity and prior belief pessimism could not be teased  apart").

      Thank you for this suggestion, we have duly weakened the wording in the Abstract to say  “potentially more risk neutral”:

      “Some animals begin with cautious exploration, and quickly transition to confident approach  to maximize exploration for reward; we classify them as potentially more risk neutral, and  enjoying a flexible hazard prior. By contrast, other animals only ever approach in a cautious  manner and display a form of  self-censoring; they are characterized by potential risk  aversion and high and inflexible hazard priors.”

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Shen and Dayan build a Bayes adaptive Markov decision process model with three key  components: an adaptive hazard function capturing potential predation, an intrinsic reward  function providing the urge to explore, and a conditional value at risk (CvaR, closely related  to probability distortion explanations of risk traits). The model itself is very interesting and  has many strengths including considering different sources of risk preference in generating  behavior under uncertainty. I think this model will be useful to consider for those studying  approach/avoid behaviors in dynamic contexts.

      The authors argue that the model explains behavior in a very simple and unconstrained  behavioral task in which animals are shown novel objects and retreat from them in various  manners (different body postures and patterns of motor chunks/syllables). The model itself  does capture lots of the key mouse behavioral variability (at least on average on a  mouse-by-mouse basis) which is interesting and potentially useful. However, the variables in  the model - and the internal states it implies the mice have during the behavior - are  relatively unconstrained given the wide range of explanations one can offer for the mouse  behavior in the original study (Akiti et al). This reviewer commends the authors on an original  and innovative expansion of existing models of animal behaviour, but recommends that the  authors  revise their study to reflect the obvious  challenges . I would also recommend a  reduction in claiming that this exercise gives a normative-like or at least quantitative account  of mental disorders.

      We thank reviewer #2 for highlighting some of the strengths of our paper as well as pointing  out important limitations of Akiti et al’s original study which we’ve inherited as well as some  limitations of our own method. We address their concerns below.

      We have added a paragraph to the discussion discussing the limitations of the state  representation we adopted from Akiti’s study.

      (Reviewer #1 had the same concern, see above) “Motivated by tail-behind versus  tail-exposed in Akiti et al. (2022), we model approach using a dichotomy between cautious  and confident approach states [...]”

      We have reduced the suggestion that our model provides an account of mental disorders in  the abstract.

      Before:

      “On the other hand, “timid” animals, characterized by risk aversion and high and inflexible  hazard priors, display self-censoring that leads to the sort of asymptotic maladaptive  behavior that is often associated with psychiatric illnesses such as anxiety and depression.”

      After:

      “By contrast, other animals only ever approach in a cautious manner and display a form of  self-censoring; they are characterized by potential risk aversion and high and inflexible  hazard priors. “

      My main comment is that this paper is a very nice model creation that can characterize the  heterogeneity rodent behavior in a very simple approach/avoid context (Akiti et al; when a  novel object is placed in an arena) that itself can be interpreted in a multitude of ways. The  use of terms like "exploration", "brave", etc in this context is tricky because the task does not  allow the original authors (Akiti et al) to quantify these "internal states" or "traits" with the  appropriate level of quantitative detail to say whether this model is correct or not in capturing  the internal states that result in the rodent behavior. That said, the original behavioral setup  is so simple that one could imagine capturing the behavioral variability in multiple ways ( potentially without evoking complex computations that the original authors never showed  the mouse brain performs). I would recommend reframing the paper as a new model that  proposes a set of internal states that could give rise to the behavioral heterogeneity  observed in Akiti et al, but nonetheless is at this time only a hypothesis. Furthermore, an  explanation of what would be really required to test this would be appreciated to make the  point clearer.

      We thought very hard about using terms that might be considered to be anthropomorphic  such as ‘timid’ and ‘brave’. We are, of course, aware, of the concerns articulated by  investigators such as LeDoux about this. However, we think that, provided that we are clear  on the first appearance (using ‘scare’ quotes) that we are using them as indeed labels for  latent characteristics that capture correlations in various aspects of behaviour, they are more  helpful than harmful in making our descriptions understandable.

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      The manuscript presents computational modelling of the behaviour of mice during  encounters with novel and familiar objects, originally reported by Akiti et al. (Neuron 110, 2022)          . Mice typically perform short bouts of approach followed by a retreat to a safe  distance, presumably to balance exploration to discover possible rewards with the potential  risk of predation. However, there is considerable heterogeneity in this exploratory behaviour,  both across time as an individual subject becomes more confident in approaching the object,  and across subjects; with some mice rapidly becoming confident to closely explore the  object, while other timid mice never become fully confident that the object is safe. The  current work aims to explain both the dynamics of adaptation of individual animals over time,  and the quantitative and qualitative differences in behaviour between subjects, by modelling  their behaviour as arising from model-based planning in a Bayes adaptive Markov Decision  Process (BAMDP) framework, in which the subjects maintain and update probabilistic  estimates of the uncertain hazard presented by the object, and rationally balance the  potential reward from exploring the object with the potential risk of predation it presents.

      In order to fit these complex models to the behaviour the authors necessarily make  substantial simplifying assumptions, including coarse-graining the exploratory behaviour into  phases quantified by a set of summary statistics related to the approach bouts of the animal.  Inter-individual variation between subjects is modelled both by differences in their prior  beliefs about the possible hazard presented by the object and by differences in their risk  preference, modelled using a conditional value at risk (CVaR) objective, which focuses the  subject's evaluation on different quantiles of the expected distribution of outcomes.  Interestingly these two conceptually different possible sources of inter-subject variation in  brave vs timid exploratory behaviour turn out not to be dissociable in the current dataset as  they can largely compensate for each other in their effects on the measured behaviour.  Nonetheless, the modelling captures a wide range of quantitative and qualitative differences  between subjects in the dynamics of how they explore the object, essentially through  differences in how subject's beliefs about the potential risk and reward presented by the  object evolve over the course of exploration, and are combined to drive behaviour.

      Exploration in the face of risk is a ubiquitous feature of the decision-making problem faced  by organisms, with strong clinical relevance, yet remains poorly understood and  under-studied, making this work a timely and welcome addition to the literature.

      Strengths:

      (1) Individual differences in exploratory behaviour are an interesting, important, and  under-studied topic.

      (2) Application of cutting-edge modelling methods to a rich behavioural dataset, successfully  accounting for diverse qualitative and qualitative features of the data in a normative  framework.

      (3) Thoughtful discussion of the results in the context of prior literature.

      Limitations:

      (1) The model-fitting approach used of coarse-graining the behaviour into phases and fitting  to their summary statistics may not be applicable to exploratory behaviours in more complex  environments where coarse-graining is less straightforward.

      (2) Some aspects of the work could be more usefully clarified within the manuscript.

      We thank reviewer #3 for their positive feedback and helping us to improve the clarity of our  paper. We have added discussion they thought was missing.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Line 25-28

      This part of the Abstract might give an impression that timidity (but not braveness) is  potentially associated with psychiatric illness and even that timidity is thus inferior to  braveness. However, even though extreme timidity might indeed be associated with anxiety  or depression, extreme braveness could also be associated with other psychiatric or  behavioral problems. Moreover, as a population, the existence of both timid and brave  individuals could be advantageous, and it could be a reason why both types of individuals  evolutionarily survived in the case of wild animals (although Akiti et al. used mice, which may  have no or very limited genetic varieties, and so things may be different). So I would like to  encourage the authors to elaborate on the expression of this part of the Abstract and/or  enrich the related discussion in the Discussion.

      This is an important point. We note on line 38 that excessive novelty seeking (potentially  caused by excessive braveness) could also be maladaptive.

      Additionally, we have added a paragraph to the discussion discussing heterogeneity in risk  sensitivity within a population.

      “Our data show that there is substantial variation in the degrees of risk sensitivity across the  mice.  Previous works have reported substantial interpopulation and intrapopulation  differences in risk-sensitivity in humans which depend on gender, age, socioeconomic  status, personality characteristics, wealth and culture (Rieger et al., 2015; Frey et al., 2017).  Despite the normative appeal of 𝛼 = 1, it is possible that a population may benefit from  including individuals with $\alpha$ different from 1.0 or highly negative priors. For example,  more cautious individuals could learn from merely observing the risky behavior of less  cautious individuals. Furthermore, we have only considered risk-sensitivity under epistemic  uncertainty in our work. Risk averse individuals, for instance with 𝛼 < 1 may be more  successful than risk-neutral agents in environments where there are unexpected dangers ( unknown unknowns). Risk-aversion is thus a temperament of ecological and evolutionary  significance (Réale et al., 2007).”

      (2) Line 149

      Section 2.2 consists of eight subsections. I think this organization may not be very  appealing, because there are a bit too many subsections, and their relations are not  immediately clear to readers. So I would like to encourage the authors to make an  elaboration. For example, since 2.2.1 - 2.2.5 describes a summary of model construction  and model fitting whereas 2.2.6-2.2.8 shows the results, it could be good to divide these into  separate sections (2.2.1 - 2.2.5 and 2.3.1 - 2.3.3).

      Thank you for pointing this out. We’ve renumbered the sections as you’ve suggested.

      (3) Line 347-8

      Theoretically, the effect of prior is diluted over experience whereas the effect of biased  (risk-aversive) evaluation persists, as the authors mentioned in Lines 393-394. Then isn't it  possible to consider environments/conditions in which the two effects can be separated?

      We appreciate this suggestion. Indeed, our original thought in modeling this experiment was  that this would be exactly the case here - with epistemic uncertainty reducing as the object  became more familiar. However, proving to an animal that a single environment is  completely stationary/fixed is hard - reflected in our conclusion here that the exploration  bonus pool replenishes. Thus, we argued in the discussion that a series of environments  would be necessary to separate risk sensitivity from priors.

      (4) Line 407

      It would be nice to add a brief phrase explaining how (in what sense) this model's  assumption was consistent with the reported behavior. Also, should the assumption of  having two discrete approach states (cautious and confident) itself be regarded as a  limitation of the model? If the tail-behind and tail-exposure approaches were not merely  operationally categorized but were indicated to be two qualitatively distinct behaviors in the  experiment by Akiti et al., it is reasonable to model them as two discrete states, but  otherwise, the assumption of two discrete states would need to be mentioned as a  simplification/limitation.

      We have now removed line 407, and now have an additional  paragraph in the discussion  discussing the limitations of the tail-behind and tail-exposure state representation: “Motivated by tail-behind versus tail-exposed in Akiti et al. (2022), we model approach using  a dichotomy between cautious and confident approach states. This is likely a crude  approximation to the continuous and multifaceted nature of animal approach behavior. For  example, during approach animals likely adjust their levels of vigilance continuously (or  discretely; Lloyd and Dayan (2018)) to  monitor threat, and choose different velocities for  movement, and different attentional strategies for inspecting the novel object. We hope  future works will model these additional behavioral complexities, perhaps with additional  internal states, and corroborate these states with neurobiological data.”

      (5) Line 418

      The authors contrasted their model-based analyses with the model-free analyses of Akiti et  al. Another aspect of differences between the authors' model and the model of Akiti et al. is  whether it is normative or mechanistic: while how the model of Akiti et al. can be biologically  implemented appears to be clear (TS dopamine represents threat TD error, and TS  dopamine-dependent cortico-striatal plasticity implements TD error-based update of  model-free threat prediction), biological implementation of the authors' model seems more  elusive. Given this, it might be a fruitful direction to explore how these two models can be  integrated in the future.

      We enthusiastically agree that it would be most interesting in the future to explore the  integration of the two models - and, in the discussion ( Lines 537-548, 454-461) , point to  some first steps that might be fruitful along these lines. There are two separate  considerations here: one is that our account is mostly computational and algorithmic,  whereas Akiti’s model is mostly algorithmic and implementational; the second is, as noted by  the reviewer, that our account is model-based, whereas Akiti’s model is model-free (in the  sense of reinforcement learning; RL). These are related - thanks in no small part to the work  from the group including Akiti, we know a lot more about the implementation of model-free  than model-based RL. However, our model-based account does reach additional features of  behavior not captured in Akiti et al.’s model such as bout duration, frequency, and approach  type. Thus, the temptation of unification.

      (6) Line 426

      Related to the previous point, it would be nice to more specifically describe what variable TS  dopamine can represent in the authors' model if possible.

      In the discussion  (Lines 454-461) , we speculate that  TS dopamine could still respond to the  physical salience of the novel object and affect choices by determining the potential cost of  the encountered threat or the prior on the hazard function. For example, perhaps ablating TS  dopamine reduces the hazard priors which leads to faster transition from cautious to  confident approach and longer bout durations, consistent with the optogenetics behavioral  data reported in Akiti et al.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      My guess is simpler versions of the model would not fit the data well. But this does not mean  for example that the mice have probability distortions (CvaR) or that even probabilistic  reasoning and the internal models necessary to support them are acting in the behavioral  context studied by Akiti. So related to the above, I would ask what other models would fit and  would not fit the data? And what does this mean?

      These are good points. Our model provides an approximately normative account of the  animals’ behavior  in terms of what it achieves relative to a utility function. In practice, the  animals could deploy a precompiled model-free policy (which does not rely on probabilistic  computations) that is exactly equivalent to our model-based policy. With the current  experiment, we cannot conclude whether or not the animals are performing the prospective  calculations in an online manner. Of course, the extent to which animals or humans are  performing probabilistic computations online and have internal models are on-going  questions of study.

      Model comparison is difficult because currently we do not know of any other risk-sensitive  exploration models. We cannot directly compare to the model in Akiti et al. since our model  explains additional features of behavior: bout duration, frequency, and approach type.  Indeed, our model is as simple as it can be in the sense with the exception of nCVaR,  removing any of the other parameters makes it difficult to fit some animals in our dataset. In the future, our model could be used to fit other datasets of risk-sensitive exploration and,  ideally,  be compared to other models.

      Explaining why animals avoid the novel object in what the offers call benign environment is a  very tricky issue. In Akiti et al, the readers are not yet convinced that the mice know that this  environment is benign. Being placed in an arena with a novel object presents mice with a  great uncertainty and we do not know whether they treat this as benign. Therefore, the  alternative explanations in this study need to be carefully discussed in lieu of the limitations  of the initial study.

      It is certainly true that it is unclear if the arena is  completely  benign to the animals. However,  the amount of time the animal spends in the center of the arena decreases significantly from  habituation to novelty days. This suggests that the animals avoid the novel object largely  because of the object itself, rather than the potential danger associated with the arena.  Furthermore, the animals are not reported as exhibiting more extreme behaviours such as  freezing. In any case, our account is relative in the sense that we are comparing the time the  animal spends at the object versus elsewhere in the environment, driven by the relative  novelty and relative risk of the environment versus the object. Trying to get more absolute  measures of these quantities would require a richer experimental set-up, for instance with  different degree of habituation or experience of the occurrence of (other) novel objects, in  general.

      We added a short note to the discussion to explain this:

      “Fourth, we modeled the relative amount of time the animal spends at the object versus  elsewhere in the environment which depends on the differential risk in the two states.  However, it is likely the animals avoid the novel object largely because of the object itself,  rather than the potential danger associated with the arena since they spend much less time  at the center of the arena during novelty than habituation days.”

      Figure 2 - how confident are the authors that each mouse differs from y=1? Related to this,  the behavior in Akiti is very noisy and changes across time. I am not sure if the authors fully  describe at what levels their model captures the behavior vs not in a detailed enough  fashion.

      We have performed a random permutation test on the minute-to-minute data. We have  updated Figure 2 so that brave animals that pass the Benjamini–Hochberg procedure y>1 at  level q=0.05 are represented with solid green dots and animals that don’t pass are  represented with hollow dots. 8 out of 11 brave animals passed Benjamini–Hochberg.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) I could not find information in the preprint about code availability. Please consider making  the code public to help others apply these modelling methods.

      We have released code and included the url in the paper in the Methods section.

      (2) Though the manuscript was generally clearly written, there were a number of places  where some additional information or clarification would be useful:

      a) Please define and explain the terms 'tail-behind' and 'tail-exposed' (used to describe  approach bout types) when first used.

      We have added definitions when we first mention these terms:

      “[...] 'tail-behind' (bouts where the animal's nose was closer to the object than the tail for the  entire bout) and 'tail-exposed' (bouts where the animal's tail is closer to the object than the  nose at some point during the bout), associated respectively with cautious risk-assessment  and engagement”

      b) At lines 57-58 when contrasting the 'model-free' account of Akiti et al with the 'model-based' account of the current work, it would be worth clarifying that these terms are  being used in the RL sense rather than e.g. a model-based analysis of the data.  

      We have updated the relevant lines to say “model-free/based reinforcement learning”.

      c) Line 61, the phrase 'the significant long-run approach of timid animals despite having  reached the "avoid" state' is unclear as the 'avoid' state has not been defined.

      We updated the terminology to “avoidance behavior” to be consistent with Akiti et al.  Avoidance refers to the animal routinely avoiding the object and therefore being unable to  learn whether it is safe.

      d) It was not completely clear to me how the coarse-graining of the behaviour was  implemented. Specifically, how were animals assigned to the brave, intermediate, or timid  group, and how were the parameters of the resulting behavioural phases fit?

      Sorry that this was not clear. Section 2.1 explains how the minute-to-minute behavioral data  was coarse-grained and how animal groups were assigned. We have added further  explanation of Figure 2 to the main text:

      “Fig 2 summarizes our categorization of the animals into the three groups: brave,  intermediate, and timid based on the phases identified in the animal's exploratory  trajectories. Timid animals spend no time in confident approach and are plotted in orange at  the origin of Fig 2. Brave animals differ from intermediate animals in that their approach time  during the first ten minutes of the confident phase is greater than the last ten minutes ( steady-state phase). Brave animals are plotted in green above and intermediate animals  are plotted in black below the y=1 line in Fig 2.”

      We also added extra information to outline the goal, and methodology of coarse-graining and  animal grouping:

      “We sought to capture  these qualitative differences (cautious versus confident) as well as  aspects of the quantitative changes in bout durations and frequencies as the animal learns  about their environment. To make this readily possible, we abstracted the data in two ways:

      averaging  bout statistics over time, and clustering the animals into three groups with  operationally distinct behaviors.”

      e) What purpose does the 'retreat' state serve in the BAMDP model (as opposed to  transitioning directly from 'object' to 'nest' states), and why do subjects not pass through it  following 'detect' states?

      Thank you for pointing this out. We have updated Figure 3 to note that the two “detected  states” also point to the “retreat” state. The reviewer is correct that there could be alternative  versions of the state diagram, and the ‘retreat’ state could indeed have been eliminated.  However, we thought that it was helpful to structure the animal’s progress through state  space.

      f) Why was the hazard function parameterised via the mean and SD at each time step rather  than with a parametric form of the mean and SD as a function of time?

      Since the agent can only spend 2, 3, or 4 turns at the object states, we didn’t see a need to  parameterize the mean and SD as a function of time. Doing so is a good solution to scaling  up the hazard function to more time-steps.

      (3) There were also a couple of points that could potentially be usefully touched on in the  discussion:

      a) What, if any, is the relationship between the CVaR objective and distributional RL? They  seem potentially related due to both focussing on quantiles of the outcome distribution.

      We have added a paragraph to the discussion discussing the connection between  distributional RL and CVaR:

      “CVaR is known to come in different flavors in the case of temporally-extended behavior.  Gagne and Dayan (2021) introduces two alternative time-consistent formulations of CVaR:  nested CVaR (nCVaR) and precommitted CVaR (pCVaR). nCVaR and pCVaR both enjoy  Bellman equations which make it possible to compute approximately optimal policies without  directly computing whole distributions of the outcomes. We use nCVaR in this study for its  computational efficiency. There is, of course, great current interest in distributional  reinforcement learning (Bellemare et al., 2023b) which does acquire such whole  distributions, not the least because of prominent observations linking non-linearities in the  response functions of dopamine neurons to methods for learning distributions of outcomes ( Dabney et al., 2020; Masset et al., 2023; Sousa et al., 2023). One functional motivation for  considering entire outcome distributions is the possibility of using them to determine  risk-sensitive policies (Gagne and Dayan, 2021).

      While it is possible to compute CVaR directly from return distributions, Gagne and Dayan  (2021) showed that this can lead to temporally inconsistent policies where the agent  deviates from its original plans (the authors called this the fixed CVaR or fCVaR measure).

      Rather further removed from our model-based methods is work from Antonov and Dayan  (2023), who consider a model-free exploration strategy which exploits full return distributions  to compute the value of perfect information which is used as a heuristic for trying actions  with uncertain consequences. Future works can examine risk-sensitive versions of Antonov  and Dayan (2023)'s computationally efficient model-free algorithm as one solution to the  burdensome computations in our model-based method.”

      b) Why normatively might subjects have non-neutral risk preference as captured by the  CvaR?

      We also added a paragraph to the discussion discussing the advantage of heterogeneity in  risk sensitivity within a population:

      (Reviewer #1 had the same question, see above) “Our data show that there is substantial  variation in the degrees of risk sensitivity across the mice.  Previous works have reported  substantial interpopulation and intrapopulation differences in risk-sensitivity in humans which  depend on gender, age, socioeconomic status, personality characteristics, wealth and culture [...]”

      c) Relevance of the current modelling work to clinical conditions characterised by  dysregulation of risk assesment (e.g. anxiety or PTSD).

      We’ve added a paragraph to the discussion:

      “Inter-individual differences in risk sensitivity are also of critical importance in psychiatry,  reflected in a panoply of anxiety disorders (Butler and Mathews, 1983; Giorgetta et al., 2012;  Maner et al., 2007; Charpentier et al., 2017), along with worry and rumination (Gagne and  Dayan, 2022). Understanding the spectrum of   extreme priors and extreme values of 𝛼  could have therapeutic implications, adding significance to the search for tasks that can  more cleanly separate them.”

      d) Is it surprising to see differences in risk preference (nCVaR) between the familiar object  and novel object condition, given that risk preference might be conceptualised as a trait  rather than a state variable?

      Thank you for raising this point. You are right that we expected risk sensitivity (nCVaR alpha)  to be the same between FONC and UONC animals on average. It is difficult to know if alpha  is higher for FONC than UONC animals due to the non-identifiability between alpha and  hazard priors. We have added this discussion to the paper:

      “This is surprising if we interpret 𝛼 as a trait that is stable through time. Unfortunately, due to  the non-identifiability between 𝛼 and hazard priors, we cannot verify whether 𝛼 is actually  higher for FONC animals than UONC animals.”

    1. Briefing : Les Violences Éducatives Ordinaires (VEO)

      Résumé

      Ce document de synthèse analyse les Violences Éducatives Ordinaires (VEO) en s'appuyant sur l'expertise de professionnels de l'enfance.

      Il met en lumière le contexte historique, la définition, les impacts neuroscientifiques et les défis sociétaux liés à ces pratiques.

      Les VEO, héritage d'une histoire millénaire de domination patriarcale, englobent non seulement les violences physiques (gifles, fessées) mais aussi des formes psychologiques et verbales (humiliations, chantage, cris) qui sont banalisées et profondément ancrées dans les schémas éducatifs.

      La législation française n'a que très récemment, en 2019, interdit explicitement ces pratiques, marquant une rupture avec un passé où le "droit de correction" était légitimé.

      L'impact des VEO sur l'enfant est désormais documenté par les neurosciences : loin de favoriser l'obéissance, le stress généré active les circuits cérébraux de la peur, inhibant les capacités de raisonnement et de coopération.

      Cela compromet le "méta-besoin" fondamental de sécurité de l'enfant, essentiel à son développement.

      Les parents actuels se trouvent dans une "période de transition éducative" complexe, cherchant à abandonner des modèles transmis sur des générations.

      Il est crucial de distinguer l'éducation sans violence du laxisme : l'enjeu est de poser un cadre clair, prévisible et contenant, tout en instaurant un dialogue basé sur la confiance et le respect.

      Ce document détaille ces concepts et recense les ressources disponibles pour accompagner les familles dans cette transition.

      I. Contexte Historique et Sociétal : De la Domination aux Droits de l'Enfant

      La notion de violences éducatives ordinaires est intrinsèquement liée à une longue histoire de domination et à l'évolution du statut de l'enfant dans la société.

      A. L'Héritage Patriarcal

      Antiquité Romaine : Le concept du pater familias donnait au chef de famille un pouvoir absolu, y compris un droit de vie et de mort sur ses enfants et ses esclaves, afin de maintenir un ordre social fondé sur la domination.

      Code Civil Napoléonien (1804) : Cet héritage a été formalisé dans la loi française, qui a réaffirmé la "puissance paternelle" et le "droit de correction" du père sur ses enfants.

      L'article 375 permettait même au père de faire enfermer sa progéniture au titre de la correction. Bien que datant de plus de deux siècles, ce code constitue encore la base du droit civil actuel.

      XIXe et début du XXe siècle : Le père conservait un pouvoir coercitif majeur, pouvant décider de l'enfermement d'un enfant jugé "rebelle" ou désobéissant dans des "maisons de correction" ou des "colonies pénitentiaires agricoles" (comme celle de Mettray en Indre-et-Loire), qui s'apparentaient davantage à des bagnes qu'à des lieux d'éducation.

      B. L'Émergence Lente des Droits de l'Enfant

      Le XXe siècle a vu une évolution progressive de la perception de l'enfant, qui passe d'un objet de correction à un sujet de droits.

      1935 : Abolition de la "correction paternelle", mettant fin au droit d'enfermement parental.

      1945 : L'ordonnance de 1945, dans le contexte de l'après-guerre, crée les juges pour enfants et pose les fondements d'une justice moderne pour les mineurs, axée sur la protection et l'éducation plutôt que sur la seule coercition.

      1970 : La "puissance paternelle" est définitivement abolie et remplacée par l'autorité parentale, qui instaure des droits et devoirs égaux entre la mère et le père. C'est une étape majeure mais le droit de correction reste toléré dans la pratique.

      En 1982, un juge en cour d'appel pouvait encore statuer que fessées et coups de règle ne constituaient pas une "brutalité excessive" s'ils ne laissaient pas de traces.

      1989 : La Convention Internationale des Droits de l'Enfant (CIDE), ratifiée par la France en 1990, reconnaît enfin l'enfant comme un sujet de droit à part entière, devant être protégé de toute forme de violence.

      C. La Loi de 2019 : Une Reconnaissance Tardive

      Malgré la CIDE, la France a mis près de 30 ans à légiférer spécifiquement sur les VEO.

      2015 : La France est condamnée par le Conseil de l'Europe pour l'absence d'une loi "suffisamment claire" interdisant les châtiments corporels.

      Juillet 2019 : Adoption de la loi, souvent surnommée péjorativement "loi anti-fessée". Cette loi, proposée par la députée Maud Petit, a fait l'objet de nombreuses moqueries et d'une forte résistance, illustrée par l'argument "j'ai pris des claques et je n'en suis pas mort".

      Contenu de la loi : Elle stipule de manière concise que "l'autorité parentale s'exerce sans violence physique ou psychologique".

      L'introduction de la notion de violence psychologique est une avancée fondamentale, car elle reconnaît les impacts invisibles mais profonds de certaines pratiques éducatives.

      II. Définition et Formes des Violences Éducatives Ordinaires (VEO)

      Les VEO sont définies comme des pratiques punitives et coercitives, banalisées et courantes ("ordinaires"), utilisées au nom de l'éducation mais qui n'ont aucune valeur éducative et portent atteinte à la dignité et à l'intégrité de l'enfant.

      Elles se classifient en trois grandes catégories.

      Type de Violence Exemples Concrets Citées Violence Physique Gifles, fessées, tapes sur les mains, tirage de cheveux, pincements, secousses, jet d'objets, destruction de jouets, privation de nourriture, isolement forcé dans une pièce. Violence Psychologique Menaces ("tu vas voir..."), culpabilisation, chantage affectif, éducation par la peur, indifférence (ignorer l'enfant, notamment quand il pleure), créer un climat d'insécurité. Violence Verbale Humiliations, insultes, cris, dévalorisation ("tu es nul", "tu n'y arriveras jamais"), comparaisons (entre frères et sœurs ou avec d'autres enfants), moqueries.

      Ces pratiques sont souvent des réactions automatiques de l'adulte face à un sentiment de débordement ou d'impuissance, et peuvent être la reproduction de schémas éducatifs subis durant sa propre enfance.

      III. L'État des Lieux Actuel et la Perception Sociétale

      Une enquête IFOP réalisée pour la Fondation pour l'enfance en 2024 révèle une évolution contrastée des mentalités depuis la loi de 2019. • Baisse des violences physiques : La loi "anti-fessée" semble avoir eu un impact positif, avec une diminution déclarée du recours aux châtiments corporels.

      Stagnation des violences psychologiques : Les violences psychologiques et verbales peinent à diminuer, voire augmentent pour certaines.

      Cela traduit une difficulté à prendre conscience de la portée de ces actes et à modifier des modèles de communication profondément ancrés.

      Résistance parentale : Une part significative des parents interrogés exprime encore une réticence face à la loi, la percevant comme une ingérence de l'État dans la sphère privée ("de quoi se mêle l'État").

      Cet argument de "l'intimité familiale" a historiquement freiné l'avancée de la législation.

      IV. L'Impact des VEO sur le Développement de l'Enfant

      Les neurosciences permettent de comprendre pourquoi les VEO sont non seulement néfastes, mais aussi contre-productives.

      A. La Réponse Cérébrale à la Peur

      Face à un adulte perçu comme menaçant (cris, gestes brusques), le cerveau de l'enfant active un mécanisme de survie.

      1. Perception d'un danger : L'adulte devient une source de frayeur.

      2. Court-circuit du raisonnement : Le signal de peur est traité directement par les zones archaïques du cerveau (système limbique), qui gèrent les émotions et le danger, en contournant le cortex préfrontal, siège de la réflexion et de l'apprentissage.

      3. Réactions instinctives : Le cerveau déclenche l'une des trois réponses primaires au danger :

      ◦ L'attaque (Fight) : Rare envers un parent.

      ◦ La fuite (Flight) : Évitement.

      ◦ La sidération (Freeze) : L'enfant est "tétanisé", incapable d'agir ou de réagir.

      C'est souvent interprété à tort par le parent comme de la provocation.

      Ce processus s'accompagne d'une surproduction d'hormones de stress comme le cortisol, qui, en excès, est néfaste pour le développement cérébral.

      B. L'Atteinte au Besoin Fondamental de Sécurité

      Le "méta-besoin" de sécurité est le pilier du développement de l'enfant, comme l'a reconnu la loi de protection de l'enfance de mars 2016.

      Ce besoin inclut :

      • Les besoins physiologiques (sommeil, alimentation).

      • La nécessité de relations affectives stables et prévisibles.

      Les VEO créent une insécurité fondamentale : l'enfant perd confiance en son environnement et en les figures qui sont censées le protéger.

      C. Les Risques à Long Terme

      Bien qu'il n'y ait pas de causalité automatique, un enfant exposé de manière répétée aux VEO présente une vulnérabilité accrue à :

      Des difficultés scolaires et d'apprentissage : Un enfant en état d'alerte permanent n'est pas disponible pour apprendre.

      Une faible estime de soi : Les messages dévalorisants sont intériorisés.

      La reproduction des schémas de violence : Il peut devenir lui-même auteur de violences ou se retrouver en situation de victime à l'âge adulte (auto-maltraitance ou maltraitance subie).

      V. Le Défi de la "Transition Éducative" pour les Parents

      Les parents d'aujourd'hui sont à la charnière de deux modèles, ce qui crée une période de "transition éducative".

      Sortir de la reproduction : La plupart des adultes ont été éduqués avec des VEO. En situation de stress, la tendance est de reproduire inconsciemment ces schémas. Prendre conscience de cela est la première étape du changement.

      Réparer la relation : Il n'est jamais trop tard pour revenir sur un incident. Reconnaître son erreur devant l'enfant ("ma réaction était disproportionnée"), lui expliquer le contexte sans se défausser, permet de restaurer le lien de confiance et de lui montrer un modèle de gestion de conflit non-violent.

      Éduquer sans violence n'est pas du laxisme : C'est une confusion fréquente. L'enfant a un besoin essentiel de cadre.

      Ce cadre doit être :

      ◦ **Clair et prévisible** : Les règles sont connues et cohérentes.
      

      Contenant : Il offre une sécurité affective qui permet à l'enfant d'explorer le monde.

      Adapté et évolutif : Il change avec l'âge et les compétences de l'enfant, et peut être discuté, notamment avec un adolescent.

      Sanction vs. Punition : La sanction, si elle est proportionnée à l'acte et à l'âge, peut être éducative si elle n'a pas pour but d'humilier ou de dominer, mais de poser une limite et de permettre une réparation.

      VI. Cas Pratiques et Lignes Directrices

      Obliger à embrasser un proche : Cette pratique est une VEO car elle ne respecte pas le corps et le consentement de l'enfant.

      C'est une occasion manquée d'enseigner le droit de dire "non", une compétence cruciale pour la prévention des abus. Il est préférable de proposer des alternatives ("tu peux dire bonjour d'une autre façon").

      Forcer à manger ou à goûter : Le forçage alimentaire peut générer des troubles du comportement alimentaire.

      L'utilisation de la nourriture comme chantage (notamment le sucre comme récompense) crée une relation malsaine à l'alimentation.

      Le rôle du parent est de proposer une alimentation variée, mais l'enfant doit rester maître de ce qu'il ingère.

      Refus de soins (médicaments, brossage de dents) :

      La santé de l'enfant n'est pas négociable, et l'adulte doit poser un cadre ferme. Cependant, l'approche est essentielle : expliquer l'importance du soin, rester calme et convaincu, et utiliser des stratégies ludiques pour obtenir l'adhésion plutôt que de recourir à la force.

      VII. Ressources et Soutien Disponibles

      Il est essentiel pour les parents de ne pas rester isolés face à leurs difficultés. De nombreuses structures, gratuites et confidentielles, existent pour offrir écoute et accompagnement.

      Protection Maternelle Infantile (PMI) : Pour les parents d'enfants de 0 à 6 ans, dans les Maisons Départementales de la Solidarité.

      Lieux d'Accueil Enfants-Parents (LAEP) : Espaces de rencontre et de jeu pour les parents et enfants de 0 à 3 ans.

      Maison des Adolescents : Lieu dédié aux jeunes et à leurs parents.

      Espace Santé Jeune : Ligne d'écoute et accueil pour les 7-25 ans.

      Espaces Parents : Nouveaux lieux d'accueil, d'écoute et d'activités pour tous les parents.

      Associations spécialisées : Comme Les Établis, qui proposent prévention, écoute et orientation.

      Ressources en ligne : Le site stopveo.fr (Violences Éducatives Ordinaires) offre des articles, vidéos et témoignages.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      The authors present an approach that uses the transformer architecture to model epistasis in deep mutational scanning datasets. This is an original and very interesting idea. Applying the approach to 10 datasets, they quantify the contribution of higher-order epistasis, showing that it varies quite extensively.

      Suggestions:

      (1) The approach taken is very interesting, but it is not particularly well placed in the context of recent related work. MAVE-NN, LANTERN, and MoCHI are all approaches that different labs have developed for inferring and fitting global epistasis functions to DMS datasets. MoCHI can also be used to infer multi-dimensional global epistasis (for example, folding and binding energies) and also pairwise (and higher order) specific interaction terms (see 10.1186/s13059-024-03444-y and 10.1371/journal.pcbi.1012132). It doesn't distract from the current work to better introduce these recent approaches in the introduction. A comparison of the different capabilities of the methods may also be helpful. It may also be interesting to compare the contributions to variance of 1st, 2nd, and higher-order interaction terms estimated by the Epistatic transformer and MoCHI.

      (2) https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pcbi.1004771 is another useful reference that relates different metrics of epistasis, including the useful distinction between biochemical/background-relative and background-averaged epistasis.

      (3) Which higher-order interactions are more important? Are there any mechanistic/structural insights?